V  Ca-^vJ^-vV*^ — * 


PEACTIOAL 


LATIN   COMPOSITION". 


BY 

WILLIAM  C.  COLLAR,  A.M., 

HEAD  MASTER  ROXBURY  LATIN  SCHOOL. 


The  true  test  of  a  practical  mastery  of  Latin  is  the 
power  to  write  Latin." 


BOSTON,  U.S.A.,  AND  LONDON: 

PUBLISHED   BY   GINN   &  COMPANY. 

1890. 


ENTERED  AT  STATIONERS'  HALL. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1889.  by 

WILLIAM  C.   COLLAR, 
in  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED. 


' 


TYPOGRAPHY  BY  J.  S.  CUSHING  &  Co.,  BOSTON,  U.S.A. 


PRESSWORK  BY  G-INN  &  Co.,  BOSTON,  U.S.A. 


PREFACE. 


FOURTEEN  years  ago,  in  a  paper  on  writing  Latin  read  be- 
fore an  association  of  teachers,  I  quoted  from  Ascham's  "  Schole- 
master,"  certain  passages,  to  which,  as  I  then  said,  I  owed  the 
suggestion  of  a  pleasant  and  helpful  method  of  teaching.  I 
now  quote  the  same  passages  again,  because  they  strike  in  a 
quaint  chord  the  key-notes  of  this  little  book :  — 

11  After  the  childe  hath  learned  perfitlie  the  eight  partes  of 
speach,  let  him  then  learne  the  right  joyning  togither  of  sub- 
stantives with  adjectives,  the  nowne  with  the  verbe,  the  relative 
with  the  antecedent.  And  in  learninge  farther  hys  Syntaxis,  by 
mine  advice,  he  shall  not  use  the  common  order  in  common 
scholes,  for  making  of  latines :  wherby,  the  childe  commonlie 
learneth,  first,  an  evill  choice  of  wordes,  (and  right  choice  of 
wordes,  saith  Caesar,  is  the  foundation  of  eloquence)  than,  a 
wrong  placing  of  wordes :  and  lastlie,  an  ill  framing  of  the 
sentence,  with  a  perverse  judgement,  both  of  wordes  and  sen- 
tences. These  faultes,  taking  once  roote  in  yougthe,  be  never, 
or  hardlie,  pluckt  away  in  age.  Moreover,  there  is  no  one 
thing,  that  hath  more,  either  dulled  the  wittes,  or  taken  awaye 
the  will  of  children  from  learning,  then  the  care  they  have,  to 
satisfie  their  masters,  in  making  of  latines.  .  .  . 

"  There  is  a  waie  touched  in  the  first  booke  of  Cicero  De 
Oratore,  which,  wisely  brought  into  scholes,  truely  taught,  and 
constantly  used,  would  not  onely  take  wholly  away  this  butcher- 
lie  feare  in  making  of  latines,  but  would  also,  with  ease  and 
pleasure,  and  in  short  time,  as  I  know  by  good  experience, 
worke  a  true  choice  and  placing  of  wordes,  a  right  ordering  of 


445510 


IV  PREFACE. 

sentences,  an  easie  understandyng  of  the  tonge,  a  readiness  to 
speake,  a  facilitieto  write,  a  true  judgement,  both  of  his  owne, 
and  other  mens  doinges,  what  tonge  so  ever  he  doth  use. 

"  The  waie  is  this.  After  the  three  Concordances  learned,  as 
I  touched  before,  let  the  master  read  unto  hym  the  Epistles  of 
Cicero,  gathered  togither  and  chosen  out  by  Sturmius,  for  the 
capacitie  of  children. 

"  First,  let  him  teach  the  childe,  cheerf ullie  and  plainlie,  the 
cause  and  matter  of  the  letter:  then,  let  him  construe  it  into 
Englishe,  so  oft,  as  the  childe  may  easilie  carie  awaie  the  under- 
standing of  it ;  lastlie,  parse  it  over  perfitlie.  This  done  thus, 
let  the  childe,  by  and  by,  both  construe  and  parse  it  over  againe  : 
so,  that  it  may  appeare,  that  the  childe  douteth  in  nothing,  that 
his  master  taught  him  before.  After  this,  the  childe  must  take 
a  paper  booke,  and  sitting  in  some  place,  where  no  man  shall 
prompe  him,  by  him  self,  let  him  translate  into  Englishe  his 
former  lesson.  Then  shewing  it  to  his  master,  let  the  master 
take  from  him  his  latin  booke,  and  pausing  an  houre,  at  the 
least,  than  let  the  childe  translate  his  owne  Englishe  into  latin 
againe,  in  an  other  paper  booke.  When  the  childe  bringeth  it, 
turned  into  latin,  the  master  must  compare  it  with  Tullies 
booke,  and  laie  them  both  togither :  and  wrhere  the  childe  doth 
well,  either  in  chosing,  or  true  placing  of  Tullies  wordes,  let  the 
master  praise  him,  and  saie  here  ye  do  well.  For  I  assure  you, 
there  is  no  such  whetstone,  to  sharpen  a  good  witte  and  en- 
courage a  will  to  learninge,  as  is  praise. 

"  But  if  the  childe  misse,  either  in  forgetting  a  worde,  or  in 
chaunging  a  good  with  a  worse,  or  misordering  the  sentence,  I 
would  not  have  the  master,  either  froune  or  chide  with  him,  if 
the  childe  have  done  his  diligence,  and  used  no  trewandship 
therein.  For  I  know  by  good  experience,  that  a  childe  shall 
take  more  profit  of  two  fautes,  jentlie  warned  of,  then  of  foure 
thinges  rightly  hitt.  For  than,  the  master  shall  have  good  occa- 
sion to  saie  unto  him :  Tullie  would  have  used  such  a  worde, 
not  this :  Tullie  would  have  placed  this  word  here,  not  there : 
would  have  used  this  case,  this  number,  this  person,  this  degree, 


PREFACE.  V 

this  gender :  he  would  have  used  this  moode,  this  tens,  this  simple, 
rather  than  this  compound:  this  adverbe  here,  not  there:  he 
would  have  ended  the  sentence  with  this  verbe,  not  with  that 
nowne  or  participle.  .  .  . 

"Whan  the  Master  shall  compare  Tullies  booke  with  his 
Scholers  translation,  let  the  Master,  at  the  first,  lead  and  teach 
his  scholer,  to  joyne  the  Rewles  of  his  Grammer  booke,  wTith 
the  examples  of  his  present  lesson,  untill  the  Scholer,  by  him 
selfe,  be  hable  to  fetch  out  of  his  Grammer,  everie  Rewle  for 
everie  Example.  So,  as  the  Grammer  booke  be  ever  in  the 
Scholers  hand,  and  also  used  of  him,  as  a  Dictionarie,  for  everie 
present  use.  This  is  a  lively  and  perfite  waie  of  teaching  of 
Rewles :  where  the  common  waie,  used  in  common  Scholes,  to 
read  the  Grammer  alone  by  it  selfe,  is  tedious  for  the  Master, 
hard  for  the  Scholer,  colde  and  uncumfortable  for  them  bothe." 

In  these  few  paragraphs  we  have  a  method  of  teaching  out- 
lined in  a  clear,  firm  hand  by  one  of  the  greatest  of  school- 
masters. A  method  proposed  by  a  great  teacher  should  not 
in  any  case  be  lightly  put  by;  but  Ascham  adds  the  testi- 
mony and  support  of  his  own  practice;  "I  know,"  he  says, 
"  by  good  experience."  Still  for  three  hundred  years  we 
have  neglected  the  wise  words  of  the  old  schoolmaster  and 
his  straight  and  simple  way,  and  have  gone  on  beating  about 
the  bush,  and  "  making  of  latines "  with  the  same  beggarly 
results  that  Ascham  saw  in  his  day.  Books  multiply,  ingenious 
methods  abound,  teachers  grind  on  with  ever  more  painstaking, 
but  somehow  the  children  do  not  get  ahead  as  they  ought.  The 
processes  of  education  have  grown  too  intricate  and  mechanical. 
We  have  theorized,  and  systematized,  and  organized,  and  di- 
rected, and  refined,  until  there  seems  to  be  little  room  left  for 
freedom,  originality,  or  spontaneity.  It  is  sometimes  well  to 
take  a  short  turn  back  to  first  principles,  to  nature  and  common 
sense.  This  is  what  Ascham  did.  The  ingenious  methods  of 
the  masters  of  his  day,  which  no  doubt  were  supported  by  ex- 
cellent arguments,  he  cast  aside ;  and  while  they  taught  the 


VI  PREFACE. 

"  making  of  latines,"  he  taught  his  pupils  to  write  Latin,  and  to 
read  and  understand  Latin  authors.  He  appears  to  have  laid  firm 
grasp  of  the  principle  that  all  elementary  exercise  in  writing 
Latin  must  be  based  on  a  portion,  however  small,  of  the  ipsissima 
verba  of  a  Latin  author.  All  the  learner's  material  he  must 
find  there,  —  order,  words,  idioms,  constructions ;  in  this  way  the 
learner  is  compelled  to  weigh  the  meanings  of  words,  to  mark  at- 
tentively changes  of  form  and  turns  of  expression  strange  to  his 
own  tongue,  to  remember,  to  reason,  to  imitate,  to  reproduce. 

It  is  in  this  capital  point  that  we  seem  to  have  wandered  far 
away  from  Ascham  and  from  reason.  Writing  and  reading, 
which  should  go  side  by  side  and  hand  in  hand,  we  have  quite 
divided  and  divorced.  A  boy  reads  about  Themistocles,  and 
"  makes  latines  "  about  l  Balbus.'  He  reads  some  moving  story 
of  great  deeds,  and  he  is  set  to  string  such  sentences  together  as, 
" Hunger  is  the  best  sauce."  "The  constellations  are  such  as 
they  have  ever  been."  "He  never  sees  Caesar  without  crying 
out  that  it  is  all  over  with  the  army."  To  this  we  have  been 
brought  by  the  combined  influence  of  tradition  and  theory. 
This  is  the  way  preceding  generations  were  taught,  and  so  we 
teach.  The  one  great  stone  of  stumbling  to  the  learner,  it  is 
assumed,  is  Latin  construction.  At  any  rate,  Latin  syntax  is 
supposed  to  be  the  one  thing  supremely  important  to  be  known. 
And  yet  the  field  of  syntax  is  vast ;  is  there  not  need  of  system, 
arrangement,  and  orderly  progression  ?  But  if  we  look  at  a  page 
of  a  Latin  author,  there  is  manifestly  no  principle  of  orderly  pro- 
gression. Things  easy  and  hard,  things  strange  and  common, 
succeed  one  another  without  regularity  or  coherence.  If  only  a 
Latin  text  offered  within  a  moderate  compass,  and  in  succession, 
a  copious  and  varied  stock  of  ablative  constructions,  another  of 
genitives,  another  of  subjunctives,  and  so  on,  one  might  make 
shift  to  use  the  language  of  his  author  for  purposes  of  retransla- 
tion.  Failing  of  this,  there  is  no  help  for  it  but  to  teach  Latin 
syntax  and  the  writing  of  Latin  in  other  ways  and  by  other 
means.  Hence  the  seeming  need  of  manuals,  with  complete  ap- 
paratus of  rules,  cautions,  notes,  vocabularies,  and  exercises  — 


PREFACE.  vii 

exercises  composed  of  sentences  each  an  isolated  unit  with- 
out interdependence  or  relation. 

This  is  "  a  very  perfite  waie "  of  muddling  a  learner,  be- 
cause it  effectually  breaks  all  the  threads  of  association.  He 
is  still  supposed  to  be  studying  Latin,  but  the  subject-matter 
of  his  study  and  his  mental  processes  have  no  relation  to 
those  from  which  he  has  been  diverted.  Certain  principles 
are  enunciated,  certain  rules  are  laid  down,  certain  words 
are  given,  and  the  problem  is  to  form  sentences  of  these 
words  in  accordance  with  the  rules.  The  process  is  necessarily 
a  mechanical  one  and  the  product  artificial.  What  the  student 
has  learned  from  his  text,  that  is,  at  first  hand  through  direct 
contact  with  the  living  language,  cannot  be  utilized,  and  so  can 
neither  be  confirmed  nor  developed,  when  subject,  ideas,  words, 
relations  are  all  changed.  Moreover,  this  practice  takes  no 
account  of  those  half  lights,  those  latent  memories,  those  un- 
noted observations,  those  vague  associations  that  move  in  the 
train  of  conscious  thought,  as  one  ponders  his  text,  and  that 
are  ready  to  spring  up  into  the  consciousness  under  favoring 
conditions  and  become  elements  of  positive  knowledge. 

It  is  not  contended  for  a  moment  that  writing  Latin  is  an  end 
per  se;  it  is  neither  a  practical  necessity  to  educated  men  in 
general,  nor  is  it  even,  considered  relatively,  a  highly  desirable 
accomplishment.  But  it  will  probably  be  conceded  that,  while 
pursued  for  a  higher  ulterior  purpose,  it  ought  to  aid  the 
learner  in  reading  and  understanding  Latin  authors.  By  the 
common  method  it  fails  to  do  this,  because,  as  I  have  said, 
writing  is  utterly  divorced  from  reading.  It  is  not  the  supple- 
mental study  of  the  same  subject  from  the  opposite  side,  but 
something  different  in  the  deceptive  guise  of  sameness.  But 
the  intellectual  loss  is  greater  and  more  serious,  because  con- 
tinuity of  thought,  memory,  and  association,  are  all  broken, 
without  any  compensating  gain. 

The  training  of  the  mind,  not  the  imparting  of  knowledge,  is 
the  chief  function  of  education.  Given,  then,  the  Latin  lan- 
guage as  an  instrument  of  mental  training,  the  question  is,  how 


viil  PREFACE. 

can  it  be  best  used  to  accomplish  the  ends  f9r  which  it  is  pecu- 
liarly suited;  that  is,  to  induce  a  patient,  cautious,  exact, 
thoughtful  habit  of  mind  ?  This  small  book  is  an  attempt  to 
answer  that  question.  But  it  is  not  an  extemporized  answer ; 
it  is  the  outcome  of  not  a  little  meditation  and  of  long  trial  in 
teaching  the  elements  of  Latin.  Moreover,  theory  has  been 
severely  tested  by  practice.  With  but  few  exceptions  all  the 
exercises  have  been  worked  through  by  two  successive  classes  in 
my  own  school  from  cyclostiled  sheets. 

My  break  with  the  traditional  method  was  tentative  and 
slow;  but  it  is  final,  for  it  has  been  forced  upon  me  by  the 
logic  of  experience.  The  contrast  between  the  former  wearisome 
labor  of  teacher  and  pupils,  unrewarded  by  substantial  success, 
and  the  interest  and  cheering  progress  of  later  years,  leaves  in 
my  mind  no  shadow  of  doubt. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  controlling  principle  of  the  exercises 
is  that  of  continuity.  The  importance  or  rather  necessity  of 
this  principle,  obvious  though  it  is,  seems  to  have  been  hitherto 
overlooked,  at  least  in  exercises  of  a  very  elementary  character. 
How  can  "a  true  choice  and  placing  of  wordes  and  a  right 
ordering  of  sentences,"  the  things  that  Ascham  first  names,  be 
either  taught  or  learned  by  any  amount  of  practice  in  "  making 
of  latines,"  that  is,  constructing  sentences  detached  and  unre- 
lated ?  It  is  as  marked  a  feature  of  Latin  to  interlock  sentences 
grammatically  and  logically  by  relative  words  and  by  expressive 
adjustments  of  order,  as  it  is  of  modern  English  to  leave  such 
relations  un accentuated,  often  to  suggest  them  merely  through 
juxtaposition.  This  must  be  borne  in  mind  in  the  construction 
of  exercises  to  be  turned  into  Latin. 

But  I  have  pressed  the  principle  of  continuity  into  service  for 
another  reason  not  less  weighty,  for  under  no  other  condition 
was  it  possible  to  furnish  the  learner  with  matter  that  would 
almost  certainly  engage  his  interest. 

Mr.  Higginson  has  written  an  essay  to  explain  why  children 
hate  history.  But  every  schoolmaster  can  tell  why  children 
hate  Latin  composition.  Histories  are  not  necessarily  dry;  and 


PREFACE.  ix 

if  they  are  not  always  true,  they  are  sometimes  amusing.  But 
of  all  juiceless  books,  void  and  utterly  void  of  human  interest, 
I  know  none  that  match  manuals  of  Latin  composition,  unless 
it  be  manuals  of  Greek  composition.  The  hill  of  science  must 
needs  be  a  hard  climb,  but  it  may  be  made  a  pleasant  one. 

I  shall,  then,  be  disappointed  if  boys  and  girls  do  not  find  a 
hearty  interest  in  working  through  this  book.  If  they  do,  a 
small  aid  and  incentive  to  higher  education  will  have  been 
rendered  by  promoting  a  kind  and  method  of  mental  training 
for  which  I  know  no  adequate  substitute. 

I  am  much  indebted  to  two  of  my  colleagues  for  assistance : 
to  Mr.  D.  O.  S.  Lowell  for  the  preparation  of  the  vocabulary  to 
the  Latin  text,  which  is  wholly  his  work,  and  to  Miss  Caroline 
O.  Stone  for  many  criticisms  and  suggestions.  In  her  instruc- 
tion in  the  class-room  Miss  Stone  subjected  the  work,  while  in 
manuscript,  to  a  very  searching  test,  and  again  did  me  the  great 
kindness  to  read  the  proof-sheets  with  the  most  scrupulous  care. 

WM.  C.  COLLAR. 

BOSTON,  May  1, 1889. 


NOTE  ON  THE  USE  OF  THE  BOOK. 


THE  exercises  of  this  book  are  based  on  the  Latin  text  in  the 
last  part  of  the  volume,  and  call  for  a  reproduction  of  the  Latin 
words  and  constructions,  but  with  many  changes  of  form,  and  in 
altered  combinations.  Whether  therefore  the  exercises  are  done 
orally  or  in  writing,  the  necessary  preparation  consists  in  a  thorough 
study  of  the  Latin  as  to  meaning,  idioms,  and  forms. 

First,  the  Latin  should  be  read  aloud  and  translated.  Indeed,  it 
is  assumed  that  learners  will  have  read  in  the  usual  way  with  a 
teacher  such  parts  of  the  Latin  as  are  to  be  used  as  a  basis  for  the 
exercises,  and  that  the  special  preparation  here  recommended  will 
be  in  the  main  a  review. 

Next,  the  Latin  should  be  looked  over  attentively  with  reference 
to  peculiarities  of  construction;  that  is,  to  points  in  which  the 
English  translation  might  not  suggest  the  Latin  mode  of  expression. 

Finally,  the  learner  should  make  sure  that  he  has  a  ready,  prac- 
tical mastery  of  inflections.  Here  the  conjugation  of  the  verbs  of 
the  passage  studied  together  with  the  forming  of  the  participles 
and  infinitives  is  of  prime  importance. 

After  such  a  preparation  of  the  text,  the  learner  may  mentally 
go  through  the  exercise  to  be  turned  into  Latin,  referring  to  the 
original  only  for  verification  on  doubtful  or  forgotten  poiots. 

In  correcting  the  written  themes  the  Latin  text  is  the  authority 
to  appeal  to,  for  nothing  is  required  that  is  not  therein  contained 
either  explicitly 'or  by  implication. 

Whoever  patiently  and  thoroughly  masters  this  little  book  may 
be  assured  that  he  has  advanced  very  far  on  the  road  to  a  sound 
and  helpful  knowledge  of  Latin. 


PART   FIRST. 
THE  SEVEN  KINaS  OF  ROME. 

For  the  Latin  Text,  see  pages  141-153. 


ROMULUS. 
I.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  There  was  a  king  of  the  Albans.  2.  The  sons  of 
the  king  were  Numitor  and  Amulius.  3.  Numitor  was 
the  elder.  4.  Numitor,  who  had  the  kingdom,  was  the 
elder.  5.  The  kingdom  was  left  by  the  king  to  Numitor. 
6.  Numitor  was  driven  off  by  his  brother.  7.  Amulius 
drove  off  his  brother  Numitor.  8.  He  deprives  Numi- 
tor  of  the  kingdom.1  9.  The  daughter  of  ISTumitor  was 
Silvia.  10.  Her2  Amulius  made  a  priestess  of  Vesta. 
11.  The  king  makes  her  a  priestess,  in  order  to 3  deprive 
her  of  offspring.  12.  Nevertheless  Silvia  gave  birth  to 
Romulus  and  Eemus.  13.  Discovering  this,4  Amulius 
imprisons5. the  mother.  14.  The  mother  was  imprisoned 
and  the  children  were  thrown  into  the  Tiber.  15.  The 
little  ones  were  put  into6  a  tub.  16.  The  twins  were  left 
on  dry  ground.  17.  A  wolf  runs  up  at  the  crying7  of  the 
little  ones. 

NOTES.  — l  Not  the  genitive.  2  earn.  3  in  order  to :  lit.  4  Dis- 
covering this  :  this  discovered.  5  imprisons  :  casts  into  chains.  6  put 
into  :  use  impono  \vitli  the  dative.  7at  the  crying:  to  the  cries. 


2  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

I.    L<atine  Scribenda. 

A  king  had  two  sons,  the  younger *  Amulius,  the  elder 
Numitor.  Numitor,  the  elder,  was  driven  away  by  his 
brother  and  deprived  of  the  kingdom.  The  daughter  of 
Numitor,  Ehea  Silvia,  bore  twins,  Eomulus  and  Eemus. 
The  twins  were  thrown  into  the  Tiber,  but  the  river 
receded,2  and  they  were  left  on  dry  ground.  Then  a  wolf 
ran  to  them,  licked  them  with  her  tongue,  and 3  behaved 
like  a  mother. 

NOTES.  — 1  younger :  natn  minor.   2  relabor,  deponent.   3  atque. 


II.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  The  wolf  returns  again  and  again.  2.  The  wolf 
returns  to  the  little  ones  as  to  cubs.  3.  Faustulus,  the 
king's  shepherd,  notices  the  circumstance.  4.  The  cir- 
cumstance was  noticed  by  Faustulus,  the  king's  shep- 
herd. 5.  The  boys  were  carried  into  the  hut  of  Faustu- 
lus, the  king's  shepherd.  6.  This  Faustulus  had  a  wife, 
Acca  Laurentia.  7.  The  wife  of  the  shepherd  brings  up 
the  twins.  8.  The  twins  are  brought  up  by  the  wife. 

9.  Faustulus    gives    his    wife    the    boys    to   bring  up.1 

10.  They  grow  up  among  the   shepherds   and   increase 
their  strength  by  games.    11.  At  first,  games  .add  to  their 
strength.     12.  Next,  they  hunt  through  the  woodlands.  1 

2. 

1.  They  keep  off  the  robbers  from  their  flocks.  2.  Eom- 
ulus began  to  keep  off  robbers  from  the  flocks.  3.  Ee- 
mus was  captured  by  the  robbers,  who  lay  in  wait  for 
him  and  Eomulus.  4.  Eomulus  defended  himself  by 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   HOME.  3 

force.  5.  Necessity  forced  Faustulus  to  inform.2  6.  Who 
was  the  grandfather  of  the  boys,  and  who  was  their 
mother?  7.  Faustulus  tells  who  their  grandfather  is.3 

8.  Immediately  the  shepherds  were  armed  by  Eomulus. 

9.  Eomulus  arms  the   shepherds  and4  hastens  to  Alba. 

10.  The  shepherds  hastened  immediately  to  Alba  with 
Eomulus.     11.  The  shepherds  hastened  to  Alba  armed. 

NOTES.  —  l  to  bring  up :  in  Latin,  to  be  brought  up.  2  to  inform  : 
that  he  should  inform.  3  Subjunctive.  4  Romulus  arms  the  shep- 
herds and :  Romulus,  the  shepherds  armed. 

II.    L<atine  Scribenda. 

Faustulus,  seeing  the  wolf  and  the  little  ones,1  returned 
into  his  hut  and  related 2  the  circumstance  to  his  wife. 
When  the  boys  had  grown  up,3  they  hunted 4  through  the 
woodlands  and  kept  off  the  robbers  from  the  flocks. 
The  robbers  lay  in  wait5  for  them,  but  they  defended 
themselves  by  force. 

NOTES.  — 1  The  wolf  and  the  little  ones  having  been  noticed. 
2  Use  narro.  3  Render  by  a  participle :  the  boys  having  grown  up. 
4  venor  is  deponent.  p  Use  the  imperfect. 


III.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Eemus,  captured  by  the  robbers,  was  led  to  the 
king.  2.  To  Amulius,  the  king,  they  led  Eemus.  3.  Is 
Eemus  accustomed 1  to  molest  Numitor's  fields  ?  4.  Ee- 
mus, accused  by  the  robbers,  was  handed  over  for  pun- 
ishment. 5.  The  king  hands  over  Eemus  for  punish- 
ment. 6.  But  Numitor  attentively  observes 2  the  face 
of  the  young  man.  7.  By  no  means  is  the  disposition  of 
Eemus  servile.  8.  The  age  and  face  of  Eemus  are 


4  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

thought  over  by  Numitor.  9.  But  he  did  not  recognize 
his  grandson.  10.  Then  he  all  but  recognizes 3  his  grand- 
son. 

2. 

1.  He  will  all  but  recognize  him.  2.  For  the  boy  re- 
sembles (is  like)  his  mother  in  the  lines  of  his  face. 

3.  His  features  are  very  much  like  those  of 4  his  mother. 

4.  Then  his  age  agrees  with  the  time  of  the  exposure. 

5.  This  circumstance  keeps   Numitor  anxious.      6.  The 
mind  of  Numitor  is  kept  anxious  by  this  circumstance. 
7.  Romulus  suddenly  comes  up  with  armed  shepherds 
and  frees  his  brother.     8.  Amulius  was  killed  and  Numi- 
tor  was  restored  to  the  throne.     9.  5  Then  Romulus  and 
Remus  founded  a  city.     10.  5>In  the  same  place  jyhere 
they  were  exposed  they  found  a  city. 

NOTES.  — x  Is  ...  accustomed  ?  soletne.  2  attentively  observes : 
use  considero.  3  all  but  recognizes  :  is  not  far  away  but  that  he  may 
recognize.  *  those  of :  omit.  5  See  the  text  of  the  next  chapter. 

III.    Latine  Scribenda. 

The  robbers  who  had  seized  Remus  accused  him  to * 
Amulius.  So  the  king  handed  him  over  to  Numitor  for 
punishment.  But  when  Numitor  had  attentively  ob- 
served 2  the  face  of  the  youth,  he  all  but  recognized  him ; 
for  the  boy  closely  resembled 3  his  mother  Silvia.  While 
Numitor  was 4  anxious  about  this  circumstance,  suddenly 
Romulus  appeared  and  set  his  brother  free. 

NOTES.  — l  apud  with  the  ace.  2  when  .  .  .  had  observed :  cum 
with  pluperf.  subj.  3  closely  resembled:  was  very  like.  *  Use  the 
present  after  dum. 


THE  SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  5 

IV.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Komulus  and  Kemus  were  left  to  perish  by  Amulius. 
2.  Romulus  and  his  brother  Remus  founded  a  city.  3.  In 
the  same  place  where  the  city  was  founded  arose  a  quar- 
rel. 4.  Which  of  the  two  gave  a  name  to  the  new  city  ? 
5.  By  which  of  the  two  was  a  name  given  to  the  new 
city  ?  6.  A  new  name  was  given  by  Romulus  to  the  city 
which  had  been  founded.  7.  A  quarrel  arises  as  to 1  which 
one  of  the  two  shall  give 2  a  name  to  the  city.  8.  And  so 
the  brothers  employed  divination.3  9.  And  so  divina- 
tion was  employed  by  the  two  brothers.  10.  First  Remus 
saw  six  vultures,  then  Romulus  afterwards  saw  twelve. 
11.  Twelve  vultures  were  afterwards  seen  by  Romulus. 

2. 

1.  So  he  was  victor  in  the  augury  and  named  the  new 
city  Rome.  2.  Romulus,  having  seen 4  twelve  vultures, 
was  victor  in  the  augury.  3.  A  rampart  was  the  protec- 
tion of  the  new  city.  4.  A  palisade  was  sufficient  for  the 
protection  of  the  new  city.  5.  This  palisade  Remus 
jumped  over.5  6.  Remus  derided  the  slenderness6  of  the 
defence  and  jumped  over  it.  7.  Then  Romulus  in  anger 
killed  his  brother.  8.  Romulus  slew  Remus,  upbraiding 
him  with  these  words.  9.  "So  shall  perish7  whoever 
else  shall  leap  over  my  walls."  10.  So  Romulus  possessed 
the  new  city  alone. 

NOTES.  — l  as  to :  omit.  2  Present  subjunctive.  8  The  noun  in 
Latin  should  be  in  the  plural.  *  having  seen,  etc. :  the  ablative 
absolute.  5  jumped  over :  crossed  by  a  leap.  6  Use  angustiae. 
7  The  passive  of  interficio. 


PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 


IV.   Latine  Scribenda. 

A  quarrel  arose  between1  Komulus  and  Eemus,  who 
had  founded  a  city  in  the  same  place  where  Amulius  had 
left  them  to  perish.2  They  could 3  not  decide  which  of 
the  two  should  give  the  new  city  a  name,  and  so  they 
employed  divination.4  Komulus  was  victor,  and  the  new 
city  was  called  Rome.  For  the  protection  of  the  city 
Eomulus  made  some5  walls,  which  Eemus  in  derision 
leaped  over.6  Then  was  Eomulus  angry  and  slew  his 
brother.  In  this  way  Eomulus  alone  got  the  power. 

NOTES.  — l  inter  with  the  ace.  2  had  left  them  to  perish:  had 
exposed  them.  3  could  not :  were  not  able  :  non  poterant.  4  See  note 
3  in  the  preceding  Dicenda.  5  Omit.  6  See  note  5  in  the  preceding 
Dicenda. 


V.    Latine  Dicenda, 
1. 

1.  The  semblance  of  a  city  rather  than  a  city  had  been 
made  by  Eomulus.  2.  To  the  new  city  which  Eomulus 
had  founded  inhabitants  were  wanting.  3.  Near  by  there 
was  a  grove,  which  Eomulus  made  a  place  of  refuge. 
4.  Thither  fled  many  robbers  and  shepherds.  5.  A  won- 
drous number  of  men  flocked  thither  immediately.  6.  The 
people  of  the  new  city  lacked  wives.1  7.  Eomulus  him- 
self and  the  people  lacked  wives.  8.  Wives  rather  than 
walls  were  wanting.  9.  So  ambassadors  were  sent  round 
to  the  neighboring  tribes.  10.  These  ambassadors  who 
were  sent,  sought  alliance  and  intermarriage.  11.  The 
new  people  lacked  alliance  and  intermarriage.  12.  No- 
where was  the  embassy  kindly  listened  to.  13.  They 
even  added  ridicule. 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   KOME.  7 

2. 

1.  Why  was  an  asylum  not  opened  for  women  also? 
2.  For  that  would  be  2  a  right  of  marriage  on  equal 
terms.3  3.  Eomulus  hid  his  chagrin  and  prepared  games. 

4.  Next   a  show  was  announced  to  neighboring   tribes. 

5.  Eomulus,   concealing    his    mortification/  got   games 
ready.       6.  He   ordered    his   people   to   give   notice   of 
a  show.     7.  Then  many  neighboring  men  assembled  to 
see  the  show.5    8.  Through  eagerness  to  see  the  new  city 
many  Sabines  especially  assembled.     9.  With  the  Sabines 
came  wives  and  children.      10.  When  the  time  for  the 
show  came,6  thither  turned  the  minds  and  eyes  of  all. 

11.  Then  Eomulus  gave  a  signal  to  the  Eoman  youth. 

12.  They  ran  this  way  and  that  and  seized  the  maidens. 

13.  The  girls  were  seized  by  the  Eoman  youth. 

NOTES. — *  Say,  wives  were  wanting,  etc.  2  would  be:  foret  or 
esset.  3  on  equal  terms  :  compar.  4  concealing  his  mortification  : 
his  trouble  of  mind  having  been  dissembled.  5  to  see  the  show. 
Imitate  the  construction  of  the  text,  using  ad  for  to.  6  when 
»  .  .  came :  either  as  in  the  text,  or  cum  .  .  .  venisset. 

V.    Latine  Scribeiida. 

Eomulus,  having  created1  the  semblance  of  a  city, 
rather  than  a  city  itself,  made  a  grove  in  the  neighbor- 
hood a  place  of  refuge  for  robbers  and  shepherds.  These 
men,  however,2  lacked  wives ;  and  so  Eomulus  gave 
notice  of  a  show,  that  the  neighboring  tribes  might  come 
with  their  wives  and  daughters.  Many  came  through 
eagerness  to  see  the  games  which  Eomulus  had  prepared. 
When  the  eyes  of  all  were  turned  to  the  show,  Eomulus 
gave  the  signal,  and3  the  maidens  were  seized  by  the 
robbers  and  shepherds. 


8  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

NOTES.  — l  Do  not  try  to  translate  literally,  but  first  recast  the 
clause.  2  autem.  3  It  is  better  not  to  render  literally,  "  gave  the 
signal  and." 

VI.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  There  was  war  immediately  between  the  Romans 
and  the  Sabines.  2.  War  was  at  once  undertaken  by  the 
Sabines  against  the  Romans.  3.  For  their  maidens  had 
been  seized  by  the  Romans.  4.  There  was  war  right  off 
on  account  of  the  seizure  of  the  girls  who  had  come  to 
the  games.  5.  While  the  Sabines  were  approaching  the 
new  city,  they  came  upon  a  maiden,  Tarpeia.  6.  By  chance 
she  had  gone  out  beyond  the  walls  of  the  city  to  get 
water.1  7.  It  happened  that 2  outside  the  city  walls  there 
was  water  which  the  girl  was  seeking.  8.  Her  father 
had  charge 3  of  the  Roman  citadel.  9.  Into  this  citadel 
Tarpeia  led  the  Sabines.  10.  For  Tatius,  the  Sabine 
leader,  had  promised  her  a  gift. 

2. 

1.  He  had  given  her  the  choice  of  a  gift,  if  she  would 
lead4  his  army  into  the  citadel.  2.  Now5  the  Sabines 
wore  rings  and  bracelets  on  their  left  hands.  3.  The 
rings  and  bracelets,  which 6  the  Sabines  wore  on  their  left 
hands,  were  promised  to  Tarpeia  by  the  Sabine  leaders. 
4.  Tatius  treacherously  promised  what7  the  Sabines 
wore ;  to  wit,  rings  and  bracelets.  5.  Tarpeia,  having  led 
the  Sabines  into  the  citadel,  which  her  father  was  in 
charge  of,  was  buried  with  shields.  6.  She  was  treacher- 
ously crushed  with  the  shields  which  the  enemy  bore. 
7.  For  these,  too,  they  had  in  their  left  hands.  8.  In 
this  way  a  speedy  punishment  requited  her  infamous 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS    OF   ROME.  9 

treason.     9.  On  account  of  her  wicked  treachery  she  was 
punished. 

NOTES.  — l  How  could  this  be  expressed  otherwise  than  as  in  the 
text  ?  2  It  happened  that :  recast,  and  express  by  one  word. 
3 had  charge:  not  the  pluperfect.  4 would  lead.  Say,  should  have 
led.  6  autem,  but  not  first.  6  Neuter  gender.  7  Use  the  neuter 
plural. 

VI.    Latine  Scribenda. 

The  Sabines  immediately  entered  upon 1  a  war  against 
the  Eomans,  who  had  seized  the  maidens.  On  their 
march 2  they  came  upon  a  girl  outside  the  walls  of  Borne, 
whose  father  was  in  charge  of  the  citadel.  She  treacher- 
ously conducted  the  Sabines  into  the  citadel,  which  her 
father  commanded ;  for  the  choice  of  a  gift  had  been 
offered 3  to  her  by  the  leader  of  the  enemy.  But  when 
she  had  led 4  the  army,  she  was  crushed  by  the  shields 
of  the  Sabines,  and  so  a  speedy  punishment  overtook5 
the  girl's  treason. 

NOTES.  — 1  entered  upon  :  took  up.  2  on  their  march  :  in  itinere. 
3  The  same  word  as  to  give.  4  Not  the  indicative,  if  you  express 
"  when  "  by  cum.  5  Say  punished. 


VII.   Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Eomulus  and  Tatius  joined  battle  in  the  Eoman 
forum.  2.  The  place  where  they  joined  battle  is  now  the 
Eoman  forum.  3.  Into  what  place  did  Eomulus  advance 
to  the  contest?  4.  In  the  first  onset  a  distinguished 
Eoman  fought  most  bravely.  5.  Amongst  the  Eomans 
a  very  distinguished  man  advanced  to  the  contest,  and 
fell  bravely  fighting.  6.  At  the  death  of  this  man,  by 


10  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

name  Hostilius,  the  Eomans  were  panic-stricken  and 
took  to  flight.1  7.  Now  the  Sabines  set  up  a  shout :  "  Our 
treacherous  hosts  are  fleeing !  8.  It  is  one  thing  to  seize 
maidens,  another  to  fight  with  men !  9.  Now  we  know 
that  the  enemy  are 2  cowards !  10.  We  have  defeated 
those  cowardly  robbers  and  shepherds  !  " 

2. 

1.  Then  lifted  Eomulus  his  shield  and  spear  to  heaven, 
and  vowed  a  temple  to  Jupiter.  2.  By  chance  or  by 
divine  interposition  the  Eoman  army  halted  and  the 
battle  was  renewed.  3.  Then  the  women  who  had  been 
seized3  rushed4  in  amid  the  darts.  4.  The  hair  of  the 
women  who  had  been  seized  was  all  dishevelled. 
5.  They  dared  to  supplicate,  on  this  side,  their  fathers, 
on  that,  their  husbands.  6.  Amid  the  flying  weapons 
they  implored  peace.  7.  And  so  the  fathers  and  hus- 
bands were  reconciled  by  the  women. 

NOTES.  —  itook  to  flight:  began  to  flee.  2Not  the  indicative. 
3  who  had  been  seized  :  express  by  one  word.  4  rushed :  se 
Inferebant. 

VII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Eomulus  and  Tatius  joined  battle,  and  fought  most 
bravely  in  the  place  where  the  Eoman  forum  is  now. 
But  a  distinguished  man  having  been  killed,  the  Eomans 
fled.  Then  the  Sabines  cried  out,  "  Fighting  with  men  is 
a  very  different  thing  from  seizing  maidens."  Eomulus, 
having  vowed  a  temple  to  Jupiter,  renewed  the  fight; 
but  the  women  rushed  in  among  the  flying  weapons  and 
besought  their  fathers  and  husbands,  so  that 1  they  were 
no  longer 2  enemies. 

NOTES.  — l So  that:  lit.     2  no  longer:  noii  iam. 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  11 

VIII.    Latiiie  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  A  treaty  with  Tatius  was  struck  by  Romulus.  2.  Ta- 
tius, having  struck  a  treaty  with  Romulus,  was  received 
into  the  city  which  Romulus  had  founded.  3.  The  Sa- 
bines,  together  with1  Tatius,  their  king,  were  received 
into  the  new  city.  4.  But  not  very  long  after,  Tatius 
was  killed.  5.  Then  all  the  power  reverted  to  Romulus. 
6.  Tatius  having  been  killed,  Romulus  alone  had  all  the 
power.  7.  Then  a  hundred  of  the  older  men  were  selected 
by  Romulus.  8.  By  the  advice  of  those  elders  whom 
he  had  chosen  he  did  everything.  9.  All  things  were 
done  by  the  advice  of  those  whom  he  called  senators  on 
account  of  their  old  age.  10.  Three  centuries  of  knights 
were  formed,  and  the  people  were  distributed  into  thirty 
wards.  11.  Having  formed  the  centuries  of  knights,  he 
next  distributed  the  people  into  wards.  12.  When  he 
had  distributed  the  people  into  wards,2  he  held  an  as- 
sembly near  Goat  Marsh.  13.  This  assembly  he  held 
for  the  purpose  of  reviewing  his  army.  14.  The  army 
was  reviewed  in  a  plain  near  Goat  Marsh. 

2. 

1.  There  a  storm  arose  with  great  crash  and  thunder- 
ing. 2.  Great  was  the  crash  and  the  thundering  in 
Goat  Marsh,  where  Romulus  was  reviewing  the  army. 
3.  Amid3  the  crashing  and  thundering  Romulus  was 
taken  from  sight.  4.  It  is  believed  that  he  ascended4 
to  the  gods.  5.  It  is  commonly  believed  that  this  report 
gained  credit  through  Proculus.5  6.  A  quarrel  arose 
between  the  commons  and  the  fathers.  7.  Then  Procu- 
lus, a  man  of  rank,  came  forward  into  the  assembly  of 


12  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

commons  and  fathers.  8.  "I  declare/'  said  he,6  "on 
oath,  that  I  saw 7  Romulus  ascend  to  the  gods.  9.  More- 
over, I  saw  him  of  form  more  majestic.  10.  By  me  my- 
self was  he  seen,  when  the  storm  arose.  11.  I  bid  you  8 
refrain  from  quarrels,  and  cultivate  the  art  of  war. 
12.  The  result  will  be  that  the  Romans  will  stand  forth 9 
the  masters  of  all  nations."  13.  Then  on  the  hill 
Quirinal  they  built  a  temple  to  Romulus.  14.  Him 
himself  they  called  Quirinus  and  worshipped  as  a  god. 

NOTES.  — l  together  with :  express  by  one  word.  2  When  .  .  . 
into  wards :  use  a  participle.  3  inter.  4  that  he  ascended :  him  to 
have  ascended.  5  that  this  report  .  .  .  through  Proculus :  Proculus  to 
have  made  faith  to  this  thing.  6  said  he  :  inqiiit.  7  that  I  saw :  me  to 
have  seen.  8  I  bid  you :  I  bid  that  you.  9  will  stand  forth  :  present 
subjunctive. 

VIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Romulus,  after  the  battle,  struck  a  treaty  with  Tatius, 
leader  of  the  Sabines,  and1  shared  his  throne  with  him. 
But  Tatius  was  killed 2  not  very  long  after,  and  Romulus 
possessed  the  power  alone.  Now,3  choosing  old  men, 
whom  he  called  senators,  he  did  many  things  by  their 
advice.  First,4  he  formed  centuries  of  knights,  then  he 
distributed  the  people  into  wards ;  finally 5  he  held  an 
assembly  near  Goat  Marsh  and  reviewed  the  army.  But 
he  was  suddenly  removed  from  the  sight  of  all,  amid  a 
great  tempest  which  arose,  and  perhaps 6  ascended  to  the 
gods.  For  the  Romans  built  a  temple  in  his  honor  and 
worshipped  him  as  a  god.  Moreover,  after  his  dearth, 
they  cultivated  the  art  of  war  and  became  the  masters  of 
all  nations. 

NOTES.  — 1  struck  a  treaty  .  .  .  and  :  use  a  participle  instead  of  a 
verb  coordinate  with  shared.  2  Follow  the  suggestion  of  note  1. 
Mam.  4  primum.  5  postremo.  6  forsitan. 


THE   SEVEN  KINGS   OF   ROME.  13 


NUMA   POMPILIUS. 

IX.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  The  first  king  of  Eome  was  Romulus,  whom  *  Numa 
succeeded.  2.  A  man  of  famous  uprightness  and  piety 
was  Numa  Pompilius.  3.  The  uprightness  and  piety  of 
that  man  were  celebrated.  4.  He  had  been  summoned  to 
the  throne2  from  Cures,  a  small  town  of  the  Sabines. 
5.  So  Numa  came  from  Cures  to  Rome,  where  he  estab- 
lished many  sacred  rites.  6.  The  sacred  rites  which  Nuina 
established  softened  the  fierce  people.  7.  In  order  to 
soften3  the  people  by  religion,  he  devoted  an  altar  to 
Vesta.  8.  Fire  was  also  given  to  maidens  to  be  kept  up 4 
forever  on  the  altar.  9.  The  fire  had  to  be  kept  up  by 
maidens.5  10.  To  the  priest  of  Jupiter,  whom  he  ap- 
pointed, he  gave  a  splendid  robe  and  a  curule  chair. 
11.  The  priest  was  adorned  with  a  splendid  robe  and  a 
curule  chair.  12.  Jupiter  himself  is  said  to  have  been 
drawn  once  from  the  sky  by  Numa.  13.  First  mighty 
thunderbolts  were  hurled  down  by  Jupiter  into  the  city. 

14.  Then  he  himself  came  down  into  the  Aventine  grove. 

15.  There  Jupiter  is  said  to  have  talked 6  thus  with  the 

E/oman  king. 

2. 

1.  "I  will  explain,  0  Numa,  by  what  rites  lightning- 
strokes  are 7  to  be  averted.  2.  I  promise  also  sure  pledges 
of  power  to  the  Eoman  people."  3.  Numa  joyfully8  re- 
ported to  the  people  the  promise  9  of  Jupiter.  4.  The 
next  day  all  assembled  near  the  royal  abode  and  silently 8 
waited.  5.  When  the  sun  arose  on  the  following  day, 


14  PRACTICAL,  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

they  saw  the  sky  part.10  6.  Then  down  from  heaven 
glided  a  shield,  which  by  Numa  was  named  ancile. 
7.  Then  spoke  Numa :  "  That  no  one  u  may  carry  off  this 
shield  by  theft,  we  will  make  eleven  others.  8.  They 
shall  be  of  the  same  form  as 12  this  one  which  has  fallen 
from  heaven.  9.  Mamurius  shall  make  the  shields,  for 
he  is  a  most  excellent13  smith."  10.  He  chose  Mamurius 
to  make 14  the  shields,  because  he  was  a  good  workman. 
11.  Moreover,  he  chose  twelve  priests  of  Mars  to  guard15 
the  shields.  12.  So  the  shields,  those  pledges  of  power, 
were  guarded  by  the  priests  called  Salii.  13.  They  used 
to  bear 16  them  on  the  calends  of  March  through  the  city, 
singing  and  dancing.  14.  By  Numa  the  year  was  divided 
into  twelve  months.  15.  By  him,  too,  gates  were  built 
to  two-faced  Janus  to  be  a  sign  of  peace  and  war. 

NOTES.  — *  Not  the  accusative.  2  kingdom.  3Not  the  infinitive. 
4  The  participle  must  agree  with  ignis.  5  Dative,  because  the 
meaning  is,  the  duty  of  keeping  up  was  to  (existed  for)  the  maidens. 
6  locntus  esse.  7  sint.  8  Not  an  adverb.  9  promissum.  10  part :  to 
be  parted.  n  That  no  one  :  ne  quis.  12  qua.  13  optimus,  14  to 
make :  who  should  make.  15  See  note  14.  16  used  to  bear :  express 
by  the  imperfect. 

IX.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Numa  Pompilius,  who  had  succeeded  Eomulus,  came 
to  Eome  from  a  little  town,  Cures.  By  religion  and  by 
the  sacred  rites  which  he  introduced  he  softened  the 
fierce  Eomans.  Having  consecrated  an  altar  to  Vesta, 
he  chose  maidens,  to  whom  he  gave  fire  to  be  kept  up 
continually.  To  priests  of  Jupiter,  whom  he  had  ap- 
pointed, he  gave  splendid  robes  and  curule  chairs.  Once 
upon  a  time  he  is  said  to  have  talked  with  Jupiter  him- 
self in  the  Aventine  grove ;  for  that  god  came  down  from 
heaven  and  taught  him  many  things.  Numa  was  glad, 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  15 

and  summoned  the  people  to  the  palace,  where,  the  fol- 
lowing day,  they  waited  in  silence.  Up  rose  the  sun, 
and  see,1  down  from  heaven  glides  a  shield.  "  Make,  O 
smith,  Mamurius,  eleven  shields  of  the  same  form  as 2  this 
which  Jupiter  has  sent  down  from  the  open  sky,"  cries 3 
the  good  king,  Numa.  So  Mamurius  made  the  shields, 
that  no  one4  might  carry  off  that  sacred  pledge  of  power. 
NOTES.  — l  aspice.  2  qua.  3  clamat.  4  that  no  one  :  ne  quis. 


X.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Many  useful  laws  were  passed  by  Numa.  2.  Numa 
pretended  that  the  goddess  Egeria  had1  conversations 
with  him.2  3.  Numa  had3  nightly  conversations  with 
the  goddess.  4.  This  he  pretended,  that  his  laws  might 
have  greater  authority.  5.  All  that  he  did,  he  did  by  her 
advice.  6.  This  did  the  good  king  pretend  about  his 
laws.  7.  There  was  a  grove  whither4  Numa  often  re- 
sorted. 8.  Through  the  middle  of  this  grove  flowed  a 
spring  of  never-failing  water.  9.  To  the  grove  Numa 
would  go 5  without  witnesses,  as  if  to  meet  the  goddess. 
10.  By  Numa's  laws  all  hearts  were  imbued  with  religion. 

2. 

1.  They  were  so  imbued  with  piety  that  conscience6 
restrained  them.  2.  They  were  restrained  more 7  by  con- 
science and  their  oath  than  by  fear.  3.  Fear  of  punish- 
ment restrained  the  citizens  less  than  a  sense  of  honor.8 
4.  No  war,  to  be  sure,  was  waged  by  King  Numa.  5.  But 
he  benefited  the  state  no  less  by  his  laws.  6.  The  wars 
which  Eomulus  waged  benefited  the  city  not  more  than 
the  institutions  of  Numa.  7.  So  two  kings  in  succession 


16  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

did  the  people  good ;  the  one  by  war,  the  other  by  piety. 

8.  Numa  died  of  disease ;  Bomulus  ascended  to  the  gods. 

9.  Numa,  dying  of  disease,  was  buried  on  the  hill  Jani- 
culum.     10.  Komulus  is  said  to  have  reigned  thirty-seven 
years,  Numa  three  and  forty. 

NOTES.  — 1  that  the  goddess  had  :  the  goddess  to  have.  2  secum. 
3  Numa  had :  to  Numa  there  were.  4  quo.  5  Express  by  the  imper- 
fect. 6  fides.  7  magis.  8  sense  of  honor  :  fides. 

X.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Numa  gained  great  authority  for  the  laws  which  he 
made,  for  he  pretended  that  they  had  been  made l  by  the 
advice  of  a  goddess,  Egeria.  She  used  to  come 2  into  a 
grove,  in  the  middle  of  which3  there  was  a  perennial 
spring,  where  there  were  conversations  in  the  night 
between  Numa  and  Egeria.  So  piety  and  conscientious- 
ness4 restrained  the  citizens,  whom5  Numa' s  laws  benefited 
more  than  the  wars  of  Bomulus.  When  he  died,6  the 
people  buried  him  on  the  hill  Janiculum,  which  was  near 
the  city. 

NOTES.  — 1  that  they  had  been  made :  them  to  have  been  made. 
2  used  to  come :  express  by  the  imperfect.  3  in  the  middle  of  which : 
quo  in  medio.  4  fides.  5  Not  expressed  by  the  accusative.  6  When 
he  died  :  say,  him  dead. 


TULLUS   HOSTILIUS. 

XI.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Tullus  Hostilius  succeeded  Numa.1  2.  Tullus  Hos- 
tilius  was  chosen  king  after  the  death2  of  Numa.  3.  After 
the  death  of  Numa  the  people  chose  Tullus  Hostilius 


THE   SEVEN  KINGS   OF   ROME.  17 

king.     4.  No  king  was  more  unlike  Numa  than  Hostilius. 

5.  The  last  king,  Numa,  was  extremely  unlike 3  Hostilius. 

6.  It  is  said  that  Hostilius  was  more  warlike  than  Rom- 
ulus.     7.  Not   only   Romulus,  but  also   Hostilius,  was 
exceedingly  warlike.      8.  In  the  reign  4  of  the  warlike 
king  Hostilius  a  war  arose.      9.  The  leader  of  the  Al- 
bans  was  Fufetius ;  of  the  Romans,  Hostilius.    10.  These 
leaders  resolved 5  to  engage  in  battle.6     11.  The  fortune 7 
of  the  Albans  and  of  the  Romans  was  determined  by 

the  contest  of  few. 

2. 

1.  A  few  determined  by  a  fight  the  fate 7  of  many. 
2.  On  the  side  of  the  Romans  were  the  triplets,  Horatii; 
on  the  side  of  the  Albans,  the  three  Curiatii.  3.  They 
fought,  each  in  defence  of  his  own8  country.  4.  The 
kings  arranged  with  the  brothers  that  they  should  do 
battle.  5.  They  struck  a  treaty  on  the  following  terms.9 

6.  Where   the   victory   is,10  there   shall    be   the   power. 

7.  This  is  the  condition :  that  where  the  victory  is,10  there 
shall  the  sovereignty  be.11      8.  So  the  triplets  took  up 
arms  and  went  forward.     9.  They  went  forward  into  the 
middle  space,10  between  the  two  armies.     10.  The  armies 
sat  down  on  both  sides.     11.  At  a  given  signal  the  youths 
rushed  together. 

NOTES.  — l  What  case  ?  2  after  the  death  :  express  by  a  par- 
ticiple. 3  extremely  unlike :  express  by  the  superlative.  4  In  the 
reign :  see  note  2.  5  resolved :  it  pleased.  6  engage  in  battle  :  join 
battle.  7  res.  8  The  order  is  suus  quisque.  9  the  following  terms  ; 
this  condition.  10  Omit.  n  shall  be  :  present  subjunctive. 

XI.    Latine  Scribenda. 

In  the  reign  of  Hostilius,  who  was  not  only  unlike  the 
last  king,  but  was  more  warlike  even  than  Romulus,  there 


18  PRACTICAL   LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

arose  a  war.  The  fortune l  of  the  Romans  and  Albans 
was  decided  by  the  three  Horatii  and  the  three  Cu- 
riatii, who  fought  most  bravely,  each  for  his  own2 
country.  A  treaty  was  struck,  and  the  brothers,  having 
taken  their  arms,  advanced  at  a  given  signal  into  the 
middle,  between  the  two  armies.  With  hostile  arms  did 
the  youths  rush  together. 

NOTES.  — l  See  note  7  in  the  preceding  Dicenda.     2  See  note  8  in 
the  Dicenda. 


XII.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  At  the  first  onset  the  swords  flashed  and  the  arms 
resounded.  2.  Then  the  spectators  were  seized  with 
great  dread.  3.  When  they  came l  to  close  quarters,  one 
Roman  fell  upon  another.  4.  Immediately  the  Albans 
shouted  with  joy,  and  all  hope  forsook  the  Romans.  5.  Two 
Romans  had  died,  one  upon  the  other.  6.  But  they  had 
wounded  the  three  Albans.  7.  The  remaining  Horatius 
was  unwounded.2  8.  Now  the  three  Curiatii  began  to 
surround3  the  unwounded  Horatius.  9.  But  he  was  no 
match  for  three  enemies,  and  took  to  flight.  10.  By  his 
flight  the  enemy  were  separated,  for  they  followed  him  at 
intervals,  one  by  one. 

2. 

1.  He  fled  some  distance  from  the  place  where  his 
brothers  had  fallen.  2.  Then  by  chance  he  looked  back, 
thinking  the  Curiatii  would  follow.  3.  When  he  looked 
back,  he  saw  one  of  the  Curiatii  not  far  off.  4.  He  sa^ 
one  of  the  three  following  him  at  a  little  distance.4^- 

5.  Upon  this  enemy  he  turned  with  great  impetuosity. 

6.  The  second  could  not  bring  aid  to  his  brother,  because 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  19 

he  was  distant  from  him  a  short  space.5  7.  While  he 
was  running  up,6  the  Roman  killed  his  brother.  8.  While 
he  was  running  up  to  help 7  his  brother,  that  brother  fell. 
9.  Then  Horatius  killed  the  second  Alban  before  the  third 
came  up.8  10.  Before  the  third  could  come  up,  Horatius 
had  killed  the  second. 

NOTES.  — l  When  they  came  :  cum  with  pluperfect  subjunctive, 
or  as  in  the  text.  2  Literally,  whole.  3  began  to  surround :  ex- 
press by  the  imperfect.  4  at  a  little  distance  :  not  far  of.  5  a  short 
space :  parvo  intervallo.  6  Observe  the  present  after  duni  of  a 
past  act.  7  Not  the  infinitive.  8  came  up  :  perfect  indicative. 

XII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

When  the  Romans  and  Albans  had  come 1  to  close 
quarters,  and  two  of  the  Romans  had  fallen1  by  the 
swords  of  their  enemies,  a  great  shout  arose  from  the 
Albans.  Only  one 2  Roman  was  left,3  and 4  he  was  not 4  a 
match 5  for  three ;  so  they  thought  the  Albans  would 
immediately  kill6  him.  But  the  brave  Roman  took  to 
flight,  in  order  to  separate  the  Albans,  who  indeed 7  fol- 
lowed him  at  intervals.  First8  he  turned  upon  one  and 
killed  him,  then  upon  the  second,  before  the  third  brother 
could  render  aid. 

NOTES.  — 1  See  note  1  in  the  preceding  Dicenda.  2  Only  one :  unus 
tantum.  3was  left:  supererat.  4and  .  .  .  not:  neque.  5par. 
6  would  kill :  to  be  going  to  kill.  7  quiclem.  8  primum. 


XIII.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  The  two  who  survived  were  not 1  equal  either l  in 
hope  or 1  in  strength.  2.  The  one  was  wounded,  the  other 
emboldened 2  by  his  double  victory.  3.  The  one  was  fresh,3 


20  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

the  other  weary  with  running  and  wounds.  4.  The  Alban 
with  difficulty  supported  the  weight  of4  his  arms,  and 
was  killed  by  the  exultant  Eoman.  5.  As  he  lay  pros- 
trate/ he  was  despoiled  by  the  fierce  Horatius.  6.  So 
one  Roman  made  an  end  of6  three  Albans.  7.  Horatius 
was  received  by  the  rejoicing  Romans  and  led  home. 
8.  He  led  the  procession/  bearing  before  him  the  spoils 
of  the  three  brothers  whom  he  had  slain.  9.  By  chance 
his  sister  had  been  betrothed  to  one  of  the  Curiatii, 
whose  cloak  she  now  saw  on  her  brother's  shoulders. 

2. 

1.  Alas  ! 8  it  was  the  cloak  of  her  betrothed,  which  she 
herself  had  made.  2.  Then  the  poor 9  maiden  wept  and 
loosened  her  hair.  3. 10  Was  the  heart u  of  the  fierce  Hora- 
tius touched  by  the  wailing  of  his  sister?  4.  By  no  means.12 
With  his  drawn  sword  he  stabbed  the  poor  girl.  5.  He 
even  upbraided  her  with  these  unfeeling  words.  6.  "Go 
hence  with  your  unseasonable  love,  to  your  lover.  7.  You 
have  forgotten  your  brothers,  whom  he 13  slew ;  you  have 
forgotten  your  country." 

NOTES.  —  *  not  .  .  .  either  .  .  .  or  :  nee  .  .  .  nee.  2  ferox.  3  Liter- 
ally, whole.  *  the  weight  of  :  omit.  5  Express  the  clause  by  a  parti- 
ciple. 6  made  an  end  of :  finished  up.  1  Do  not  try  to  think  of  a 
word  for  "procession."  8eheu!  9  mi  sera.  10  Begin  the  sentence 
with  num.  n  animus.  12minime.  13  he  :  ille. 

XIII.   Latine  Scribenda. 

The  third  Alban,  who  was  left,  was  no  match  for  the 
Roman  in  hope  or  in  strength.  Exhausted  by  wounds 
and  by  running,  he  was  immediately  dispatched  and  de- 
spoiled by  Horatius.  Great  was  the  joy  of  the  Eomans, 
whom  horror  had  seized  upon  when 1  the  two  brothers  of 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF    ROME.  21 

Horatius  fell  bravely  fighting.  Horatius,  bearing  the 
spoils  of  his  slain  foes,  they  led  home  rejoicing.  The 
sister  of  Horatius  met  them ;  but  at  sight  of  the  cloak  of 
her  lover,  which  her  own  hands  had  made,  she  burst  into 
tears.2  "  You  have  slain  my  betrothed,  "she  cries ; 3  "  for 
that 4  is  the  cloak  which  I  myself  made  for  him."  Then, 
with  the  same  sword  with  which  he  had  killed 5  the  Al- 
ban,  the  savage  youth  stabbed  his  own  sister. 

NOTES.  — 1  ut.     2  Observe  the  literal  and  sober  expression  of  the 
Latin.    3  clamat.     4  istud.     5  had  killed :  omit. 


XIV.    Latine  Dicendao 
1. 

1.  The  deed  seemed  atrocious l  both  to  patricians  and 
plebeians.  2.  Therefore  they  hurried  Horatius  to  trial, 
and  the  judges  condemned  him.  3.  Now  the  lictor  ap- 
proached and  was  on  the  point  of  throwing  the  noose 
over  him.2  4.  The  noose,  however,  was  not  thrown  over 
him  by  the  lictor,  for  Horatius  appealed  to  the  people. 

5.  The  girl  was  not  justly  slain  by  her  fierce  brother. 

6.  The  father,  however,  an  aged  man,  kept  declaring  that 
his  daughter  was  justly  killed.     7.  He  begs  the  people 
not  to  make 3  him  childless.     8.  A  little  while  ago  they 
had  seen  him  with  a  noble  family. 

2. 

1.  Embracing  his  only  4  son,  with-  tears  the  old  man 
begged  the  people  to  acquit  the  youth.  2.  The  people 
could5  not  bear  the  old  man's  tears.  3.  The  youth 
was  acquitted,  more  from  admiration  of  his  bravery  than 
from  justice.  4.  Still  the  murder  must  be  atoned  for.6 
5.  Therefore  do  thou,  old  man,  having  performed  certain 


22  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

sacrifices,  lay  a  beam  across  the  street.  6.  Then  send  thy 
son,  with  his  head  veiled,  under  the  beam,  as  under  a 
yoke.  7.  This  was  done,  and  afterwards 7  that  beam  was 
called  "  The  Sister's  Beam." 

NOTES.  —  l  Put  first  in  the  sentence.  2  el.  3  not  to  make  :  ne 
with  the  present  subjunctive.  4  unicum.  5  Do  not  use  possum,  but 
imitate  the  text.  6  must  be  atoned  for :  expianda  est.  7  postea. 

XIV.    Lratine  Scribenda. 

Because  the  deed  of  Horatius  seemed  so *  horrible,  the 
patricians  and  the  commons  hurried  him  to  trial.  But  he 
appealed  to  the  people  and  was  acquitted ;  for  the  father, 
who  had  been  bereft  of  three  children,  embraced  his  son 
and  begged  the  people  to  let  him  go  free.2  "  My  daugh- 
ter," said3  the  old  man,  "was  justly  killed,  because  she 
mourned  for 4  an  enemy."  Because  of  the  tears  of  the 
father,  and  on  account  of  admiration  of  the  son's  bravery, 
the  people  acquitted  the  youth.  Him 5  the  father  sent 
under  a  beam,  called  afterwards  "  The  Sister's  Beam,"  that 
he  might  atone  for  his  horrible  crime. 

NOTES  . — J  tain.  2  let  him  go  free :  acquit  him.  3  inquit.  4  mourned 
for  :  the  verb  is  lugeo.  5  whom. 


XV.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  The  Alban  leader  had  finished  the  war  by  the  fight 
of  a  few.  2.  But  the  peace  did  not  last  a  long  time  ;  for 
Mettius  Fufetius,  the  Alban  leader,  was  hated  amongst 
the  citizens.  3.  He  saw  that  he  was l  odious  amongst  his 
fellow-citizens.  4.  So  he  stirred  up  the  people  of  Veii 
against  the  Eomans.  5.  This  he  did  in  order  to 2  improve 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS    OF    ROME.  23 

matters.3  6.  Then  Tullus  summoned  him  to  aid.  7.  The 
army  was  drawn  up  on  a  hill  by  Mettius.  8.  this  act3  was 
seen  by  the  Roman  king. 

2. 

1.  It  was  not  done  by  the  order  of  Tullus,  but  that 
Mettius  might  follow  the  fortune  of  war.  2.  Tullus  said 
with  a  loud  voice,  "  That  Mettius  has  done  by  my  com- 
mand, that  he  may  surround  the  enemy.  3.  He  has  done 
it  that  the  enemy  may  be  surrounded  from  the  rear." 
4.  The  enemy  heard  the  loud  voice  of  Tullus  and  were 
frightened.  5.  The  next  day  Mettius  came  to  congratu- 
late2 Tullus.  6.  By  the  command  of  Tullus  he  was  tied 
to  four  horses  and  drawn  asunder.  7.  Then  Alba  was 
destroyed  on  account  of  the  treachery  of  the  leader. 
8.  The  Albans  were  ordered  to  go  over  to  Rome. 

NOTES.  —  1that  he  was:  himself  to  be.  2  Not  infinitive.  3The 
singular  of  res. 

XV.   Latine  Scribeiida. 

The  peace  did  not  continue  long,  on  account  of  the 
treachery  of  the  Alban  leader,  Mettius  Fufetius.  He1 
stirred  up  the  Veientes  against  the  Romans  and  did  not 
assist 2  Tullus  in  war ;  but  drawing  up  his  army 3  upon  a 
hill,  awaited  the  issue  of  battle.  Tullus,  seeing  his 
perfidy,  said  with  a  loud  voice,  "  Mettius  is  doing  that 
by  my  order."  Then  the  Veientes  were  frightened  and 
fled.4  The  next  day,  by  order  of  Tullus,  the  Alban  leader 
was  drawn  asunder  by  four-horse  chariots. 

NOTES.  — 1  qul.  2  and  did  not  assist :  nor  was  for  aid  to.  3  draw- 
ing up  his  army  :  two  words  in  Latin.  4  fugerunt. 


24  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

XVI.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  When  Alba  had  been  destroyed,1  Eome  increased. 
2.  Eome  doubled  the  number,  of  her  citizens  after  Alba 
was  destroyed.2  3.  The  number  of  citizens  was  doubled 
at  Eome.  4.  Tullus  added  the  Ccelian  hill  to  the  city 
and  made  it  the  site  of  his  palace.  5.  The  palace  of  Tul- 
lus was  on  the  Coelian  hill,  and  there  he  lived.  6.  From 
this  time  on  he  had  his  palace  there.  7.  War  was  declared 
against  the  Sabines  on  account  of  the  confidence  of  Tullus. 
8.  His  .increased  forces  so  elated  Tullus  that  he  declared 
war.  9.  A  pestilence  followed ;  still  he  gave  no  rest  from 

arms. 

2. 

1.  Are  the  bodies  of  young  men  more  healthy  in  war 
than  in  peace?  2.  So 3  believed  the  warlike  king.  3.  But 
a  disease  attacked  the  warlike  king  himself.  4.  The 
disease  was  a  chronic  one.4  5.  Then  truly  did  the  disease 
break  his  spirit  at  the  same  time  with  his  bodily  powers.5 
6.  Thereafter  he  occupied  himself  with  nothing6  but7 
sacrifices.  7.  Tullus  was  struck 8  by  lightning  and 
burned 9  with  his  house.  8.  Two  and  thirty  years  did 
Tullus  reign  with  great  glory. 

NOTES.  — l  How  may  this  clause  be  turned  into  Latin  in  two  ways? 
2  after  Alba  was  destroyed  :  after  Alba  destroyed.  3  illud.  4  one :  omit. 
5  bodily  powers  :  body.  6  occupied  himself  with  nothing  :  gave  atten- 
tion to  nothing.  7  Notice  how  nisi  is  used  after  a  negative,  in  the  sense 
of  but,  or  except.  8  was  struck  :  express  by  a  participle.  9  Observe 
that  conflagro  in  the  active  voice  has  a  passive  meaning. 

XVI.    Latiiie  Scribenda. 

Tullus,  having  destroyed  Alba,  doubled  the  number  of 
citizens  at  Eome  and  dwelt  on  the  Coelian  hill,  which  he 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OP   KOME.  25 

added  to  the  city.  When  he  had  declared  war/  he  gave 
the  young  men 2  no  rest  from  arms.  "  Your  bodies/'  said 
he,  "  will  be  less 3  healthy  in  peace  than  in  war."  But 
disease  attacked  his  own  body  too,  and  broke  the  spirit  of 
the  fierce  king,  so  that  he 'devoted  himself4  to  sacrifices. 
They  say  that  Tullus  reigned  thirty-two  years,  and  that 
he  was  struck  by  lightning. 

NOTES.  — l  The  clause  may  be  expressed  by  cum  with  the  plu- 
perfect subjunctive,  by  ut  with  the  perfect  indicative,  or  in  two 
words.  2  Not  accusative.  3  minus.  4  devoted  himself  :  gave  labor. 


ANGUS   MARCIUS, 

XVII.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  After  the  death  of  Tullus,  Ancus  Marcius  was 
chosen  king.1  2.  He  was  the  grandson  of  Numa,  who  suc- 
ceeded Eomulus.  3.  In  justice  and  piety  he  was  very  much 
like  his  grandfather.  4.  In  the  reign  of  Ancus  the  Latins 
made  a  raid  into  the  Eoman  territory.  5.  By  the  Latins 
a  raid  was  made  into  the  territory  of  the  Eomans.  6.  A 
treaty  had  been  struck  with  the  Latins  by  Tullus.  7.  But 
they  had  become  emboldened2  in  the  reign  of  Ancus. 
8.  A  messenger  was  sent  by  Ancus,  before  war  was 
declared  against  them. 

2. 

1.  The  messenger  was  sent  to  demand3  restitution. 
2.  This  he  did  in  this  way.  3.  First,  the  messenger  went 
to  the  borders  of  those  from  whom  he  was  going  to  de- 
mand 4  restitution.  4.  Then  he  veiled  his  head  and  said, 
"  Hear,  Jupiter ;  hear,  territories  of  this  people.  5.  I  am 


26  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

a  state-messenger  of  the  Roman  people.  6.  Let  there  be 
confidence  in  my  words."  7.  Having  said  these  words, 
the  messenger  went  through  his  demands.  8.  The  things 
which  were  demanded  were  not  given  up.  9.  So  he  threw 
a  spear  into  the  territories  of  the  enemy,  and  in  this  way 
declared  war. 

NOTES.  — l Nominative.  2had  become  emboldened:  had  raised 
their  minds.  3  to  demand  :  who  should  demand.  *  was  going  to  de- 
mand :  erat  repetiturus. 

XVII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

After  Tullus,  Ancus,  grandson  of  Numa,  was  king  of 
the  Romans.  In  the  reign  of  this  king1  the  Latins,  with 
whom  Tullus  had  struck  a  treaty,  took  courage 2  and 
invaded3  Roman  territory.  The  king,  who  was  like 
Numa  in  justice,  did  not  declare  war  till 4  he  had  sent  a 
messenger  to  the  borders  of  the  Latins.  "  Go,5  messen- 
ger," said  he,  "  and  with  veiled  head  demand  restitution. 
If  they  shall  not  give  up  the  things  which  we  demand, 
throw  a  spear  into  their  territories,  and  so  war  will  be 
declared." 

NOTES.  —  lln  the  reign  of  this  king:  this  king  reigning.  2  See 
note  2  in  the  preceding  Dicenda.  3  Requires  three  words  in  Latin. 
4priusquam.  5abi. 

XVIII.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  The  Latins  answered  the  Roman  envoy1  haught- 
ily. 2.  The  Roman  demanded  restitution,  bat  the  Lat- 
ins answered  proudly.  3.  Therefore  Ancus  declared  war 
against  them.  4.  Ancus  raised2  an  army  and  marched 
into  the  territories  of  the  enemy.  5.  By  his  army  the 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS    OF   ROME.  27 

Latins  were  routed  and  many  towns  destroyed.  6.  Ancus, 
having  routed  the  Latins  and  destroyed  towns,  led  many 
Latins  to  Rome.  7.  To  Rome  many  citizens  were  led 
from  the  destroyed  towns.  8.  Then  the  king  built  a 
prison  in  the  heart3  of  the  city.  9.  Why  ?4  Because  so 
great  was  the  multitude  of  men  that  there  were 5  many 

secret  crimes. 

2. 

1.  To  frighten6  the  increasing  lawlessness7  was  the 
prison  built.  2.  He  likewise8  put  new  walls  around  the 
growing  city.  3.  New  walls  surrounded  the  city,  and 
Mount  Janiculum  was  added.  4.  A  pile-bridge  joined  the 
hill  Janiculum  to  the  city.  5.  A  pile-bridge  over  the 
Tiber  was  made  by  Ancus  the  king.  6.  By  the  same  king 
the  city  Ostia,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber,  was  founded. 
7.  Ancus  accomplished  many  other  things  within  a  few 
years.  8.  An  untimely  death  snatched  him  away.  9.9  He 

died,  snatched  away  by  an  untimely  death. 

• 

NOTES.  — l  Not  accusative.  2  Express  by  a  participle.  3  Observe 
the  Latin  idiom.  4  cur.  5  Is  this  to  be  expressed  by  the  indicative  ? 
6  To  frighten  :  for  terror  to.  7  audacia.  8  The  Latin  idiom  is,  he  the 
same.  9  Mark  how  the  Latin  expresses  the  main  thought  last. 

XVIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

War  was  declared  against  the  Latins  by  throwing  a 
spear,1  because  they  had  answered  the  public  ambassador 
haughtily.  Then  Ancus  took  the  field2  with  a  large 
army,  defeated  the  Latins  in  battle,  and  transferred 
many  citizens  to  Rome.  On  account  of  the  many-crimes 
in  the  city  he  built  a  prison.  Next  he  surrounded  the 
city  with  new  walls,3  and  having  joined  Janiculum  to  the  • 
city,  founded  Ostia. 

NOTES.  — l  by  throwing  a  spear  :  by  a  spear  thrown.  2  took  the 
field :  profectus  est.  3  Besides  the  construction  of  the  text,  we 
may  have,  with  circumdo,  the  accusative  and  the  ablative. 


28  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


TARQUINIUS   PRISCUS. 

XIX.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Tarquinii  is  a  city  in  Etruria.  2.  In  the  reign  of 
Ancus,  Tarquinius  Prisons  set  ont  from  Tarqninii.  3.  Tar- 
qninii  is  the  city  from  which  Tarqnin  set  ont.  4.  With 
Tarquin,  his  wife,  Tanaquil,  removed  to  Rome.  5.  Over 
their  heads,  as  they  were  going 1  to  Rome,  an  eagle  flew 
with  a  lond  cry.  6.  At  that  time  Tarqnin  and  his  wife 
were  sitting  in 2  a  wagon.  7.  Then  the  eagle  took  off  the 
cap  of  Tarqnin,  who  was  sitting  in  the  wagon  with  his 
wife.  8.  Tarquin's  cap  was  borne  away  by  the  eagle, 
which  then  went  off  on  high.  9.  So  Tarqnin  had  no  cap 
for  his  head.  10.  Bnt  the  eagle  again  replaced  the  cap 
on  his  head.3  11.  The  eagle,  having  carefully  replaced 
the  cap,  flew  away  high  in  air. 

2. 

1.  Now 4  Tanaqnil  was  skilled  in 5  angnry.6  2.  She  saw 
that  the  throne  was  destined  to  come  to  him.  3.  Then 
bidding  her  hnsband  hope  for  high  things,  she  embraced 
him.  4.  And  so  he  entered  the  city  cherishing  high 
hopes.7  5.  They  entered  the  city  bearing  all  their  prop- 
erty with  them.  6.  At  Eome  he  procured  a  honse  and 
made8  money  by  his  industry.  7.  Besides,  he  obtained8 
position  and  gained8  the  friendship  of  the  king.  8.  By 
him  he  was  left  guardian  of  his  sons.  9.  Ancus  left 
him  guardian  of  his  sons.  10.  But  he  got  the  throne  by 
unjust  means.9  11.  However,  he  managed  the  government 
as  if  he  had  got  it  by  fair  means. 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS    OF   ROME.  29 

NOTES.  — l  Over  their  heads,  as  they  were  going  :  over  the  heads  to 
them  going.  2  What  case  follows  insideo  ?  3  Either  the  dative  or  in 
with  the  accusative.  4  Remember  that  autem  does  not  stand  first  in  a 
sentence.  5  "  skilled  in  "  becomes  skilled  of  in  Latin.  6  augury :  heav- 
enly portents.  1  cherishing  high  hopes  :  hoping  high  (things}.  8  "  made/' 
"  obtained,"  and  "gained"  may  be  expressed  by  the  same  word  in 
Latin.  9  by  unjust  means  :  not  justly. 

XIX.    L,atine  Scribenda. 

Tarquinius  Priscus,  with  his  wife  and  all  his  property, 
removed  in  the  reign  of  Ancus,  to  Rome  from  Tarquinii. 
On  the  journey  *  an  eagle  flew  over  the  wagon  in  which 
Tarquin  and  his  wife  were  sitting,  and  carried  off  Tar- 
quin's  cap,  to  his  great  vexation,2  for  he  had  no  other  cap 
with  him.3  However,  the  eagle  replaced  the  cap  and  then 
flew  on  high.  Having  entered  Eome,  Tarquin  made 
money  and  gained  the  king's  favor,  by  whom  he  was  left 
guardian  to  his  children.  Afterwards,  by  unjust  means, 
he  became 4  king. 

NOTES.  — 1  On  the  journey  :  in  itinere.  2to  his  great  vexation: 
magna  cum  offensione.  3  with  him  :  secum.  4  creatus  est. 


XX.    Liatine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  By  Tarquinius  the  Latins  were  subdued  in  war. 
2.  He  put  a  stone  wall  about  the  city.  3.  He  surrounded 
the  city  with  a  stone  wall.  4.  By  him  the  centuries  of 
the  knights  were  doubled,  but  the  names  were  not 
changed.  5.  They  say  that  he  was  unable l  to  change  the 
names.  6.  Why  ?  Because  he  was  prevented  by  the  influ- 
ence of  Accius,  the  augur.  7.  They  say  that  he  was 


30  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

prevented 2  by  the  augur.  8.  For  Accius  was  at  that  time 
a  famous  seer.  9.  Now 3  he  had  declared  the  names  could 
not  be  changed.4 

2. 

1.  The  king  in  anger  questioned  him,  to  try 5  his  skill. 
2.6  "Can  I,"  said  he,  "do  what  I  have  conceived  in  mind?" 
3.  "You  are  able  to  do  it,"  replied  the  seer.  4.  "But," 
said  the  king,  "  I  was  pondering  upon  this :  can  I  cut 
that  whetstone  with  a  razor  ?  "  5.  "  You  can,"  answered 
the  augur ;  and  the  king  is  said  to  have  cut  it.  6.  Tarquin 
had  a  thirteen-year-old  son,  to  whom  he  gave  an  amulet 
and  a  boy's  toga.  7.  For  the  lad  had  killed  an  enemy  in 
battle.  8.  Afterwards  these  were  the  badges  of  free-born 
boys. 

NOTES.  — 1  say  that  he  was  unable:  deny  him  to  have  been  able. 
2  that  he  was  prevented :  observe  the  Latin  idiom  in  the  preceding 
note.  3  Where  does  autem  stand  ?  4  could  not  be  changed :  use 
the  present  infinitive,  because  the  tense  is  present  in  relation  to 
negaverat.  5Mark  how  a  purpose  may  be  expressed  by  in  with 
the  accusative.  6  Begin  with  num.  Why  ? 

XX.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Tarquinius  Priscus,  having  got  the  sovereign  power,1 
subdued  the  Latins,  built  a  great  circus,  and2  did  many 
other  things.  He  was  about  to  change3  the  names  of  the 
centuries  of  knights,  but  the  influence  of  the  seer,  Accius, 
prevented  him ;  for  he  said  that  the  omens  were  not 
favorable.4  The  king  asks  in  anger,  "  Can  I  do  what  I 
am  thinking  of?"5  Accius,  having  taken  the  omens,6 
replied,  "You  can."  "Then,"7  said  the  king,  "  I  can  cut 
yonder  whetstone  with  this  razor." 

Tarquin  had  a  son,  a  brave  boy  thirteen  years  old,  who 
had  killed  an  enemy  in  battle. 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS    OF   ROME.  31 

NOTES.  —  1  sovereign  power  :  one  word.  2  atque.  3  about  to 
change :  the  imperfect.  4  said  that,  etc. :  denied  the  birds  to  be 
favorable.  5  am  thinking  of :  agito.  6  having  taken  the  omens : 


XXI.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Two  sons  of  Ancus,  whom  Tarquin  had  defrauded, 
were  still  living.1  2.  The  two  sons  had  been  defrauded 
of  the  kingdom  by  Tarquin.  3.  Being  indignant,  they 
laid  a  plot'2  against  the  king.  4.  A  plot  was  prepared 
against  the  king  by  the  two  sons.  5.  Two  of  the  shep- 
herds were  selected  for  performing  the  deed.  6.  They 
made  pretence  of 3  a  quarrel  in  the  vestibule  of  the  palace. 
7.  The  noise  penetrated  into  the  palace  and  was  heard  by 
the  king.  8.  They  went  into  the  palace,  summoned  by  a 

royal  messenger.4 

2. 

1.  At  first  both  burst  forth,  one  crying  out  against  the 
other.  2.  But  the  king  commanded  that  they5  should 
speak  in  turn.  3.  Then  one  began  according  to  an  under- 
standing. 4.  While  the  king,  closely  attending 6  to  him, 
was  turned 7  wholly  away,  the  other  struck 8  him  with  an 
axe.  5.  He  lifted  up  the  axe  and  brought  it  down 9  upon 
the  king's  head.  6.  The  axe  was  left  in  the  wound  by 
the  fierce  shepherd.  7.  Then  both  fled  out  of  doors,  when 
they  had  killed  the  king. 

NOTES. — 1  were  still  living:  supererant.  2  Observe  that  the 
Latin  word  is  plural.  3  made  pretence  of :  pretended.  4  nuntius. 
5  that  they  :  them.  6  closely  attending :  intentus.  "  was  turned  : 
turns  himself.  8  Icit.  9  In  Latin,  he  brought  down  the  raised  axe. 


32  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

XXI.    Latiiie  Scribenda. 

The  two  sons  of  Ancus  laid  a  plot  against  the  king,  who 
had  defrauded  them  of  their  father's  kingdom.1  For 
committing  the  deed  which  they  had  planned,  two  very 
determined2  shepherds  were  chosen.  They  made  an 
uproar  in  the  vestibule  of  the  palace,  as  if  they  were 
quarrelling3;  and  both  were  summoned  to  the  king.  So 
one,4  by  agreement,  began  to  relate5  the  quarrel;  and 
while  he  was  speaking,6  the  other  struck  the  king  on  the 
head  with  an  axe.  Then  both  shepherds  rushed  out, 
leaving  the  axe  in  the  king's  head. 

NOTES.  —  1Not  the  genitive.  2ferox.  3as  if  they  were  quarrel- 
ling :  quasi  rixantes.  4  Not  uiius.  What  means  one  of  two  1 
5  began  to  relate  :  the  impf .  of  narro.  6  Use  the  present  after  dum, 
notwithstanding  the  time  is  past. 


SBRVIUS   TULLIUS. 

XXII.   Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  After  the  death  of  Tarquinius,  Servius  Tullius  re- 
ceived the  power.  2.  His  mother  was  of  noble  birth,1 
though  a  captive  and  a  slave.  3.  Born  of  a  noble  mother, 
he  was  brought  up  in  the  house  of  Tarquin.  4.  A  wonder- 
ful portent  befell  him  while  he  was  in  Tarquin's  house. 
5.  It  was  a  portent  wonderful  in  appearance  and  in  re- 
sult. 6.  Flames  surrounded  the  head  of  the  boy,  while 
he  was  asleep.2  7.  The  highest  position  seemed 3  by  this 
omen  to  be  destined  for  him.  8.  Tanaquil,  skilled  in 
portents,  saw  and  understood  this.  9.  Tanaquil  advised 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  33 

her  husband 4  to  bring  him  up  just  the  same  as  his  own 
children.  10.  Accordingly  he  grew  up  with  the  children 
of  the  king,  and  was  remarkable  for  bravery 5  and  good 
sense.  11.  His  courage  and  good  sense  were  extraordi- 
nary.6 

2. 

1.  Tarquin  fought  in  a  certain  battle  against  the  Sa- 
bines.  2.  But  the  soldiers  fought  rather  spiritlessly. 
3.  And  so  Servius,  seeing  this,  seized  the  standard  and 
flung  it  into  the  ranks  of7  the  enemy.  4.  To  recover 
this  the  Romans  fought  with  spirit.  5.  The  result 
was  8  that  they  got  back  the  standard  which  Servius  had 
thrown  into  the  midst  of 9  the  enemy.  6.  When  Tar- 
quin  had  been  killed,  his  death  was  concealed  by  Tana- 
quil,  his  wife.  7.  She  thus  addressed  the  people  from 
the  upper  part  of  the  house.  8.  "  The  king  has  received 
a  wound,  severe,  to  be  sure,10  but  not  fatal.  9.  Until  he 
gets  well,11  be  obedient  to  Servius  Tullius."  10.  In  this 
way  Servius  was  made  king,  although  the  son  of  a  cap- 
tive and  a  slave.  11.  By  him  the  people  were  divided 
into  classes  and  centuries. 

NOTES.  — *  of  noble  birth  :  nobilis.  2  while  he  was  asleep :  a 
participle.  3  Use  videor.  4  The  verb  suadeo  takes  the  dative  and 
a  clause  with  ut.  6for  bravery:  on  account  of  bravery.  6  Neuter 
plural.  7  the  ranks  of :  omit.  8  The  result  was  :  quo  factum  est. 
9  the  midst  of  :  omit.  10  to  be  sure  :  quidem.  n  until  he  gets  well  : 
dum  .  .  .  convalescat. 

XXII.  Latine  Scribenda. 

Servius  Tullius,  born  of  a  noble  mother,  was  brought 
up  in  the  house  of  Tarquin,  where  a  strange  portent 
happened  to  him.  A  sort  of  flame  surrounded  him  while 
he  was  asleep.1  He  grew  up  a  youth2  of  remarkable 


34  PRACTICAL   LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

courage  and  discretion,  and  was  taken  by  Tarquin  as 3  his 
son-in-law;  for  in  a  certain  battle  he  had  fought  very 
bravely  against  the  Sabines.  After  Tarquin  had  been 
killed,  Servius  was  made  king  by  the  cunning 4  of  Tana- 
quil,  and  managed  the  government  well.  By  him  three 
hills  were  added  to  the  city,  and  a  census  of  all  the  people 
was  ordained. 

NOTES.  —  l  while  he  was  asleep :  one  word.    2  Nominative.    3  Omit. 
4  Use  consilium. 


XXIII.    Latine  Diceiida. 
1. 

1.  Servius  added  an  ornament  to  the  city.  2.  An  orna- 
ment was  added  to  the  city  by  Tullius.  3.  At  that  time 
there  was  a  famous  temple  in  Asia.  4.  This  temple  had 
been  made  by  states  of  Asia  in  common.  5.  There  was 
a  tradition1  that  states  of  Asia  had  made  the  temple. 
6.  Servius  urged  the  Latins.2  7.  Servius  urged  the  Latins 
to  build.3  8.  Servius  persuaded  the  Latins  to  build  with 
the  Eomans.  9.  He  persuades  the  Latins  to  build,  with 
the  Eoman  people,  a  famous  temple.  10.  On  the  Aven- 
tine  hill  a  temple  was  built  by  Latins  and  Eomans. 
11.  Now4  a  certain  Latin  had  a  cow.  12.  A  certain 
Latin  had  a  wonderfully  large  cow.  13.  To  the  Latin 
something5  was  revealed  in  a  dream. 

2. 

1.  It  was  revealed  that  a  certain  people  would  have6 
the  supremacy.  2.  The  people,  one  of  whose  citizens 7  sac- 
rifices8 that  cow  to  Diana,  will  have  the  supremacy.  3.  So 
the  cow  was  driven  to  the  temple  of  Diana  by  the  Latin. 
4.  When  he  had  done  this,9  he  explained  the  reason  to  the 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  35 

Eoman  priest.  5.  The  priest  of  the  temple  was  an  ex- 
ceedingly shrewd  man.  6.  The  priest  said  to  the  owner 10 
of  the  cow :  "  Go/1  wash  your  hands  in  running  water. 

7.  You  ought   to  wash  your  hands  in  running  water." 

8.  So  the  Latin  went  down  to  the  Tiber.      9.  He  went 
down  to  the  Tiber  to  wash  his  hands.     10.  While  he  was 
going  ^  down  to  the  river,  the  cow  was  sacrificed  by  that 
cunning  priest.      11.  While  the  owner  of  the  cow  was 
washing  his  hands,  the  crafty  Eoman  sacrificed  the  cow. 
12.  In  this  way  the  Eoman  gained  the  power  for  his 
fellow-citizens,  and  fame  for  himself. 

NOTES.  — l  There  was  a  tradition  :  report  bore.  2  What  case  does 
suadeo  require  1  3  to  build  :  not  infinitive.  4  autem.  5  something 
was  revealed  in  a  dream:  a  reply  was  given  in  a  dream.  6  that  a 
certain  people  would  have :  a  certain  people  to  be  about  to  have.  7  one 
of  whose  citizens  :  put  the  relative  first.  8  sacrifices :  shall  have 
sacrificed.  9  Express  these  five  words  by  two  in  Latin.  10  dominus. 
11  abl.  12  What  is  peculiar  about  the  tense  of  the  verb  after  dum  ? 

XXIII.    "Latine  Scribenda. 

Servius  adorned J  the  city  by  a  temple  to  Diana  on  the 
Aventine  hill,  which  was  built  by  the  Latins  and  the 
Eoman  people.  When  it  was  built,2  a  certain  Latin  had 
a  cow  born  of  uncommon  size,  and  this 3  was  revealed  to 
him4  in  a  dream:  "That  people  which  shall  sacrifice5 
your  cow  to  Diana  will  have  dominion.'7  So  the  man 
drove  the  cow  to  the  temple,  for  he  wanted  to  sacrifice 
her  himself ; 6  and  setting  forth  the  reason  to  the  Eoman 
priest,  he  went  down  to  the  Tiber  to  wash  his  hands. 
But  while  he  was  washing  his  hands,  the  cunning  priest 
sacrificed  the  cow. 

NOTES.  — l  ornavit.  2  When  it  was  built :  express  by  two  Latin 
words.  3  illud.  4  and  .  .  .  to  him  :  cui.  5  shall  sacrifice  :  shall 
have  sacrificed.  6  ipse. 


36  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

XXIV.    Latine  Dicenda. 
1. 

1.  Servius  Tullius  had  two  daughters,  the  one  gentle, 
the  other  passionate.  2.  Strange  to  relate,1  the  two  sons 
of  Tarquin  were  of  like  disposition.  3.  Servius  gave  the 
gentle  daughter  in  marriage 2  to  the  passionate  son  of 
Tarquin,  and  the  headstrong  one  to  the  gentle.  4.  Thus 
thought  Servius  :  "Two  passionate  natures  should  not  be3 
united  in  marriage."  5.  But  the  two  gentle  ones,  whether 
by  chance  or  by  some4  wickedness,  perished.  6.  The 
passionate  ones  were  united  through  likeness  of  charac- 
ter. 7.  The  characters  of  the  violent  ones  brought  them 
together.  8.  Tarquin  immediately  convened  the  senate, 
and  demanded  the  throne.  9.  Spurred  on  by  his  wife, 
Tullia,  Tarquin  demands  the  kingdom  which  had  been 
his  father's.5  10.  When  Servius  heard  of  this,  he  has- 
tened to  the  senate  house. 

2. 

1.  But  by  order  of  Tarquin  he  was  pushed  down  the 
steps.  2.  Then  he  fled  back  homewards.  3.  While  he 
was  fleeing 6  back  home,  he  was  killed.  4.  Then  Tullia 
rode7  in  a  carriage  into  the  forum,  and  summoned  her 
husband  out  of  the  senate  house.  5.  His  wife  was  the 
first  to  salute  him  as  king.  6.  But  he  ordered  her  to 
withdraw  from  the  crowd  and  tumult  and  return  home. 
7.  Tullia  accordingly  drove 8  home  in  the  carriage  in  which 
she  had  hastened  into  the  forum.  8.  But  the  body  of 
her  murdered  father  was  lying  in  the  street.  9.  And  the 
driver  of  the  carriage,  seeing  the  body,  hesitated9  and 
drew  in  the  reins.  10.  But  the  savage  Tullia  ordered  him 
to  drive  the  wagon  right  over  the  body.  11.  From  this 
circumstance  that  street  was  called  "  The  Accursed." 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME.  37 

NOTES.  — *  mirabile  dictu.  2  The  accusative  is  necessary  here 
after  in.  3  should  not  be  :  ought  not  to  be.  4  Omit.  5  Express  this 
clause  by  one  word  in  Latin.  6  Be  careful  about  the  tense  after 
dum.  7  rode  :  was  drawn.  8  drove  :  was  drawn.  9  Use  cunctor. 

XXIV.    Latine  Scribeiida. 

The  passionate  son  of  Tarquin  and  the  daughter  of 
Tullius,  of  like  disposition,  were  united  in  marriage. 
At  onc^e  Tarquinius  hastened  to  the  senate  house  and 
demanded  the  kingdom  which  had  been  his  father's. 
Tullia  rode l  into  the  forum,  where  the  senate  had  been 
convened,  and  was  the  first  to  greet  her  husband  as  king. 
As  she  was  returning,2  the  cruel3  woman4  ordered  her 
driver  to  drive  over  her  father's  corpse,  which  was  lying 5 
in  the  street ;  for  he  had  been  killed  while  fleeing  back 
home  from  the  senate  house. 

NOTES.  — 1  See  note  7  of  preced.  Die.  2As  she  was  returning: 
express  this  clause  by  one  word.  3  Use  the  same  word  as  for 
"passionate."  4  mulier.  5  which  was  lying  :  express  by  one  word, 
a  form  of  iaceo. 

TARQUINIUS   SUPBRBUS. 

XXV.    Latine  Diceiida. 
1. 

1.  The  throne  was  seized  by  Tarquin  the  Proud  to.  a 
wicked  manner.  2.  Still,  the  Sabines  and  Latins  we?e 
subdued  in  war  by  this  energetic  king.  3.  Gabii  was 
brought  under  his  power  through  the  wickedness  of  his 
son  Sextus.  4.  That  city  could  not  be  taken  by  his 
father.  5.  This l  the  son  Sextus  took  in  high  dudgeon.2 
6.  Consequently  going  over  to  the  Gabmi,  he  complained 
of  his  father's  cruelty  to3  him.4  7.  Gaining  their  good- 


38  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

will  by  degrees,  lie  became  very  powerful.  8.  He  won 
them  over  by  his  flatteries.  9.  At  last  he  was  chosen 
their  leader  in5  war. 

2. 

1.  Then  he  sent  one  of  his  men  to  his  father.  2.  He 
sent  to  inquire  what  his  father  wished.  3.  What  did 
his  father  wish  him  to  do  ?  4.  The  father  made  no  reply 
to  the  son's  messenger.  5.  But  he  passed  into  the  gar- 
den and  there  walked  up  and  down.  6.  The  messenger 
followed  Tarquin  as6  he  walked  up  and  down  in  the 
garden.  7.  With  his  staff  the  king  wrould  strike7  off 
the  tallest  poppy-heads.  8.  At  last  the  messenger  re- 
turned to  Gabii  and  made  his  report.8  9.  Then  Sextus 
understood  the  silence  and  the  act  of  his  father.  10.  The 
leading  men  were  put  to  death  and  the  city  was  de- 
livered to  the  king  by  his  son. 

NOTES.  — l  quod.      2took    in    high   dudgeon:    bore   indignantly. 

3  in  with  the  ace.     4him:  himself.    5in  war:  of  war.    6as  he  walked 
up  and  down  :  express  by  one  word.     7  would  strike  :  the  imperfect 
in  Latin  often  denotes  repeated  or  customary  action.     8  made  his 
report :  use  rem  renuntio. 

XXV.  Latine  Scribenda. 

Tarquinius  Superbus  besieged  Gabii,  but  was  unable 
to  take  it.  But  his  son  went  over  to  the  Gabinians,  and 
through  deception  and  flatteries  was  chosen  their  leader l 
in  war.  Accordingly  he  sent  a  messenger  from  the  city 
to  learn  what  his  father  desired,2  but  the  messenger 
brought  back3  no  reply.4  Sextus,  however,  understood 
what  his  father  wished,2  and  when 5  he  had  put  to  death 
the  leading  men,  delivered  up  the  city. 

NOTES.  —  !  Nominative.     2  Not  indicative.     Why  not  ?     3  refero. 

4  nihil  responsi.     5  How  may  this  clause  be  very  briefly  expreised 
in  Latin? 


THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   BOME.  39 

XXVI.    Latine  IMcenda. 
1. 

1.  Ardea  was  afterwards  besieged  by  the  king.  2.  There 
by  chance  Collatinus  dined  at  Sextus  Tarquinius's  head- 
quarters.1 3.  With  Sextus  and  Collatinus  dined  some2 
royal  youths.  4.  Collatinus  himself  was  son  of3  the 
king's  sister.  5.  At  that  time  they  were  in  camp  near4 
the  city  which  the  king  was  besieging.  6.  When  men- 
tion was  made5  of  wives,  each  one  praised  his  own.6 
7.  Then  some  one7  said,  "Let  us  see  what  they  are 
doing/'8  8.  So  they  agreed9  to  make  the  trial.  9.  Their 
horses  were  brought  up10  and  off  they  flew  to  Rome. 
10.  The  king's  daughters-in-law  were  found  feasting  and 
enjoying  themselves. 

2. 

1.  But  Lucretia,  wife  of  Collatinus,  was  found  in  the 
midst  of  her  maids,  spinning  wool.  2.  She  was  there- 
fore judged  to  be  superior  to  the  rest.  3.  A  few  days 
after  Sextus  went  back  from  the  camp  and  assaulted 
Lucretia.  4.  The  next  day  Lucretia  hid  a  knife  under 
her  robe.  5.  Having  hidden  a  knife  under  her  robe  she 
called  to  her11  father  and  her  husband.  6.  And  with 
the  knife  she  killed  herself.  7.  Then  the  husband  and 
the  father  conspired  for  the  ruin  of  the  king.  8.  When 
Tarquin  returned12  to  Eome,  they  shut  the  gates  against 
him.  9.  The  people  decreed  the  exile  of  the  king,  and13 
afterwards  there  was  no  king  at  Eome. 

NOTES.  —  x  at  ...  headquarters :  apud  Sextum  Tarquinium. 
2  Omit.  3  son  of  :  born  of.  Mark  the  construction.  4  prope  with 
the  ace.  6  incidisset.  6  suam  before  imusquisque.  7  some  one  : 
aliquis.  8  videamus  quae  faciant.  9  they  agreed :  it  pleased. 
10equls  adlatls.  n called  to  her:  advocavit.  12  When  Tarquin 
returned.'  to  Tarquin  returning.  13and  .  .  .110:  neque. 


40  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


XXVI.    Latine  Scribenda. 

While  Tarquin  was  besieging  Ardea,  his  son  Sextus, 
who  had  deceived  the  G-abmi,  again  acted  wickedly.1 
Lucretia,  wife  of  Collatinus,  had  been  judged  to  be 
superior  to  the  king's  daughters-in-law,  for  she  had  been 
found  spinning  in  the  midst  of  her  hand-maids ;  they, 
banqueting.  But  Sextus  assaulted  her,  on  account  of 
which 2  she  killed  herself.  Then  the  Eomans  in  indigna- 
tion8 shut  their  gates  against  Tarquin  the  Proud  and 
his  villanous 4  son  Sextus. 

NOTES. —  l acted  wickedly:  sceleste  fecit.  2on  account  of 
which :  qiiam  ob  rem.  3  in  indignation :  indigne  ferentes. 
4  use  sceleratus. 


PAET  SECOND. 

NBPOS:   MILTIADBS. 


For  the  Latin  Text,  see  pages  154-167. 

For  references,  see  the  Grammars  of  Allen  and  Greenough,  and  Harkness. 
The  learner  is  expected  to  find  in  the  Latin  text  illustrations  of  the  grammat- 
ical principles  selected,  as  a  part  of  his  preparatory  study. 


I.   Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Cause:  245;  H.  413. 

2.  Clauses  of  Result:  319;  H.  500,  I.  &  II. 

3.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose  :  317  ;  H.  497, 1. 

1. 

1.  The  Athenians  had  good  hopes1  of  Miltiades,  son  of 
Cimon.  2.  He  was  very  conspicuous 2  on  account  of  his 
ancestors.  3.  The  age  of  Cimon's  son  was  such  that  the 
citizens  had 3  good  hopes  of  him.  4.  He  proved  to  be 4 
such  a  man  as5  they  judged  him  to  be.  5.  They  found 
out  afterwards6  what  sort  of  a  man7  Miltiades  was.3 
6.  It  happened  that  the  Athenians  sent  colonists  to 
Chersonesus.  7.  The  number  of  those  who  wanted  to  go 
was  large.  8.  So 8  of  these  they  sent  chosen  men  to  Del- 
phi. 9.  They  consulted  Apollo,  and  the  Pythia  thus9 
commanded.  10.  "  Take  Miltiades  as  your  leader,  in  pref- 
erence to  all  others.10  11.  If  you  employ  u  him  as  your 
commander,  your  undertakings  will  succeed." 


42  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

2. 

1.  This  they  did  on  account  of  the  answer  of  the  oracle. 
2.  Miltiades  was  chosen  commander  by  reason  of  the 
reply  of  the  oracle.  3.  He  set  out  with  a  chosen  band 
and  arrived  at  Lemnos.  4.  This12  island  he  desired  to 
reduce  under  the  power  of  the  Athenians.  5.  But  the 
inhabitants  did  not  do,  of  their  own  free  will,  what 13  he 
demanded.  6.  They  replied,  "  Then  will  we  do  it,  when 
you  come 14  from  home  to  Lemnos  with  the  wind  in  the 
north.  7.  When  you  set  out  from  home  with  ships,  with 
the  wind  in  the  north,  we  will  do  it."  8.15  Is  Miltiades 
able  to  set  out  from  Athens  with  a  north  wind  ?  9.  Then 
Miltiades  directed  his  course  for  the  Chersonesus.  10.  For 
he  had  no  time  for  dawdling. 

NOTES.  — 1  had  good  hopes  :  hoped  well.  2  was  very  conspicuous  : 
flourished  most.  3Not  the  indicative.  4 proved  to  be :  ivas.  5qualem. 
6postea.  7what  sort  of  a  man:  one  word  in  Latin.  8itaque. 
9  haec.  10  in  preference  to  all  others :  one  word  in  Latin.  n  If 
you  employ :  the  Latin  idiom  requires,  if  you  shall  have  employed. 
12  This  island :  which  island.  13  what :  that  which.  14  when  you  come  : 
in  the  Latin  idiom,  when  you  shall  have  come.  Compare  note  11. 
15  Begin  the  sentence  with  num. 

I.   Latine  Scribenda. 

The  Athenians  once  *  desired  to  send  colonists  to  the 
Chersonese,  but  the  number  of  those  who  sought  to  share 
in 2  the  emigration  was  so  large 3  that  they  sent  chosen 
men  to  Delphi  to  consult 4  Apollo.  The  Pythia  enjoins 
that  they  take  as  leader  Miltiades,  who  was  the  most 
distinguished  of  all  the  Athenians,  not  only  on  account 
of  his  ancestors,  but  also  on  account  of  his  own  modesty. 
Agreeably  to  the  answer  of  the  oracle  Miltiades  was  se- 
lected, and  he  set  out  with  his  fleet  for  the  Chersonese. 


NEPOS  :    MILTIADES.  43 

Arriving  at5  Lemnos,  he  wanted  to  bring  the  island  under 
his  power,  but  that  undertaking  did  not  succeed. 

NOTES.  — l  quondam.  2  to  share  in :  participation  of.  3  so  large  : 
tantus.  4  to  consult :  express  by  a  relative  clause.  5  Arriving  at  : 
when  he  had  arrived  at. 


II.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Means :  248 ;  H.  420. 

2.  Ablative  with  potior,  utor,  etc. :  249 ;  H.  421, 1. 

3.  Ablative  of  Manner :  248  and  Rem. ;  H.  419,  III. 

4.  Temporal  Clauses  with  cum:  325;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

5.  Find  illustrations  of  all  the  above  in  the  text  of  I. 

1. 

1.  There  the  forces  of  the  barbarians  were  soon  dis- 
persed. 2.  In  a  short  time  he  got  possession  of  the  whole 
country.  3.  The  people l  were  enriched  by  raids.  4.  Fre- 
quent forays  enriched  those  whom  he  had  brought  with 
him.  5.  Suitable  places  were  fortified  by  Miltiades. 
6.  Both  foresight  and  good  luck  helped  the  leader.  7.  The 
bravery  of  the  soldiers  overcame  the  enemy.  8.  After 
settling2  affairs  with  entire  justice,  the  general  remained 
in  the  same  place.  9.  Matters  were  settled  with  the 
utmost  fairness.  10.  Miltiades  lacked  the  name  of  king, 
but  not  royal  dignity. 

2. 

1.  Although  he  was  not  king  among  them,  he  gained 
very  great  power.  2.  He  got  power  not  less  by  sagacity 3 
than  by  justice.  3.  The  result  was 4  that  he  held  power 
without  interruption.  4.  Miltiades  set  out5  from  the 
Chersonese6  and  returned  to  Lemnos.  5.  He  demanded 
that  the  Lemnians  should  hand  over  their  city  to  him. 
6.  Did  they  give  up  the  city  according  to  agreement? 


44  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

7.  They  said  that  they  would  surrender.7  8.  The  thing 
turned  out 8  contrary  to  the  expectations  of  the  islanders. 
9.  They  will  not  dare  to  resist  the  leader 9  who  has  his 
home  at  the  Chersonese.10  10.  With  equal  good  fortune 
other  islands  were  brought  under  the  power  of  the  Athe- 
nians. 

NOTES. — l  multitude.  2  After  settling  affairs :  ablative  absolute. 
3  by  sagacity  :  use  consilium.  4  The  result  was  :  by  which  things  it 
was  brought  about.  5  Translate  in  three  ways  :  (1)  by  using  a  parti- 
ciple ;  (2)  by  a  clause  beginning  with  cum ;  (3)  by  a  clause  con- 
nected with  the  following  by  et.  6  from  the  Chersonese  :  Cherson- 
eso.  7  that  they  would  surrender :  themselves  to  be  going  to  surrender. 
8  turned  out :  happened.  9  What  case  follows  resistere  ?  10  Observe 
how  "  to  the  Chersonese,"  and  "  at  the  Chersonese,"  are  expressed 
in  the  text  of  chapters  I.  and  II. 

II.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Miltiades,  by  means  of  the  forces  which  he  had  brought 
with  him  to  the  Chersonese,  defeated  the  enemy  in  a  short 
time  and  got  possession  of  the  whole  country.  Then, 
settling  the  people  in  allotments,1  he  regulated  matters 
with  perfect 2  justice  and  enjoyed3  amongst  them  royal 
dignity ;  for  he  had  gained  power  not  more  by  the  good 
will  of  those  who  had  sent  him  than  by  his  own  sagacity 
and  good  luck.  Now,  returning4  from  the  Chersonese, 
where  he  had  his  home,  with  the  wind  in  the  north,  he 
demanded  that  the  islanders 5  should  hand  over  their  city 
to  him. 

NOTES.  — l  settling  the  people  in  allotments:  the  idiom  is,  in 
agris  collocare.  How  can  it  be  expressed  without  using  the 
present  participle?  2  perfect :  the  highest.  3  What  case  follows 
utor  ?  4  returning :  having  returned.  "°  islanders  :  two  words  in 
Latin. 


NEPOS  :    MILTIADES.  45 

III.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  Absolute :  255  and  note;  H.  431. 

2.  Accusative  of  Limit:  258,  b;  H.  380,  II. 

3.  Infinitive  for  Indicative  of  Direct  Discourse :  336;  H.  523.  I. 

4.  Accusative  subject  of  Infinitive :  240,  f ;  H.  536. 

5.  Find  illustrations  of  all  the  above  in  the  text  of  II. 

1. 

1.  At  the  same  time  Darius,  king  of  the  Persians, 
determined  to  wage  war  in  Europe.  2.  His  army  was 
transported  from  Asia  to  Europe.  3.  Having  made  a 
bridge  over  the  Hister,  he  led  his  forces  over.  4.  Leading 
men,  whom  he  had  brought  with  him,  were  left  as  custo- 
dians of  the  bridge.  5.  To  them l  absolute  2  power  had 
been  given  by  Darius  over 3  their  own  cities.  6.  At  that 
time  many  inhabitants  of  Asia  spoke  Greek.  7.  Darius 
committed  the  charge  of  towns 4  to  his  own  friends,  of 
whom  many  were  Greeks.  8.  Of  these  men  Miltiades 
was  one.  9.  Darius  met  with  ill  success  and  was  hard 
pressed  by  the  enemy.  10.  A  report  was  brought  that 5 
Darius  was  meeting  with  ill  success.  / 

2. 

1.  So  an  opportunity  was  offered  of  freeing  Greece. 
2.  jMiltiades  urged6  that  they  should  not  let  slip  a  good 
opportunity^  3.  Thus  advised 6  Miltiades  :  "  If  Darius  per- 
ishes,7 all  Europe  will  be  free  from  the  Persians.  4.  Greeks 
who  are  inhabiting  Asia  will  be  free  from  the  rule  of  the 
Persians.  5.  This  can  very  easily  be  brought  about.  6.  If 
the  bridge  is  cut  down,8  Darius  will  perish,  either  by  the 
sword  or  by  want.  7.  Darius  together  with 9  his  army  will 
perish  within  a  few  days."  8.  Many  favored  this  plan,  but 
not  Histiseus  of  Miletus.  9.  He  opposed  the  doing  of  it,10 


46  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

and  said :     10.  "  The  same  thing  is  not  expedient  for  us, 
who  hold  the  chief  power,  as  u  for  the  masses. 

3. 

1.  Our  supremacy  depends  on  the  rule  of  Darius.  2.  If 
Darius  perishes,12  we  shall  be  driven13  from  power  and 
pay  the  penalty  to  our  fellow-citizens.  3.  Accordingly  I 
entirely  dissent 14  from  your  plan,  0  Miltiades.  4. 1  think 
that  it  is  extremely  useful  to  us  for  the  rule 15  of  the 
Persians  to  be  strengthened."  5.  A  majority  followed 
the  opinion  of  Histiseus.  6.  Miltiades  thought  his  advice 
would  come16  to  the  king's  ears.  7.  And  so  he  returned 
in  a  short  time  to  Athens.  8.  Miltiades  is  deserving  of 
great  praise.17  9.  For  he  thought  more  of 18  the  liberty 
of  all  than  of  his  own  supremacy. 

NOTES.  — *  Use  the  relative  pronoun.  2Use  perpetuus.  3  over : 
of.  4  charge  of  towns  :  towns  to  be  cared  for.  5  that :  not  ut.  6  Use 
moneo.  7  The  Latin  idiom  is,  shall  have  perished.  8  Express  this 
clause  by  two  words.  9  together  with :  cum.  10  He  opposed,  lest  it 
should  be  done.  nas:  express  by  and.  12This  may  be  put  according 
to  the  suggestion  of  note  7.  13  shall  be  driven :  use  a  participle. 
14 entirely  dissent:  abhorreo.  15 for  the  rule,  etc. :  the  accusative 
and  infinitive.  16 would  come:  to  be  going  to  come.  17is  deserving 
of  great  praise :  is  greatly  to  be  praised.  18  thought  more  of :  was 
more  friendly  to. 

III.    Latine  Scribenda. 

At  that  time  Darius  decided  to  lead  a  large  army  from 
Asia  to  Europe,  in  order  to  wage  war  with  the  Scythians. 
Accordingly,  having  made  a  bridge  over  the  Hister,  he 
left,  as  custodians  of  the  bridge,  leading  men  to  whom 
he  had  given  power  over  their  cities.  Of  this,  number 
was  Miltiades,  who,  hearing  that  the  king  was  hard 
pressed l  by  his  enemies,  advised  that  the  bridge  should 
be  cut  down.  In  this  way  he  thought  the  king  would 


NEPOS:    MILTIADES.  47 

perish,2  and  the  Greek  cities  be 3  free  from  the  rule  of  the 
Persians.  Histiseus  of  Miletus,  however/  opposed  the 
plan5  of  Miltiades,  and  a  majority  followed  his  opinion. 
So  Miltiades,  fearing 6  that 7  his  advice  would  reach  the 
king,  left  the  Chersonese  and  returned 8  to  Athens. 

NOTES.  — l  that  the  king  was  hard  pressed :  the  king  to  be  hard  pressed. 
2  would  perish:  to  be  about  to  perish.  3Not  the  present  infinitive. 
4  autem.  5  What  case  follows  obsisto  ?  6  fearing :  having  feared. 
7  ne.  8  revertor  is  not  commonly  deponent  in  the  perfect  and 
kindred  tenses. 

IV.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Relations  of  Place:  258  and  following;  H.  427  and  428. 

2.  Ablative  with  opus :  243,  e ;  H.  414,  IV. 

3.  Partitive  Genitive :  216 ;  H.  396,  IV. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  3 ;  II.  4. 

1. 

1.  Darius  at  the  advice1  of  a  friend  returned  from 
Europe  to 2  Asia.  2.  The  friends  of  Darius  advised  him 
to  subjugate 3  Greece.  3.  The  fleet 4  which  Darius  got 
ready  he  put  Datis  in  command  of.  4.  The  fleet  num- 
bered5 five  hundred  vessels.  5.  Artaphernes  also  was 
placed  in  command.  6.  To  these  leaders  two  hundred 
thousand  foot-soldiers  were  given  by  Darius.  7.  He  gave 
this  reason,6  that  he  was  hostile 7  to  the  Athenians.  8.  He 
said  that  they  had  killed  his  garrisons.  9.  The  fleet  was 
brought  to  the  island  of  Euboea  and  Eretria  was  taken. 

10.  The  citizens  were  all  carried  off  and  sent  to  the  king. 

11.  When  Eretria  was  taken,8  the  commanders  advanced 
against  Attica. 

2. 

1.  Marathon  is  a  plain  about  eighteen9  miles  from 
Athens.  2.  The  Athenians  in  alarm1  sought  aid  of  the 


48  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Lacedaemonians.  3.  To  no  place  except u  Lacedsemon  did 
they  send.  4.  They  had  need 12  of  speedy  assistance. 
5.  They  report  what  speedy  assistance  they  need.13  6.  At 
home  they  chose  commanders.  7.  They  chose  men  to 
be  at  the  head  of  the  army.4  8.  Shall  they  defend  them- 
selves by  walls  or  by  valor  ?  9.  Will  they  take  the  field 
as  soon  as  possible  ? 14  10.  They  will  not  despair  of  the 
bravery  of  the  citizens. 

NOTES.  — l  at  the  advice :  use  a  participle.  2  to  :  into.  3  subju- 
gate :  reduce  under  his  power.  4  Be  careful  about  the  case.  5  num- 
bered :  was  of.  6  gave  this  reason :  use  hoc  intersero.  7  that  he 
was  hostile  :  ace.  and  infin.  8  Turn  the  clause  in  two  ways.  9  de 
cem  et  octo.  10  See  note  1.  nnisi.  12opus  erat  with  ablative 
and  dative.  13  need :  indicative  ?  14  as  soon  as  possible :  at  each 
first  time.  Be  careful  about  the  order. 

IV.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Darius,  after  his  return1  to  Asia,  resolved  to  reduce 
Europe  under  his  power,  for  the  Athenians  had  aided2 
the  lonians  and  killed  his  garrisons.  The  fleet  which  he 
got  ready  was  brought  to  Euboea  by  his  commanders,  and 
all  the  citizens  of  Eretria  were  carried  off  to  the  king. 
From  there  they  led  their  forces  into  the  plain  of  Mara- 
thon. '  This3  so4  alarmed  the  Athenians  that  they  besought 
aid  of 5  the  Lacedaemonians,  announcing  what 6  speedy 
assistance  they  needed.  This 7  was  the  counsel  of  Milti- 
ades,  whom  the  Athenians  had  chosen  to  be 8  one  of  ten 
commanders  :  "  Let  us  take  the  field 9  at  the  first  oppor- 
tunity ;  then  courage  will  come  to  the  citizens,  and  the 
enemy  will  be  less  prompt." 10 

NOTES.  — l  after  his  return :  having  returned.  2  had  aided  :  had 
been  for  aid  to.  3  Use  the  relative  pronoun.  4  ita.  5  Do  not  use  the 
genitive.  6  Turn  by  quam,  how.  7  Either  hoc  or  illud.  8  to  be  : 
omit.  9  take  the  field :  make  a  camp,  present  subjunctive.  10  less 
prompt:  slower. 


KEPOS  :    MILTIADES.  49 

V.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Dative  of  Service  :  233  ;  H.  390. 

2.  Ablative  of  Time :  256 ;  H.  429. 

3.  Clauses  of  Result :  319 ;  H.  500,  I.  and  II. 

4.  Find  illustrations  of  2  in  the  text  of  II.,  III., 

and  IV. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  1 ;  IV«.  3. 

1. 

1.  The  Plataeans  sent  a  thousand  men.  2.  The  Platse- 
ans  sent  a  thousand  men  to  aid  l  the  Athenians.  3.  So 
they  had  ten  thousand  soldiers.  4.  The  result  was 2  that 
they  burned  with  a  desire  of  fighting.  5.  The  band  of 
soldiers  who  had  been  sent  had  a  wondrous  eagerness  to 
fight.3  6.  What  force  (band)  did  Miltiades  and  his  col- 
leagues have  ?  7.  The  influence  of  their  leader  urged  on 
the  Athenians.  8.  Accordingly,  they  led  their  forces  out 
of  the  city.  9.  They  encamped  in  a  suitable  place. 
10.  Having  led  out  their  forces  4  they  pitched  a  camp. 

2. 

1.  The  next  day  they  drew  up  their  line  at  the  base  of 
a  mountain.  2.  The  forces  engage  in  battle  with  the 
greatest  violence.5  3.  In  suitable  places  the  Athenians 
felled6  many  trees.  4.  They  were  protected  by  the 
mountain  and  the  many  trees.  5.  The  height  of  the 
mountain  and  the  trees  are  an  obstacle  7  to  the  enemy. 

6.  Datis  sees  that  the  place  is  unfavorable  for  his  men. 

7.  But  he  is  eager  to  fight.     8.  It  is  expedient 8  to  fight 
before   the   Lacedaemonians   come.9      9.  The   Athenians 
defeated  a  great  number  of  the  enemy.      10.  So  much 
superior  are  the  forces  of  the  Athenians  that  they  ter- 
rify the  enemy. 


50  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

NOTES.  — 1  to  aid :  for  aid.  2  The  result  was :  by  which  it  was  done. 
3  to  fight:  of  fighting.  4  Having  led  out  their  forces:  two  words  in 
Latin.  5with  the  greatest  violence:  suinina  vi.  6  eeciderunt. 
7  are  an  obstacle :  use  impedio.  8  utile.  9  Not  the  indicative. 

V.    Latine  Scribenda. 

A  small  state  sent  a  thousand  soldiers  to  help  the 
Athenians.  Although  this  band  was  a  small  one,  it  was 
eager  to  fight.  So  Miltiades,  drawing  up  his  forces  at 
the  base  of  a  mountain,  engaged  in  battle  and  routed  a 
tenfold  number  of  the  enemy.  .The  Persians,  when1 
routed,  were  so  terrified  that  they  fled  to 2  their  ships. 
For  the  Athenians,  relying  on  their  own  bravery,  had 
dared3  to  fight  against  them  with  small  forces^  Never 
before  were  such  great  forces  defeated  by  so  small  a  band, 

NOTES.  — 1  Omit.    2  fled  to :  the  verb  is  peto.    3  ausi  erant. 


VI.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Clauses  of  Purpose :  317  and  b;  H.  497,  I.  and  II. 

2.  Indirect  Questions:  334;  H.  529,  I. 

3.  Find  an  illustration  of  2  in  the  text  of  I. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  an  illustration  of  Lat.  Die.  V.  3. 

1.  What  sort  of  a l  reward  was  bestowed  on  Miltiades  ? 
2.  ISTepos  shows  what  sort  of  a  reward  was  bestowed 2  on 
the  victor.  3.  One  can  easily  understand3  that4  states 
are  alike.5  4.  We  find  that4  honors  at  Athens  were 
once  infrequent.  5.  For  that  reason  they  seem 6  to  have 
been  glorious.  6.  Among  the  Athenians  formerly  hon- 
ors were  much  prized,  now  they  are  worthless.  7.  What 
honor  was  bestowed  on  the  man  who  had  freed  all  Greece  ? 
8.  The  battle  of  Marathon 7  was  painted  in  the  porch 


NEPOS:    MILTIADES.  51 

which  has  a  Greek  name.  9.  In  the  number  of  the  ten 
commanders  the  picture  of  Miltiades  was  placed  first. 
10.  The  Athenians  afterwards 8  obtained  much 9  greater 
power.  11.  But  they  were  corrupted  by  the  magistrates. 
12.  Three  hundred  statues  were  decreed  to  Demetrius 
by  that  same  people. 

NOTES.  — l  What  sort  of  a :  quale.  2  Not  the  indicative.  3  One 
can  . . .  understand  :  it  can  be  understood.  4  Not  lit.  5  alike  :  similes. 
6  they  seem  :  videntur.  7  of  Marathon  :  Marathonian.  8  postea. 
9  much  greater :  by  much  greater. 

VI.    Uatine  Scribenda. 

We  find  that  the  nature  of  all  states  is l  the  same ;  for 
formerly  at  Athens 2  honors  were  infrequent  and  of  trifling 
value,3  and  for  that  reason  highly  prized 4 ;  now,  however, 
they  are  many  in  number  and  of  no  worth.  A  slight 
honor  was  bestowed  on  Miltiades,  who  by  his  victory  at 
Marathon  freed  Greece ;  but  three  hundred  statues  were 
decreed  by  the  same  people  to  Demetrius,  an  orator.5  As 
it  was  once  at  Athens,  so  it  was  among  the  Romans. 

NOTES.  — 1  Not  the  indicative.  2  What  case  ?  3  of  trifling  value : 
use  tenuis.  4  highly  prized  :  glorious.  5  Use  orator. 


VII.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Means:  248;  H.  420. 

2.  Ablative  Absolute  :  255  and  note  ;  H.  431. 

3.  Causal  or  Concessive  clauses  with  cum :  326 ; 

H.  517  and  515,  III. 

1. 

1.  After  this  battle  a  fleet  of  seventy  ships  was  given 
to  Miltiades.  2.  Certain l  islands  helped  the  Persians  in 
war.  3.  The  same  islands  Miltiades  followed  up  with 


52  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

war.  4.  Many  of  those  islands  he  reduced  under  the 
power  of  the  Athenians.  5.  The  island  of  Paros,  confi- 
dent in  its  resources,  could  not  be  won  over  by  negotia- 
tion.2 6.  Accordingly  Miltiades  blockaded  the  city  and 
deprived  it  of  supplies.  7.  Then  he  approached  nearer 
the  walls.  8.  At  last  things  had  reached  such  a  pass3 
that  he  was  about  to  get  possession 4  of  the  town.  9.  But 
the  townsmen  and  the  besiegers  saw  a  name.  10.  They 
saw  a  flame  at  a  distance  on  the  mainland. 

2. 

1.  For  a  grove  had  been  set  on  fire  in  the  night-time. 
2.  I  know  not  by  what  chance  this  flame  was  seen  by  both 
parties.5  3.  It  occurred  to  the  soldiers  6  that  it  was  a 
signal.  4.  The  result  was  that  Miltiades  returned  to 
Athens.  5.  For  he  feared  that  the  king's  fleet  was  com- 
ing. 6.  The  result  was  that  he  returned  with  the  same 
number  of  ships  that  he  had  set  out  with.  7.  He  returned, 
to7  the  great  displeasure  of  his  fellow-citizens.  8.  So  they 
accused  him  of  treason  and  threw  him  into  prison.  9.  At 
that  time  he  was  suffering  from  wounds  which  he  had 
received  in  besieging  the  town.  10.  Since  he  could  not 
pay 8  fifty  talents,  he  died  in  prison. 

NOTES.  — l  Use  quidam.  2  oratione.  3  things  had  reached  such 
a  pass  :  it  was  in  that  (state}.  *  Imperf.  subj.  of  potior.  5both  par- 
ties: the  word  is  uterque.  6It  occurred  to:  came  into  opinion  to. 
7  cum.  8  Imperf.  subj.  of  solvo  after  cum. 

VII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

After  the  battle  at  Marathon,  Miltiades,  with  a  fleet  of 
seventy  ships  wKich  the  Athenians  had  given  him,1  com- 
pelled many  islands  to  return  to  their  allegiance.2  But 
one  of  these,  Paros,  he  was  unable 3  to  win  over  by  argu- 


NEPOS  :    MILTIADES.  53 

ment,4  so  he  advanced 3  nearer  the  walls.  Then  a  grove 
on  the  mainland  having  been  set  on  fire  by  some  chance 
or  other,5  the  flame  was  seen  both  by  the  people  in  the 
town  and  by  the  besiegers.  Both  thought  it  was  a 
signal.  The  result  was 6  that  Miltiades  burned  his  works 
and  returned  to  Athens,  for  he  was  afraid  that 7  the  fleet 
of  the  king  was  coming.  He  was  accused  of  treason  by 
his  fellow-citizens,  thrown  into  prison,  and 8  there  died. 

NOTES.  — l  Not  accusative.  2  officium.  3  he  was  unable  ...  so 
he  advanced:  instead  of  making  these  two  clauses  correlative, 
as  they  are  in  English,  make  the  first  a  dependent  clause  express- 
ing the  reason  with  cum  and  the  subjunctive,  and  omit  "so."  A 
common  difference  between  Latin  and  English  in  the  relation  of 
clauses  is  well  illustrated  in  this  case.  4  Use  oratio.  6  by  some 
chance  or  other  :  I  know  not  by  what  chance.  6  The  result  was  :  what 
is  the  Latin  form  into  which  the  clause  must  be  cast,  before  it  can 
be  rendered  into  Latin?  7  Not  ut,  but  ne.  8  atque  :  not  et.  The 
Latin  ways  of  expressing  a  series  were :  (1)  A,  B,  C ;  (2)  et  A  et 
B  et  C;  (3)  A,  B,  Cque;  (4)  A,  B,  atque  C;  much  less  frequently, 
A,  B,  et  C. 


VIII.    Latino  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Quality :  251 ;  H.  419,  II. 

2.  Locative  forms  and  uses :  258,  c,  Hem.,  and  d ; 

H.  425,  II.,  and  426,  2. 

3.  Accusative  of  Duration  :  256;   H.  379. 

4.  Find  illustrations  of  1  in  the  text  of  I. ;  of  2  in 

the  text  of  IT.  and  IV. 

1.  What  was  the  cause  of  the  condemnation  of  Mil- 
tiades ?  2.  On  what  charge  was  he  accused  ?  3.  A  few 
years  before  Pisistratus  had  been  tyrant  at  Athens. 
4.  On  account  of  his  usurpation  the  Athenians  feared 
Miltiades.  5.  For  he  had  been  tyrant  in  the  Chersonese. 


54  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

6.  For  many  years  he  had  held  absolute  sway.  7.  Al- 
though he  was  just,  he  was  called  "tyrant."  8.  Mil- 
tiades  seemed  unable 1  to  be  a  private  citizen.  9.  Habit 
seemed  to  make  him  ambitious  for  power.2  10.  Not 
by  violence  did  he  obtain 3  his  power,  but  by  the  consent 
of  his  people.  11.  He  was  a  man  of  the  utmost  gentle- 
ness and  affability.4  12.  Access  to  him  was  open  to  all, 
even5  to  the  humblest.  13.  He  was  a  man  of  great 
influence  with6  all  his  fellow-citizens.  14.  Amongst  all 
states  he  had  a  noble  name,  and  his  reputation  in 7  mili- 
tary affairs  was  very  great. 

NOTES.  —  J  seemed  unable  :  seemed  not  to  be  able.  2  make  him 
ambitious  :  draw  him  to  desire  of  power.  3  Not  obtineo,  which  com- 
monly means  "  keep."  4  The  Latin  writers  were  fond  of  saying  a 
quality  is  in  a  man,  instead  of  saying  he  has  the  quality.  In  this 
sentence  you  may  imitate  the  expression  in  the  text,  and  say,  There 
was  in  that  man,  etc.,  or  use  the  descriptive  ablative,  or  the  descrip- 
tive genitive.  5  etiam.  6  Not  cum.  7  in  military  affairs  :  of  mili- 
tary affairs. 

VIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Although  the  Athenians  accused  Miltiades  on  a  charge 
in  regard  to  Paros,1  yet  they  in  fact 2  feared  his  power. 
For,  a  few  years  before,  the  usurpation  of  Pisistratus  had 
existed3  at  Athens,  and  in  the  Chersonese  Miltiades 
had  absolute  power.  For  this  reason4  he  was  called 
tyrannus.  Now  all  are  both  considered  and  called  tyranni 
who  have  unlimited  power  in  a5  state  which  has  en- 
joyed6 liberty. 

NOTES.  — l  on  a  charge  in  regard  to  Paros  :  express  in  Latin  by 
two  words.  2  in  fact :  re  vera.  3  had  existed  :  had  been.  4  For  this 
reason :  quam  ob  rem.  5  Use  is.  6  In  Latin  they  say  used. 


NEPOS  :    THEM1STOCLES.  55 

THBMISTOCLBS. 

I.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  The  Gerundive :  113,  d ;  H.  200,  IV.,  and  543. 

2.  Cum  Causal  with  the  Subjunctive  :  326;  H.  517. 

3.  Absolute  Comparative:  93,  a;  H.  444,  1. 

4.  Dative  with  certain  Intransitive  Verbs  :  227 ; 

H.  385, 1.  and  II. 

1. 

1.  The  father  of  Themistocles,  the  Athenian,  was  Neo- 
cles.  2.  He  married l  an  Acarnanian  woman,  of  whom 
Themistocles  was  born.  3.  Themistocles  made  amends 
for  his  youthful  faults 2  by  great  virtues.  4.  No  one  is 
put  before  him ;  few  are  thought  his  equals.  5.  But  it  is 
necessary  to  begin  at  the  beginning.  6.  To  his  parents 
he  was  not  satisfactory.  7.  He  lived  too  fast  and  neg- 
lected his  estate.  8.  His  father  disinherited  him,  but 
the  disgrace  did  not  break  him  down.  9.  The  disgrace 
could  be  wiped  out  by  the  greatest  industry. 

2. 

1.  He  deemed  the  utmost  industry  necessary.3  2.  He 
devoted  himself  wholly  to  the  state  and  very  actively 
served  his  friends.4  3.  The  result  was  that  in  a  short 
time  he  became  famous.  4.  The  Athenians  managed  no 
matter  of  unusual  importance5  without  him.  5.  For 
he  found  out  most  speedily  what  was6  needful.  6.  He 
could  judge  very  correctly  what  was  needful.  7.  He  was 
not  less  ready  in  execution  than  in  forming  plans.  8.  He 
was  not  less  shrewd  regarding  things  future  than  about 


56  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

present  matters.     9.  He  could  easily  explain  in  an  assem- 
bly of  the  people  those  things  which  he  found  to  be  best. 

NOTES. — l married:  led  (as)  wife.  2 youthful  faults:  faults  of 
beginning  youth.  3  necessary :  opus  esse.  *  Not  accusative.  5  matter 
of  unusual  importance  :  in  Latin,  greater  matter.  6Not  the  indicative. 

I.   Latine  Scribenda. 

Neocles,  an  Athenian,  married  an  Acarnanian  woman, 
who  gave  birth  to  *  Themistocles.  In  his  youth  he  dis- 
pleased his  father,  by  whom  he  was  disinherited ;  but  he 
made  up  for  his  faults,  since  he  devoted 2  himself  wholly 
to  the  state  and  served  his  friends  with  the  utmost  dili- 
gence in  private  suits.  He  was  able  to  think  out  what 
was  needful  and  to  explain  it  in  assemblies  of  the  people : 
and  since  he  was 2  no  less  ready  in  action,  in  a  short  time 
it  came  about  that  he  was  famous. 

NOTES.  —  *  who  gave  birth  to  :  express  this  clause  as  it  is  in  the 
text.  2  Imperfect  subjunctive  after  cum. 


II.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Accusative  of  Gerund  and  Gerundive  :  300 ;  H.  544. 

2.  Dative  of  Service :  233;  H.  390. 

3.  Cum  with  Subjunctive  in  Narration:  325;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

4.  Indirect  Questions :  334 ;  H.  529,  I. 

5.  Eind  in  the  text  an  illustration  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  4. 

1. 

1.  Themistocles  took  part  in l  public  affairs  in  the  war 
with  Corcyra.  2.  The  Athenians  made  him  commander 
for  carrying  on  this  war.  3.  Not  only  for  the  time  be- 
ing,2 but  also  for  subsequent  wars,  the  state  was  rendered 
more  warlike.  4.  For  he  prevailed  upon  his  fellow-citi- 


NEPOS  :     THEMISTOCLES.  57 

zens  to  build 3  a  fleet.  5.  He  prevailed  on  the  Athenians 
to  use 4  money  for  building  a  fleet.  6.  The  money  which 
came  in  from  the  mines  was  wasted.5  7.  It  was  wasted 
every  year  through  the  distribution  of  it 6  by  the  magis- 
trates.7 8.  So  they  built  a  fleet  of  a  hundred  ships. 
9.  With  this  fleet,  after  the  Corcyreans  had  been  crushed, 
Themistocles  pursued  the  pirates.  10.  By  him  the  sea 
was  rendered  safe  for  the  time  being. 

2. 

1.  Having  pursued 8  the  pirates,  he  enriched 9  the  citi- 
zens. 2.  Besides,  the  Athenians  were  made  very  skilful 
in  naval  warfare.  3.  This  was  very  useful10  to  all  Greece 
in  subsequent  time.  4.  It  was  seen  in  the  Persian  war 
that  it  was  n  useful  to  all  Greece.  5.  Now  all  Greece 
sees  how  useful  ^  a  fleet  is.  6.  Xerxes  made  war  on  all 
Europe  with  very  great  forces.  7.  Never  had  any  one 13 
before  or  after  such  enormous  forces  on  land  and  sea. 
8.  For  his  fleet  consisted14  of  1200  war-ships  and  2000 
transports.  9.  Moreover,  he  had  as  land  forces  700,000 
foot  and  400,000  horse.  10.  All  the  transports  followed 
the  war-ships. 

3. 

1.  The  report  of  his  coming  was  spread  through  all 
Greece.  2.  The  Athenians  above  all  were  aimed  at. 

3.  On  account  of  their  great  fear  they  sent  to  Delphi. 

4.  What  in  the  world  will   they   do  in  view  of  their 
situation?      5.  The  Pythia  replies,  directing15  them  to 
defend  themselves  with  wooden  walls.     6.  No  one  under- 
stands what  in  the  world  this  answer  means.16    7.  But 
Themistocles  convinces  the  people  that  the  wooden  walls 
are  their  ships.      8.  They  approved  17  of  his  plan  and 
betook  themselves   with   their  property  on   shipboard. 


58  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

9.  The  citadel  was  committed  to  some  priests  and  elderly 
men.  10.  The  rest  of  the  town  was  abandoned  by  the 
people. 

NOTES.  —  1took  part  in:  capesso  is  transitive.  2for  the  time  be- 
ing :  in  praesentia.  3  Not  the  infinitive.  4  Remember  that  utor  is 
followed  by  the  ablative.  5The  Latin  word  is  not  in  the  passive. 
6  of  it :  omit.  7  Use  the  genitive.  8  Here  the  Latin  exactly  corre- 
sponds to  the  English,  because  the  verb  is  deponent.  9  enriched  : 
two  words  in  Latin.  10was  very  useful:  was  for  great  aid.  nNot 
the  indicative.  12  how  useful :  for  how  great  aid.  13  "  Any  one  "  after 
a  negative  is  quisquam.  14  consisted :  was.  150mit.  16  Why  should 
the  subjunctive  be  used  ?  17  Express  by  a  participle. 

II.    Latine  Scribenda. 

When  the  people  had  chosen  him  commander  for 
carrying  on  the  Corcyrean  war,  he  prevailed  on  *  his 
fellow-citizens  to  build  a  fleet  of  a  hundred  ships:  With 
this  fleet,  built  with  the  money  that  came  in  annually 
from  the  mines,  he  not  only  broke  the  power  of  the  Cor- 
cyreans,  but  pursued  the  pirate's,  who  had  rendered  the 
sea  unsafe.  The  result  was  that  the  Athenians  were 
made  very  skilful  in  naval  warfare,  and  more  warlike 
for 2  subsequent  time.  This  fleet  proved  very  useful  to 
the  Athenians  afterwards  ;  for,  when  the  report  of  the 
coming  of  Xerxes  had  been  spread  through  all  Greece, 
and  when  they  were  the  object  of  attack,3  they  betook 
themselves  to  these  ships.  They  had  sent  to  Delphi  to 
inquire  what  they  should  do,  but  no  one  understood  the 
answer  of  the  Py thia.  What  it  meant 4  they  could  not 
tell.  Themistocles,  however,  persuaded  them  that  the 
ships  were  the  "  wooden  walls." 

NOTES.  — l prevailed  on:  use  persuadeo,  followed  by  lit.  2in 
with  the  accusative.  3they  were  the  object  of  attack:  they  were 
aimed  at.  *  What  it  meant :  in  what  it  was  strong. 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  59 

III.  L.atine  Dicenda. 

1.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose :  317  ;  H.  497, 1. 

2.  Ablative  loco  without  a  preposition :  258,  f ;  H.  425,  II.  2. 

3.  Position  of  enim  :  345,  b;  H.  569,  III. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  an  illustration  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  4. 

1. 

1.  This  plan  displeased  many.  2.  His  plan  displeased 
many  states.  3.  Many  preferred  to  have  the  fight  take 
place  l  on  land.  4.  Chosen  men  were  sent  to  Thermo- 
pylae with  King  Leonidas.  5.  The  Lacedaemonians  sent 
chosen  men  to  occupy  Thermopylae.  6.  Thermopylae 
was  occupied  by  the  men  whom  the  Lacedaemonians  sent. 

7.  At    first    the    barbarians   did  not    advance  further. 

8.  They  did  not  suffer  the  barbarians  to  advance  further. 

9.  But  they  could  not  withstand  the  enemy,  and  all 
perished  in  the  same   place.      10.  Leonidas,  the   king, 
perished  with  all  his  men  in  that  place.    11.  A  fight  took 
place  with  the  king's  navy 2  near  Artemisium. 

2. 

1.  In  this  battle3  the  common  fleet  of  all  Greece  engaged. 
2.  The  fleet  consisted  of 4  three  hundred  ships,  of  which 
two  hundred  belonged  to  the  Athenians.  3.  There  was 
danger  that  the  fleet  of  Greece  might  be  surrounded. 
4.  The  ships  engaged  between  Artemisium  and  the  main- 
land. 5.  After  the  battle  the  Greeks  left  Artemisium 
and  stationed  their  fleet  over  against  Athens.  6.  For 
they  had  not  dared  to  remain  in  the  same  place,  for  fear 5 
they  should  be  surrounded  by  the  multitude  of  the  Per- 
sians. 7.  For  there  was  danger  that  the  enemy  might 
sail  round 6  Euboea.  8.  Although  they  had  come  off  with 
a  drawn  battle,  yet  they  did  not  remain  in  the  same 


60  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

place.     9.  The  result  was  that  they  set  their  fleet  in  the 
straits  near  Salamis. 

NOTES.  —  l  to  have  the  fight  take  place  :  it  to  be  fought.  2  king's 
navy  :  royal  marines.  3In  this  battle:  in  which  battle.  4  consisted  of: 
was  of.  5  for  fear  :  ne.  6  sail  round :  use  super o. 

III.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Several  states  preferred l  to  fight  on  land  rather  than 
on  the  sea.  Accordingly  Thermopylae  was  occupied  by 
Leonidas  with  a  small  band,  in  order  that  the  barbarians 
might  not2  advance  any  farther.  They  perished,  but 
Themistocles,  with  the  common  fleet  of  Greece,  sought 
the  straits  between  Euboea  and  the  mainland,  and  fought 
in  that  place.  There  was  danger  that  the  Persians  would 
surround  them,  and  a  double  peril  threaten 3  them,  if  they 
should  remain.  So  they  doubled 4  Euboea  and  anchored 5 
off  Salamis. 

NOTES.  —  *  Several  states  preferred :  it  pleased  several  states  more. 
2  in  order  that ...  not :  ne.  3  threaten :  use  premo.  4  doubled  : 
use  supero.  &  anchored:  stationed  their  fleet. 


IV.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  Absolute:  255  and  Note;  H.  431. 

2.  Accusative  and  Infinitive :  272 ;  H.  535,  I. 

3.  Partitive  Genitive :  216 ;  H.  396,  IV. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  2 ;  III.  2. 

1. 

1.  Xerxes,  after  taking  Thermopylae,  advanced  against  * 
Athens.  2.  As  there  were  no  defenders,  he  destroyed 
the  city  by  fire.  3.  The  priests  whom  he  found  in  the 
citadel  he  put  to  the  sword.2  4.  The  terrified  mariners 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  61 

dared  not  remain  and  were  on  the  point  of  dispersing3 
to  their  homes.  5.  A  majority  urged  defending 4  them- 
selves by  their  own  walls.  6.  At  that  time  Eurybiades, 
king  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  had  the  chief  command. 
7.  Him 5  Themistocles  could  not  move  by  his  words.  8.  Yet 
he  declared  that  all  would  perish,6  if  they  dispersed.7 
9.  They  could  be  a  match  for  their  enemies,  if  they  were 
united.8  10.  As  Eurybiades  was  unmoved,  Themistocles 
sent  the  most  faithful  slave  he  had  to  the  king  of  the 
Persians.  11.  This  slave  went  to  the  king  by  night  and 
made  report.  12.  He  reported  in  the  words  of  his  master, 
that  the  enemies  of  the  king  were  in  flight. 

2. 

1.  His  words  were  :  "  Your  enemies  are  in  flight.  2.  If 
they  get  off,9  you  will  pursue  them  thus  scattered.  3.  You 
will  be  forced  to  pursue  them  one  by  one.  4.  And  so  the 
labor  will  be  greater,  and  the  time  of  pursuit 10  longer. 
5.  You  will  finish  the  war  with  very  great  labor  and  in 
much  longer  time.  6.  Therefore  my  master  urges  you 
to  attack  them  at  once.  7.  By  doing  this  you  will  crush 
all  together  in  a  short  time."  8.  Themistocles  wished  all 
to  be  forced  to  fight.  9.  The  barbarian  heard  the  intelli- 
gence, and  did  not  suspect  that  there  lurked  any  decep- 
tion.11 10.  And  so  the  next  day  he  fought  in  a  narrow 
sea,  a  place  extremely  unfavorable  to  himself.  11.  The 
sea  was  so  narrow  that  it  was  very  advantageous  for  his 
enemies.  12.  The  king  was  unable  to  deploy  his  ships 
in  the  straits.  13.  So  the  cunning  of  one  Greek,  more 
than  the  arms  of  all  Greece,  defeated  the  Persians. 

NOTES.  — l  advanced  against :  observe  that  accedo  is  often  fol- 
lowed by  the  accusative.  2put  to  the  sword:  killed.  3were  on 
the  point  of  dispersing :  express  by  the  imperfect  tense.  4  urged 


62  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

defending :  urged  that  they  should  defend.  5  Him :  whom.  6  that  all 
would  perish  :  all  to  be  about  to  perish.  7  if  they  dispersed :  express 
in  one  word.  8  if  they  were  united :  one  word.  9  Use  the  future 
perfect.  10  time  of  pursuit  :  time  of  pursuing.  n  any  deception  : 
an  (/thing  of  deception. 

IV.    Liatine  Scribenda. 

But  when  Xerxes  had  advanced  against  Athens  and 
had  found  there  no  defenders,  he  destroyed  the  city  by 
fire.  The  seamen,  frightened  by  the  flames,  urged  that 
they  should  disperse  to  their  homes,  but  the  plan  did  not 
please  Themistocles.  To  Eurybiades,  who  had  command l 
of  the  fleet,  he  said,  "  United,  we  are  a  match  for  the 
barbarians ;  scattered,  we  shall  all  perish."  But  since  he 
was 2  not  able  to  move  him,  he  sent  the  most  faithful  slave 
he  had 3  to  the  king  of  the  Persians,  in  order  to  force  his 
countrymen  to  fight.  For  this  slave  announced  that  the 
Greeks  were 4  in  flight,  and  urged  that  the  king  should 
attack  them  at  once.  So  he,  hearing5  the  advice  of 
Themistocles,  brought  on  an  engagement,6  for  he  did  riot 
suspect  any  deception ; 7  but  being  unable 8  to  draw  out 
all  his  ships,  he  was  defeated. 

NOTES.  —  *  had  command  of :  use  the  imperfect  of  praesum. 
2  After  cum,  meaning  since,  what  mode  is  used  ?  3  the  most  faith- 
ful slave  he  had :  the  order  in  the  text  is,  of  his  slaves  what  one  he 
had  most  faithful.  Mark  how  this  order  brings  the  word  for  "most 
faithful"  into  an  emphatic  position.  4  Present  infinitive.  5  Not 
the  present  participle.  6  brought  on  an  engagement :  express  this 
by  one  word.  7  did  not  suspect  any  deception :  suspected  nothing  of 
deception.  8  being  unable :  since  he  was  unable. 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  63 


V.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Clauses  of  Result :  319;  H.  500, 1.  and  II. 

2.  Subjunctive  after  Verbs  of  Fearing :  331,  f ;  H.  498,  III. 

3.  Ablative  of  Separation  :  243 ;  H.  413. 

4.  Adjectives  used  like  English  Genitive :  190;  H.  395,  N.  2. 

5.  Find  illustrations  of  1  in  the  text  of  I.,  III.,  IV. 

1. 

1.  Although  the  king  was  unsuccessful l  at  Salamis, 
still  he  had  great  forces  left.  2.  So  numerous  were  the 
forces  of  the  king  that  even  then  the  Greeks  could  be 
crushed.  3.  The  king  was  able  to  crush  the  Greeks  by 
means  of  the  forces  that  he  then  had.  4.  Yet  was  he  a 
second  time  dislodged  from  his  position.  5.  A  second 
time  was  he  deprived  of  his  advantage  by  the  same  man. 
6.  Themistocles  was  afraid  the  king2  would  persist  in 
waging  war.  7.  So  he  informed  him  that  this  was  being 
planned.3  8.  "The  bridge/'  said  he,4  "which  you  have 
made  over  the  Hellespont  with  great  labor,  my  fellow- 
citizens  will  destroy." 

2. 

1.  "  Then  your  return  into  Asia,  my  friend,  will  be  cut 
off.  2.  By  the  destruction  of  the  bridge 5  you  will  be  cut 
off  from  your  return  from  Europe  into  Asia."  3.  He 
convinced  the  king  by  these  words.  4.  Accordingly  he 
returned  within  thirty  days.  5.  Thus  it  was  that6  the 
sagacity  of  one  man  freed 7  Greece  from  slavery.  6.  The 
victory  at  Salamis  is  the  first  that  can  be  compared  with 
that  at  Marathon.8  7.  Just  as9  at  Marathon,  a  small 
number  defeated  enormous  10  forces.  8.  For  just  so  at 
Salamis  a  small  number  of  ships  defeated  a  prodigious 
fleet.  9.  Within  the  memory  of  man  so  large  a  fleet  had 
not  been  utterly  n  defeated. 


64  PEACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

NOTES.  —  1  was  unsuccessful :  managed  ill.  2  was  afraid  the 
king :  was  afraid  lest  the  king.  8  that  this  .  .  .  planned  :  this  to 
be  planned.  4  said  he  :  inquit.  5  By  the  destruction  of  the  bridge  : 
the  bridge  destroyed.  6  Thus  it  was  that :  express  by  one  short 
word.  7  libero  is  followed  by  the  ablative  without  a  preposi- 
tion. 8  that  at  Marathon :  express  by  one  word.  9  Just  as  :  sicut. 
10  Many  English  adjectives  in  the  positive  degree  must  be  expressed 
in  Latin  by  superlatives.  n  utterly  defeated :  devicta  est. 

V.    "Latine  Scribenda. 

Although1  the  king  had  great  forces  left,  yet  a  second 
time  did  Themistocles  deprive  him  of  his  advantage ; 
for  he  informed  him  that  by  the  destruction  of  the  bridge 
over  the  Hellespont  his  return  would  be  cut  off.2  So  in 
less  than  thirty  days  the  king  returned  into  Asia  by  the 
bridge  which  he  had  made.  The  victory  at  Salamis  can 
be  compared  with  that  at  Marathon,  for  in  both  battles 
a  very  small  force  defeated  a  very  large  one.  The  result 
of  the  second  victory  was 3  that  Europe  was  freed  from 
the  barbarians. 

NOTES.  — !  What  mode  is  necessary  after  cum  meaning  although? 
But  etsl,  although,  does  not  determine  the  mode  of  the  following 
verb.  2 would  be  cut  off:  it  to  be  going  to  be  that:  fore  ut.  3The 
result  .  .  .  was :  by  the  second  victory  it  was  brought  about  that. 


VI.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  with  «tor,  etc. :  249 ;  H.  421, 1. 

2.  Ablative  of  Specification  :  253 ;  H.  424. 

3.  Superlative  of  Eminence  with  quam:  93,  b;  H.  170,  2  (2). 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  2 ;  III.  1 ;  V.  1. 

1. 

1.  Although  Themistocles  had  been  great  in  this  war, 
he  was  not  inferior  in  peace.      2.  Before  this  war  the 


NEPOS:    THEMISTOCLES.  65 

Athenians  were  accustomed  to  use l  the  harbor  of  Phale- 
rum.  3.  But  this  harbor  was  neither  a  large  nor  a  good 
one.  4.  Accordingly,  by  the  advice  of  Theniistocles,  they 
formed  the  threefold  harbor  of  Piraeus.  5.  This  they 
surrounded  witli  walls,  and  made  dqual  to  the  city 2  itself. 
6.  They  so  surrounded  it  with  walls  that  they  made  it 
equal  to  the  city  itself  in  grandeur.  7.  The  result  was 
that  it  surpassed  Athens  in  usefulness.  8.  The  walls  of 
the  city  itself  were  restored  by  the  same  man.  9.  Like- 
wise,3 at  his  own  personal  peril,  he  rebuilt  the  walls  of 
Athens.  10.  The  Lacedaemonians  did  not  wish  the  Athe- 
nians to  have  any  walls. 

2. 

1.  For  they  desired  them  to  be  as  weak  as  possible. 
2.  So  they  declared  that  no  city4  outside  the  Pelopon- 
nesus ought  to  have  walls.  3.  They  thought  that  they 
had  found 5  a  plausible  reason  on  account  of  the  invasions 
of  the  barbarians.  4.  "Fortified  places  outside  of  the 
Peloponnesus  might 6  be  seized  by  their  enemies.  5.  For 
this  reason  they  tried  to  stop  the  Athenians  from  build- 
ing. 6.  The  aim  of  this  was  quite  different  from  what 7 
it  seemed.  7.  For  they  saw  that  they  would  have  a  con- 
test 8  with  the  Athenians  for  the  supremacy.  8.  The  two 
victories  of  Salamis  and  Marathon  had  given  the  Athe- 
nians great  fame.  9.  With  all  nations  their  fame  was 
far9  greater  than  that10  of  the  Lacedaemonians  them- 
selves. 10.  The  Lacedaemonians  heard  that  walls  were 
building  at  Athens. 

3. 

1.  Wherefore  deputies  were  sent  to  forbid  it.  2.  But 
the  Athenians  did  not  wish  to  leave  off,  and  so  sent  am- 
bassadors to  Lacedaemon.11  3.  This  embassy  was  under- 
taken by  Themistocles,  who  said,  "I  will  set  out  first 


66  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

and  alone.  4.  Then  the  rest  of  the  ambassadors  will 
go  forth,  when  the  walls  have  been  built.12  5.  When 
the  walls  shall  seem  to  be  high  enough  for  defence,  then 
let  the  rest  go  forth."13  6.  In  the  meantime  all  labored 
at  the  work,  slaves  and  freemen.  7.  After  Themistocles 
had  gone,14  they  built  up  the  walls  with  great  zeal. 
8.  And  they  did  not 15  spare  any  16  place,  sacred  or  pro- 
fane, public  or  private.  9.  From  all  sides  they  gathered 
whatever  seemed  suitable  for  fortifying.  10.  The  result 
was  that  they  built  their  walls  of  tombstones. 

NOTES.  — l  were  accustomed  to  use:  express  by  the  imperfect. 
2  The  dative,  because  aequipero  is  used  causatively.  3  Likewise : 
idem.  4  they  declared  that  no  city :  denied  any  city.  5  that  they  had 
found :  themselves  to  have  found.  6  might  be :  use  possum.  7  The  aim 
of  this  .  .  .  from  what :  this  looked  far  elsewhere  and.  8  that  they 
would  have  a  contest :  a  contest  to  be  going  to  be  to  themselves.  9  far : 
by  much.  10that:  omit.  n  Lacedsemon :  Lacedaemonem.  12have 
been  built :  shall  have  been  built.  13  let  ...  go  forth :  exeant.  14  The 
perfect  usually  after  postquam.  15  Connect  the  negative  with 
"  and."  1G  Express  the  adjective  "  any  "  by  ullus  after  a  negative. 

VI.   Liatine  Scribenda. 

By  the  advice  of  Themistocles  the  Athenians  made 
the  threefold  harbor  of  the 1  Piraeus,  as 2  the  harbor  of 
Phalerum,  which  they  had  used,  was  neither  a  large 
nor  a  good  one.  By  the  same  man  the  walls  of  the  city 
were  rebuilt.  Now  the  Lacedaemonians  did  not  wish 
Athens  or 3  other  cities  to  have  walls,  because  there  was 
danger  that 4  enemies  would  occupy  them.  This  reason 
seemed  plausible,  but  it  had  an  aim  far  different  from 
what 5  appeared.  They  thus  thought :  "  The  Athenians 
have  gained  great  glory  by  their  victories,  and  we  shall 
have  a  contest  with  them  about  the  supremacy.  There- 
fore we  will  send  ambassadors  to  forbid 6  the  building  of 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  67 

walls."  7  When  the  ambassadors  had  come  to  Athens, 
Themistocles  set  out  alone  for  Lacedaemon,  and  in  the 
meantime  slaves  and  freemen  built  up  the  walls,  sparing 
neither  sanctuaries  nor  tombs. 

NOTES.  —  1of  the:  omit.  2What  mode  follows  cum  meaning 
since,  or  as?  3  did  not  wish  ...  or:  wished  neither  .  .  .  nor.  4  ne. 
5  had  an  aim  .  .  .  what :  looked  far  elsewhere  and.  6  to  forbid :  use 
a  relative  clause.  7  the  building  of  walls  :  walls  to  be  built. 


VII.  L,atine  Dicenda. 

1.  Causal  Eelative  sentences:  320,  e;  H.  517. 

2.  Declarative  sentences  in  Indirect  Discourse  :  336 ;  H.  523, 1. 

3.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  IV.  3;  VI.  1  and  3. 

1. 

1.  Now  Themistocles  did  not  go  at  once  to  the  magis- 
trates on  his  arrival *  at  Lacedaemon.  2.  He  took  pains  to 2 
deceive  them  as  long  as  possible.  3.  He  alleged  a  reason 
in  order  that  he  might  protract  the  time.  4.  By  alleging 
a  suitable3  reason4  he  protracted  the  time.  5.  In  the 
meantime  he  waited  for  his  colleagues.  6.  In  the  mean- 
time none  the  less  did  the  work  of  fortifying  go  on. 
7.  In  this  thing  the  Lacedaemonians  were  deceived  by 
Themistocles.  8.  They,  complained  that  he  was  deceiv- 
ing.5 9.  When 6  the  ambassadors  had  come,  he  went  to  the 
ephors.  10.  In  their  presence7  he  asserted  that  falsehoods 8 
had  been  reported  to  them.  11.  Now  he  had  taken  pains 
to  inquire  of 9  the  other  ambassadors  about  the  fortifying. 
12.  From  them 10  he  heard  that  not  much  of  the  work  of 
fortifying  remained. 

2. 

1.  None  the  less  did  he  go  to  the  ephors,  in  whose 
hands  was  the  highest  power.  2.  "  It  is  fair/7  said  he, 


68  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

"  to  send  men  of  rank,  in  whom n  you  have  confidence. 
3.  They  shall  inquire  into  the  matter.  4.  They  will  take 
pains  to  examine  the  matter.  5.  In.  the  meantime  I  will 
remain  as  a  hostage.  6.  In  the  meantime  keep  me  as  a 
hostage."  7.  This  seemed  fair,  and  his  request  was 
complied  with.12  8.  In  company  with  the  three  ambas- 
sadors went  the  colleagues  of  Themistocles  by  his  advice. 
9.  Themistocles  was  unwilling  for  the  ambassadors  of  the 
Lacedaemonians  to  be  let  go,  before  he  should  himself  be 
sent  back.  10.  When  they  Jiad  reached  Athens,  he  went 
to  the  magistrates  and  senate.  11.  Thinking 13  they  had 
arrived  at  Athens,  Themistocles  very  frankly  confessed. 
12.  "By  my  advice  the  Athenians  are  inclosing  with 
walls  the  gods  of  Greece,  the  gods  of  their  country,  and  M 
their  household  gods." 

3. 

1.  "  This  they  do  by  the  common  right  of  all  nations. 
2.  They  are  building  up  walls,  so  that 15  they  can  more 
easily  defend  the  gods  from  an  enemy.  3.  Is 16  this  use- 
less to  Greece  ?  4.  Is  this  which  they  have  done  useless 
to  Greece  ?  5.  Is  not 17  our  city  opposed  as  a  rampart 
against  the  common  enemies  of  Greece  ?  6.  Near  it 
already  one  royal  fleet  has  suffered  shipwreck.  7.  The 
Lacedaemonians  act  unjustly,  since  they 18  have  regard  to 
their  own  sway.  8.  This  they  have  regard  to,19  rather 
than  to  what  is  useful  to  Greece  as  a  whole.  9.  Do 
you  wish  to  recover  your  ambassadors,  whom  you  have 
sent  to  Athens  ?  10.  Then  send  me  myself  back  ;  other- 
wise you  will  never  receive  them  into  your  own  country." 
11.  So  spoke  Themistocles,  and  the  Lacedaemonians  let 
him  go. 

NOTES.  — 1  on  his  arrival :  lit,  like  postquam,  is  usually  followed 
by  the  perfect  indicative.  2  took  pains  to  :  gave  labor  that.  3  suit- 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  69 

able :  see  the  preceding  chapter.  4  By  alleging  a  suitable  reason  : 
by  a  suitable  reason  alleged.  5  that  he  was  deceiving :  not  the  indica- 
tive. 6  postquam.  7  In  their  presence  :  apud  quos.  8  falsehoods  : 
false  things,  falsa.  9  inquire  of:  use  quaero  ex.  10  them  :  use  a 
relative  pronoun.  n  in  whom :  no  preposition  in  Latin.  12  his 
request  was  complied  with :  mark  the  singular  idiom  in  Latin. 
13  Use  a  perfect  participle.  14  See  Miltiades,  Scribenda  VII,  note  8. 
15  so  that :  quo.  Why  preferred  here  to  ut  ?  16  Is  :  iium  est. 
17  Is  not :  nonne  est.  18  since  they :  qul.  19  have  regard  to :  look 
on. 

VII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

When  Themistocles  had  arrived  at  Lacedaemon,  he 
tried  for  many  days1  to  deceive  the  magistrates,  who 
complained  that  the  work  went  on 2  none  the  less.  At 
last3  his  colleagues  came,  from  whom  Themistocles 
learned  about  the  walls.  Then  he  went  to  the  ephors 
and  asked  them  to  send  ambassadors  to  Athens,  to  find 
out4  about  the  fortifying.  He  himself  remained  as  a 
hostage,  but  his  colleagues  set  out  with  the  Lacedaemo- 
nians. When  they  had  reached  Athens,  he  confessed 
that  he  had  spoken  falsely.  By  his  advice  the  Athenians 
were  building  up  their  walls,  in  order  to  defend  their 
country  more  easily ;  a  thing  which  was  useful  to  all 
Greece,  for  their  city  was  a  bulwark  against  the  barba- 
rians. The  Lacedaemonians  seemed  to  regard  their  own 
supremacy  rather  than  the  interests  of5  Greece  as  a  whole ; 
but  they  sent  back  Themistocles,  in  order  to  recover  their 
ambassadors. 

NOTES.  —  xf  or  many  days :  the  accusative.  2  that  the  work  went 
on :  the  work  to  be  getting  done.  3  at  last :  postremo.  4  to  find  out : 
use  a  relative  clause.  6  the  interests  of :  omit. 


70  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

VIII.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Indirect  Questions  :  334;  H.  529,  I. 

2.  Relations  of  Place:  258  and  following;  H.  427  and  428. 

3.  Subjunctive  after  Verbs  of  Fearing  :  331,  f ;  H.  498,  III. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  1 ;  VII.  1. 

1. 

1.  After  he  had  returned  to l  his  own  country,  he  did 
not  escape  the  hatred  of  the  Lacedaemonians.  2.  The  re- 
sult was  that  he  did  not  escape  their  hatred.  3.  Neither 
was  he  able  to  avoid  the  dislike  and  fear  of  his  fellow- 
citizens.  4.  From  this  same  fear  it  resulted  that  he  was 
banished.  5.  On  account  of  this  same  fear  Miltiades 
was  condemned.  6.  Banished  by  the  votes  of  his  own 
countrymen,  Themistocles  went  to  Argos.  7.  He  with- 
drew to  the  city  of  2  Argos,  after  he  had  been  banished. 
8.  There,  for  the  time  being,  he  lived  in  great  esteem  on 
account  of  his  many  shining  qualities.3  9.  But  the  Lace- 
daemonians, sending  ambassadors  to  Athens,  made  com- 
plaints.4 10.  They  accused  him  in  his  absence  on  account 

of  their  hatred. 

2. 

1.  For  they  had  been  deceived  by  him  in  regard  to 
the  fortifying  of  Athens.5  2.  So  they  said  that  he  had 
made  an  alliance  with  the  enemy  to  crush  Greece. 
3.  They  accused  him  because  he  had  deceived  them  for 
the  purpose  of  building  walls.6  4.  On  this  charge 7  his 
countrymen  convicted  him  in  his  absence.  5.  Hearing 
of  this,  Themistocles  withdrew  from  Argos  to  Corcyra. 
6.  When  he  had  removed8  to  Corcyra,  he  saw  he  was 
not  safe  in  that  island.  7.  For  the  leading  men  there 
were  afraid  of  the  Lacedaemonians  and  the  Athenians. 
8.  Themistocles  saw  that  they  were  afraid.  9.  They  were 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  71 

afraid  that9  war  would  be  declared  by  the  enemies  of 
Themistocles.  10.  So  he,  seeing  their  fear,  fled  for 
refuge10  to  Admetus. 

3. 

1.  Now  this  Admetus,  with  whom  he  had  a  guest- 
friendship,  was  king  of  the  Molossians.  2.  It  happened 
thatu  the  king  was  temporarily  absent.  3.  When  he 
came  there,  the  king  was  absent  for  the  time  being.12 
4.  When  he  saw  that  the  king  was  absent,  he  caught  up 
his  little  daughter.  5.  With  her13  he  threw  himself 
into  a  sanctuary  which  the  king  held  in14  the  highest 
reverence.  6.  This  Themistocles  did  in  order  to  15  be 
received  with  greater  sanctity.  7.  When  the  king 
saw16  that  illustrious  man  holding  his  little  daughter, 
he  gave  him  his  right  hand.  8.  He  promised  him  pro- 
tection 17  and  made  his  promise  good.18  9.  Then  Themis- 
tocles came  out  of  the  sanctuary.  10.  The  Athenians 
demanded  Themistocles  in  the  name  of  their  state. 

4. 

1.  But  the  suppliant  to  whom  he  had  promised  pro- 
tection was  not  betrayed  by  Admetus.  2.  Still  in  a 
place  so  near  Athens  his  friend  could  not  live  safely 
enough.  3.  Accordingly  the  king  advised  him  to  look 
out19  for  himself.  4.  A  sufficient  guard  was  given  to 
him,  and  by  the  king's  order20  he  was  conducted  to 
Pydna.  5.  Here  he  embarked  on  board  a  ship  unknown 
to  all  the  sailors.  6.  At  that  time  the  army  of  the 
Athenians  was  at  Naxos.  7.  Thither,  to 21  the  great  peril 
of  Themistocles,  a  violent  storm  was  bearing  the  ship. 
8.  If  the  ship  goes 22  there,  it  will  be  fatal  to  Themis- 
tocles.23 9.  Themistocles  perceived  that  the  ship  was 
being  borne 24  to  Naxos.  10.  He  saw  that  he  must  perish. 


72  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

5. 

1.  Necessity  compelled  him  to  speak  to  the  skipper. 
2.  "Skipper,"  said  he,  "I  am  going  to  reveal  to  you 
who  T  am.25  3.  I  am  Themistocles,  son  of  Neocles, 
banished  from  my  country.  4.  On  account  of  my 
enemies  I  am  fleeing  to  Asia  for  refuge.26  5.  I  promise 
you  a  great  reward,27  if  you  save  me."  6.  The  skipper 
replied,  "Most  illustrious  man,  I  am  filled  with  pity, 
and  will  keep  this  ship  for  a  day  and  a  night  at  a  dis- 
tance from  the  island.  7.  The  ship  shall  be  kept  at 
anchor,  and  I  will  suffer  no  one28  to  go  out  of  her." 
8.  He  was  as  good  as  his  word,29  and  the  next  day 
landed  Themistocles  in  safety  at  Ephesus.  9.  Him 
Themistocles  afterwards  rewarded  as  he  deserved. 

NOTES.  — l  to :  that  is,  into.  2  Omit.  3  shining  qualities :  one  word 
in  Latin.  4  made  complaints  :  complained.  5  in  regard  to  the  forti- 
fying of  Athens  :  die  Athems  mnniendis.  6  Observe  that  ad  with 
the  gerundive  in  agreement  with  a  noun,  is  a  common  way  of  ex- 
pressing a  purpose.  Imitate  here  ad  Grseciam  opprimendam. 
7  On  this  charge  :  use  the  ablative.  8  When  he  had  removed  :  express 
in  two  ways  ;  first  use  cum,  then  postquam  or  ut.  But  what  mode 
and  tense  with  the  latter  particles  ?  9ne.  10  fled  for  refuge:  one 
word.  nlt  happened  that :  accidit  ut.  12for  the  time  being  :  use 
the  same  word  as  for  temporarily  above.  13  With  her:  with  whom. 
14  held  in  :  cherished  with.  15  in  order  to  :  quo,  preferable  to  ut,  be- 
cause of  the  comparative  following.  16  pluperfect  subjunctive  after 
cum.  17  promised  him  protection :  literally,  received  him  into  his 
protection.  18  and  made  his  promise  good  :  which  he  made  good.  19  to 
look  out :  not  the  infinitive.  20  iussii.  21  Compare  magna  cum 
offensione,  Milt.  VII.  22  goes  :  shall  have  gone.  23  will  be  fatal  to 
Themistocles  :  the  necessity  of  perishing  will  be  to  Themistocles.  24  was 
being  borne  :  present  passive  infinitive.  25  Why  must  this  be  in  the 
subjunctive  ?  26  fleeing  for  refuge  :  see  note  10.  27  a  great  reward : 
many  things.  28  and  I  will  suffer  no  one :  nor  will  I  suffer  any  one. 
39  He  was  as  good  as  his  word :  which  things  he  made  good. 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  73 


VIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Still  Themistocles  could  not  escape  that  fear  of  his 
fellow-citizens  on  account  of  which  they  had  condemned 
Miltiades.  He  accordingly  withdrew  to  Argos,  where  he 
lived  with  great  dignity.  But  the  Lacedaemonians  ac- 
cused him  in  his  absence,  and  he  was  condemned  on  a 
charge  of  treason.  It  was  no  longer  *  possible  for  him2 
to  reside  in  safety  at  Argos,  a  place  so  near 3  to  Athens, 
and  so  he  fled  to  King  Admetus,  by  whom  he  was  re- 
ceived on  account  of  guest-friendship.  For  the  time 
being  the  king  protected  him,  but  advised  him  to  go  to 
Pydna,  and  gave  him  a  sufficient  guard.4  There  he  em- 
.  barked  on  shipboard  ;  but  when  a  storm  began  to  drive 5 
the  ship  to  Naxos,  Themistocles,  who  was  unknown  to 
all,  revealed  to  the  master  of  the  vessel  who  he  was. 
The  captain  through  compassion  kept  the  vessel  at 
anchor  at  a  distance  from  the  island,  and  landed  the 
illustrious 6  man  in  safety  at  Ephesus. 

NOTES.  — l  no  longer :  non  lain.  2  possible  for  him  :  he  was 
able.  3  a  place  so  near :  in  a  place  so  near.  See  a  little  farther  on 
in  the  text.  4  a  sufficient  guard  :  the  Latin  idiom  is,  enough  of  guard. 
5  began  to  drive :  had  begun  to  bear.  6  Best  rendered  by  the  super- 
lative in  Latin. 

IX.  Latin e  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Degree:  250;  H.  423. 

2.  Temporal  Clauses  with  cum :  325;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

3.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose:  331,  a;  H.  498,  I. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  4 ;  IV.  1. 

1. 

1.  A  great  many  persons  have  written  that  Themis- 
tocles crossed  into  Asia  while  Xerxes  was  reigning. 


74  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

2.  Did1  Themistocles  cross  into  Asia  in  the  reign  of 
Xerxes?  3.  I  do  not  know  whether 2  lie  crossed  into 
Asia  while  Xerxes  was  on  the  throne.  4.  Nepos  believes 
Thucydides  in  preference  to  all  others.3  5.  That  most 
celebrated  writer4  has  left  a  history  of  those  times. 
6.  Moreover,  in  point  of  time  he  was  nearer  Themis- 
tocles than  many  others.  7.  He  was  likewise 5  a  citizen 
of  the  same  state  as 6  Themistocles.  8.  For  these  reasons 
ISTepos  gives  credence  to  him  above  all  others.  9.  Now 
he  says  that  that  famous  man  crossed  into  Asia  in  the 
reign  of  Artaxerxes.  10.  To  this  king  a  letter  was  sent 
by  the  Athenian.  11.  "  0  great  king,  I,  Themistocles, 
have  fled  for  refuge  to  you,  because  all  Greece  has  driven 
me  away.  12.  If  you  take  me  under  your  protection,  you 
shall  have  in  me  a  good  friend." 

2. 

1.  "  Your  father,  it  is  true,7  found  me  a  resolute  enemy. 
2.  I  made  war  against  him  and  brought  many  evils  upon 
his  house.  3.  By  fighting  I  defended  my  country  in  the 
battles  at  Artemisium  and  at  Salamis  as  long  as  was 
needful.8  4.  Afterwards,  however,  I  did  him  many  great 9 
services 10 ;  for  my  country  was  then  in  safety,  while  he 
was  in  peril.  5.  By  me  myself  was  he  freed  from  peril. 
6.  For  by  me  was  he  informed  concerning  the  bridge 
which  he  had  made  over  the  Hellespont.  7.  The  plan 
was  this,11  to  destroy  that  bridge  and  surround  him  him- 
self. 8.  Since  he  wished  to  return  into  Asia  by  that 
same  bridge,  I  took  pains  B  to  inform  him.  9.  Now  I  am 
come,13  0  king,  asking  your  friendship.  10.  I  ask  that 
you  allow  me  to  come  to  you.  11.  First,  however, 
suffer 14  me  to  live  here  a  year  in  safety.  12.  If  I  ob- 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  75 

tain15  this  favor,16  I  will  then  talk  with  you  about  all 
these  matters." 

NOTES.  — 1  Begin  with  num.  2  utrum,  followed  by  the  imper- 
fect subjunctive.  3in  preference  to  all  others:  one  word  in  Latin. 
4scrlptor.  5  likewise:  idem.  6as:  of  which.  7  it  is  true:  quidem. 
8  as  long  as  was  needful :  quamdiu  necesse  fuit.  9  many  great : 
many  and  great.  10  bona.  n  The  plan  was  this  :  this  was  aimed  aty 
or  planned.  12 1  took  pains  to :  operam  dedi  ut.  18  Express  by 
the  perfect.  u  Present  subjunctive.  1&  If  I  obtain:  if  I  shall  have 
obtained.  1Q  venia. 

IX.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Thueydides,  nearest  in  point  of J  time  to  Themistocles 
of  all  those  who  have  left  a  history  of  the  Persian  war, 
writes  that  that  illustrious  man  crossed  into  Asia  and 
went  to  Artaxerxes.  He  had  brought  very  many  evils 
upon  the  house  of  that  king  as  long  as  he  had  to 2  defend 
his  country,  and  while  he  was  himself  in  great  peril. 
Afterwards,3  when  the  battle  at  Salamis  had  been  fought, 
he  informed  King  Xerxes  of  the  plan  of4  destroying 
the  bridge  over  the  Hellespont.  Accordingly  then  he 
fled  for  refuge  to  his  son  and  sought  his  friendship, 
which  the  king  granted.  Moreover,  he  requested  of  the 
king  a  year's  time,  and  having  got  it,5  went  to  him,  when 
the  time  had  elapsed,  and  conversed  with  him  about 
many  things. 

NOTES.  — !  in  point  of :  in  regard  to.  2  he  had  to  :  to  him  it  was 
necessary.  3  Afterwards  :  postea,  not  postquam,  which  means  after 
that,  or  when.  See  near  the  end  of  Chap.  VIII.  *  of  the  plan  of : 
this  to  be  aimed  att  that.  5  and  having  got  it :  which  having  gott  he. 


76  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

X.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Accusative  of  Duration :  256;  H.  379. 

2.  Moods  and  Tenses  of  Indirect  Discourse  :  337 ;  H.  527. 

3.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  1 ;  IV.  2. 

1. 

1.  The  king  admired  such  greatness  of  mind,  and 
wished  to  win  over  the  man.  2.  Accordingly  he  granted 
the  favor  which  Themistocles  asked.  3.  The  favor  of 
living  in  safety  a  year  in  Persia  was  granted  by  the  king. 
4.  Within  that  time l  he  became  learned  in  the  language 
and  literature  of  the  Persians,  for  he  devoted  himself  to 
study.2  5.  Then  he  was  able  to  speak  becomingly  in 
presence  of  the  king.  6.  For  he  had  been  devoting  him- 
self during  the  entire  year  to  the  Persian  language.  7.  So 
learned  had  he  become  that  he  spoke  with  the  greatest 
propriety.3  8.  He  spoke  far  better  than  many  Greeks 
who  had  been  born  in  Persia.  9.  He  made  many  prom- 
ises4 to  the  king  and  was  presented  with  great  gifts. 
10.  To  the  king  he  promised  that  he  (Themistocles) 
would  crush 5  Greece  in  war. 

2. 

1.  "You  shall  crush  Greece,"  said  he,  "if  you  will 
follow  my  advice." 6  2.  His  words  were  most  acceptable 
to  his  royal  highness,  and  he  was  sent  to  Magnesia,  in 
Asia  Minor.  3.  Eeturning 7  to  Asia  Minor,  Themistocles 
lived  for  some8  years  in  Magnesia.  4.  That  city  fur- 
nished him  bread,  Lampsacus  wine,  and  Myus  condi- 
ments. 5.  Fifty  talents  a  year  furnished  him  all  the 
bread  he  wanted.9  6.  The  king  gave  him  Lampsacus 
from  which  to  get10  wine.  7.  Such  presents  did  the 
great  king  make  to  Themistocles  the  crafty.11  8.  He 


NEPOS  :     THEMISTOCLES.  77 

died  and  was  buried  near  the  town  of  Magnesia.  9.  His 
tomb  and  statue  remained  to  the  time  of  Nepos. 
10.  Concerning  his  death  many  have  written  various 
accounts,12  but  Nepos  follows  the  authority  of  Thucy- 
dides. 

3. 

1.  He  follows  the  authority  of  Thucydides  in  preference 
to  all  others.  2.  Themistocles  is  said  to  have  died  of  dis- 
ease. 3.  There  was  a  report  that  he  died  of  poison. 
4.  The  report  was  that  he  took  poison  of  his  own 
accord.  5.  He  was  not  able  to  make  good  what  he  had 
promised  the  king.  6.  He  had  made  many  promises 
about  crushing  Greece.  7.  His  friends  secretly  buried  his 
bones  in  Attica.  8.  Having  been  convicted  of  treason, 
he  could  not  be  buried  in  his  own  country.  9.  To  bury 
his  bones  in  Attica  was  (a  thing)  not  permitted  by  the 
laws.  10.  Such  is  the  account 13  transmitted  by  Thucy- 
dides. 

NOTES.  — l  Within  that  time  :  express  by  the  ablative.  2  studium. 
3  with  the  greatest  propriety :  one  word  in  Latin.  4  made  many 
promises  :  promised  many  things.  5  that  he  would  crush  :  himself  to  be 
going  to  crush.  6  follow  my  advice  :  use  my  plans.  7  Turn  by  a  clause 
with  cum.  Here  the  best  order  is,  Themistocles,  cum.  8  aliquot, 
indeclinable.  9  all  the  bread  he  wanted  :  enough  of  bread.  10  from 
which  to  get :  whence  he  should  get.  n  Use  dolosus.  12  various 
accounts  :  in  many  ways.  13  Such  is  the  account,  etc. :  such  things 
has  Thucydides  handed  down  to  memory. 

X.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Such  greatness  of  mind  the  king  admired,  and  wished 
to  have  Themistocles  for1  a  friend.  Themistocles  de- 
voted the  whole  year  which  the  king  granted  to  him  to 
the  language  of  the  Persians,  and  when  this  had  passed,2 
spoke  in  the  king's  presence  very  fittingly.  What  he 


78  PRACTICAL   LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

promised  was  very  acceptable  to  the  king,  who  presented 
him  with  great  gifts  and  sent  him  back3  to  Asia 
(Minor).  Three  cities  were  given  him  by  the  king  to 
furnish 4  him  bread,  wine,  and  sauce.  He  died  at  Mag- 
nesia, from  which  city  his  remains  were  secretly  carried 
to  Attica  by  his  friends,  and  there  buried.  There  was 
a  report  that  he  died  of  poison,  which  he  took  because 
he  could  not  make  good  what  he  had  promised5  the 
king  about  crushing  his  own  native  country. 

NOTES.  —  *  Omit.  2  when  this  had  passed  :  turn  by  the  ablative 
absolute.  3  sent  back  :  use  remitto.  4  Not  the  infinitive.  6  The 
subjunctive  to  convey  the  idea,  as  was  said. 


PAET    THIBD. 

CAESAR:   DB  BJ3LLO  GALLICO. 
BOOK  I.,  CHAPS.  I.-X. 

For  the  Latin  Text,  see  pages  168-179. 

For  references,  see  the  grammars  of  Allen  and  Greenough,*  and  Harkness. 
The  learner  is  expected  to  find  in  the  Latin  text  illustrations  of  the  grammati- 
cal principles  selected,  as  a  part  of  his  preparatory  study. 

* 

I.   Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Specification  :  253 ;  H.  424. 

2.  Gerund  and  Gerundive  construction :  300 ;  H.  544. 

3.  Perfect  Participle  as  a  predicate  adjective :  291,  b; 

H.  550,  N.  2. 

1. 

1.  Gaul  as  a  whole 1  is  divided  into  three  parts.  2.  In 
Caesar's  time 2  Gaul  was  divided  into  three  parts.  3.  One 
part  was  inhabited  by  the  Belgae,  another  by  the  Aqui- 
tani,  the  third  by  the  Galli.  4.  In  Caesar's  language  the 
Celtae  were  called  Galli.  5.  The  language,  customs,  and 
laws  of  all  these 3  differed  from  each  other.  6.  The  brav- 
est of  all  were  the  Belgae,  who  were  farthest  away  from 
the  Eoman 4  province.  7.  The  Koman  province  was  very 
far  away  from  the  brave  Belgse.  8.  From  the  civiliza- 
tion and  refinement  of  the  province  the  Belgse  were  far 
removed.  9.  And  hence 5  traders  very  seldom  penetrated 
to  them.  10.  Those  things  which  were  brought  in  by 
traders  tended  to  weaken  character.6 

*  Revised  edition. 


80  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

2. 

1.  With  the  Germans,  who  lived  very  near,  the  Belgae 
were  constantly  waging  wars.  2.  The  Helvetii  also  were 
accustomed  to  contend 7  in  daily  fights  with  the  Germans. 
3.  Hence  nearly  all  the  rest  of 8  the  Gauls  were  surpassed 
in  bravery  by  the  Helvetii.  4.  Now  9  they  would  keep 10 
the  Germans  off  from  their  own  borders,  now 9  carry  on 
war  within  their  borders.  5.  Of  the  three  parts  of  Gaul 
one  was  occupied  by  the  Galli.  6.  Caesar  says  that  this 
part  began  u  at  the  river  Ehone.  7.  The  Garumna  Eiver, 
the  ocean,  and  the  territories  of  the  Belgse  formed  its 
boundaries.12  8.  That  part  which  the  Belgse  occupied 
began  at  the  remotest  confines  of  Gaul.  9.  It  has  been 
said  that  it  faces  northeast.  10.  Aquitania  faced  north- 
west. 

NOTES.  — 1  as  a  whole :  onmis  gets  this  sense  in  the  text  from 
its  position.  2  In  Caesar's  time  :  Caesaris  temporibus.  3  Put  the 
demonstrative  pronoun  first  in  the  sentence.  4  Romaiia.  5  And 
hence :  from  which  cause.  6  character :  put  the  Latin  noun  in  the 
plural.  7  were  accustomed  to  contend  :  express  by  the  imperfect. 
8  the  rest  of :  remaining.  9  Now  .  .  .  now :  interdum  .  .  .  inter- 
cluiu.  10  would  keep:  compare  note  7.  u  that  this  part  began: 
not  the  indicative.  12  formed  its  boundaries  :  confined  it. 

I.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Of  all  who  inhabited  Gallia  in  Caesar's  time  the  bravest 
were  the  Belgse.  They  extended  from  the  lower  part  of 
the  river  Rhine  to  the  remotest  borders  of  Gallia,  and 
hence  were  very  far  away  from  the  Roman  province,  and 
very  near  the  Germans,  with  whom  they  waged  wars 
almost  incessantly.  The  rest  of  Gallia  was  occupied  by 
the  Aquitani  and  the  Celtae,  who  differed  from  each  other 
in  language,  laws,  and  valor.  With  all  these  Caesar 


CAESAB:    DE  BELLO   GALLICO.  81 

waged  wars  successfully,1  because  the  Eomans  greatly 2 
surpassed  the  Gauls  in  civilization  and  steadfastness.3 

NOTES.  — l  successfully :  prospere.    2  greatly  :  longe.    3  stead- 
fastness :  fortitudine  aiiiml. 


II.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Cause:  245;  H.  416. 

2.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose :  331 ;  H.  498. 

3.  Dative  with  certain  intransitive  verbs  :  227 ;  H.  385. 

4.  Position  determined  by  emphasis  :  344,  N;  H.  561,  I. 

5.  Find  illustrations  of  4  in  the  text  of  I. 

1. 

1.  Among  the  Helvetii  there  was  a  rich  and  high-born 
man,  Orgetorix.  2.  Caesar  says  that l  Orgetorix-  was  the 
richest  and  most  high-born  of  all  the  Helvetii.  3.  He 
was  led  on  by  ambition  for2  royal  power.  4.  And  hence 3 
he  made  a  league  of  the  noble  and  rich.  5.  This  league 
of  the  noblest  and  richest  was  made  while  Messala  and 
Piso  were  consuls._$.  Orgetorix  prevails  on  the  Helvetii 
to  go  forth4  from  their  borders.  7.  And  so5  they  went 
forth  bag  and  baggage.6  8.  The  Helvetii  surpassed7  all 
the  rest  of  the  Gauls  in  prowess.  9.  It  has  been  said 
that  the  Helvetii  surpassed  all  the  rest  of  the  Gauls 
in  prowess.  10.  Is  it  not 8  very  easy  to  get  power  over 
all  Gaul  ?  11.  To  this  course 9  Orgetorix  persuaded  his 
fellow-citizens  10  very  easily.  12.  He  persuaded  them 
more  easily  on  this  account,  because  they  were  hemmed 
in  all  around. 

2. 

1.  On  one  side  there  was  the  river-  Rhine.  2.  This 
river  was  a  very  broad  and  deep  one.11  3.  On  another 


82  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

side  the  high  range  of 12  the  Jura  separated  them  from 
the  Sequani.  4.  On  the  third  side  they  were  separated 
by  lake  Lemannus  from  our  province.  5.  The  result  of 
this  was 13  that  they  were  very  near  our  province.  6.  And 
hence  they  could  easily  go  out  from  their  territories. 
7.  They  could  easily  wage  war  on  our  province.  8.  But 
they  could  less  easily  make  war  upon  their  neighbors, 
the  Sequani.  9.  Hence  great  was  the  grief  that  affected 
them.  10.  They  felt  very  badly  because  they  could  not 
make  war  on  their  neighbors.  11.  In  view  of  their  re- 
nown in  war  their  territories  were  too  narrow.  12.  Yet 14 
they  extended  not  less  than  a  hundred  and  eighty  miles 
in  width. 

NOTES. — 1that:  not  ut.  2for:  not  the  dative.  3And  hence: 
see  Dicenda  I.,  note  5.  4  to  go  forth  :  not  the  infinitive.  5  And  so ; 
itaque.  6  copiae  in  the  text  does  not  mean  forces.  7  Observe  the 
case  with  praecedo  in  the  text  of  I.,  and  compare  praesto  in  this 
chapter.  8  Is  it  not :  nonne  est.  9  To  this  course :  this.  10  fellow- 
citizens  :  use  clvis  suus.  n  one  :  omit.  12  range  of :  iiions.  13  The 
result  of  this  was  :  by  these  things  it  was  effected.  li  Yet .  tamen. 

II.    Latine  Scribenda. 

The  Helvetian  country  was  hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by 
high  mountains  and  broad  rivers,  and  consequently  *  the 
inhabitants 2  could  not 3  wander  widely  nor  make  war  on 
their  neighbors.  But  they  were  fond  of  fighting,  and 
surpassed  the  rest  of  the  Gauls  in  prowess.  The  result 
was  that  Orgetorix,  making  a  conspiracy 4  of  the  nobility, 
was  able  to  persuade  the  Helvetii  to  emigrate. 

NOTES.  — l  and  consequently :  see  Dicenda  I.,  note  5.  2  inhab- 
itants :  incolac.  3  not :  neque.  4  making  a  conspiracy :  a  conspiracy 
having  been  made. 


CAESAR  :    DE  BELLO   GALLICO.  83 


III.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Partitive  Genitive:  216;  H.  397. 

2.  Superlative  of  Eminence :  93,  b  ;  H.  170,  2. 

3.  Indirect  Discourse:  336,  2;  H.  523,  I.  and  524. 

4.  Clauses  of  Result  with  quin  :  319,  d ;  H.  501,  II.  2. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  2 ;  II.  2. 

1. 

1.  These  things  led  the  Helvetii  to  get  ready l  pack- 
animals  and  wagons.  2.  The  influence  of  Orgetorix  also2 
moved  them.  3.  They  got  together  those  things  which 
had  to  do  with  the  expedition.  4.  They  got  together 
snch  things  as  had  to  do  with3  the  expedition.  5.  The 
greatest  possible  number  of  pack-animals  and  wagons 
was  bought.  6.  They  sowed  as  much  land  as  possible.4 
7.  In  order  that  a  supply  of  grain  might  be  on  hand,  they 
sowed  great  fields.5  8.  Peace  and  friendship  were  estab- 
lished with  neighboring  states.  9.  A  period  of  two  years 
sufficed  for  these  preparations.6  10.  The  departure  was 
determined  on  by  law  for  the  third  year.  11.  An  embassy 
to  the  neighboring  states  was  undertaken  by  Orgetorix. 
12.  For 7  the  Helvetii  chose  him  for  this  embassy. 

2. 

1.  Among  the  Sequani  there  was  one  Casticus,8  whose 
father  had  been  called  friend  by  the  Roman  people. 
2.  The  father,  moreover,9  had  held  the  sovereignty  dur- 
ing many  years.  3.  For  these  reasons 10  Orgetorix  per- 
suaded Casticus  to  lay  hands  on  the  sovereignty. 
4.  Dumnorix,  also,  he  persuaded  to  attempt  the  same 
thing.  5.  This  he  was  able  to  do,  because  Dumnorix  was 
popular  with  the  masses.11  6.  In  order  to  strengthen12 
the  league,  he  gave  him  his  own  daughter  in  marriage. 


84  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

7.  The  three  men  thought  that  it  was  easy  to  do.  8.  They 
thought  that  to  accomplish  their  undertakings  was  an 
easy  thing  w  to  do.  9.  "  There  is  no  doubt/'  said  Orget- 
orix,  "  that  the  Helvetii  are  the  most  powerful  people  of 
all  Gaul.  10.  I  am  myself  about  to  get  the  supremacy 
in  my  own  state,  ll.  By  my  resources  and  my  army  I  will 
gain  the  government  for  you."  12.  By  these  arguments 
they  were  induced  to  exchange 14  a  pledge  and  an  oath. 

NOTES.  — 1  led  ...  to  get  ready .  use  the  subjunctive  with  ut 
after  adduco.  2  also :  quoque  always  follows  the  word  which  it 
modifies.  3  had  to  do  with:  use  the  subjunctive  here,  but  not  in 
the  preceding  sentence.  *  This  sentence  is  not  to  be  turned  literally 
into  Latin.  5  See  note  4.  6  for  these  preparations  :  the  evident 
meaning  is,  for  completing  these  preparations.  7  for :  enim,  but  not 
first.  8  one  Casticus  :  Casticus  quidam.  9  moreover :  autem,  but 
not  first.  10  For  these  reasons  :  an  equivalent  can  be  found  in  the 
text  of  I.,  and  a  different  one  in  the  text  of  II.  n  masses :  the 
Latin  word  is  in  the  singular.  12  strengthen :  use  coniirmo. 
13 thing:  omit.  14 induced  to  exchange:  see  note  1. 

III.   L.atine  Scribenda. 

For  these  reasons  and  on  account  of  the  influence  of 
Orgetorix,  who  was  popular  with  the  masses/  the  Hel- 
vetii decide  to  emigrate.2  First,3  however,  they  buy  up 
beasts  of  burden  and  wagons,  and  get  ready  a  large  supply 
of  grain  for4  the  march,  after5  establishing  peace  with 
the  neighboring  states.  An  embassy  to  those  states 6  was 
undertaken  by  Orgetorix,  who  persuaded  two  men  to  lay 
hands  on7  the  sovereignty  in  their  own  states.  They, 
hoping 8  through  three  most  powerful  and  resolute  clans 
to  possess  themselves  of  the  whole  of  Gaul,  gave  each 
other  pledges  and  oaths. 

NOTES.  — 1  with  the  masses :  not  cum  and  the  ablative.  2  to  emi- 
grate :  see  the  text  of  II.  3  First :  primum,  since  the  sense  is,  the 


CAESAR  :  DE  BELLO  GALLICO.         85 

first  thing  they  do  ;  primo  would  mean  at  first.  4  for  :  In  with  the 
accusative,  because  the  idea  is  of  purpose.  So  in  matrimonium, 
in  the  text  of  this  chapter.  5  after  establishing,  etc. :  best  rendered 
by  the  ablative  absolute  following  "  however."  6  An  embassy  to  those 
states :  to  which  states  an  embassy.  7  to  lay  hands  on  :  not  the  infini- 
tive. 8  hoping :  may  be  turned  by  a  clause  with  cum. 


IV.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Time :  256 ;  H.  429. 

2.  Clauses  of  Result  as  Appositives :  332,  f ;  H.  501,  III. 

3.  Agent  expressed  by  per  with  the  ace. :  246,  b ;  H.  415,  I.  N.  1. 

4.  Temporal  Clauses  with  cam  and  the  subj. :  325 ;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

5.  Find  illustrations  of  1  and  3  in  the  text  of  III. 

1. 

1.  Informers 1  disclosed  this  conspiracy  to  the  Helvetii. 
2.  By  them 2  Orgetorix  was  required  to  plead  his  cause 
in  chains.  3.  Their  customs  require  him  to  plead  his 
cause  under  arrest.  4.  If  he  is  condemned,3  this  pun- 
ishment must  follow.4  5.  He  must  be  burned  with  fire. 
6.  Was 5  Orgetorix  burned  at  the  stake  ? 6  7.  Far  from 
it 7 ;  he  got  off  through  his  retainers  and  debtors. 

8.  Nevertheless 8  on  the  day  appointed  he  came  to  the 
trial  with    ten    thousand   men,   retainers    and  thralls. 

9.  In  order  not  to9  plead  his  cause,  he  brought  to  the 
same  place  all  his  household. 

2. 

1.  This  act 10  incensed  the  state,  which  tried  to  enforce 
its  authority.  2.  Since  the  state11  was  incensed,  it  tried 
to  enforce  its  authority.  3.  The  state  did  not  enforce  its 
authority,  because  Orgetorix  died.  4.  The  magistrates 
endeavored  to  collect  a  great  number  of  men  from  the 


86  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

country  districts.  5.  These  men  were  collected  for  the 
purpose  of  asserting  the  right  of  the  state.  6.  The 
Helvetii  think  that12  Orgetorix  committed  suicide. 
7.  While  the  state  was  excited  on  account  of  his  trea- 
son,13 Orgetorix  committed  suicide.  8.  There  is  a  sus- 
picion that  he  died 14  by  his  own  hand.  9.  Caesar  says 
such 15  a  suspicion  is  not  lacking. 

NOTES.  — l  informers  ;  indices.  2  By  them:  by  whom.  Observe 
how  much  more  the  Latin  connects  sentences  by  relative  words  than 
does  the  English.  3  If  he  is  condemned :  mark  how  the  Latin  ex- 
presses this  by  one  word.  4  this  punishment  must  follow :  it  be- 
hooves this  punishment  to  follow.  5  Begin  with  num.  6  Do  not  try  to 
think  of  a  word  for  "  stake."  7  Far  from  it :  minime.  8  Neverthe- 
less :  tamen.  9  In  order  not  to :  one  short  word  in  Latin.  10  act : 
the  Latin  employs  res  very  frequently  where  the  English  requires 
a  more  specific  word.  n  Since  the  state  :  the  better  order  in  Latin 
is,  civitas  cum.  12  that :  not  ut.  13  treason :  proditionem.  14  that 
he  died  :  him  to  have  died.  15  such  :  taleiu. 

IV.    Latine  Scribenda. 

When  this  conspiracy  was  divulged  to  the  Helvetii,1 
they  tried  to  compel  Orgetorix  to  plead  his  cause  under 
arrest ;  but 2  he,  by  bringing 3  to  the  trial  a  great  number 
of  men,  effected  his  escape.  Then 4  the  magistrates  were 
incensed 5  on  account  of  his  audacity,6  and  were  going  to 
enforce 7  the  authority  of  the  state  by  arms,  if 8  Orgetorix 
had  not 8  died.9  The  suspicion  was  not  wanting  that  he 
died  by  his  own  hand. 

NOTES.  — l  Begin  with  Helvetii,  followed  by  the  ablative  abso- 
lute. 2but:  sed.  3by  bringing:  use  the  perfect  participle  of 
conduce.  *  Then  :  turn.  5  were  incensed  :  express  by  a  participle. 
6 audacity:  use  audacia.  7were  going  to  enforce:  exsecuturl 
erant.  8  if  ...  not :  nisi.  9  had  .  .  .  died :  pluperfect  subjunc- 
tive. 


CAESAR:  DE  BELLO  GALLICO.  87 


V.  Ijatine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  Absolute  :  255;  H.  431. 

2.  Ablative  of  Difference  :  250  ;  H.  423. 

3.  Position  of  quisque  and  a  reflexive  pronoun  :  H.  569, 1.  2. 

4.  Substitutes  for  perfect  active  participle :  290,  d ;  H.  550,  N.  4. 
6.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  2,  3,  and  4. 

1. 

1.  After  his  death  the  Helve tii  attempted  to  go  forth 
from  their  territories.  2.  They  tried  to  emigrate  just 
the  same.1  3.  None  the  less  did  they  carry  out  their 
resolution.2  4.  At  length,3  having  set  fire  to  their  towns 
and  villages,  they  were  ready  for  their  enterprise.4  5.  All 
their  towns,  in  number  about  twelve,  together  with  the 
isolated  dwellings,  were  burned.  6.  Four  hundred  vil- 
lages were  burned  by  the  Helvetii.  7.  By  burning5  all 
their  dwellings  they  took  away  the  hope  of  return. 

8.  Now  they  were  ready  for  braving  all  dangers. 

• 

2. 

1.  They  resolved  to  carry  with  them  a  supply 6  of  ground 
corn.  2.  Burn,  ye  Helvetii,  all  the  corn  except  what  ye 
intend  to  carry  with  you.  3.  Order  each  man  to  carry 
from  home  provisions  for  three  months.  4.  Now,  think- 
ing they  were  ready  to  encounter  danger,  they  receive 
the  Boii  as  allies.  5.  The  Boii  were  received  by  the 
Helvetii  as  allies.  6.  They  persuaded  their  neighbors 
to  adopt  the  same  plan.  7.  They  prevailed  on  the 
Rauraci  to  burn  their  villages.  8.  The  result  was 7  that 
the  Kauraci  set  out  together  with  the  Helvetii. 

NOTES.  — 1  just  the  same :  begin  with  these,  as  the  emphatic 
words.  2  their  resolution :  express  by  a  relative  clause  with  its 
antecedent.  3At  length:  lain,  like  our  at  length,  or  now,  looks 


88  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

backward  ;  or,  like  our  already,  now,  looks  forward.  Which  way  does 
the  "  now  "  of  the  eighth  sentence  look  ?  4  enterprise  :  see  Dicenda 
IV.,  note  10.  5  By  burning :  use  the  perfect  participle  in  agreement 
with  the  noun.  6  supply :  the  word  is  in  the  text  of  III.  7  The 
result  was :  find  the  expression  in  the  text  of  II. 

V.  Latine  Scribenda. 

After  the  death  of  Orgetorix  the  Helvetii  determined 
to  emigrate.  Accordingly,1  in  order  to  take  away  all 
hope  of  returning  home,  they  deemed  it  the  best  thing 2 
to  do3  to  burn  their  villages  and  isolated  dwellings. 
The  corn,  moreover,4  which  they  did  not  intend  to  carry 
with  them,  they  ordered  to  be  burned.  Now  they 
thought5  they  were  ready  to  face  all  dangers,  and  so5 
prevailed  on  their  neighbors  to  attempt  the  same  enter- 
prise6 and  set  out  with  them. 

NOTES.  — l  Accordingly  :  for  which  reason.  Find  the  expression  in 
the  text  of  I.,  and  see  Dicenda  IV.,  note  2.  2  best  thing :  optimum. 
8  to  do :  imitate  an  exjyession  in  the  text  of  III.  4  moreover :  autem. 
5  they  thought  .  .  .  and  so :  it  is  better  not  to  translate  literally ;  use  a 
participle  and  omit  "  and  so."  Observe  how  frequently  the  Latin  uses 
a  participle  where  the  English  puts  a  clause ;  the  text  of  this  chap- 
ter is  rich  in  illustrations.  6  to  attempt  the  same  enterprise  :  having 
attempted  the  same  (thing). 

VI.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Quality  :  251;  H.  419,  II. 

2.  Potential  Subjunctive:  311,  a;  H.  485. 

3.  Locative  Ablative :  258,  f ;  H.  425,  II.  2. 

4.  Accusative  with  ante  diem :  259,  e ;  H.  642,  III.  3. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  3  &  4;  V.  2. 

1. 

1.  By  only  two  routes  could  the  Helvetii  go  out  from 
home.  2.  Moreover  these  two  ways  were  difficult, 


CAESAR:  DE  BELLO  GALLICO.      89 

3.  But  one  of  these  two  routes  they  thought  to  be  easy. 

4.  To  emigrate  by  way  of  the  Sequani  was  exceedingly 
difficult.     5.  For  on  one  side1  was  the  Jura  range,  on 
the  other  the  river  Ehone.     6.  So  narrow 2  was  this  way, 
that    it  was   difficult  to   haul   wagons   in    single    file. 
7.  Hardly  by  this  route  could  wagons  be  hauled  in  single 
file.     8.  The  mountain,  too,  which  hung  over  the  way,3 
was  very  high.     9.  Hence 4  a  very  few  could  block  the 
way.     10.  The  other  route,  through  our  province,  seemed 
much  easier  and  more  practicable. 

2. 

1.  Across  the  Rhone  were  the  territories  of  the  Allo- 
broges,  whom  the  Eomans  had  subdued.  2.  This  river 
could  be  crossed5  in  two  places  by  fording.  3.  Over6 
this  river  a  bridge  extended  from  Geneva  to  the  terri- 
tories of  the  Helvetii.  4.  Thus 7  thought  the  Helvetii : 
"  Will  the  Allobroges  allow 8  us  to  go  through  their  terri- 
tories ?  5.  Shall  we  compel  the  Allobroges  by  force  to 
allow 9  us  to  go  through  their  territories  ?  6.  They  do 
not  yet  seem  to  be  kindly  disposed  towards  the  Eoman 
people.  7.  We  will  either  persuade  them  or  compel 
them  by  force."  8.  So 10  they  got  all  things  ready  for  the 
expedition  and  named  a  day.  9.  On  the  appointed  day 
all  came  to  the  bank  of  the  Ehone.  10.  On  the  28th  of 
March,  in  the  consulship  of  Piso  and  Gabinius,  they 
assembled. 

NOTES.  — l  on  one  side  :  see  the  text  of  II.  2  So  narrow :  tarn 
angustum.  3  the  way :  omit.  4  Hence :  express  by  four  words 
in  Latin.  See  the  text  of  II.  5  Could  be  crossed :  transitur,  in 
the  text  may  be  rendered,  can  be  crossed.  6  Over :  in  with  the  abla- 
tive. 7  Thus  :  haec.  8  Will  .  .  .  allow  :  patient  urn  e.  9  to  allow : 
either  the  infinitive  or  the  subjunctive.  10  So  :  itaque. 


90  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

VI.    Liatine  Scribenda. 

The  Helvetii  decided l  not  to  emigrate  by  the  route 
between  the  Jura  range  and  the  Rhone,  because  it  was 
extremely  narrow  and  difficult.  The  other  one,  through 
the  country  of  the  Allobroges,  seemed  to  them  far  easier 
and  more  practicable  ;  moreover  they  thought  it  easy  to 
persuade  the  Allobroges,  because  they  were  not  kindly 
disposed  to  the  Eoman  people,  who  had  lately  subdued 
them.  Hence  they  made 2  all  preparations  for  the  expe- 
dition, and  on  the  28th  of  March,  all  assembled  on  the 
bank  of  the  Rhone,  in  order  to  cross  the  river. 

NOTES.  — l  decided :  see  the  text  of  V.    2  made :  use  a  participle. 


VII.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Subjunctive  with  dum :  328  ;  H.  519,  II.  2. 

2.  Position  determined  by  emphasis :  H.  561,  II. 

3.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose  :  317,  2 ;  H.  497, 1. 

4.  Accusative  and  Infin.  as  Appositive:  270,  2;  H.  539,  II. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  2 ;  VI.  1. 

1. 

1.  This  is  announced  to  Caesar,  that  the  Helvetii 
are  about  to  go l  through  our  province.  2.  When  they 
attempted  to  cross  the  Rhone,  Caesar2  set  out  from 
Rome.3  3.  He  made  the  very  longest  journeys  he  could. 
4.  Having  arrived4  in  the  neighborhood  of  Geneva,  he- 
made  a  levy  of  soldiers  on  the  province.  5.  On  the 
whole  province  he  levied  the  greatest  possible  number  of 
soldiers.  6.  For  the  Helvetii  had  arrived  at  the  bank  of 
the  river,  and  were  about  to  attempt 5  to  march  through 
the  province.  7.  Moreover  Caesar  had  but  one  legion  in 


CAESAR  :    DE   BELLO   GALLICO.  91 

farther  Gaul.  8.  The  Helvetii  could  cross  the  river  by 
the  bridge  into  the  country  of  the  Allobroges.  9.  It  has 
been  said  that  this  bridge  reached  from  the  town  of 
Geneva  to  the  country  of  the  Helvetii.  10.  Accordingly 6 
Csesar  ordered  it  to  be  cut  down. 

2. 

1.  Before  long 7  the  Helvetii  learned  of  his  coming. 
2.  The  noblest  men  of  the  clan  went  to  Csesar  as  en- 
voys. 3.  Chiefs  by  the  name  of  Nammeius  and  Veru- 
doctius  were  sent  to  say :  4.  "It  is  our  purpose,  O  Caesar, 
to  go  through  the  province  without  doing8  any  injury. 
5.  We  ask  an  opportunity  of  going  through  your  province, 
because  we  have  no 9  other  way.  6.  We  ask  that  we  may 
do  this  with  your  consent."  7.  Caesar  remembered  that 
they  had  killed  the  consul  L.  Cassius  and  sent  his  army 
under  the  yoke.  8.  Wherefore  he  did  not  think  that  con- 
cession should  be  made  to  men  unfriendly  to  the  Roman 
people.  9.  Nevertheless  he  said :  "  I  will  take  time  to 
think  it  over.  10.  If  you  desire 10  anything,  you  may  re- 
turn on  the  13th  of  April." 

NOTES.  — 1  about  to  go :  iter  facturos.  2  Caesar :  put  first. 
It  is  very  common  in  Latin  to  find  some  important  word  of  the 
principal  clause  at  the  beginning  of  a  period,  then  the  dependent 
clause,  then  the  completion  of  the  principal  clause.  Apply  this 
remark  in  writing  the  fourth  sentence.  3  from  Rome  :  is  a  preposi- 
tion to  be  used  ?  4  Having  arrived :  for  substitutes  for  the  wanting 
perfect  participle,  see  the  grammatical  references  of  Chap.  V.  4. 
5  were  about  to  attempt :  erant  conatarl.  6  Accordingly  :  see  Di- 
cenda  III.,  note  10.  7  Before  long :  brevi  tempore.  8  doing :  omit. 
An  English  verbal  substantive  in  ing  following  a  preposition  and 
governing  a  direct  object  is  frequently  not  expressed  in  Latin.  9  no : 
mark  the  emphatic  position  of  the  word  in  the  text,  in  spite  of  Allen 
and  Greenough,  p.  389,  Hem.  10  desire :  not  the  present  tense. 


92  PRACTICAL  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


VII.  Latine  Scribeiida. 

Caesar  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  Home,  when  he  was 
informed1  that  the  Helvetii  were  about  to  cross  the  Ehone 
by  the  bridge  which  was  near  Geneva.  Accordingly  he 
set  out2  from  the  city,  and  in  eight  days3  reached  that 
town  and  cut  down  the  bridge.  He  did  not  think4  the 
enemy  would  cross  by  the  fords ;  nevertheless  he  levied 
as  many  soldiers  as  he  could,  and  to  the  envoys  who 
came  to  him  to  ask  the  privilege  of  going  through  the 
province,  he  answered:  "Let5  me  take  time  to  think  it 
over."  This  he  said  that  time  might  intervene  till  he 
could  get  all  things  ready  for  preventing  them.6 

NOTES.  — l  was  informed:  the  perfect  indicative.  2  set  out: 
see  the  text  of  V.  3  in  eight  days :  ablative  of  time  within  which. 
4  did  not  think :  it  is  better  to  make  this  clause  concessive ;  though, 
etc.  Modern  English  loves  to  juxtapose  sentences,  Latin  to  inter- 
lock them.  5  Let :  liceat.  6  for  preventing  them :  see  the  text  of  III. 


VIII.   Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Separation :  243 ;  H.  413. 

2.  Indirect  Questions  with  si  :  334,  f ;  H.  529,  II.  1. 

3.  Use  of  ullus  in  negative  sentences :  105,  h ;  H.  457. 

4.  Perfect  Indicative  after  postquam,  ubi,  ut :  324 ;  H.  518. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  V.  1 ;  VII.  2. 

1. 

1.  It  has  already  been  said  that  Caesar  had  one  legion 
with  him.  2.  Furthermore1  the  soldiers  for  whom  he 
had  made  a  requisition2  on  the  province  came  in  the 
mean  time.  3.  By  means  of  these  soldiers  he  carried 
along  a  wall  and  a  trench  some 3  nineteen  miles.  4.  The 


CAESAR  :  DE  BELLO  GALLICO.         93 

wall  and  the  trench  extended  from  Lake  Lemannus  to 
the  Jura  range.  5.  Caesar  says  the  territories  of  the  Se- 
quani  were  separated  from  those  of4  the  Helvetii  by 
the  Jura.  6.  Were  not  the  Helvetii  hemmed  in  by  Lake 
Lemannus  and  the  river  Ehone  ?  7.  The  wall  and  the 
fosse  were  on  the  side  of5  our  province.  8.  The  wall 
which  Caesar  built  was  sixteen  feet  high.  9.  Having  fin- 
ished6 the  wall  and  the  fosse,  Caesar's  soldiers  constructed 
redoubts.  10.  By  means  of  his  redoubts  and  garrison, 
Caesar  was  more  easily  able  to  prevent  a  passage. 

2. 

1.  He  completed  these  preparations,7  so  that  he  might 
more  easily  prevent  the  enemy  from  crossing.8  2.  Still9 
they  tried  afterwards 10  to  cross  by  force  against  his  will. 
3.  At  length u  the  day  came  which  had  been  agreed  on 
with  the  envoys.  4.  They  returned  to  the  crafty 12  Ro- 
man and  begged-  that  they  might  be  allowed  to  cross. 
5.  "  By  no  means,"  13  said  the  Roman.  "  I  cannot  give  any 
one  the  privilege9  of  going  through  the  province.  6.  Be- 
sides,14 if  you  try  to  cross  by  force,  against  my  will,  I 
will  prevent  you."  7.  Then  the  Helvetii  spoke  to  each 
other15  thus:  "We  will  try  whether,  by  joining  boats 
and  making  rafts,  we  can  force  a  passage.  8.  In  some 
places,  where  there  are  fords,  the  river  is  quite  shal- 
low." 16  9.  But  the  strength  of  the  fortification  and  the 
missiles  of  the  Roman  soldiers  drove  them  back.  10.  At 
last,  disappointed  in  their  hope,  they  abandoned  their 
attempt. 

NOTES.  — l  Furthermore :  the  same  word  rendered  moreover  and 
too  in  Dicenda  VI.  2  Do  not  try  to  think  of  a  word  for  "  requisi- 
tion." 3  some :  see  the  text  of  V.  4  those  of :  that  and  those,  used  in 
English  instead  of  repeating  a  noun,  are  commonly  not  expressed  at 
all  in  Latin.  5  on  the  side  of:  see  the  text  of  I.  6  Having  fin- 


94  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

ished :  see  Dicenda  VII.,  note  4.  7  these  preparations :  haec. 
8  from  crossing :  use  the  infinitive.  9  See  the  text  of  VII.  10  after- 
wards :  postea.  n  At  length  :  deiiique.  12  crafty :  use  dolosus. 
13  By  no  means  :  miiiime.  14  Besides  :  praeterea.  15  to  each 
other :  the  same  phrase  that  was  translated  from  each  other  in  the 
text  of  I.  16  Do  not  try  to  render  this  clause  literally. 

VIII.    L.atine  Scribenda. 

In  the  mean  time,  when  the  soldiers  had  come  together 
from  the  province,  Caesar  employed l  them  for  building  a 
wall2  and  fortifying  redoubts,  in  order  that  he  might 
easily  keep  the  Helvetii  from  crossing.3  When  these 
works  were  finished,  and  the  envoys  came  to  him,  he 
declared  that  he  could  not,  consistently  with  the  cus- 
tom of  the  Roman  people,  permit 4  them  to  go  through 
the  province.  None  the  less5  did  the  Helvetii  make 
boats  and  rafts,  and  try  by  day  and  night  to  see 6  if  they 
could  force  a  passage ;  but  the  missiles  and  onsets  of  the 
soldiers  drove  them  back. 

NOTES.  — 1  employed :  for  the  word  and  the  construction,  see  the 
text  of  V.  2  for  building  a  wall :  for  the  construction,  see  the  text 
of  III.  &  V.  3  keep  .  .  .  from  crossing :  one  word.  4  permit :  see 
the  text  of  VI.  6  None  the  less :  see  the  text  of  V.  6  to  see :  omit. 


IX.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  way  by  which :  258,  g. 

2.  Ablative  of  Means  :  248,  c ;  H.  420. 

3.  Cum  Causal  with  Subjunctive:  326;  H.  517. 

4.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Result :  332 ;  H.  501. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  1  &  4;  III.  2. 

1. 

1.  It  was  said  above  that  there  were  *  only  two  routes 
out  of  Helvetia.     2.  By  one  they  could  not  migrate,  be- 


CAESAR:  DE  BELLO  GALLICO.      95 

cause  Caesar  was  unwilling.  3.  By  the  other  they  could 
not  go  forth,  if  the  Sequani  were  unwilling.  4.  On 
account  of  the  Jura,  the  river,  and 2  the  redoubts,  there 
was  left  no  third  way.  5.  By  their  own  influence  the 
Helvetii  could  not  persuade  the  Sequani.  6.  Being 
unable  to  prevail  on  them  themselves,  Dumnorix,  an 
JMuan,  was  sent  as  an  envoy.  7.  They  thought  he 
could  persuade  the  Sequani,  because  he  had3  great  influ- 
ence among  them.  8.  Besides,  having  married  the  daugh- 
ter of  Orgetorix,  he  was  friendly  to  the  Helvetii.  9.  For 
these  reasons4  they  asked5  him  to  go  as  intercessor. 
10.  "You,  Dumnorix,  by  your  popularity,  will  be  able 
to  gain  our  request  from  the  Sequani." 

2. 

1.  "You  are  our  friend,  and  you  have  married  the 
daughter  of  our  chief,  Orgetorix."  2.  Now6  Dumnorix, 
being  ambitious  for  sovereign  power,  eagerly  desired  a 
revolution.  3.  And  so  he  was  willing  to  undertake  the 
embassy 7  to  'the  Sequani.  4.  "  I  want,"  said  he  to  him- 
self,8 "to  have  as  many  states  as  possible  bound  to  me." 
5.  So  he  went  to  the  Sequani  and  made  the  following 
speech:9  6.  "The  Helvetii,  0  ye  Sequani,  wish  to  go 
through  your  territories,  because  other  way  have  they 
none.  7.  They  will  give  pledges  to  make10  their  jour- 
ney without  doing  harm.  8.  I  ask  that  you  give  them 
pledges  not  to  bar  them  from  their  journey."  9.  In  this 
way  u  he  obtained  right  of  way  from  the  Sequani  for  the 
Helvetii.  10.  In  a  short  time  M  he  effected  an  exchange13 
of  hostages. 

NOTES.  —  *  were  :  present  time  relatively  to  "said."  2and:  use 
que.  Where  1  3  had :  the  subjunctive  in  a  dependent  clause  of 
indirect  discourse.  4  For  these  reasons  :  see  Dicenda  III.,  note  10. 


96  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

5  asked :  see  the  text  of  VII.  6  Now  :  at.  7  embassy  :  see  the  text 
of  III.  8  to  himself :  secum=  9  made  the  following  speech :  said 
these  (things).  10  to  make:  not  the  infinitive.  n  lu  this  way:  sic. 
12  In  a  short  time:  see  Dicenda  VII.,  note  7.  13  an  exchange:  a 
cumbrous  expression  in  Latin  is  necessary,  since  permutatio  was, 
for  some  reason,  not  much  used. 

IX.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Since  there  was  left  only  the  way  through  the  Sequani 
by  which  the  Helvetii  could  migrate,  they  resolved1  to 
send  some  one  3  to  them  as  mediator.  For  this  purpose 3 
they  selected 4  Duinnorix,  an  JMuan,  to  go  and  say 5  that 
they  proposed  to  make  a  journey  through  their  territo- 
ries, because  they  had  no  other  way ;  for  that,  having 
tried 6  to  cross  the  Ehone  and  go  through  the  Province, 
Csesar  had  prevented  them  by  force.  Dumnorix,  as  a 
friend  to  the  Helvetii,  undertook  the  negotiation,  and 
was  so  successful 7  as  to  gain  their  request. 

NOTES.  — l  resolved  :  see  the  text  of  V.    2  some  one :  aliquem. 

3  purpose  :  the  Latin  word  res  does  duty  for  many  sorts  of  "things." 

4  selected :  see  the  text  of  III     5  to  go  and  say :  for  the  construc- 
tion, see  the  text  of  VII.    6  having  tried :  recast  the  sentence  and 
begin  with  conatos.    7  was  so  successful :  tarn  bene  gessit. 


X.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Dative  with  certain  compounds :  228  ;  H.  386. 

2.  Substantive  Clauses  as  Appositives:  329  and  2. 

3.  Position  of  Monosyllabic  Prepositions  :  345,  a,  2 ;  H.  565,  3. 

4.  Position  determined  by  emphasis  :  344 ;  H.  569,  III.  1. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  3 ;  IX.  1. 

1. 

1.  The  Helvetii  intend  to  journey  through  the  country 
of  the  Sequani.     2.  Not  far  from  the  Sequani  and 


CAESAR:    DE  BELL%  GALLICO.  97 

are  the  territories  of  the  Santones.  3.  Into  their  coun- 
try, which  is  very  near  the  Province,  they  purpose  to 
march  next.1  4.  If  they  do 2  this,  it  will  be  very  perilous 
to  the  Province.  5.  For  they  are  warlike  men  and  ene- 
mies of  the  Eoman  people.  6.  Therefore 3  to  have  such4 
men  in  an  open  and  very  fruitful  country  will  be  a  peril 
to  the  Komans.  7.  For  this  reason  it  behooves  5  you, 
Caesar,  to  hasten  into  Italy  and  levy  two  legions  there. 
8.  But  first 6  Labienus,  your  lieutenant,  must  be  placed  in 
command  of7  those  garrisons  which  you  have.  9.  Where 
is  the  shortest  route  into  farther  Gaul  from  Aquileia  ? 
10.  Let8  the  three  legions  wintering  about  Aquileia  be 
led  out 8  from  winter  quarters. 

2. 

1.  With  five  legions,  hasten  by  forced  marches  through 
the  Alps.  2.  For  the  Sequani  are  permitting  the  Helvetii 
to  march  into  places  contiguous  to  the  Province.  3.  Pres- 
ently 9  they  will  be  a  hundred  miles  distant  from  the 
Rhone.  4.  By  the  shortest  route  Caesar  hastened  from 
the  hither  province  into  farther  Gaul.  5.  On  the  march 
he  defeated  the  Centrones  and  others,  who  had  occupied 
higher  positions.  6.  They  tried  to  prevent  the  passage 
of  his  army,10  because  they  were  enemies  of  the  Eoman 
people.  7.  After  defeating  the  barbarians,11  Caesar  came 
through  from  Ocelum  in  seven  days.  8.  Ocelum,  from 
which  Caesar  came  by  forced  marches,  is  in  the  hither 
province.  9.  The  last  town  of  the  hither  province  and 
the  nearest  to  the  territories  of  the  Vocontii  is  Ocelum. 
10.  From  these  he  led  his  army  amongst  the  Segusiavi, 
the  first  on  the  other  side  of  the  Ehone. 

NOTES.  —  a  next :  delude.  2  If  they  do  :  future  indicative. 
3  Therefore :  compare  the  Latin  equivalent  in  the  text  of  this  chap- 


98  PRACTICAL* LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

ter  with  that  in  I.  4  such :  tales.  5  it  behooves  :  for  the  word  and 
the  construction,  see  the  text  of  IV.  6  first :  primum.  7  must  be 
placed  in  command  of :  praef icieiidus  est.  8  Let  ...  be  led  out : 
present  subjunctive.  9  Presently :  see  Dicenda  VII.,  note  7. 
10  passage  of  his  army  :  not  to  be  rendered  literally,  n  barbarians : 
use  barbari. 

X.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Beport  was  made  to  Caesar  that  the  Sequani,  through 
the  intercession  of  Dumnorix,  had  allowed  the  Helvetii 
to  journey  through  their  country.  It  seemed1  to  him 
that  this  would  be  attended  with  great  danger  to  the 
^SCdui,  who  were  friends  of  the  Roman  people,  and  to 
the  Province  ;  so  he  set  out  for 2  the  hither  province,  in 
order  to  lead  five  legions  with  him  into  Gaul  by  the 
shortest  route.  This  he  accomplished  with  the  utmost 
despatch,3  although,4  the  barbarians  tried  by  several  en- 
gagements to  prevent  the  passage  of  his  army  through 
the  Alps. 

NOTES.  — l  seemed :  see  the  text  of  VI.  2  set  out  for:  see  the 
text  of  V. ;  use  the  preposition  in.  3  with  the  utmost  despatch : 
celerrime.  4  although  :  cum  with  the  subjunctive. 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELGAE.  99 

THE   WAR  WITH   THE   BELG^. 

BOOK  II.,  CHAPS.   I.-X. 

•w 

I.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Accusative  of  the  Gerundive  to  express  purpose :  300. 

2.  Subjunctive  after  verbs  of  fearing:  331,  f;  H.  498,  III. 

3.  Dative  with  certain  intransitive  verbs  :  227 ;  H.  385,  I.  &  II. 

4.  Declaratory  Sentences  in  Indirect  Discourse  :  336, 2 ;  H.  523, 1. 

5.  Position  of  emphatic  modifiers  of  a  noun :  344,  a,  1, 2 ;  H.  505, 1. 

1. 

1.  Frequent  reports  were  brought  into  hither  Gaul  to 
Caesar.  2.  Letters  from 1  Labienus  were  brought  to 
Caesar,  who  was  in  winter  quarters.  3.  While  Caesar2 
was  in  winter  quarters,  he  was  informed  by  Labienus 
about3  the  Belgae.  4.  Caesar  has  said  that  the  Belgae 
inhabit 4  a  third  part  of  Gaul.  5.  All  the  Belgae  con- 
spired against  the  Roman  people5  and  exchanged  hos- 
tages. 6.  These  are  the  causes  of  the  conspiracy.  7.  In 
the  first  place,  they  are  afraid  that  all  Gaul  will  be  sub- 
dued.6 8.  They  are  likewise  afraid  that  Caesar  will  lead 
his  army  against  them.7 

2. 

1.  In  the  next  place,  they  have  been  stirred  up  by 
some  Gauls.  2.  These 8  are  indignant  that  an  army  of 
the  Romans  is  wintering  and  getting  a  foothold  in  Gaul. 
3.  "As  the  Germans  lived9  a  long  time  in  Gaul,"  said 
they,  "  so  now  the  Romans  are  wintering  in  the  same 
place." 10  4.  Some  are  indignant  from  fickleness  and  lev- 
ity of  mind.  5.  Some,  who  have  means  for  hiring  men, 


100  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

are  eager  for  a  change  of  government.11  6.  The  sovereign 
power  is  held  generally  by  the  more  powerful.  7.  Un- 
der the  Roman  sway  they  cannot  easily  get  royal  power. 
8.  Those  who  have  means  can  most  easily  get  royal  power. 

NOTES.  — l  from  :  of.  2  While  Caesar  :  as  Caesar  would  be  the  sub- 
ject of  the  main  clause  in  the  Latin,  the  preferable  order  is,  Caesar 
cum.  3  about :  de.  4  inhabit :  use  incolo.  5  Eoman  people  :  is  the 
Latin  order  the  same  ?  6  will  be  subdued  :  the  present  subjunctive. 
7  them  :  themselves.  8  These:  use  a  relative  pronoun.  9  lived:  use 
versor.  10  in  the  same  place  :  eodem  loco.  n  change  of  govern- 
ment :  new  governments. 

I.  Latine  Scribenda. 

While  Caesar  was  wintering  in  hither  Gaul,  the  Belgse 
conspired  for  many  reasons l  against  the  Eoman  people 
and  exchanged  hostages.  They  had  been  stirred  up  by 
those  who  feared  that  all  Gaul  might  be  subdued  by 
Caesar's  army,  which  was  getting2  a  foothold  in  their 
country.  If  the  rest  of3  Gaul  were  subdued,  Caesar  and 
Labienus  could  lead  a  Eoman  army  against  them.  Be- 
sides, some  were  indignant  because,  under  Koman  sway, 
they  could 4  less  easily  obtain  the  sovereignty,  which  the 
more  powerful  generally  possess  in  Gaul. 

NOTES.  — l  for  many  reasons  :  express  by  the  ablative.  2  was 
getting:  either  the  indicative  or  the  subjunctive.  3  the  rest  of: 
use  reliquus.  4  could :  the  indicative ;  or  the  subjunctive  to  denote 
their  view,  not  Caesar's. 

II.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose :  317,  2;  H.  497,  1. 

2.  Position  of  Subordinate  Clauses :  346,  b ;  H.  572. 

3.  Reflexive  Pronouns  in  dependent  clauses :  196,  a,  ff;  H.  449,  1. 

4.  Subjunctive  with  qum  after  non  dubito:  332,  g,  N.  2 ;  H.  505. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  an  illustration  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  4  and  5. 


THE   WAK   WITB,   Tf?F    BE):^^.  .  "iOl- 


1. 

1.  The  reports  and  the  letters  of  Labienus  alarmed 
Caesar.  2.  Caesar  was  so  1  moved  by  the  reports  that  he 
levied  two  legions.  3.  Two  new  legions  were  raised  by 
Caesar,  and  sent  into  the  interior  of  Gaul.  4.  Q.  Pedius 
was  sent  to  lead  off2  the  legions  which  Caesar  had  levied. 
5.  The  legions  were  led  away  by  Pedius  in  the  begin- 
ning of  summer.  6.  A  little  later3  there  began  to  be 
a  supply  of  forage  in  the  fields.  7.  As  soon  as  Caesar 
saw  that  there  was  4  forage,  he  went  to  the  army  himself. 
8.  The  Senones  and  other  Gauls  were  neighbors  to  the 
Belgae.  9.  To  them5  Caesar  gives  the  task  of  finding 
out  6  about  the  Belgae. 

2. 

1.  "  Learn,"  said  he,  "  those  things  which  are  going  on 
among  the  Belgae.  2.  Then  inform  me  concerning  all 
matters."  3.  So  they  found  out  and  informed  Caesar. 

4.  This  7  they  reported  to  Caesar  :  "  They  are  collecting 
a  large  band  and  are  bringing  an  army  into  one  place." 

5.  Then   Caesar   did  not   hesitate,  but  marched  against 
them.     6.  He  did  not  hesitate  to  march  8  against  them. 
7.  First  he  got  ready  a  corn  supply,  then  he  moved  his 
camp.      8.  In   about   fifteen   days   he  came  to  the  ter- 
ritories of  the  Belgae.      9.  He  no  longer9  hesitated  to 
move  his  camp  and  go  to  the  borders  of  the  Belgae. 

NOTES.  —  l  so:  ita.  2  to  lead  off:  not  the  infinitive.  8  A  little 
later  :  paulo  post.  4  that  there  was  :  not  the  indicative.  5  them  : 
use  a  relative  pronoun.  The  Latin  makes  frequent  use  of  relative 
pronouns  to  keep  up  a  connection  between  successive  sentences. 
6  of  finding  out  :  that  they  may  find  out.  7  This  :  these  things.  8  to 
march:  non  dubito,  meaning  /  do  not  hesitate,  is  more  commonly 
followed  by  the  infinitive  than  by  quin  with  the  subjunctive.  9  no 
longer  :  non  iam. 


PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


II.   Latine  Scribenda. 

When  messages  had  come  to  Caesar 1  by  the  Senones 
and  other  Gauls,  who  were  neighbors  of  the  Belgse,  he 
charged  them 2  to  find  out  what  the  Belgae  were  doing. 
So  they3  found  out,  and  informed  him  that  the  Belgse 
were  collecting  forces,  that  they  might  march  against  his 
army.  Then  Caesar  sent  the  two  legions  lately 4  levied 
in  hither  Gaul,  early  in  the  summer,  under  command  of 
Pedius,5  and  as  soon  as  there  was  forage,  went  himself ; 
for  now  he  did  not  hesitate  to  march  against  them  im- 
mediately.6 

NOTES.  — l  Begin  with  "Caesar."  2  charged  them:  gave  them  the 
business.  3  So  they  :  qui.  4  nuper.  5  under  command  of  Pedius : 
express  in  two  words,  6  immediately :  confestim. 


III.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Comparison:  247;  H.  417. 

2.  Position  of  most  prominent  words  :  344;  H.  561,  I. 

3.  Verbs  of  Hindering  with  quin :  332,  g ;  H.  505,  II. 

4.  Subordinate  Clauses  of  Indirect  Discourse :  336,  2 ;  H.  524. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  2  and  3. 

1.  Of  all  the  Belgse  the  Eemi  were  nearest  to  the  rest 
of  Gaul.1  2.  To  their  territories 2  Caesar  came  unex- 
pectedly. 3.  He  came  quicker  than  any  one  expected.3 
4.  Then  envoys  were  sent  to  him  by  the  Eemi  to  speak 
in  their  behalf.4  5.  These  were  the  words  of  the  en- 
voys.5 6.  "We  put  ourselves  and  all  our  property 
under  the  protection  and  power  of  the  Eoman  people. 
7.  Neither  have  we  made  a  league6  with  the  rest  of 
the  Belgse,  nor  have  we  conspired  against  the  Eoman 


THE   WAE,    WITH    THE   BELG^E.  103 

people.  8.  We  will  perform  your  commands  and  help 
you  with  corn  and  everything  else.  9.  The  Germans 
on  this  side  of  the  Ehine  have  joined7  the  Belgae,  and8 
we  cannot  keep  the  Suessiones  from  uniting 9  with  them. 
10.  The  Suessiones  are  our  brothers  and  kinsmen,  who 
enjoy  the  same  rights  and  laws.  11.  They  have  the 
same  power  and  the  same  magistrates  with  us  ourselves. 

12.  Not  even  can  these  be  prevented  from  conspiring." 

13.  So   great   was   the   frenzy   of  all,   that   even 10  the 
Suessiones  conspired  with  the  rest  of  the  Belgae. 

NOTES.  — 1  the  rest  of  Gaul :  see  how  in  the  text  "  the  rest  of  the 
Belgae  "  is  expressed.  2  To  their  territories  :  of  whom  to  the  territo- 
ries. 3  than  any  one  expected :  than  all  expectation.  4  in  their  behalf : 
pro  se.  5  Do  not  render  this  sentence  literally.  6  made  a  league : 
one  word  in  Latin.  7  have  joined :  observe  that  the  Latin  uses  a 
reflexive  form.  8  and  .  .  .  not :  neque.  9  from  uniting:  the  Latin 
idiom  is  very  different.  10  even :  etiam. 

III.    Latine   Scribenda. 

The  coming x  of  Caesar  near  the  territories  of  the  Eemi 
was  more  speedy  than  any  one  would  expect 2 ;  and  when 
they 3  had  found  it  out,  the  foremost  men  of  their  state 
were  sent  as  legates.  They,  in  behalf  of  the  Eemi,  said 
they  were  ready  to  give  Caesar  hostages  and  to  receive 
him  into  their  towns.  They  informed  him  that4  the 
Germans  were  in  arms,  and  that  even 5  their  own  brothers 
and  kinsmen  could  not 5  be  kept  by  them  from  uniting 
with  the  Belgae.  "  So  great,"  said  they,  "  is  the  blind 
passion  of  all  the  Belgae,  that  even  the  Suessiones  can- 
not be  kept  from  marching  against  you." 

NOTES.  — *  coming:  adventus.  2  than  any  one  would  expect: 
see  note  3  in  the  preceding  Dicenda.  3  and  when  they :  who  when. 
4  that ;  noit  ut.  5  even  ,  .  .  not ;  not  .  .  .  even. 


104  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


IV.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Time  :  256 ;  H.  429. 

2.  Ablative  of  Cause  :  245 ;  H.  413. 

3.  Indirect  Questions  :  334;  H.  529,  I.  and  II. 

4.  Temporal  Clauses  with  cum :  325 ;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  4. 

1. 

1.  Then  Caesar  asks  them  what  states  are 1  in  arms,  and 
what  forces  they  can1  put  into  the  field.  2.  They  reply 2 
as  follows  :  3.  "Most  of  the  Belgae  are  of  German  origin,3 
and  were  led  over  the  Rhine  in  ancient  times  on  account 
of  the  fertility  of  the  land.  4.  Here 4  they  settled  and 
drove  out  the  Gauls  who  used  to  inhabit  these  places. 

5.  They  kept  the  Teutoni  and  Cimbri  from  entering5 
within  their  territories.      6.  The  Teutoni   and   Cimbri 
harassed  all  Gaul  within  the  memory  of  your  ancestors. 
7.  The   consequence   has   been  that  the  Belgae  assume 
great  authority.      8.  In  military  matters  they  put  on6 
great  airs.      9.  Kinship  and   relationship   by  marriage 
have  united  us  with  them.     10.  And  the  consequence  is 
that  we  have  found  out  everything."     11.  "How  great  a 
number/'  asked  Caesar,  "  has  each  state  promised  for  this 
war  ?  " 

2. 

1.  "The  Bellovaci,"  replied  the  envoys,  "can  raise7  a 
hundred  thousand  men.  2.  They  are  foremost  in  bravery 
and  influence  and  numbers.  3.  They  demand  for  them- 
selves the  control  of  the  whole  war.  4.  The  Suessiones 
have  the  most  extensive  and  fertile  lands,  and  they  prom- 
ise fifty  thousand.  5.  Galba  is  now  king  among  them. 

6.  But  formerly 8  Divitiacus  was  king,  the  most  powerful 


THE   WAR    WITH   THE   BELG^E.  105 

man  of  all  Gaul.  7.  For9  he  held  sway  not  only  over 
these  regions,  but  over  all  Britain.  8.  The  chief  com- 
mand has  been  conferred  on  Galba  by  unanimous  con- 
sent,10 on  account  of  his  justice  and  wisdom.  9.  The 
most  distant  are  the  Nervii,  who  are  considered  among 
the  Galli  themselves  the  fiercest.  10.  We  think  they 
will  furnish  u  about  fifty  thousand.  11.  Those  who  call 
themselves  by  the  common  name  of  Germans  have  prom- 
ised forty  thousand." 

NOTES.  — l  Why  is  the  subjunctive  necessary  ?  2  reply :  use 
respondeo.  3  are  of  German  origin:  sprung  from  the  Germans. 
4  Here  :  hie.  5  from  entering  :  the  infinitive.  6  put  on  :  take  to 
themselves.  7  raise  :  mark  the  peculiar  meaning  of  conficio.  8  for- 
merly :  oliin.  9  For :  naiii.  10  unanimous  consent:  by  the  will  of  all. 
11  will  furnish :  not  the  indicative. 

IV.    Latine    Scribenda. 

Caesar  learns  from  the  envoys  who  came  to  him  what 
the  military  power  of  each  state  is,  from  whom  the  Belgae 
were  sprung,  and  *  on  what  account 2  they  were  led  over 
the  Rhine  -into  Gaul.  He  found  out  that  the  Bellovaci 
had  promised,  in  the  common  assembly  of  the  Belgse,  a 
hundred  thousand  men,  and  had  demanded  the  direction 
of  the  war  as  their  right.3  The  envoys  of  the  Remi 
said  that  the  Belgse  were  the  only  ones  who  had  kept 4 
the  Teutoni  and  Cimbri  from  overrunning  their  lands ; 
"From  which  event,"  said  they,  "it  has  resulted  that 
they  have  assumed  great  authority  in  every  military 
affair." 

NOTES.  —  !  and :  omit,  or  express  by  atque.  2  on  what  account : 
quani  ob  rem.  3  as  their  right :  for  themselves.  4  had  kept :  the 
subjunctive,  as  a  dependent  clause  of  indirect  discourse. 


106  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION, 


V.   Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Clauses  of  Purpose:  317,  1;  H.  497,  II. 

2.  Accusative  subject  of  Infinitive:  240,  f ;  H.  536. 

3.  Perfect  Participles  of  Deponents  :  113,  2.  N ;  H.  231,  2. 

4.  Perfect  Indicative  after  postquam,  ubi,  lit :  324 ;  H.  618. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  2;  IV.  3. 

1. 

1.  Caesar  encouraged  the  Remi  and  addressed  them 
kindly.  2.  But  he  ordered  them  to  bring  all  their  senate 
and  the  children  of  the  leading  men  to  him.  3.  These l 
were  brought  punctually  to  the  day,  as  hostages.  4.  They 
did  all  that  he  had  commanded  punctually.  5.  It  greatly 
concerned  the  republic  to  keep  the  enemy's  forces  apart. 
6.  Caesar  showed  Divitiacus  how  greatly  it  concerned 2  the 
state  to  keep  the  enemy's  forces  from  uniting.  7.  It 
concerned  the  common  safety  that  he  might  not  have  to 
fight3  with  so  great  a  number.  8.  "We  will  keep  the 
forces  of  the  enemy  apart/'  said  he,  "  so  as  not 4  to  have 
to  fight5  with  so  great  a  number  at  one  time.  9.  This 
can  be  done,  if  you  lead6  the  forces  of  the  ^dui  into  the 
country  of  the  Bellovaci.  10.  It  can  be  done,  if  at  the 
same  time  you  lay  waste  their  lands." 

2. 

1.  Soon7  the  forces  of  the  Belgae  began  to  move8 
against  Caesar.  2.  He  saw  that  they  were  assembled  in 
one  place  and  were  advancing  against  him.  3.  He  sent 
scouts,  from  whom  he  learned  that  the  enemy  were  not 
far  away.  4.  Then,  indeed,  he  led 9  his  army  over  the 
river  Axona,  and  hastened  to  pitch  his  camp  there  in  the 
remotest  part  of  the  territories  of  the  E/emi.  5.  By  this 
movement 10  one  side  of  his  camp  was  protected  by  the 


THE   WAR   WITH  THE  BELG.E.  107 

banks  of  the  river.  6.  Also  his  rear  was  rendered  safe. 
7.  The  Eemi  and  other  states  were  able  to  bring  supplies 
to  him.  8.  Over  this  river  a  bridge  had  been  made. 

9.  There  a  garrison  was  placed  by  Caesar,  and  on  the  other 
side  of  the  river,  Sabinus  was  left  with   six  cohorts. 

10.  The  camp  was  fortified  by  a  rampart  and  a  fosse. 

11.  The  former  n  was  twelve  feet  in  height,  the  latter 12 
eighteen  feet  wide.13 

NOTES. — l  These:  use  a  relative  pronoun.  See  Dicenda  II., 
note  5.  2  it  concerned :  why  is  the  subjunctive  needed  ?  3  that  he 
might  not  have  to  fight :  the  clause  must  first  be  cast  into  the  pas- 
sive impersonal  form,  in  order  to  be  turned  into  Latin.  4  so  as  not : 
ne.  5  have  to  fight:  see  note  3.  6  if  you  lead :  future  perfect. 
Why  ?  7  mox.  8  began  to  move  :  were  coming.  9  he  led :  use  a 
participle.  10  By  this  movement :  by  which  thing.  n  The  former : 
illud.  12  the  latter  :  haec.  13  wide  :  in  latitudinein. 

V.   Latine  Scribenda. 

When  Caesar1  had  heard2  what3  the  envoys  said,  he 
demanded  their  senate  and  the  children  of  their  leaders 
as  hostages.  He  explained  to  Divitiacus  how  greatly  it 
concerned  the  Eoman  people  that  he4  should  lead  the 
forces  of  the  ^Edui  into  the  country  of  the  Bellovaci  and 
lay  waste  their  lands.  After  giving  these  instructions  he 
sent  off 5  scouts,  who  soon  reported  that  the  Belgae^were 
not  far  off.  On  getting  this  information,6  Caesar  thought 
he  ought  to  hasten 7  over  the  Axona  and  pitch  his  camp 
on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  whither 8  the  Kemi  and 
other  states  could  bring  supplies. 

NOTES.  — l  When  Caesar:  what  is  the  preferable  order?  2  had 
heard :  the  constructions  with  cum  and  postquam  are  illustrated 
in  the  text  of  this  chapter  and  the  preceding.  3  what :  resolve  into 
two  words.  4  that  he:  the  accusative.  5  sent  off:  sent  from  him- 
self. 6  On  getting  this  information  :  express  in  three  words.  7  he 
ought  to  hasten  :  it  must  be  hastened  by  himself.  8  whither:  quo. 


108  PRACTICAL  LATIK  COMPOSITION. 


VI.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  Separation:  243,  a;  H.  413. 

2.  Causal  Clauses  with  cum:  326;  H.  517. 

3.  Temporal  Clauses  with  cum :  325;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

4.  Position  determined  by  emphasis :  344 ;  H.  561,  II. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  3;  V.  4. 

1.  Csesar  says  that  a  town  of  the  name  of  Bibrax  was 
eight  miles  distant  from  his  camp.  2.  He  relates  1  that 
the  Belgae  attacked  this  town  with  great  fury  on  their 
march.  3.  With  difficulty  did  they  hold  out  one  day. 
4.  First2  the  Belgse  put  a  great  number  of  men  about  the 
walls.  5.  Then 2  they  hurled  stones  against  the  wall  and 
cleared  it  of  defenders.  6.  Finally 3  they  formed  a  testudo, 
and,  having  advanced4  up  to  the  gates,  began  to  under- 
mine the  fortifications.  7.  All  this  they  did  easily.  8.  For 
they  threw  so  many 5  stones  and  javelins  that  no  one  was 
able  to  stand  on  the  wall.  9.  This  method  of  siege  is 
common  to  the  Gauls  and  the  Belgians.  10.  Iccius,  a  man 
of  the  highest  rank  and  popularity  among  his  own  people, 
had  charge 6  of  the  town.  11.  He  was  one  of  the  envoys 
who  came  to  Caesar  about  peace.  12.  When  night  had 
put  an  end  to  the  assault,  he  sent  a  message  to  Caesar's 
camp.  13.  "  I  cannot  hold  out  longer,"  said  he,  "  un- 
less you  send  me  aid."  14.  The  Belgae  attacked  the  town 
with  such  great  violence  that  Iccius  could  not  hold  out. 

NOTES.  — l  relates :  narrat.  2  See  the  text  of  I.  3  Finally  : 
denique.  4  having  advanced  :  when  they  had  advanced.  5  so  many  : 
tot.  6  had  charge  :  not  the  pluperfect. 

VI.    Liatine  Scribenda. 

The  Belgae  on  their  march  attacked  a  town  of  the 
Remi,  distant1  eight  miles  from  Caesar's  camp.  When 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELGJE.  109 

they  had  thrown  a  great  number  of  men  around  the 
Vails,  they  advanced  up  to  the  gates  and  began  to  under- 
mine the  fortifications.  The  Eemi  who  were  in  the 
town  were  unable  to  stand  on  the  wall,  for  the  stones 
and  javelins  were  thrown  by  the  enemy  in  great  num- 
bers. The  Eemi  held  out  one  day  with  extreme  diffi- 
culty, and  when  night  had  interrupted  the  siege,  begged 2 
through  messengers  that  Caesar  would  send  them  aid. 
NOTES.  — i  distant :  which  was  distant.  2  begged :  use  peto. 


VII.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Dative  of  Service:  233;  H.  390. 

2.  Partitive  Genitive  :  216 ;  H.  396,  IV. 

3.  Genitive  of  the  Gerundive :  298 ;  H.  644,  1. 

4.  Position  of  Relative  Pronouns :  344  ;  H.  569,  III. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  2 ;  V.  3. 

1.  Accordingly  archers  and  slingers  were  sent  by  Caesar 
to  the  relief  of  the  townsmen.  2.  The  archers  were 1 
Cretans  and  Numidians,  the  slingers  Baleares.  3.  Those 
who  were  sent  used  the  messengers  as  guides.  4.  The 
guides  were  the  same  ones  who  had  come  as  messengers 
from  Iccius.  5.  From  their  coming  the  hopes  and  the 
zeal  of  the  Eemi  rose.2  6.  Their  hopes  of  defending 
themselves  rose  with  their  spirits.3  7.  For  the  same 
reason  hope  of  capturing  the  town  forsook  the  enemy. 
8.  For  this  reason 4  they  did  not  linger  long  before  the 
town,  but  laid  waste  all  the  lands  of  the  Eemi  which 
they  could  reach.  9.  After  burning  the  villages  and 
dwellings  of  the  Eemi,  all  the  forces  of  the  enemy  has- 
tened against  Caesar.  10.  They  encamped  less  than  two 
miles  off.  11.  Caesar  saw  the  smoke  of  the  enemy's  camp 


110  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

and  their  watch-fires.  12.  From  this 5  he  saw  that  the 
camp  was  eight  miles  in  breadth.  13.  The  smoke  and 
watch-fires  indicated  that  the  camp  was  two  miles  off. 

NOTES.  — l  Put  the  verb  into  the  last  clause.  2  the  zeal  of  the 
Remi  rose :  do  not  try  to  render  literally ;  observe  also  that  accedo 
is  often  used  as  a  passive  of  addo.  Recast  the  English  sentence. 
3  spirits :  use  stadium.  4  For  this  reason :  qua  ex  causa.  6  From 
this :  qua  ex  re, 

VII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

At  midnight  archers  and  slingers,  sent  by  Caesar  under 
the  guidance  of  the  messengers,  set  out  for1  the  town 
which  was  beleaguered  by  the  Belgae ;  and  when  their 
approach  was  seen  by  the  people  in  the  town,  the  en- 
thusiasm of  the  latter  rose  and  the  hope  of  the  Belgae 
departed,  for  now 2  they  could  not 2  get  possession  of  the 
town.  Accordingly  they  did  not  hesitate 8  to  march 
against  Caesar,  and  pitch  their  camp  less  than  two  miles 
away ;  so  that  Caesar,  from  his  own  camp,  could  see  their 
watch-fires. 

NOTES.  — l  set  out  for :  proficiscor  ad.  2  now  .  .  .  not :  non 
iaiu.  3  hesitate :  see  the  text  of  II. 


VIII.    Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  Absolute:  255,  a;  H.  431,  4. 

2.  Accusative  and  Infinitive  as  object :  272,  Rem. ;  H.  535. 

3.  Conjunctions  displaced  by  emphatic  words :  H.  569,  III.  1. 

4.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  IV.  3 ;  V.  4. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  VI.  3 ;  VII.  1. 

1. 

1.  The  host  of  the  enemy  was  so  great  that  Caesar  at 
first  refrained  from  fighting.     2.  Moreover,  their  reputa- 


THE    WAR   WITH   THE   BELGJE.  Ill 

tion  for  valor  was  very  high.  3.  Notwithstanding,  he  de- 
termines to  try  how  effective  the  bravery1  of  the  enemy 
is.  4.  He  tried  daily  by  cavalry  skirmishes  to  see  2  how 
daring  his  own  men  were.3  5.  He  would  daily  draw  up 4 
his  army  in  front  of  the  camp,  on  the  hill  where  he  had 
encamped.5  6.  Since  this  hill 6  was  a  favorable  place  for 
fighting,  he  decided  to  fortify  it.  7.  Caesar  explains7 
over  how  much  space  in  breadth  the  hill  extended.8 
8.  When  his  army  was  drawn  up,9  it  occupied  the  entire 
hill. 

2. 

1.  On  each  side  of  this  hill  a  trench  of  about  four  hun- 
dred feet  in  length  was  carried.  2.  At  the  ends  of  the 
ditches  redoubts  were  built  and  engines  placed.  3.  This 
he  did  so  that  his  men  might  not  be  surrounded  by 
the  enemy.  4.  Caesar  was  afraid  that10  his  men  would 
be  outflanked.11  5.  The  enemy  was  so  strong  in  num- 
bers 12  that  he  feared  his  legions  would  be  surrounded. 
6.  When  he  had  done  all  this,  Caesar  decided  to  draw 
up  six  legions  in  front  of  his  camp.  7.  The  two  legions 
which  had  been  levied  last  he  left  in  camp.  8.  These 
could  be  led  out  as  a  reinforcement,  if  any  need  should 
arise.  9.  The  forces  of  the  enemy,  too,  were  led  out  of 
camp  and  drawn  up. 

NOTES.  — l  how  effective  the  bravery:  recast  the  phrase.  2  to 
see  :  omit.  3  how  daring  .  .  .  were :  recast  the  phrase.  4  would 
draw  up:  use  the  imperfect.  5  encamped:  use  castra  muuio. 
6  Since  this  hill :  ichich  hill  since.  7  explains :  use  doceo.  8  ex- 
tended :  not  indicative.  9  When  his  army  was  drawn  up  :  two  words 
in  Latin.  10  afraid  that :  see  the  text  of  I.  n  outflanked :  sur- 
rounded on  the  sides.  12  so  strong  in  numbers ;  recast  the  phrase. 


112  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


VIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 

The  host  of  the  enemy  was  so  great/  and  their  reputa- 
tion for  courage  so2  pre-eminent,  that  Csesar  refrained 
from  a  general  engagement 3 ;  still  he  decided  to  try 
skirmishes  daily.  Seeing/  by  the  cavalry  skirmishes, 
that  his  own  men  were  not  inferior,  after  fortifying  the 
hill  on  which  he  had  set  his  camp,  he  drew  up  six  legions 
in  battle  order,  no  longer 5  fearing 6  that  his  men  might 
be  surrounded  by  the  host  of  the  enemy.  For  on  each 
side  of  the  hill  he  had  drawn  wide  ditches  and  had  built 
redoubts  at  the  ends 7  of  them  over  against  the  enemy. 

NOTES.  — l  so  great:  one  word.  2  so :  tarn.  3  general  engage- 
ment :  one  word  in  Latin.  4  Seeing :  render  by  a  clause.  5  no  longer : 
non  lain.  6  veritus  rather  than  verens.  7  at  the  ends :  ad  ex- 
tremas  partes. 

IX.    L*atine  Dicenda. 

1.  Position  of  non:  345,  d;  H.  569,  IV. 

2.  Position  of  the  main  word:  344;  H.  561,  I. 

3.  Indirect  Question  introduced  by  si :  334,  f ;  H.  529,  II.  1. 

4.  Pluperfect  Subj.  in  Ind.  Discourse :  286,  Rem. ;  H.  525,  2. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  V.  4;  VII.  1. 

1. 

1.  There  was  marshy  ground  between  the  enemy  and  the 
hill  on  which  Csesar  had  encamped.  2.  The  marsh  which 
was  between  the  Roman  army  and  the  enemy,  was  of  no 
great  size.  3.  Caesar  waited  to  see  if  the  enemy  would 
begin  to  cross.  4.  The  enemy  waited  to  see  if  Caesar 
would  cross.  5.  Caesar  held  his  men  ready  under  arms 
to  attack l  the  enemy.  6.  Moreover  he  addressed 2  his 
soldiers  thus.  7.  "  We  will  wait  to  see  if  the  enemy 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELG^E.  113 

begin  to  cross  the  marsh.     8.  We  will  be  ready  in  arms 
to  attack  them  when  they  are  stuck  fast.  " 3 

2. 

1.  In  the  meantime  there  were  cavalry  skirmishes  daily 
between  the  two  lines.  2.  One  fight  was  rather  favorable 
to  the  Romans,  but4  neither  army  crossed  the  swamp. 
3.  Behind  Caesar's  camp  was  the  river  Axona,  over 5  which 
there  was  a  bridge.  4.  To  this  river  the  enemy  hastened, 
in  order  to  cut  down  the  bridge.  5.  The  river  and  the 
bridge  were  of  great  use  to  Caesar.  6.  The  design  of  the 
enemy  was  to  lead 6  over  a  part  of  their  forces  and  inter- 
cept Caesar's  supplies.  7.  One  redoubt,  which  Caesar  had 
built,  Quintus  Titurius  was  in  charge  of.  8.  If  they  had 
been  able 7  to  take  this  redoubt  and  the  bridge,  they  would 
have  cut  off7  Caesar's  supplies. 

NOTES. — l  to  attack:  express  by  (1)  ad  with  the  gerundive, 
(2)  a  subjunctive  clause,  (3)  or  the  infinitive.  2  addressed :  use 
cohortor.  3  when  they  are  stuck  fast :  express  by  one  word. 
4  Remember  that  Latin  is  written  in  coordinate  sentences  much  less 
than  English  is.  Here  it  would  be  better  to  recast  thus :  though  one 
fight,  etc.  5  over :  see  the  text  of  V.  6  to  lead :  not  infinitive. 
7  Pluperfect  subjunctive. 

IX.    JLatine  Scribenda. 

Between  the  two  armies  there  was  a  moderate-sized 
marsh,  which  neither  the  Belgae  nor  Caesar  attempted  to 
cross ;  but  Caesar's  soldiers  were  kept l  ready  to  begin  an 
attack,  if  the  enemy  tried  to  lead  their  forces  over.  The 
Belgae,  however,  hastening2  to  the  river  which  was  be- 
hind Caesar's  camp,  found  fording  places  and  endeavored 
to  cross,  so  as  to  lay  waste  the  lands  of  the  Eemi,  if  they 
could  not  destroy  the  bridge.  It  has  been  shown  before 3 


114  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

that  the  Remi  had  been  very  useful  to  Caesar  for  carrying 
on  the  war. 

NOTES.  — l  were   kept :   use  teneo.     2  hastening  :  express  by  a 
clause  with  cum.    3  before  :  supra. 


X.    Liatine  Dicenda. 

1.  Ablative  of  the  Gerundive :  301 ;  H.  544,  1. 

2.  Position  of  quisque  after  suus :  H.  569,  I.  2. 

3.  Passive  of  Intransitive  Verbs:  230;  H.  301,  1. 

4.  Accusative  of  limit,  domum  :  258,  b;  H.  380,  2,  1. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  1 ;  IX.  2. 

1. 

1.  Titurius  informed  Caesar  that  the  Belgae  were  cross- 
ing1 the  river.  2.  When  Caesar  had  been  informed,  he 
led  the  archers  and  slingers  over  the  bridge.  3.  The 
light-armed  ISTumidians  hastened  against  the  Belgae  and 
crossed  the  bridge.  4.  A  spirited  fight  took  place 2  right 
in  the  river.3  5.  While  the  enemy  were  struggling  in  the 
river,4  the  Eomans  killed  a  great  number  of  them.  6.  The 
rest  were  driven  back  by  showers 5  of  missiles.  7.  But 
they  tried  with  the  utmost  daring  to  cross.  8.  The 
cavalry  attacked  and  killed 6  the  first  who  had  crossed. 
9.  The  first  who  crossed  were  surrounded  and  killed  by 
the  cavalry.  10.  Hope  of  taking  the  town  and  of  cross- 
ing the  river  had  deceived  them.  11.  Nor  did  they  dare 
to  advance  into  a  more  unfavorable  place  for  the  pur- 
pose 7  of  fighting. 

2. 

1.  Moreover,  they  saw  that  their  corn  supply  was  run- 
ning out.  2.  These  considerations  led8  them  to  call  a 
council.  3.  In  the  council  they  made  these  resolves.9 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELG^B.  115 

4.  "The  best  thing  is  for  each10  to  return  to  his  own 
home.  5.  Then  we  will  assemble  from  every  quarter 
to  defend11  those  into  whose  territories  the  Eomans 
shall  come.  6.  So  we  shall  fight  in  our  own  territories 
rather  than  in  those  of  others.  7.  Besides,  we  shall  use 
home  supplies  of  provisions."  8.  To  that  resolve  they 
were  led  by  this  consideration.  9.  Divitiacus  and  the 
.ZEdui  were  approaching  the  country  of  the  Bellovaci. 
10.  They  had  learned  that  the  JMui  were  friendly  to 
the  Eomans.  11.  The  Bellovaci  cannot  be  prevailed 
upon12  to  delay  any  longer.  12.  Nor  can  they  be  per- 
suaded not  to  render  aid  to  their  own  countrymen. 

NOTES.  — l  were  crossing :  the  time  is  present  with  reference  to 
"  informed."  2  A  spirited  fight  took  place :  recast  the  sentence. 
3  right  in  the  river  :  use  ipse.  4  Express  this  clause  by  three  words. 
5  showers :  the  Latin  is  less  lively  and  does  not  use  a  figurative  ex- 
pression. 6  attacked  and  killed  :  not  expressed  by  coordinate  verbs 
in  Latin,  because  one  act  is  considered  as  subordinate  or  prepara- 
tory to  the  other.  7  for  the  purpose  :  be  careful  about  the  position 
of  causa.  8  led  :  use  adduce  ut.  9  made  these  resolves  :  resolved 
these  things.  10  each  :  quisque  follows  suus.  n  Mark  the  very  com- 
mon way  in  the  text  of  expressing  a  purpose  in  Latin.  12  Why  must 
you  say  in  Latin,  "  It  cannot  be  prevailed  upon/'  etc.? 

X.    Latine    Scribenda. 

While  the  Belgse  were  endeavoring l  to  cross  the  river 
Axona,  Csesar  attacked  them  spiritedly  with  his  light- 
armed  Numidians,  bowmen  and  slingers,  and  killed  many 
of  them.  Since  they  had  been  deceived  in  the  hope 2  of 
destroying  the  bridge  and  crossing  the  river,  they  re- 
solved to  return  home ;  for  they  saw  that  the  Eoman 
army  did  not  move  forward  into  a  less  favorable  posi- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  attacking  them.3  With  other 
reasons  there  was  this  one,  too:  they  feared  that  the 


116  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


who  were  friendly  to  the  Eomans,  would  lead 
their  forces  into  the  country  of  the  Bellovaci  and  lay 
waste  their  fields. 

NOTES.  —  l  The  clause  might  be  expressed  by  a  participle  in 
agreement  with  Belgas  ;  hence  recast  the  sentence  through 
"  spiritedly."  2  cum  with  the  subjunctive;  it  is  better  to  recast  the 
clause  into  the  active  form.  3  for  the  purpose  of  attacking  them  : 
sui  adgrediendl  causa. 


PAET   FOTJBTH. 

CICERO   IN   CATILINAM,  I.-X. 


For  the  Latin  text,  see  pages  180-190. 

For  references,  see  the  grammars  of  Allen  and  Grreenough,*  and  Harkness. 
The  learner  is  expected  to  find  in  the  Latin  text  illustrations  of  the  grammat- 
ical principles  selected,  as  a  part  of  his  preparatory  study. 

I.    Latine  Dicenda. 


1.  Indirect  Questions  :  334 ;  H.  529, 1. 

2.  Accusative  of  the  Inner  Object :  238,  b ;  H.  378,  2. 

3.  Present  Tense  of  acts  begun  in  the  past :  276,  a;  H.  467,  III.  2. 

4.  Impf .  Ind.  in  apodosis  of  implied  conditions :  311,  c ;  H.  511,  N.  3. 

1. 

1.  How  far,  pray,  will  Catiline  abuse  the  patience  of 
the  senate  ?  2.  How  long  still  shall  we  be  baffled  by  his 
frenzy  ?  3.  To  what  extent  shall  his  effrontery  insolently 
display  itself  without  check  ?  4.  Has  he  been  affected  at 
all  *  by  the  fear  of  the  people  ?  5.  Does  he  not 2  see  the 
thronging  together  of  all  the  good  men,  their  faces  and 
looks?  6.  He  sees  that  the  senate  is  convened  in  this 
strongly  fortified  place.3  7.  Does  he  imagine  that  all  his 
plans  are  not  manifest  ?  8.  His  conspiracy  is  now  held 
fast  bound  by  the  knowledge  of  all  here.  9.  We  are  in 
no  wise  4  ignorant  where  he  and  those  whom  he  had  as- 
sembled were  last  night.  10.  The  consuls  know  full 
well 5  what  Catiline  did  and  what  plan  he  formed  night 

*  Revised  edition. 


118  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

before  last.     11.  They  see  him  take  part  in 6  the  council 
of  the  state. 

2. 

1.  Nay  more,  they  see  him  mark  out  each  one  of  the 
senators  ^  with  his  eyes  for  murder.  2.  Meanwhile,8  they 
themselves,  gallant  men,  keep  clear  of  his  frenzy  and 
weapons.  3.  In  this  way 9  they  imagine  they  do  their 
duty  to  the  state.  4.  What  a  state  of  things  !  Long  ago 
ought  the  consul  to  have  led  Catiline  to  death.  5.  Long 
ago  ought  Cicero  to  have  heaped  on  the  head  of  that 
monster 10  all  the  ruin  which  he  plotted  against  the  com- 
monwealth. 6.  Tiberius  Gracchus,  a  most  eminent  man, 
was  killed  by  Scipio,  because  he  wished11  to  shake  the 
settled  order  of  the  state.  7.  Shall  Catiline  lay  waste  the 
world  with  fire  and  sword  ?  8.  Once  when  Melius  strove  u 
to  bring  about  a  revolution,  he  was  killed  by  Ahala's  own 
hand.  9.  Such13  brave  men  had  this  commonwealth  once, 
that  it  restrained  dangerous  citizens  by  the  severest  pun- 
ishments. 10.  Now  too  the  consuls  have  a  decree  of  the 
senate  against  Catiline,  rigorous  and  severe.  11.  They 
lack  not  advice,  they  lack  not  authority ;  they  themselves 
are  remiss. 

NOTES.  —  a  at  all :  quid  following  num.  2  Does  he  not :  imitate 
Cicero  and  leave  out  the  interrogative  particle.  3  place :  omit  the 
preposition  with  loco.  4  in  no  wise :  nothing.  5  full  well :  plane. 
6  take  part  in  :  become  sharer  of.  7  senators  :  use  senator.  8  Mean- 
while :  interea.  9  In  this  way :  sic.  10  Do  not  try  to  think  of 
a  word  for  "  monster."  n  because  he  wished :  render  by  a  parti- 
ciple. 12  strove  :  see  the  preceding  note.  13  such  :  tarn. 

I.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Catiline,  abusing  the  patience  of  the  consuls,  would 
come  l  into  the  senate  and  take  part  in  the  public  delib- 


CICERO  IN   CATILINAM.  119 

eration.  His  effrontery  displayed  itself  unchecked;  for 
he  would  even  mark  out 2  with  his  eyes  each  one  for  as- 
sassination, not  seeing3  that  his  designs  were  manifest, 
and  that  Cicero  was  not  ignorant  where  he  had  been  and 
what  plans  he  had  formed.  Not  at  all  was  he  moved  by 
the  nightly  guarding  of  the  Palatine ;  nay,  he  continued 
to  plot/  being  eager  for  a  revolution.  The  republic  once 
had  such  resolute  consuls  that  they  would  put  to  death  a 
dangerous  citizen,  or  restrain  him  by  a  rigorous  decree  of 
the  senate;  as5  Scipio  slew  Gracchus,  as  Ahala  slew  Me- 
lius :  but  Cicero  declares  openly  that  he  has  been  neg- 
ligent. 

NOTES.  — 1  would  come  :  express  by  the  imperfect.  2  would  mark 
out:  see  note  1.  3  not  seeing:  render  by  cum  and  the  subjunc- 
tive. 4  continued  to  plot :  see  note  1.  5  as  :  either  ut  or  quern  ad 
modum. 


II.    Latiiie  Dicenda. 

1.  Position  of  the  main  word  :  344;  H.  561,  I. 

2.  Relative  Clauses  of  Result :  319  and  2;   H.  500,  I. 

3.  Perfect  Pass.  Infin.  with  verbs  of  necessity  :  288,  d. 

4.  Position  of  the  emphatic  verb :  344,  d,  (1)  and  (2). 

5.  Find  in  the  text  an  illustration  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  3. 

1. 

1.  Once  the  republic  was  suffering  harm.  2.  But  the 
consuls,  in  accordance  with  a  decree  of  the  senate,  saw 
to  it  that l  the  commonwealth  should  suffer  no  injury.1 
3.  Caius  Gracchus,  a  man 2  of  most  illustrious  ancestors, 
was  put  to  death.  4.  For  there  were  certain  suspicions 
of  seditious  purposes.3  5.  On  account  of  like  suspicions 
a  man  of  consular  rank  was  slain.  6.  The  senate  com- 
mitted the  state  to  the  consuls  Marius  and  Valerius. 


120  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

7.  After  that,  death  did  not  respite4  Saturninus  for  a 
single  day.  8.  For  twenty  days  the  consuls  had  a  like 
decree  of  the  senate.  9.  And  in  accordance  with  that 
decree  they  ought 5  to  have  put  Catiline  to  death.  10.  Yet 
he  lives  for  plotting  the  ruin  of  the  state.  11.  For  many 
days  the  authority  of  the  senate  has  been  growing  dull.6 
12.  Cicero  allowed  the  authority  of  the  senate  to  grow 
dull.  13.  Catiline  ought  to  have  been  put  to  death  by 
the  decree  which  is  shut  up 7  in  the  archives. 

2. 

1.  But  Cicero  wished  to  be  merciful.  2.  He  was 
anxious  amid  such  great  perils  not  to  be  arbitrary.8 
3.  But  he  condemned  himself  for  inactivity  amid  perils 
to  the  state.  4.  The  commander  of  the  camp,  which  was 
pitched 9  in  Etruria,  was  in  the  city.  5.  Cicero  says  that 
the  enemy  increased  daily.  6.  But  the  leader  of  the  en- 
emy was  daily  plotting  the  ruin  of  the  state  within  the 
city.  7.10  Did  Cicero  order  the  arrest  and  execution  u  of 
Catiline  ?  8.  Was  there  reason  to  fear 12  that  he  would 
act  too  cruelly  ?  9,  Did  any  one  13  say  that  he  acted  too 
cruelly  rather  than  too  late  ?  10.  He  was  not  led  to  do 
what  ought  to  have  been  done.  11.  No  one  can  be  found 
so  desperate  as  not  to  admit  that  Catiline  is  a  bad  man. 
12.  Who  is  there  who  dares  to  defend  enemies  of  the 
commonwealth  ?  13.  Catiline  does  not  see  that  many  are 
watching  him  with  eyes  and  ears. 

NOTES.  — l  that  ...  no  injury  :  test  anything  of  injury.  2  man  : 
omit.  3  seditious  purposes :  one  word.  4  respite:  wait  for.  5  ought; 
convenit.  6  has  been  growing  dull :  not  the  perfect  tense.  7  which 
is  shut  up  :  render  by  a  participle.  8  arbitrary :  use  dissolutus. 
9  which  was  pitched  :  one  word.  10  Begin  with  num.  n  arrest  and 
execution  :  turn  by  verbs.  12  Was  there  reason  to  fear :  was  it  to  be 
f<  ared.  13  any  one  :  notice  that  quisquam  means  any  one  at  all. 


CICERO   IN  CATILINAM.  121 

II.    Latine  Scribenda. 

\ 
In  times  of  great  danger l  to  the  commonwealth,  the 

senate  used  to  decree 2  that  the  consuls  should  see  to  it 
that  the  republic  suffered  no  harm.  A  like  decree  of  the 
senate  Cicero  had  for  twenty  days,  yet  he  did  not  put 
Catiline  to  death  at  once.  Why 3  not  ?  Because  4  he 
wished  to  be  lenient ;  but  at  last  he  condemned  himself 
for  negligence.  He  saw  the  number  of  the  enemy  in- 
creasing daily,  and  their  leader  plotting  the  ruin  of  the 
state  —  yes,5  coming  into  the  senate.  Did  he  fear  that 
the  citizens  would  say  afterwards  that  he  had  acted  with 
undue  cruelty  ?  Not  at  all 6 ;  but  for  a  certain  reason, 
which  he  does  not  explain,7  he  was  not  induced  to  order 
the  arrest  and  execution  of  Catiline.  "  You  shall  live," 
said  he  to  Catiline,  "  as  long  as  there  shall  be  any  one 
who  dares  to  defend  you,  but  you  will  not  be  able  to 
make  a  move 8  against  the  state." 

NOTES.  —  *  In  times  of  great  danger  :  amid  great  dangers.  2  used 
to  decree  :  what  tense  may  express  customary  action?  3  Why  :  cur. 
4  Because  :  quod.  5  yes  :  express  by  two  words  in  Latin.  6  Not  at 
all :  minime.  7  explain  :  use  doceo.  8  make  a  move :  move  your- 
self. 


III.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Various  Constructions  with  licet:  331,  i,  N.  3. 

2.  Accusative  following  ante  diem  :  259,  e  ;  H.  642,  4. 

3.  Gerund  governing  the  Genitive  :  298,  a ;  H.  542,  N.  1. 

4.  Relative  Clauses  of  Characteristic  :  320,  a ;  H.  503,  I. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  1  and  4. 

1. 

1.  The  shades  of  night  can  no  longer l  hide  Catiline's 
infamous  meetings.     2.  Nor  can  the  voices  of  the  con- 


122  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

spiracy  be  confined  by  the  walls  of  a  private   house. 

3.  There  is  nothing  more  that  he  can  look  forward  to. 

4.  Therefore/  if  he  does  not  change  his  purpose  and  take 
the  advice 3  of  Cicero,  all  his  plans  will  come  to  light. 

5.  Let  him  forget 4  his  designs  of  murder  and  incendiarism. 
G.  For  the  light  itself  is  not  clearer  to  Cicero  than  his 
detestable   purpose.      7.  These   were   the   plans   which 
Cicero  exposed  in  the  senate  on  the   21st  of   October: 
8.  "  Manlius,"  said  he,  "  the  instrument  and  agent  of  your 
desperate  enterprise,5  is  going  to  be  in  arms  on  a  fixed 
day.     9.  I  affirm  that  that  day  will  be  the  27th  of  Octo- 
ber.    10.  You  have  appointed  the  murder  of  the  aristoc- 
racy for6  the  28th  of  October." 

2. 

1.  Catiline  may  now  review  the  plans  which  the  consul 
brought  to  light.  2.  He  may  remember  Cicero's  naming 
the  very  day,  a  thing  most  incredible.  3.  It  is  surprising 
that  the  consul  could  predict 7  the  event.  4.  Cicero  says 
that  on  the  28th  of  October  many  leading  men  fled  from 
the  city.  5.  Did  those  patriots 8  flee  for  the  purpose  of 
saving  themselves  ?  6.  Oh !  no.9  Not  so  much  to 10  save 
themselves  as  to  thwart  Catiline.  7.  On  that  selfsame 
day  Catiline  found  himself11  surrounded  by  guards,  so 
that  he  could  not  ^  make  a  move  against  the  state.  8.  He 
cannot  deny  that  he  found  Praeneste  fortified  by  the 
consul's  order.  9.  That  town  he  had  been  confident  he 
should  take  by  an  assault  in  the  night.  10.  He  does 
nothing,  he  plots  nothing,  which  the  consul  does  not  hear 
of,  nay,13  plainly  perceive. 

NOTES.  — l  no  longer :  non  iam.    2  Therefore  :   quae  cum  ita 

sint.  3  take  the  advice :  one  word  in  Latin.  4  Let  him  forget :  the 
subjunctive.  5  desperate  enterprise  :  one  word  in  Latin.  6  for : 
observe  that  ante  diem  may  be  preceded  by  a  preposition.  7  pre- 


CICERO   IN   CATILINAM.  128 

diet :  use  praedico.  8  patriots  :  use  amans  patriae.  9  Oh !  no  : 
minime.  10  Be  careful  about  the  position  of  causa.  n  found 
himself:  was.  12  so  that  .  .  .  not:  ut  non.  13not  .  .  .  nay:  in- 
tended as  an  adequate  rendering  of  non  modo  .  .  .  sed  etiain. 

III.    JLatine  Scribenda. 

There  is  nothing  that  Catiline  can  now  look  forward 
to,  for l  he  does  nothing  but  what 2  is  brought  to  light  by 
the  vigilance  of  Cicero.  Will  he  therefore 3  change  his 
mind?  Will  he  take  the  consul's  advice  and  forget  his 
infamous  plans  of  murder  ?  Let  him  recall  to  mind  those 
words 4  which  Cicero  uttered  in  the  senate,  and  he  will 
see  that  all  was  foretold  by  him.  After 5  Manlius,  his 
tool,  and  agent,  had  gone  into  Etruria,  he  remained  in 
Eome,  trusting  that  he  should  seize  Prseneste  by  an 
assault  in  the  night ;  but  Cicero,  for  the  purpose  of 
thwarting  his  plans,  had  strengthened  that  town  with 
guards.  He  cannot  plot  anything  that  does  not  come 
to 6  Cicero's  ears. 

NOTES.  —  1for:  cum  with  the  subjunctive.  2  but  what:  which 
not.  3  therefore  :  igitur.  4  those  words  :  ilia.  5  After  :  postquam 
with  perfect  indicative.  6  conies  to,  etc. :  do  not  try  to  render 
literally. 


IV.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Position  of  Relative  Clauses :  345,  e ;  H.  572,  II.  N. 

2.  Cum  temporal  with  Subjunctive :  325  ;  H.  521,  II.  2. 

3.  Present  Indicative  of  vivid  future  conditions :  307,  a,  N. 

4.  Subordinate  Clauses  of  Indirect  Discourse :  336,  2 ;  H.  524. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  II.  4 ;  III.  4. 

1. 

1.  How1  keenly  Cicero  watches  for  the  safety  of  the  com- 
monwealth !     2.  He  knows  that  Catiline  went  to  Marcus 


124  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Laeca's  night  before  last  with  his  companions  in  crime.2 

3.  He  sees  in  the  senate  certain  confederates  of  Catiline 
in  that  daring  scheme,3  who  gathered  to  the  same  place. 

4.  They  were  with  you,  Catiline,  in  the  scythe-makers' 
quarter,  in  Lseca's  house.     5.  Why,  pray,  does  not  Cati- 
line deny  that  he  went  there  ?     6.  If  he  says  he  does 
not  watch  for  the  destruction  of  the  state,  Cicero  will 
prove  it.     7.  For  here,  right  here  in  the  senate,  are  cer- 
tain men  who  were  with  him.     8.  They  are  taking  part 
in4  this  august  assembly,  while5  they  are  plotting  the 
ruin 6  of  this  city.     9.  The  consul  sees  them,  aye,  consults 
them7  on   public  affairs.      10.  Ye   gods!   where  in  the 
world  are  we  ?    What  city  is  this  in  which  we  dwell  ? 

2. 

1.  Why  does  not  the  consul  slay  with  the  sword  those 
who  have  long  been  plotting8  the  ruin  of  the  world? 
2.  For  a  certain  reason  he  is  not  yet  induced 9  to  put  them 
to  death.  3.  At  Lseca's  Catiline  decided  whither  he 
would  have 10  each  one  of  his  confederates  go.  4.  Men 
were  selected  to  be  left  at  Eome,  others  to  be  led  out  of 
the  city.  5.  Parts  of  the  city  were  marked  out  for  the 
flames.  6.  Why  did  not  Catiline  go  forth  himself,  when 
the  assembly  was  dismissed?  7.  He  was  a  little  delayed 
because  the  consul  had  to  be  killed11  that  very  night. 
8.  But  Cicero  watched  much  more  sharply  for  saving  his 
life 12  than  Catiline  for  taking  it.13  9.  The  consequence 
was  that 14  the  two  Koman  knights  who  promised  to  re- 
lieve Catiline  of  that  care,  were  refused  admittance.15 
10.  For  they  came  a  little  before  light  to  wish 16  the  con- 
sul u  good  morning." 

NOTES.  — l  How  :  quam.  2  in  crime :  the  Latin  idiom  is  diff er- 
cnt.  8  daring  scheme :  one  word.  4  taking  part  in :  see  the  text 


CICERO   IN   CATILINAM.  125 

of  I.  5  while:  duin.  6  ruin:  either  the  accusative  or  the  ablative 
with  de.  7  consults  them  :  asks  their  opinion.  8  have  long  been 
plotting :  iam  din  with  the  present.  See  the  text  of  I.  9  induced : 
see  the  text  of  II.,  last  part.  10  he  would  have  :  it  pleased  (him). 
11  had  to  be  killed :  interficiendus  erat.  12  saving  his  life :  saving 
himself.  See  the  text  of  III.  13  for  taking  it :  for  killing  him.  14  The 
consequence  was  that :  qno  factum  est  ut.  15  Do  not  try  to  think 
of  a  word  for  "  admittance."  16  to  wish  ..."  good  morning  "  :  one 
word. 

IV.    Latine  Scribenda. 

A  little  before  light  on  the  seventh  *  of  November,  two 
Koman  knights  went  to  Cicero's  house  for  the  purpose  of 
killing  him  in  his  bed.  For  that  very  night,  in  an  assem- 
bly at  Lseca's,  on  Catiline's  saying  2  that  he  could  not 3 
yet  go  out  of  the  city  because  Cicero  was  living,4  they 5 
had  promised  to  relieve  him  of  that  anxiety.  But  the 
consul  had  found  out 6  their  intentions,7  and  predicted  to 
many  most  eminent  men  that  they  would  come  at  that 
very  time.  Afterwards,  in  the  most  august  assembly  of 
the  world,  he  consulted  those  same  men,  whom  he  ought 8 
to  have  put  to  death  with  the  sword,  about  the  state  of 9 
public  affairs. 

NOTES.  — l  the  seventh :  the  seventh  before  the  Ides,  Idas.  2  on 
Catiline's  saying :  cum  with  pluperfect  subjunctive.  3  that  he  could 
not :  himself  not  to  be  able.  4  was  living :  the  subjunctive,  as  a  depend- 
ent clause  in  indirect  discourse.  5  they :  begin  the  period  with  the 
words  if  eiiim  cum.  A  dependent  clause  is  thus  often  framed  into 
the  main  clause.  6  had  found  out :  render  by  a  participle.  It  would 
also  be  correct  to  use  a  clause  beginning  with  cum.  Two  coordinate 
verbs  could  be  here  used  in  Latin,  but  it  is  important  to  remember 
that  in  no  respect  does  English  differ  from  Latin  more  than  in  the 
free  use  of  coordinate  clauses  or  sentences.  7  intentions  :  consilia. 
8  ought :  not  oportebat,  which  would  refer  to  present  time.  See 
the  text  of  II.  9  state  of :  omit. 


126  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

/ 

V.  Latine  Dicenda. 

1.  Position  of  the  main  word:  344;  H.  561,  I. 

2.  Conditional  Relative  Clauses  :  316  and  305,  d,  (#). 

3.  Position  of  the  emphatic  Adjective:  344,  a,  1;  H.  565,  1. 

4.  Indicative  with  quod,  quia,  and  quoniam :  321 ;  H.  516, 1. 

5.  ITind  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  I.  3 ;  II.  4. 

1. 

1.  Since  the  gates  are  open,  go  out  of  the  city  to  that 
Manlian  camp  of  yours.  2.  Too  long  have1  your  men 
who  went  out  of  the  city  felt  the  want  of 1  you  in  that 
camp.  3.  Why  do  you  not  go  at  last,  with  all  your  fol- 
lowers,2 to  the  place  where  you  had  begun  to  go  ?  4.  If 
you  cannot  lead  out  all,  lead  out  as  many  as  possible. 
5.  Free  me  from  fear  by  purging  the  city  and  by  put- 
ting3 a  wall  between  me  and  you.  6.  Great  gratitude 
will  be  felt  to  the  immortal  gods,  provided  only  you  free 
the  citizens  from  fear.  7.  Too  long  already  have  you 
been  living  with  us.  8.  Free  us,  0  Jupiter  Stator,  from 
this  scourge,  so  loathsome,  so  dangerous  to  the  republic. 
9.  Then  shall  we  feel  grateful  to  thee,  ancient  guardian 
of  this  city.  10.  Not  often  ought  the  state  to  be  imper- 
illed by  one  man. 

2. 

1.  As  long  as  the  safety  of  Cicero  was  imperilled  by 
Catiline,  he  defended  himself  by  personal  vigilance. 
2.  Catiline  wanted  to  kill  him,  when  he  was  consul 
elect.  3.  But  his  infamous  attempts  were  checked  by 
the  consul's  friends,  without  any  public  guard.  4.  Cicero 
saw  that  his  own  ruin  would  be  attended 4  with  great  dis- 
aster to  the  state.  5.  Yet5  at  the  consular  elections  he 
opposed  Catiline  by  his  own  efforts,  without  causing  any 
disturbance  of  the  public  peace.6  6.  Now  at  last  the 


CICERO  IN   CATILINAM.  127 

lives  of  all  the  citizens  are  aimed  at,  and  all  Italy  is 
called  to  ruin  and  devastation.  7.  For  a  long  time  the 
consul  has  been  urging  Catiline  and  his  band  of  con- 
spirators to  leave  the  republic.  8.  If  they  go  forth/  as 
Cicero  desires,  they  will  drain  off  the  dangerous  bilge- 
water  of  the  state.  9.  Therefore  the  consul  will  not  yet 
do  what  belongs  to  his  office  and  to  the  administration 
of  the  fathers.  10.  For  he  will  not  put  Catiline  to  death, 
since  that  will  be  less  useful  as  regards  the  supreme 
well-being. 

NOTES.  —  l  have  .  .  .  felt  the  want  of :  not  the  perfect.  2  fol- 
lowers :  omit.  3  by  putting :  interponendo.  4  would  be  attended : 
fore  ut,  etc.  5  Yet :  see  the  text  of  I.  6  Do  not  try  to  think  of  a 
word  for  "  peace."  7  If  they  go  forth :  not  the  present. 

V.    Latine  Scribenda. 

For  a  long  time  Cicero  urged  Catiline  to  go  forth l  and 
drain  off  from  the  city  the  odious 2  dregs  of  the  state,  for 
he  said  himself  that  he  did  not  dare  to  do  that  which 
was  first  in  importance.3  Catiline  and  the  rest  of  the 
conspirators  had  lain  in  wait  for  Cicero  at  the  consular 
elections,  and  tried  to  kill  him,  and  at  last  had  aimed 
their  attacks  at 4  the  whole  state  and  the  lives  of  all  the 
citizens ;  but  the  citizens  had  escaped  by  the  great  vigi- 
lance of  the  consul,  as  often  as  they  had  been  thrust  at. 
"Now,"  says5  Cicero,  "we  will  not  suffer  you  to  live 
with  us  any  longer,  since  we  see  that  you  are  summon- 
ing the  whole  republic  to  ruin  and  devastation." 

NOTES.  — l  to  go  forth :  ut  with  the  subjunctive  after  hortor. 
2  odious  :'  the  word  is  not  perniciosus.  3  first  in  importance  :  one 
word  in  Latin.  4  had  aimed  their  attacks  at :  express  by  one  word. 
5  says  :  inquit. 


128  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


VI.    L,atine  Dicenda.* 

1.  Antithesis  indicated  by  anaphora :  344,  f. 

2.  Position  of  the  negative  :  345,  d;  H.  569,  IV. 

3.  Position  of  the  emphatic  verb  :  344,  d;  H.  561,  I. 

4.  Position  of  sum  as  substantive  verb  or  copula:  344,  c  and  j. 

5.  Find  in  the  text  illustrations  of  Lat.  Die.  III.  4 ;  IV.  2. 

1. 

1.  Since  the  consul  orders  Catiline  to  leave  the  city, 
why  does  he  hesitate  ?  2.  For  a  little  while  ago 1  he  was 
on  the  point  of  doing  it  of  his  own  accord,  without  his 
command.2  3.  Shall  he  go  into  exile,  Cicero,  or 3  into  the 
camp  of  Manlius,  established  in  the  p'asses  of  Etruria? 
4.  If  he  asks  my  advice,  I  recommend  his  going4  into 
exile.  5.  For  who  is  there  in  this  city  who  has  not  for 
a  long  time  feared5  and  hated  him?  6.  What  desperate 
man  is  there  who  is  unconnected  with  his  conspiracy  ? 
7.  See 6  branded  on  his  life  every  mark  of  private  base- 
ness !  8.  Do  you  ask  me  whether  his  hands  have  ever 
been 7  a  stranger 8  to  any  crime  ?  9.  No,  indeed  ! 9  More- 
over, there  is  scarcely 10  a  young  man  in  Eome  whom  his 
allurements  have  not  ensnared.  10.  Did  he  not  lately 
clear  his  house  for  new  nuptials  by  a  monstrous  crime  ? 
11.  I  will  be  silent  about  the  disgracefulness  and  enor- 
mity of  his  private  crimes. 

2. 

1.  He  will  see  ruin  staring  him  in  the  face11  at  the 
next  Ides.  2.  But  his  personal  vices  and  difficulties  do 
not  concern  the  public  weal.  3.  I  will  speak  of  those 
crimes  that  are  aimed  at M  the  lives  and  safety  of  all  of 
us.  4.  On  the  day  before  the  Kalends  of  January  you 

*  The  first  four  sentences  are  based  on  the  text  of  Chap.  V. 


CICERO   IN   CATILINAM.  129 

stood,  weapon  in  hand,  in  the  voting  place.  5.  You  had 
got  ready  a  band  of  assassins  to  kill  the  leading  men  of 
the  state.  6.  Why  did  you  not  carry  out13  your  infam- 
ous designs?  7.  I  will  tell  you.  The  good  fortune  of 
the  Eoman  people  thwarted  you.  8.  Now  you  know  that 
there  is  nobody  in  Eome  who  is  ignorant  of  these  deeds. 
9.  Can  then  this  city  longer14  delight  you,  seeing  that 
your  crimes  are  neither  hidden  nor  few  ?  10.  How  often 
have  I  dodged  that  dagger  of  yours,  which  now  and 
then 15  has  by  some  chance  fallen  from  your  hand ! 
11.  Why,  pray,  do  you  not  give  up  trying,  since  you 
effect  nothing? 

NOTES.  — 1  a  little  while  ago :  paulo  ante.  2  command :  express 
by  a  participle.  3  or:  an.  4  his  going  :  suadeo  is  not  followed  by 
the  infinitive.  5  has  .  .  .  feared  :  not  the  perfect.  6  See :  aspicite. 
7  have  been  :  why  not  indicative  ?  8  Do  not  try  to  think  of  a 
word  for  " stranger."  9No, indeed:  nequaquam.  10 scarcely  :  vix. 
11  The  Latin  figure  is  not  that  of  a  spectre,  but  of  a  mass  ready 
to  fall.  12  are  aimed  at:  turn  by  the  active  form.  13  carry  out: 
use  conficio.  14  longer :  iani,  so  used  near  the  end  of  V.  15  now 
and  then  :  11011  numquam. 

VI.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Many  and  not  unknown  are  the  crimes  which  Catiline 
has  perpetrated.  Baseness  in  private  life1  is  branded 
upon  him  and  clings  to  his  reputation.  How  many 
times  has  he  lain  in  wait,  weapon  in  hand,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  killing  the  consul?  How  many  times  has  he 
tried  to  plant  his  dagger  in  the  consul's  body  ?  Yet  he 
can  accomplish  nothing,  for  either  Cicero's  watchfulness 
or  the  good  fortune  of  the  state  thwarts  his  undertak- 
ings. How  is  it  then  ?  Seeing  that  all  his  fellow-citi- 
zens know  that  he  is  plotting2  the  destruction  of  the 


130  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

commonwealth,  is  it  possible  for  this  light,  this  air  of 
heaven  to  delight  him  ? 

NOTES.  —  l  in  private  life :  render  by  an  adjective.    2  is  plotting : 
see  the  text  of  IV. 


VII.    Latine  Scribenda. 
1. 

When  Catiline  came  into  the  senate  he  was  not 
greeted  by  any  one  of  his  friends  ;  nay/  at  his  coming, 
that  part  of  the  benches  where  he  took  his  seat  was  left 
bare  and  unoccupied;  for  the  men  of  consular  rank, 
whom  he  had  often  marked  out2  for  murder,  seemed  to 
be  moved  by  hatred.  He  ought  to  have  been  crushed  by 
the  weighty  judgment  of  their  silence.  With  what  feel- 
ings did  he  bear  that  disgrace,  which  had  never  happened 
to  any  one  within  human  memory  ?  Did  he  not  think 
that  he  ought  to  leave  the  city  and  withdraw  from  the 
sight  of  his  fellow-citizens  ? 

2. 

Though  he  saw  that  all  hated  and  feared  him  to  such 
a  degree  that  the  mere 3  sight  of  him  wounded  their  feel- 
ings, he  preferred  to  be  gazed  at  with  hostile  eyes  rather 
than  respect  the  authority  of  the  commonwealth  and  obey 
its  judgment.  Your  country,  Catiline,  bids  you  depart, 
and  thus  addresses  you : 4  "  For  a  long  time  I  have  borne 
in  silence  your  crimes,  your  deeds  of  baseness,  the  mur- 
dering of  citizens,  the  harassing  and  plundering  of  the 
allies.  You  have  disregarded  laws,  you  have  broken  down 
judicial  investigations.  Therefore  the  fear  which  weighs 
me  down  is  not  groundless.  For  you  to  be  ever 5  form- 
ing plots  against  me  is  not  to  be  endured." 


CICERO   IN   CATILINAM.  131 

NOTES.  —  1nay:  see  the  text  of  I.  2 marked  out:  see  the  text 
of  I.  3  mere :  ipse.  4  you :  not  the  accusative  after  loquor.  6  ever : 
semper. 


VIII.    Latine  Scribenda. 
1. 

If  your  country  should  employ1  force,  Catiline,  you 
would  go  off  into  some  other  lands,  for  you  have  judged 
yourself  deserving  of  custody.  Did  you  not  offer  your- 
self to  Lepidus  for  safe  keeping  ;  and  when  he 2  was  un- 
willing to  receive  you,  did  you  not  have  the  effrontery 
to  ask  me  to  keep  you  ?  From  me  you  got  this  answer  : 
"I  can  in  no  way  be  safe  in  the  same  house  with  you, 
since  I  am  in  peril  within  the  same  city."  Then,  having 
gone  to  the  praetor,  and  having  been  rejected  by  him, 
you  betook  yourself  to  your  boon  companion,  Marcellus, 
to  be  guarded.  This  you  said  you  did  for  the  purpose 
of  avoiding  suspicion. 

2. 

Since  these  things  are  so,  and  Catiline  cannot  die  with 
resignation,  he  demands  that  Cicero  refer  the  matter 3  to 
the  senate  for  decision.4  "  I  will  obey,"  says  he,  "  if  this 
body  decrees  that  I  go  into  exile."  "I  will  not  refer  it," 
replies  Cicero,  "but  I  will  myself  order  you  to  go  into 
exile.  Depart !  What  are  you  waiting  for  ?  Don't  you 
see  what  this  body  thinks  of  you?  And  not  only  these, 
but  the  gallant  citizens  whom  you  see  standing  about  in 
great  numbers,5  whose  voices  you  heard  a  little  while 
ago.  By  their  silence  they  give  approval.  Knowing 
that  you  have  long  been  eager  to  destroy  this  city,  they 
will  attend  you  even  to  the  gates." 


132  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

NOTES.  — l  should  employ :  not  the  imperfect  subjunctive.  2  and 
when  he  :  who  when.  3  matter  :  omit.  4  refer  .  .  .  for  decision  :  one 
word.  5in  great  numbers  :  use  frequens. 


IX.    Ratine  Scribenda. 
1. 

0  that  you  would  reform;  that,  terrified  by  the  recol- 
lection of  your  recent  crimes,  you  would  think  of  flight ! * 
Provided  only  you  would  make  up 2  your  mind  to  depart, 
I  would  willingly3  bear  all  storms  of  odium,  not  only 
now,  but  in  future;  for  I  see  that  the  danger  would  be 
personal,  not  public.  It  is  worth  my  while  to  bear  the 
reproaches  of  men,  in  order  that  Catiline  may  be  re- 
called from  madness,  and  the  state  be  freed  from  danger. 
And  yet  why  should  I  talk?  Why  should  I  demand 
that  he  fear  punishment  ? 

?• 

Is  he  a  man  to  be  moved  by  the  remembrance  of  his 
own  crimes  ?  Does  he  wish  to  minister  to  my  fame  by 
going  forth  with  his  dangerous  band  of  ruffians  ?  Would 
that  he  might  go 4  straight  into  exile  !  If  he  separates 
himself  from  the  loyal  and  wages  war  on  his  country,  he 
will  not  seem  t  have  been  driven  forth  to  strangers. 
He  has  already  sent  forward  that  famous  silver  eagle, 
which  I  know  he  cannot  long  do  without,  and  has 
appointed  a  day  with  Manlius. 

NOTES.  — l  think  of :  what  two  constructions  with  cogito  have 
been  met  with1?  2  would  make  up :  not  the  imperfect  subjunctive. 
3  willingly :  libenter.  4  might  go :  the  imperfect  subjunctive  would 
mean  :  were  now  going. 


CICERO  IN  CATILINAM.  133 


X.    Latine  Scribenda. 

Never  have  you  desired  peace,  no,1  nor  even  war,  unless 
of  an  infamous  kind ;  but  you  are  not  one 2  to  whom  this 
fact  brings 3  shame,  but  a  kind  of  incredible  delight. 
Go  at  last  and  join 4  that  band  of  ruffians  that  you  have 
got  together,  composed  of  the  most  desperate  and  hope- 
abandoned  characters.  Thither  your  unbridled  desire 
has  long  been  hurrying  you,  and  there  you  will  have  an 
opportunity  for  displaying  your  famous  endurance  of 
hunger  and  cold.  What  an  army  will  that  be  !  You 
will  not  see  a  single  good  man  among  your  followers, 
with  whom  you  will  presently  be  waging  war  on  your 
country. 

NOTES.  —  Compare  a  similar  sentence  in  the  text  of  III.,  and 
the  mode  of  translating,  together  with  note  13.  2  one  :  not  unus. 
3  brings  :  not  the  indicative.  4  join  :  see  the  text  of  Chap.  IX. 


SUPPLEMENTARY. 

THE  DEATH  OF  EPAMINONDAS. 
L»atine  Scribenda. 

At  last  in  the  battle  at l  Mantinea,  the  Lacedaemonians 
made  an  attack  in  a  body  2  on  Epaminondas  alone  and  did 
not  desist 3  until,4  after  many  had  been  slain,  they  saw 
him  fall  fighting  most  bravely.  The  Boeotians  were 
checked5  a  little  by  his  fall,6  yet  they  did  not  retire  from 
the  field  until  they  had  routed  their  opponents.  But 
when  Epaminondas  saw  that  he  had  received  a  mortal 7 
wound,  and  that  if  he  should  draw  out 8  the  steel  which 
had  remained  in  his  body  from  the  spear-shaft,9  he  would 
die  at  once,  he  kept  it  there  until 10  it  was  reported  that 
the  Boeotians  had  won  the  victory.  When  he  heard  this, 
he  said,  "  I  have  lived  long  enough  n ;  for  I  die  uncon- 
quered."  Then  he  drew  out  the  spear-head  M  and  imme- 
diately expired. 

NOTES.  —  *  at :  apud.  2  in  a  body :  universl.  3  desist :  ab- 
scedo.  4  until :  prius  .  .  .  quam.  5  checked  :  delayed.  6  fall : 
casus.  7  mortal :  mortiferus.  8  should  draw  out :  in  direct  dis- 
course the  future  perfect ;  but  what  in  indirect  discourse '?  9  spear- 
shaft  :  has  tile.  10  until :  quoad.  n  long  enough  :  sufficiently. 
12  spear-head :  the  same  word  that  renders  "  steel "  above. 


HANNIBAL'S  OATH  OF  HATEED.  135 

HANNIBAL'S  OATH  or  HATRED  AGAINST  THE  ROMANS. 
Liatine  Scribenda. 

[Before  translating  the  following  passage  into  Latin,  compare  it 
with  the  second  more  literal  version,  and  note  some  important  dif- 
ferences between  English  and  Latin  idiom  and  style.  There  remain 
many  differences  not  brought  out  in  the  two  versions,  —  particularly, 
important  principles  of  order.] 

FIRST  VERSION. 

"When  I  was  a  little  boy,  not  more  than  nine  years 
old/ "  said  Hannibal,  "  my  father,  Hamilcar,  who  was 
about  setting  out  from  Carthage  for2  Spain,  as  commander, 
sacrificed  victims  3  to  Jupiter  Optimus  Maximus.  As  he 
was  finishing  the  sacrifice,  he  asked  me  whether4  I 
wanted  to  go  to  the  war  with  him.  I  eagerly  accepted 
the  offer  and  begged  him  not  to  hesitate  to  take  me  with 
him.  Then  he  said,  '  I  will  do  it,  if  you  will  make 5  me 
the  promise  6  that  I  demand.'  As  he  said  this,  he  led  me 
to  the  altar,  at  which  he  had  begun  to  sacrifice,  and  after 
removing  all  others,  bade  me  take  hold  of  the  altar  and 
swear  never  to  be  a  friend  to  the  Romans.  That  oath, 
given  to  my  father,  I  have  kept 7  till  this  day." 

SECOND  VERSION. 

"  My  father,  Hamilcar,"  said  Hannibal,  "  when  I  was 
a  little  boy,  not  more  than  nine  years  old,  sacrificed  vic- 
tims to  Jupiter  Optimus  Maximus,  as  he  was  setting  out 
for  Spain  from  Carthage  as  commander.  While  this 
divine  rite  (thing)  was  being  completed,  he  asked  me 
whether  I  wished  to  march  with  him  into  camp.  When 
I  had  willingly  accepted  this,  and  had  begun  to  beg  him 


136  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

not  to  hesitate  to  lead  me  with  him,  (then)  he  said,  '  I 
will  do  it,  if  you  will  give  me  the  pledge  which  I  de- 
mand/ At  the  same  time  he  led  me  to  the  altar  at 
which  he  had  begun  to  sacrifice,  and  bade  me,  after  the 
others  had  been  removed,  holding  on  to  it,  to  swear  never 
to  be  in  friendship  with  the  Eomans.  That  oath,  given 
to  my  father,  I  have  kept  to  this  time." 

NOTES.  —  1old:  natus.  2for:  in.  3  victims:  use  hostiae. 
4  whether:  express  by  the  enclitic  -ne.  5  make :  do.  Is  it  to  be 
in  the  future  ?  6  promise  :  fides.  7  kept :  use  conserve. 


A  SURPRISE. 
Latiiie  Scribenda. 

When  Vercingetorix  l  learned  of  Caesar's  coming,  he 
abandoned 2  the  siege  and  marched  to  meet 3  him.  Caesar 
had  begun  to  besiege  Noviodunum,  a  town  of  the  Bitu- 
riges,  situated  on  his  route.  From  this  town  envoys 
came  4  to  him  to  beg  that  he  would  pardon  5  them ;  and 
he,  that  he  might  finish  up  other  matters  with  despatch, 
ordered 4  the  arms  to  be  collected,  the  horses  to  be  brought 
out,  and  hostages  to  be  given. 

After  a  part  of  the  hostages  had  already  been  delivered 
up,  and  while  the  other  matters  were  going  forward,6 
some  captains  and  a  few  soldiers  having  been  sent  into 
the  town  to  look  for 7  arms  and  pack  animals,  the  cavalry 
of  the  enemy,  which  had  preceded  the  army  of  Vercinget- 
orix, war:  seen  at  a  distance.8  As  soon  as  the  townsmen 
saw  this,  they  raised 9  a  shout,  began 9  to  take  arms,  to  shut 
the  gates,  and  man 10  the  wall.  The  captains  in  the  town 
saw  from  the  behavior n  of  the  Gauls  that  some  new 


HEROISM    OF   MARCUS   PETRONIUS.  137 

plan  had  been  entered  on  by  them,  and,  drawing  their 
swords,  they  occupied  the  gates  and  recovered  all  their 
men  unharmed. 

NOTES.  — l  Make  " Vercingetorix "  the  subject  of  "abandoned," 
hence  invert  the  order  of  the  first  two  words.  2  abandon  :  desisto. 
3  to  meet :  obviam.  4  came  .  .  .  ordered :  do  not  use  two  co-ordi- 
nate verbs,  but  make  the  first  clause  a  temporal  one.  5  pardon  : 
ignosco.  6  going  forward :  administro  in  the  passive.  7  look  for  : 
conquiro.  8  at  a  distance :  procul.  9  raised  .  .  .  began :  not  to 
be  expressed  by  co-ordinate  verbs.  10  man  :  compleo.  n  behavior: 
significatio. 


HEROISM  OF  MAKCUS  PETRONIUS. 
Latine  Scribenda. 

[See  the  introductory  note  on  page  135.] 

FIRST  VERSION. 

Marcus  Petronius,  a  captain  of  the  same  legion,  tried 
to  cut  down 1  the  gates,  but  was  overwhelmed 2  by  num- 
bers. In  despair  of  saving  his  life,  as  he  was  badly 
wounded,  he  thus  addressed  the  men  of  his  company3 
who  had  followed  him :  "  Since  I  cannot  save  my  own 
life  and  yours,  I  will  at  least  look  out  for 4  you,  whom  I 
have  led  into  danger  through  ambition 5  for  glory.  Do 
you  save  yourselves,  for  now  you  have  a  chance.6 "  With 
these  words  he  rushed  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy,  killed 
two,  and  drove  the  rest  back 7  a  little  way  from  the  gate. 
When  his  men  tried  to  aid  him,  he  cried  out,  "  It  is  of  no 
use  8  for  you  to  try  to  save  me,  for  I  am  already  weak 
from  loss  of  blood.  Away,  therefore,  while  you  can,  and 
retreat 9  to  the  legion."  So,  a  little  while  after,10  he  fell 
lighting,  but  saved  his  men. 


138  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

SECOND  VERSION. 

Marcus  Petronius,  a  captain  of  the  same  legion,  when 
he  had  tried  to  cut  down  the  gates,  overwhelmed  by  a  mul- 
titude, and  losing  hope  for  himself,  having  now  received 
many  wounds,  said  to  his  men  who  followed  him,  "  Since 
I  cannot  save  myself  together  with  you,  I  will  at  least 
look  out  for  the  lives  of  you,  whom  I  have  brought  into 
danger,  led  on  by  my  desire  of  glory.  Do  you,  since  an 
opportunity  is  given  you,  look  out  for  yourselves."  At 
the  same  time  he  burst  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy,  and, 
killing  two,  drove  back  the  rest  a  little  from  the  gate. 
To  his  men,  attempting  to  aid  him,  he  said,  "  In  vain  do 
you  try  to  come  to  the  aid  of  me,  whom  now  blood  and 
strength  fail.  Therefore  go  off,  while  there  is  a  chance, 
and  betake  yourselves  to  the  legion."  So,  fighting,  a 
little  while  after,  he  fell  and  served  for  safety  to  his  men. 

NOTES.  —  !  cut  down  :  excldo.  2  overwhelmed  :  oppressus. 
3  men  of  his  company :  manipulates.  4  look  out  for :  prospicio. 
5  ambition :  cupiditas.  6  chance  :  facultas.  7  drove  .  .  .  back  : 
use  summoveo.  8  It  is  of  no  use :  in  vain.  9  retreat :  vos 
recipite.  10  a  little  while  after:  post  paulum. 


AN  APPEAL  FOR  ACQUITTAL. 
L<atine  Scribenda. 

[In  rendering  the  following  passage  into  Latin  be  particularly 
attentive  to  the  order  of  the  words.  In  general,  the  most  important 
word  begins  the  sentence.] 

My  client l  is  not  moved  by  these  tears.  He  has  an 
almost 2  incredible  strength  of  mind.  He  thinks  exile  is 


WHO  IS   GUILTY?  139 

there,  where  there  is  no  room  for  virtue ;  death  he  con- 
siders to  be  a  natural  end,  not  a  punishment.  But  his  is 
the  spirit 3  with  which  he  was  born.  What,  pray,  will 
be  your  feelings,  jurors  ?  Will  you  keep  the  memory  of 
this  illustrious  man,  but  banish 4  him  himself  ?  And  will 
there  be  on  the  earth  any  place  more  worthy  to  receive 
this  virtue  than  this  which  produced 5  it  ?  You,  you  I 
appeal  to,  bravest  of  men,  who  have  poured  out  your 
blood  freely 6  for  the  republic.  You,  centurions,  and  you, 
soldiers,  I  call  on,  in  the  peril  of  an  invincible7  man  and 
citizen.  With  you  not  only  looking  on  but  guarding  this 
tribunal,  shall  such  virtue  as  this  be  expelled  from  the 
city,  driven  beyond  our  borders,8  cast  forth  ?  Ah  me ! 
unfortunate  that  I  am !  Thou,  my  friend,  wert  able  to 
recall  me  to  my  country,  through  these  men.  Shall  I 
not  be  able  through  the  same  men  to  keep  you  in  your 
country?  What  answer  shall  I  make  to  my  children, 
who  think  of  you  as  a  second  father  ? 

NOTES.  —  l  my  client:  hie.  2  almost:  quidam.  3  spirit:  mens. 
4  banish :  eicio.  5  produced :  use  procreo.  6  freely  :  use  multus. 
7  invincible  :  unconquered.  8  driven  beyond  our  borders  :  use  exter- 
inino. 


WHO  is  GUILTY? 
Latine  Scribenda. 

Do  you  not  see,  judges,  that  nothing  else  is  aimed  at 1 
except 2  that  the  children  of  the  proscribed  be  put  out  of 
the  way  3  some  how  or  other  ?  Is  it  doubtful  to  whom 
the  crime  points,4  when  you  see  on  the  one  side,  buyer,5 
enemy,  cut-throat,6  accuser,  all  in  one  7 ;  on  the  other,  the 
son  needy,  upright,  on  whom  no  blame  can  rest,8  no,9  nor 


140  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

even  any  suspicion?  Is  there  anything  else  against  my 
client,10  except  that  the  estates  n  of  his  father  were  sold  ? 
But  if  you  sit  here  for  this,  that  the  children  of  those 
whose  estates  have  been  sold  may  be  led  before  you,  be- 
ware,12 by  the  immortal  gods,  lest  through  you  a  new  and 
far  more  cruel  proscription  seem  to  be  set  on  foot.13  That 
former  one  was  made  against  those  who  were  able  to  take 
up  arms ;  but  this  one  roaches 14  their  children,  yes,15  in- 
fants in  the  cradle.16 

NOTES.  — l  is  aimed  at :  ago.  2  except :  nisi.  3  be  put  out  of 
the  way :  tollo.  4  points  :  pertineo.  5  buyer  :  sector.  6  cut- 
throat :  sicarius.  7  all  in  one  :  Idem.  8  rest :  consists.  9  no  : 
see  p.  123,  note  13.  10  my  client :  hie.  11  estates  :  bona.  12  be- 
ware :  caveo.  13  set  on  foot :  Instauro.  14  reaches  :  pertineo  ad. 
15  yes  ;  atque.  1G  cradle :  incunabula,  -orum. 


THE  SEVEN  KINGS  OF  ROME. 

ROMULUS. 

I.  Proca,   rex   Albanorum,   Numitorem   et    Amulium 
filios  habuit.      Numitori,  qui  natu  maior  erat,  regnum 
reliquit ;  sed  Amulius  pulso  f  rat  re  regnavit  et,  ut  eum 
sobole  privaret,  Eheam  Silviam,  eius  filiam,  Vestae  sa- 
cerdotem  fecit,  quae  tamen  Eomulum  et  Eemuni  geminos  5  „ 
edidit.     Ea  re  cognita  Amulius  ipsam  in  vincula  coniecit, 
parvulos  alveo  impositos  abiecit  in  Tiberim,  qui  tune 
forte  super  ripas  erat  effusus ;  sed  relabente  flumine  eos 
aqua  in  sicco  reliquit.     Vastae  turn  in  iis  locis  solitudines 
erant.     Lupa,  ut  fania  traditum  est,  ad  vagitum  accurrit,  10 
infantes  lingua  lambit,  ubera  eorum  ori  admovit  matrem- 
que  se  gessit. 

II.  Cum  lupa  saepius  ad  parvulos  veluti  ad  catulos 
reverteretur,  Faustulus,  pastor  regius,  re  animadversa 
eos  tulit  iu  casam  et  Accae   Laurentiae  coniugi  dedit  15 
educandos.     Adulti  deinde  hi  inter  pastores  primo  ludi- 
cris  certaminibus  vires  auxere,  deinde  vgmindq   saltus 
peragrare  et  latrones  a  rapina  pecorum  arcere  coeperunt. 
Quare  cum  iis  insidiati  essent  latrones,  Eemus  captus  est, 
Eomulus  vi  se   defendit.      Turn  Faustulus   necessitate  20 
compulsus  indicavit  Eomulo,  quis  esset  eorum  avus,  quae 
mater.     Eomulus  statim  arrnatis  pastoribus  Albam  pro- 
peravit. 


142  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

III.  Interea    Remum    latrones   ad    Amulium    regem 
perduxerunt,    eum    accusantes,   quasi    Numitoris    agros 
infestare  solitus  esset;  itaque  Remus  a  rege  Numitori 
ad  supplicium  traditus  est ;  at  cum  Numitor  adolescentis 

5  vultum  considerans  aetatem  minimeque  servilem  indolem 
compararet,  haud  procul  erat  quin  nepotem  agnosceret. 
Nam  Remus  oris  lineamentis  erat  matri  simillimus 
aetasque  expositionis  temporibus  congruebat.  Ea  res 
dum  Numitoris  animum  anxium  tenet,  repente  Romulus 

10  supervenit,  fratrem  liberat,  interempto  Amulio  avum 
Numitorem  in  regnum  restituit. 

IV.  Delude  Romulus  et  Remus  urbem  in  iisdem  locis, 
ubi  expositi  ubique  educati  erant,  condiderunt ;   sed  orta 
inter  eos  contentions,  uter  nomen  novae  urbi  daret  eamque 

15  imperio  regeret,  auspicia  decreverunt  adhibere.  Remus 
prior  sex  vultures,  Romulus  postea  duodecim  vidit.  Sic 
Romulus,  victor  augurio,  urbem  Romam  vocavit.  Ad 
novae  urbis  tutelam  sufficere  vallum  videbatur.  Cuius 
angustias  irridens  cum  Remus  saltu  id  traiecisset,  eum 

20  iratus  I|jmulus  interfecit  his  increpans  verbis :  Sic 
deinde,  quicunque  alius  transiliet  moenia  mea.  Ita  solus 
potitus  est  imperio  Romulus. 

V.  Romulus  imaginem  urbis  magis  quam  urbem  fece- 
rat ;    incolae   deerant.      Erat   in   proximo   lucus ;    hunc 

25  asylum  fecit.  Et  statim  eo  mira  vis  latronum  pasto- 
rumque  confugit.  Cum  vero  uxores  ipse  populusque  non 
haberent,  legatos  circa  vicinas  gentes  misit,  qui  societa- 
tem  conubiumque  novo  populo  peterent.  Nusquam  be- 
nigne  audita  legatio  est ;  ludibrium  etiam  additum  :  Cur 

so  non  f eminis  quoque  asylum  aperuistis  ?  Id  enim  compar 
foret  conubium.  Romulus  aegritudinem  animi  dissimu- 
lans  ludos  parat ;  indici  deinde  fmitimis  spectaculum 
iubet.  Multi  convenere  studio  etiam  videndae  novae 


ROMULUS.  143 

urbis,  maxime  Sabini  cum  liberis  et  coniugibus.  Ubi 
spectaculi  tempus  venit  eoque  conversae  mentes  cum 
oculis  erant,  turn  signo  dato  iuvenes  Eomani  discurrunt, 
.irgines  rapiunt. 

VI.  Haec  fuit   statim   causa  belli.     Sabini   enim  ob  5 
virgines  raptas  bellum  adversus  Eomanos  sumpserunt,  et 
cum  Eomae  adpropinquarent,  Tarpeiam  virgiiiem  nacti 
sunt,    quae  aquam    forte    extra  moenia    petitum   ierat. 
Huius  pater  Eomanae  praeerat  arci.     Titus  Tatius,  Sa- 
binorum  dux,  Tarpeiae  optionem  muneris  dedit,  si  exerci- 10 
turn  suum  in  Capitolium  perduxisset.     Ilia  petiit,  quod 
Sabini  in  sinistris  manibus  gererent,  videlicet  et  anulos 
et  armillas.     Quibus  dolose  promissis  Tarpeia  Sabinos  in 
arcem  perduxit,  ubi  Tatius  scutis  earn  obrui  iussit ;  nam 
et  ea  in  laevis  habuerant.    Sic  impia  proditio  celeri  poena  is 
vindicata  est. 

VII.  Deinde  Eomulus  ad  certamen  processit  et  in  eo 
loco,  ubi  nunc  Eomanum  forum  est,  pugnam  conseruit. 
Primo  impetu  vir  inter  Eomanos  insignis,  nomine  Hosti- 
lius,  fortissime  dimicans  cecidit ;  cuius  interitu  conster-  20 
nati  Eomani  fugere  coeperunt.     lam  Sabini  clamitabant : 
vicimus  perfidos  hospites,  imbelles  hostes.     Nunc  sciunt 
longe  aliud  esse  virgines  rapere,  aliud  pugnare  cum  viris. 
Tune  Eomulus  arma  ad  'caelum  tollens  lovi  aedem  vovit 
et  exercitus  seu  forte  seu  divinitus  restitit.     Itaque  proe-  25 
Hum  redintegratur ;  sed  raptae  mulieres  crinibus  passis 
ausae  sunt  se  inter  tela  volantia  inferre  et  hinc  patres 
hinc  viros  orantes  pacem  conciliarunt. 

VIII.  Eomulus  foedere  cum  Tatio  icto  et  Sabinos  in 
urbem  recepit   et  regnum  cum  Tatio  sociavit.     Verum  so 
non  ita  multo  post  occiso  Tatio  ad  Eomulum  potentatus 
omnis  recidit.     Centum  deinde  ex  senioribus  elegit,  quo- 
rum  consilio   omnia  ageret,  quos   senatores   nominavit 


144  PRACTICAL  LATIK  COMPOSITION. 

propter  senectutem.  Tres  equitum  centurias  constituit, 
populum  in  triginta  curias  distribuit.  His  ita  ordinatis 
cum  ad  exercitum  lustrandum  contionem  in  campo  ad 
Caprae  paludem  haberet,  subito  coorta  est  tempestas  cum 

5  magno  fragore  tonitribusque  et  Eomulus  e  conspectu 
ablatus  est.  f  Ad  decs  transisse  vulgo  creditus  est;  cui 
rei  fidem  fecit  lulius  Proculus,  vir  nobilis.  Orta  enim 
inter  patres  et  plebem  seditione  in  contionem  processit 
iureiurando  affirmans,  visum  a  se  Eomulum  augustiore 

10  forma,  eundeinque  praeeipere,  ut  seditionibus  abstinerent 
et  rem  militarem  colerent ;  futurum,  ut  omnium  gentium 
domini  exsisterent.  Aedes  in  colle  Quirinali  Eomulo 
constituta,  ipse  pro  deo  cultus  et  Quirinus  est  appellatus. 


NUMA  POMPILIUS. 

IX.  Successit  Eomulo  ISTuma  Pompilius,  vir  inclita 
15  iustitia  et  religione.  .  Is  Curibus,  ex  oppido  Sabinorum, 
accitus  est.  Qui  cum  Eomam  venisset,  ut  populum  ferum 
religione  mitigaret,  sacra  plurinia  instituit.  Aram  Vestae 
consecravit  et  ignem  in  ara  perpetuo  alendum  virginibus 
dedit.  Flaminem  lovis  sacerdotem  creavit  eumque  in- 
20  signi  veste  et  curuli  sella  adornavit.  Dicitur  quondam 
ipsum  lovem  e  caelo  elicuisse.  Hie  ingentibus  fulmini- 
bus  in  urbem  demissis  desceiidit  in  nemus  Aventinum, 
ubi  Numam  docuit,  quibus  sacris  fulmina  essent  procu- 
randa,  et  praeterea  imperi  certa  pignora  populo  Eomano 
25  daturum  se  esse  promisit.  Numa  laetus  rem  populo 
nuntiavit.  Postridie  omnes  ad  aedes  regias  convenerunt 
silentesque  exspectabant,  quid  futurum  esset.  Atque 
sole  orto  delabitur  e  caelo  scisso  scutum,  quod  ancilc 
appellavit  ISTuma.  Id  ne  furto  auferri  posset,  Mamuriuni 


NtTMA   POMPILIIJS.  145 

fabrum  undecim  scuta  eadem  forma  fabricare  iussit. 
Duodecini  autem  Salios  Martis  sacerdotes  legit,  qui  anci- 
lia,  secreta  ilia  imperi  pignora,  custodirent  et  Kalendis 
Martiis  per  urbem  canentes  et  rite  saltantes  ferrent. 
Annum  in  duodecim  menses  ad  cursum  lunae  descripsit ;  5 
nefastos  fastosque  dies  fecit.  Portas  lano  gemino  aedi- 
ficavit,  ut  esset  index  pacis  et  belli ;  nam  apertus,  in 
armis  esse  civitatem,  clausus,  pacatos  circa  omnes  populos 
significabat. 

X.    Leges  quoque  plurimas  et  utiles  tulit  Numa.     Ut  10 
vero   maiorem   institutis   suis   auctoritatem   conciliaret, 
simulavit  sibi  cum  dea  Egeria  esse  conloquia  nocturna, 
eius'que   moiiitu   se  omnia  quae   ageret  facere.      Lucus 
erat,  quern  medium  f ons  perenni  rigabat  aqua ;  eo  saepe 
Numa  sine  arbitris  se  inferebat,  velut   ad   congressum  15 
deae :  it  a  omnium  animos  ea  pietate  imbuit,  ut  fides  ac 
iusiurandum  non  minus  quam  legum  et  poenarum  metus 
cives  contineret.     Bellum  quidem  nullum  gessit,  sed  non 
minus  civitati  profuit  quam  Eomulus.     Morbo  exstinctus 
in  laniculo  monte  sepultus  est.     Ita  duo  deinceps  reges,  20 
ille  bello,  hie  pace,  civitatem  auxerunt.     Romulus  septem 
et  triginta  regnavit  annos,  Kuma  tres  et  quadraginta. 


TULLUS  HOSTILIUS. 

XI.  Mortuo  Numa  Tullus  Hostilius  rex  creatus  est. 
Hie  non  solum  proximo  regi  dissimilis,  sed  ferocior  etiam 
Eomulo  fuit.  Eo  regnante  bellum  inter  Albanos  et  Ko-  25 
nianos  exortum  est.  Ducibits  Hostilio  et  Fufetio  placuit, 
rem  paucorum  certamine  finiri.  Erant  apud  Eomanos 
trigemini  fratres  Horatii,  tres  apud  Albanos  Curiatii. 
Cum  iis  agunt  reges,  ut  pro  sua  quisque  patria  dimicent 


146  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

ferro.  Foedus  ictum  est  ea  lege,  ut  unde  victoria  ibi 
imperium  esset.  Icto  foedere  trigemini  arma  capiunt  et 
in  medium  .inter  duas  acies  procedunt.  Consederant 
utrimque  duo  exercitus.  Datur  signum  infestisque 
5  armis  terni  iuvenes  magnorum  exercituum  animos  ge- 
rentes  concurrunt. 

XII.  Ut  primo  concursu  increpuere  arma  micantesque 
fulsere  gladii,  horror  ingens  spectantes  perstringit.     Con- 
sertis  deiiide  manibus  statim  duo  Eomani  alius   super 

10  alium  exspirantes  cecideruiit ;  tres  Albani  vulnerati.  Ad 
casum  Komanorum  conclamavit  gSudio  exercitus  Albanus, 
Eomanos  iam  spes  tota  deserebat.  Unum  Horatium  tres 
Curiatii  circumsteterant.  Forte  is  integer  fuit ;  sed  quia 
tribus  impar  erat,  ut  distraheret  hostes,  fugam  capessivit 

15  singulos  per  intervalla  secuturos  esse  ratus.  lain  ali- 
quantum  spati  ex  eo  loco  ubi  pugnatum  est  aufugerat, 
cum  respiciens  videt  unum  e  Curiatiis  haud  procul  ab 
sese  abesse.  In  eum  magno  impetu  redit,  et  dum  Alba- 
nus exercitus  inclamat  Curiatiis,  ut  opem  f erant  f ratri, 

20  iam  Horatius  eum  occiderat.  Alterum  deinde,  priusquam 
tertius  posset  consequi,  interfecit. 

XIII.  Iam  singuli  supererant,  sed  nee  spe  nee  viribus 
pares.      Alter  erat  intactus  ferro  et  geminata  victoria 
ferox ;  alter  fessum  vulnere  fessum  cursu  trahebat  cor- 

25  pus.  Nee  illud  proelium  fuit.  Eomanus  exsultans  male 
sustinentem  arma  Curiatium  conficit,  iacentem  spoliat. 
Eomani  ovantes  ac  gratulantes  Horatium  accipiunt  et 
domum  deducunt.  Princeps  ibat  Horatius  trium  f ratrum 
spolia  prae  se  gerens.  Cui  obvia  fuit  soror,  quae  desponsa 

30  fuerat  uni  ex  Curiatiis,  visoque  super  humeros  fratris 
paludamento  sponsi,  quod  ipsa  confecerat,  flere  et  crines 
solvere  coepit.  Movit  ferocis  iuvenis  animum  complora- 
tio  sororis  in  tanto  gaudio  publico  ;  itaque  stricto  gladio 


TULLUS    HOSTILITJS.  147 

transfigit  pnellam,  simnl  earn  verbis  increpans  :  abi  hinc 
cum  immaturo  amore  ad  sponsum,  oblita  f  ratrnm,  oblita 
patriae.  Sic  eat,  qnaecnnqne  Eomana  lugebit  hostem.  i 
XIY.  Atrox  id  visum  est  facinus  patribus  plebiqne ; 
qnare  raptus  est  in  ius  Horatius  et  apnd  indices  condem-  5 
natns.  lam  accesserat  lictor  iniciebatqne  laqueum. 
Tnm  Horatins  ad  popnlnm  provocavit.  Interea  pater 
Horati,  senex,  proclamabat  filiam  snam  inre  caesam  esse ; 
et  invenem  amplexns  spoliaque  Cnriatiornm  ostentans 
orabat  popnlnm,  ne  se,  qnem  panlo  ante  cnm  egregia  10 
stirpe  conspexissent,  orbnm  liberis  faceret.  Kon  tnlit 
popnlns  patris  lacrimas  invenemque  absolvit  admiratione 
magis  virtntis  qnam  inre  cansae.  Ut  tamen  caedes  mani- 
festa  expiaretnr,  pater  qnibnsdam  sacrificiis  peractis 
transmisit  per  viam  tigillnm  et  filinm  capite  adoperto  u 
velnt  snb  ingnm  misit :  quod  tigillnm  sororium  appella- 
tnm  est. 

XV.  Non  din  pax  Albana  mansit ;  iiam  Mettins  Fnfe- 
tins,   dnx  Albanornm,   cum   se   invidiosum   apnd   cives 
videret,  qnod  bellnm  nno  paucornm  certamine  finisset,  20 
ut  rem  corrigeret,  Veientes  Fidenatesqne  adversns  Ro- 
manos  concitavit.     Ipse  a  Tnllo  in  anxilium  arcessitns 
aciem  in  collem  subduxit,  ut  fortunam  belli  exspectaret 
et  seqneretnr.     Qua  re  Tullus  intellecta  magna  voce  ait, 
suo  illnd  iussu  Mettium  facere,  ut  hostes  a  tergo  circum-  25 
venirentur.      Quo   audito    hostes    territi   et   victi   snnt. 
Postero  die  Mettius  cum  ad  gratnlandnm  Tnllo  venisset, 
iussu  illius   quadrigis  religatus  et  in  diversa  distractus 
est.     Deinde  Tullus  Albam  propter  dncis  perfidiam  diruit 
et  Albanos  Eomam  transire  iussit.  so 

XVI.  Roma  interim  crevit  Albae  minis  ;   duplicatns 
est  civium  numerns ;  mons  Caelins  nrbi  additns  et,  quo 
frequentius  habitaretnr,  earn  sedem  Tullus  regiae  cepit 


148  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

rv 

ibique  deinde  habitavit.  Auctarum  virium  fictucia  elatus 
bellum  Sabinis  indixit.  Pestilentia  insecuta  est,  null$, 
tamen  ab  armis  quies  dabatur.  Credebat  enim  rex  belli- 
cosus  salubriora  militiae  quam  domi  es'Se  iuvenum  cor- 
pora, sed  ipse  quoque  diuturno  morbo  est  implicitus. 
Tune  vero  adeo  fracti  sinrnl  cum  corpore  sunt  spiritus 
illi  feroces,  ut  nulli  rei  deinceps  nisi  sacris  operam  daret. 
Memorant  Tullum  fulmine  ictum  cum  domo  conflagrasse. 
Tullus  magna  gloria  belli  regnavit  annos  duos  et  triginta. 


ANGUS  MARCIUS. 

10  XVII.  Tullo  mortuo  Ancum  Marcium  regem  populus 
creavit.  Numae  Pompili  nepos  Ancus  Marcius  erat, 
aequitate  et  religione  avo  similis.  Tune  Latini,  cum 
quibus  Tullo  regnante  ictum  foedus  erat,  sustulerant 
animos  et  incursionem  in  agrum  Eomanum  fecerunt. 

is  Ancus,  priusquam  iis.  bellum  indiceret,  legatum  misit, 
qui  res  repeteret  eumque  morem  posteri  acceperunt.  Id 
autem  hoc  modo  fiebat.  Legatus,  ubi  ad  fines  eorum 
venit  a  quibus  res  repetuntur,  capite  velato :  Audi,  luppi- 
ter,  inquit,  audite,  fines  huius  populi.  Ego  sum  publicus 

20  nuntius  populi  Eomani ;  verbis  meis  fides  sit.  Deinde 
peragit  postulata.  Si  non  deduntur  res  quas  exposcit 
hastam  in  fines  hostium  emittit  bellumque  ita  indicit. 
Legatus  qui  ea  de  re  mittitur  fetialis  ritusque  belli  indi- 
cendi  ius  fetiale  appellatur. 

25      XYIII.   Legato  Eomano  res  repetenti  superbe  respon-1 
sum  est  a  Latinis ;  quare  bellum  hoc  modo  iis  indictum 
est.     Ancus  exercitu  conscripto  profectus  Latinos  fudit 
et  compluribus  oppidis   deletis  cives   Eomam  traduxit. 
Cum    autem   in    tanta    hominum   multitudine    facinora 


LUCIUS   TAKQUINIUS   PKISCUS.  149 

clandestina  fierent,  Ancus  carcerem  in  media  urbe  ad 
terrorem  increscentis  audaciae  aedificavit.  Idem  nova 
moenia  urbi  circumdedit,  laniculum  montem  ponte  Subli- 
cio  in  Tiber!  facto  urbi  coniunxit,  in  ore  Tiberis  Ostiam 
urbem  condidit.  Pluribus  aliis  rebus  intra  paucos  annos  5 
confectis  immatura  morte  praereptus  obiit. 


LUCIUS  TARQUINIUS  PRISCUS. 

XIX.  Anco  regnante  Lucius   Tarquinius   Tarquiniis, 
ex  Etruriae  urbe,  profectus  cum  coniuge  et  fortunis  om- 
nibus Eomam  commigravit.     Additur  haec  fabula:  ad- 
venienti  aqiiila  pileum  sustulit  et  super  carpentum  cui  10 
Tarquinius  insidebat  cum  magno  clangore  volitans  rur- 
sus  capiti  apte  reposuit ;  inde  sublimis  abiit.     Tanaquil 
coniunx,  caelestium  prodigiorum  perita  regnum  ei  por- 
tendi  intellexit ;  itaque  virum  complexa  excelsa  et  alta 
sperare   eum  iussit.      Has   spes  cogitationesque  secum  is 
portantes  urbem  ingressi  sunt,  domicilioque  ibi  compa- 
rato  Tarquinius  pecunia  et  industria  dignitatem  atque 
etiam  Anci  regis  familiaritatem  consecutus  est ;  a  quo 
tutor  liberis  relictus   regnum  intercepit  et  ita  admini- 
stravit,  quasi  iure  adeptus  esset.  20 

XX.  Tarquinius  Priscus  Latinos  bello  domuit.    Circum 
maximum  aedificavit;   de  Sabinis  triumphavit ;  murum 
lapideum  urbi  circumdedit.      Equitum  centurias  dupli- 
cavit,  nomina  mutare  non  potuit,  deterritus,  ut  ferunt, 
Acci  Kavi  auctoritate.     Accius  enim,  ea  tempestate  augur  25 
inclitus,  id   fieri  posse   negabat,  nisi   aves  addixissent ; 
iratus  rex  in  experimentum  artis  eum  interrogavit,  fierine 
posset  quod  ipse  mente  concepisset ;  Accius  augurio  acto 
fieri  posse  respondit.     Atqui  hoc,  inquit  rex,  agitabam, 


150  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

num  cotem  illam  secare  novacula  possem.  Potes  ergo, 
inquit  augur,  et  rex  secuisse  dicitur.  Tarquinius  filiuin 
tredefcim  annorum,  quod  in  proelio  hostem  percussisset, 
praetexta  bullaque  donavit ;  unde  haec  ingeDuorum  pue- 

5  rorum  insignia  esse  coeperunt. 

XXI.  Supererant  duo  Anci  filij,  qui  aegre  ferentes  se 
paterno  regno  fraudatos  esse  regi  insidias  paraverunt. 
Ex  pastoribus  duos  ferocissimos  deligunt  ad  patrandum 
facinus.  li  simulata  rixa  in  vestibulo  regiae  tumultuan- 

10  tur.  Quorum  clamor  cum  penitus  in  regiam  pervenisset, 
vocati  ad  regem  pergunt.  Primo  uterque  vociferari 
coepit  et  certatim  alter  alteri  obstrepere.  Cum  vero 
iussi  essent  invicem  dicere,  unus  ex  composito  rem  ordi- 
tur ;  dumque  intentus  in  eum  se  rex  totus  avertit,  alter 

15  elatam  securim  in  eius  caput  deiecit,  et  relicto  in  vulnere 
telo  ambo  foras.se  proripiunt. 


SBRVIUS  TULLIUS. 

XXII.  Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium 
genitus  ex  nobili  femina,  captiva  tamen  et  famula.  Qui 
cum  in  domo  Tarquini  Prisci  eduearetur,  ferunt  prodi- 

20  gium  visu  eventuque  mirabile  accidisse.  Flammae  species 
pueri  dormientis  caput  amplexa  est.  Hoc  visu  Tanaquil 
summam  ei  dignitatem  portendi  intellexit  coniugique 
suasit,  ut  eum  haud  secus  ac  suos  liberos  educaret.  Is 
postquam  adolevit  et  fortitudine  et  consilio  insignis  fuifc. 

25  In  proelio  quodam,  in  quo  rex  Tarquinius  adversus  Sabi- 
nos  conflixit,  militibus  segnius  dimicantibus,  raptum 
signum  in  hostem  misit.  Cuius  recipiendi  gratia  Ko- 
mani  tarn  acriter  pugnaverunt,  ut  et  signum  et  victoriam 
referrent.  Quare  a  Tarquinio  gener  adsumptus  est ;  et 


SERVIUS   TULLIUS.  15 

cuin  Tarquinius  occisus  esset,  Tanaquil,  Tarquini  uxor, 
mortem  eius  celavit  populumque  ex  superiore  parte 
aedium  adlocuta  ait,  regem  grave  quidem  sed  non  letale 
vulnus  accepisse,  eumque  petere,  ut  interim,  dum  convale- 
sceret,  Servio  Tullio  dicto  audientes  essent..  Sic  Servius  5 
Tullius  regnare  coepit,  sed  recte  imperium  administravit. 
Sabinos  subegit ;  montes  tres,  Quirinalem,  Viminalem, 
Esquilinum  urbi  adiunxit ;  fossas  circa  murum  duxit. 
Idem  censum  ordinavit  et  populum  in  classes  et  centurias 
distribuit.  10 

XXIII.  Servius  Tullius  aliquod  urbi  decus  addere  vo- 
lebat.     Iain  turn  inclitum  erat  Dianae  Ephesiae  fanum. 
Id  communiter  a  civitatibus  Asiae  factum  fama  ferebat. 
Itaque  Latinorum  populis  suasit,  ut  et  ipsi  fanum  Dianae 
cum  populo  Eomano  Eomae  in  Aventino  monte  aedifica- 15 
rent.     Quo  facto  bos  mirae  magnitudinis  cuidam  Latino 
nata  dicitur  et  responsum  somnio  datum,  eum  populum 
summam    imperi    habiturum,    cuius   civis    bovem   illam 
Dianae  immolasset.     Latinus  bovem  ad  fanum  Dianae 
egit  et  causam  sacerdoti  Eomano  exposuit.     Ille  callidus  20 
dixit,  prius   eum   vivo   flumine   manus   abluere   debere. 
Latinus  dum  ad  Tiberim  descendit,  sacerdos  bovem  im- 
molavit.     Ita  imperium  civibus  sibique  gloriam  adquisi- 
vit. 

XXIV.  Servius  Tullius  filiam  alteram  ferocem,  mitem  25 
alteram  habens,  cum  Tarquini  filios  pari  esse  animo  vide- 
ret,  ferocem  miti,  mitem  feroci  in  matrimonium  cleclit,  ne 
duo  violenta  ingenia  matrimonio  iungerentur.     Sed  mites 
sen  forte  seu  fraude  perieruiit ;  feroces  morum  similitudo 
coniunxit.     Statim  Tarquinius  a  Tullia  incitatus  advo-  so 
cato  senatu  regnum  paternum  repetere  coepit.     Qua  re 
audita  Servius  dum  ad  curiam  contendit,  iussu  Tarquini 
per  gradus  deiectus  et  domum  refugiens  interfectus  est. 


152  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Tullia  carpento  vecta  in  forum  pr opera vit  et  coniugem  e 
curia  evocatum  prima  regem  salutavit ;  cuius  iussu  cum 
e  turba  ac  tuniultu  decessisset  domumque  rediret,  viso 
patris  corpore  mulionem  cunctantem  et  frena  inhibentem 
5  super  ipsum  corpus  carperitum  agere  iussit.  Unde  vicus 
ille  sceleratus  dictus  est.  Servius  Tullius  regnavit  annos 
quattuor  et  quadraginta. 


TARQUINIUS  SUPBBBUS. 

XXV.  Tarquinius  Superbus  regnum  sceleste  occupavit. 
Tamen  bello  strenuus  Latinos  Sabinosque  domuit.     Ur- 

10  bem  Gabios  in  potestatem  redegit  fraude  Sexti  fili.  Is 
cum  indigne  ferret,  earn  urbem  a  patre  expugnari  non 
posse,  ad  Gabinos  se  contulit,  patris  saevitiam  in  se  con- 
querens.  Benigne  a  Gabinis  exceptus  paulatim  eorum 
benevolentiam  consequitur,  fictis  blanditiis  ita  eos  alli- 

15  ciens,  ut  apud  omnes  plurimum  posset  et  ad  postremum 
dux  belli  eligeretur.  Turn  e  suis  unum  ad  patrem  mittit 
sciscitatum  quidnam  se  facere  vellet.  Pater  nuntio  fili 
nihil  respondit,  sed  velut  deliberabundus  in  hortum  tran- 
siit  ibique  inambulans  sequente  nuntio  altissima  papave- 

20  rum  capita  baculo  decussit.  Nuntius  fessus  exspectando 
rediit  Gabios.  Sextus  cognito  silentio  patris  et  facto 
intellexit,  quid  vellet  pater.  Primores  civitatis  interemit 
patrique  urbem  sine  ulla  dimicatione  tradidit. 

XXVI.  Postea  rex  Ardeam  urbem  obsidebat.     Ibi  cum 
L'f>  in   castris   essent,   Tarquinius    Collatinus,    sorore    regis 

natus,  forte  cenabat  apud  Sextum  Tarquinium  cum  iuve- 
nibus  regiis.  Incidit  de  uxoribus  mentio ;  cum  suam  unus- 
quisque  laudaret,  placuit  experiri.  Itaque  citatis  equis 
Komam  avolant :  regias  nurus  in  conviv^io  et  luxu  depre- 


TABQUINIUS    SUPERBUS.  153 

hendunt.  Pergunt  inde  Collatiam  ;  Lucre  tiam,  Collatini 
uxorem>  inter  ancillas  in  lanincio  inveniunt.  Ea  ergo 
ceteris  praestare  iudicatur.  Paucis  interiectis  diebus 
Sextus  Collatiam  rediit  et  Lucretiae  vim  attulit.  Ilia 
postero  die  advocatis  patre  et  coniuge  rem  exposuit  et  5 
se  cul^rOj  quern  sub  veste  abditum  habebat,  oecidit. 
Conclamat  vir  paterque  et  in  exitium  regum  coniurant. 
Tarquinio  Eomam  redeunti  clausae  sunt  urbis  portae  et 
exsilium  indictum. 


NEPOS. 


MILTIADBS. 

I.  Miltiades,  Cimonis  filius,  Atheniensis,  cum  et  anti- 
quitate  generis  et  gloria  maiorum  et  sua  modestia  unus 
omnium  maxime  floreret  eaque  esset  aetate,  ut  non  iam 
solum  de  eo  bene  sperare,  sed  etiam  confidere  cives  pos- 

5  sent  sui,  talem  eum  futurum,  qualem  cognitum  iudicarunt, 
accidit  ut  Athenienses  Chersonesum  colonos  vellent  mit- 
tere.  Cuius  generis  cum  magnus  numerus  esset  et  multi 
eius  demigrationis  peterent  societatem,  ex  iis  delecti  Del- 
phos  deliberatum  missi  sunt,  qui  consulerent  Apollinem, 

10  quo  potissimum  duce  uterentur.  Namque  turn  Thraces 
eas  regiones  tenebant,  cum  quibus  armis  erat  dimiean- 
dum.  His  consulentibus  nominatim  Pythia  praecepit,  ut 
Miltiadem  imperatorem  sibi  sumerent :  id  si  fecissent, 
incepta  prospera  futura.  Hoc  oraculi  response  Miltiades 

is  cum  delecta  manu  classe  Chersonesum  profectus  cum  ac- 
cessisset  Lemnum  et  incolas  eius  insulae  sub  potestatem 
redigere  vellet  Atheniensium,  idque  Lemnii  sua  sponte 
facerent  postulasset,  illi  irridentes  responderunt  turn  id 
se  facturos,  cum  ille  domo  navibus  proficiscens  vento 

20  aquilone  venisset  Lemnum.  Hie  enim  ventus  ab  septen- 
trionibus  oriens  adversum  tenet  Atlienis  proficiscentibus. 
Miltiades  morandi  tempus  non  habens  cursum  direxit, 
quo  tendebat,  pervenitque  Chersonesum. 


NEPOS:    MILTIADES.  155 

II.  Ibi   brevi    tempore    barbarornm    copiis    disiectis, 
tota  regione  quam  petierat  potitus,  loca  castellis  idonea 
comniuniit,  multitudinem  quam  secum  duxerat  in  agris 
conlocavit  crebrisque  excursionibus  locupletavit.     Neque 
minus  in  ea  re   prudentia   quam   felicitate  adiutus  est.  5 
Nam  cum  virtute  militum  devicisset  nostrum  exercitus, 
summa  aequitate  res  constituit  atque  ipse  ibidem  manere 
decrevit.     Erat  enim  inter  eos  dignitate  regia,  quamvis 
carebat  nomine,  neque  id  magis  imperio  quam  iustitia 
consecutus.      Neque  eo  setius  Atheniensibus,  a  quibus  10 
erat  profectus,  officia  praestabat.     Quibus  rebus  fiebat  ut 
non  minus  eorum  voluntate  perpetuo  imperiuin  obtineret, 
qui  miserant  quam  illorum  cum  quibus  erat  profectus. 
Chersoneso  tali  modo  constituta  Lemnum  revertitur  et  ex 
pacto  postulat  ut  sibi  urbem  tradant.     Illi  enim  dixerant,  15 
cum  vento  borea  domo  profectus  eo  pervenisset,  sese  de- 
dituros,  se  autem  domum  Chersonesi  habere.     Cares,  qui 
turn  Lemnum  incolebant,  etsi  praeter  opinionem  res  ceci- 
derat,  tamen  non  dicto  sed  secunda  f ortuna  adversariorum 
capti,  resistere  ausi  non  sunt  atque  ex  insula  demigrarunt.  20 
Pari  felicitate  ceteras  insulas,  quae  Cyclades  nominantur, 
sub  Atheniensium  redegit  potestatem. 

III.  lisdem  temporibus  Persarum  rex  Darius  ex  Asia 
in  Europam  exercitu  traiecto  Scythis  bellum  inferre  de- 
crevit.    Pontem  fecit  in  Histro  flumine,  quo  copias  tra-  25 
duceret.     Eius  pontis,  dum  ipse  abesset,  custodes  reliquit 
principeSj  quos  secum  ex  Ionia  et  Aeolide  duxerat;  quibus 
singulis  suarum  urbium  perpetua  dederat  imperia.     Sic 
enim  facillime  putavit  se  Graeca  lingua  loquentes  qui 
Asiam  incolerent  sub  sua  retenturum  potestate,  si  amicis  so 
suis  oppida  tuenda  tradidisset,  quibus  se  oppresso  nulla 
spes  salutis   relinqueretur.      In  hoc   fuit  turn   numero 
Miltiades  cui  ilia  custodia  crederetur.     Hie  cum  crebri 


156  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

adferrent  imntii  male  rem  gerere  Darium  premique  a 
Scythis,  Miltiades  hortatus  est  pontis  custodes,  ne  a  for- 
tuiia  datam  occasionem  liberandae  Graeciae  dimitterent. 
Nam  si  cum  iis  copiis  quas  secum  transportarat  inter- 
5  isset  Darius,  non  solum  Europam  fore  tutam,  sed  etiam 
eos  qui  Asiam  incolerent  Graeci  genere  liberos  a  Persa- 
rum  futures  dominatione  et  periculo ;  id  et  facile  effici 
posse ;  ponte  enim  rescisso  regem  vel  hostium  ferro  vel 
inopia  paucis  diebus  interiturum.  Ad  hoc  consilium  cum 

10  plerique  accederent,  Histiaeus  Milesius,  ne  res  confice- 
retur,  obstitit,  dicens  non  idem  ipsis,  qui  summas  imperi 
tenereiit,  expedire  et  multitudini,  quod  Darii  regno  ipso- 
rum  niteretur  dominatio :  quo  exstincto  ipsos  potestate 
expulsos  civibus  suis  poenas  daturos.  Itaque  adeo  se 

15  abhorrere  a  ceterorum  consilio,  ut  nihil  putet  ipsis  utilius 
quam  confirmari  regnum  Persarum.  Huius  cum  senten- 
tiam  plurimi  essent  secuti,  Miltiades  non  dubitans  tarn 
multis  consciis  ad  regis  aures  consilia  sua  perventura 
Chersonesum  reliquit  ac  rursus  Athenas  demigravit. 

20  Cuius  ratio  etsi  non  valuit  tamen  magno  opere  est  lau- 
danda,  cum  amicior  omnium  libertati  quam  suae  fuerit 
dominationi. 

IV.   Darius  autem,  cum  ex  Europa  in  Asiam  redisset, 
hortantibus  amicis  ut  Graeciam  redigeret  in  suam  pote- 

25  statem,  classem  quingentarum  navium  comparavit  eique 
Datim  praefecit  et  Artaphernem,  hisque  ducenta  peditum, 
decem  equitum  milia  dedit,  causam  interserens,  se  hostem 
esse  Atheiiiensibus^  quod  eorum  auxilio  lones  Sardis 
expugnassent  suaque  praesidia  interfecissent.  Illi  prae- 

30  fecti  regii  classe  ad  Euboeam  appulsa  celeriter  Eretriam 
ceperunt  omnesque  eius  gentis  cives  abreptos  in  Asiain 
ad  regem  miserunt.  Inde  ad  Atticam  accesserunt  ac  suas 
copias  in  campum  Marathona  deduxerunt.  Is  est  ab 


NEPOS  :    MILTIADES.  1  57 

oppido  circiter  milia  passuum  decem.  Hoc  tumultu 
Athenienses  tarn  propinquo  tamque  magno  permoti  auxi- 
lium  nusquam  nisi  a  Lacedaemoniis  petiverunt,  Phidip- 
pumque  cursorem  eius  generis  qui  hemerodromoe  vocantur, 
Lacedaemonem  miserunt,  ut  nuntiaret  quam  celeri  opus  5 
esset  auxilio.  Domi  autem  creant  decem  praetores,  qui 
exercitui  praeessent,  in  iis  Miltiadem.  Inter  quos  magna 
fuit  contentio,  utrum  moenibus  se  defenderent,  an  obviam 
irent  hostibus  acieque  decernerent.  Unus  Miltiades 
maxime  nitebatur,  ut  primo  quoque  tempore  castra  fie- 10 
rent :  id  si  factum  esset,  et  civibus  animum  accessurum, 
cum  vide  rent  de  eorum  virtute  non  desperari,  et  hostes 
eadem  re  fore  tardiores,  si  animadverterent  auderi  adver- 
sus  se  tarn  exiguis  copiis  dimicari. 

V.   Hoc  in  tempore  nulla  civitas  Atheniensibus  auxilio  is 
fuit  praeter  Plataeenses.     Ea  mille  misit  militum.     Ita- 
que   horum  adventu   decem   milia  armatorum  completa 
sunt,  quae  manus  mirabili  flagrabat  pugnandi  cupiditate. 
Quo  factum  est  ut  plus  quam  collegae  Miltiades  valeret. 
Eius  ergo  auctoritate  impulsi  Athenienses  copias  ex  urbe  20 
eduxerunt  locoque  idoneo  castra  fecerunt.     Dein  postero 
die  sub  montis  radicibus  acie  regione  instructa  non  aper- 
tissima  proelium  commiserunt   (namque  arbores  multis 
locis  erant  rarae),  hoc  consilio,  ut  et  montium  altitudine 
tegerentur  et  arborum    tractu  equitatus  hostium  impe-  25 
diretur,  ne   nmltitudine   clauderentur.      Datis   etsi  non 
aequum  locum  videbat  suis  tamen  fretus  numero  copia- 
rum   suarum    confligere   cupiebat,   eoque    magis,   quod, 
priusquam  Lacedaemonii  subsidio  venirent,  dimicare  utile 
arbitrabatur.     Itaque  in  aciem  peditum  centum,  equitum  so 
decem  milia  produxit  proeliumque  commisit.      In  quo 
tanto  plus  virtute  valuerunt  Athenienses,  ut  decemplicem 
numerum  hostium  profligarint,  adeoque  eos  perterruerunt, 


158  PRACTICAL  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

ut  Persae  non  castra  sed  naves  petierint.  Qua  pugna 
nihil  adhuc  exstitit  nobilius :  nulla  enim  umquam  tarn 
exigua  manus  tantas  opes  prostravit. 

VI.  Cuius  victoriae  non  alienum  videtur  quale  prae- 
5  mium  Miltiadi  sit  tributum  docere,  quo  facilius  intellegi 

possit  eandem  omnium  civitatum  esse  naturam.  Ut  enim 
populi  Eomani  hoiiores  quondam  fuerunt  rari  et  tenues 
ob  eamque  causam  gloriosi,  nunc  autem  effusi  atque  obso- 
leti,  sic  olim  apud  Athenienses  fuisse  reperimus.  Namque 

10  liuic  Miltiadi,  qui  Athenas  totamque  Graeciam  liberarat, 
talis  honos  tributus  est,  in  porticu  quae  Poecile  vocatur, 
cum  pugna  depingeretur  Marathonia,  ut  in  decem  prae- 
torum  numero  prima  eius  imago  poiieretur  isque  hortare- 
tur  milites  proeliumque  committeret.  Idem  ille  populus, 

15  posteaquam  maius  imperium  est  nactus  et  largitione 
magistratuum  corruptus  est,  trecentas  statuas  Demetrio 
Phalereo  decrevit. 

VII.  Post  hoc  proelium  classem  septuaginta  navium 
Athenienses  eidem  Miltiadi  dederunt,  ut  insulas  quae 

20  barbaros  adiuverant  bello  persequeretur.  Quo  in  imperio 
plerasque  ad  officium  redire  coegit,  nonnullas  vi  expugna- 
vit.  Ex  his  Parum  insulam  opibus  elatam  cum  oratione 
reconciliare  non  posset,  copias  e  navibus  eduxit,  urbem 
operibus  clausit  omnique.commeatu  privavit,  dein  vineis 

25  ac  testudinibus  constitutis  propius  muros  accessit.  Cum 
iam  in  eo  esset,  ut  oppido  potiretur,  procul  in  continenti 
lucus,  qui  ex  insula  conspiciebatur,  nescio  quo  casu  noc- 
turno  tempore  incensus  est.  Cuius  flamma  ut  ab  oppida- 
nis  et  oppugnatoribus  est  visa,  utrisque  venit  in  opinionem 

so  signum  a  classiariis  regiis  datum.  Quo  factum  est  ut  et 
Parii  a  deditione  deterrerentur  et  Miltiades,  timens  ne 
classis  regia  adventaret,  incensis  operibus  quae  statuerat, 
cum  totidem  navibus  atque  erat  profectus,  Athenas 


NEPOS:   MILTIADES.  159 

magna  cum  offensione  civium  suorum  rediret.  Accusatus 
ergo  est  proditionis,  quod,  cum  Parum  expugnare  posset, 
a  rege  corruptus  infectis  rebus  discessisset.  Eo  tempore 
aeger  erat  vulneribus,  quae  in  oppugnando  oppido  accepe- 
rat.  Itaque  cum  ipse  pro  se  dicere  non  posset,  verba  fecit  5 
frater  eius  Stesagoras.  Causa  cognita  capitis  absolutus 
pecunia  multatus  est,  eaque  lis  quinquaginta  talentis 
aestimata  est,  quantus  in  classem  sumptus  factus  erat. 
Hanc  pecuniam  quod  solvere  in  praesentia  non  pote- 
rat,  in  vincula  publica  coniectus  est  ibique  diem  obiit  10 
supremum.  .} 

VIII.  Hie  etsi  crimine  Pario  est  accusatus,  tamen  alia 
causa  fuit  damnationis.  Namque  Athenienses  propter 
Pisistrati  tyrannidem,  quae  paucis  annis  ante  fuerat, 
omnium  civium  suorum  potentiam  extimescebant.  Mil- 15 
tiades,  multum  in  imperiis  magistratibusque  versatus, 
non  videbatur  posse  esse  privatus,  praesertim  cum  con- 
suetudine  ad  imperi  cupiditatem  trahi  videretur.  Nam 
Chersonesi  omnes  illos  quos  habitarat  annos  perpetuam 
obtinuerat  dominationem  tyrannusque  fuerat  appellatus,  20 
sed  iustus.  Non  erat  enim  vi  consecutus  sed  suorum 
voluntate  eamque  potestatem  bonitate  retinebat.  Omnes 
autem  et  dicuntur  et  habentur  tyranni,  qui  potestate  sunt 
perpetua  in  ea  civitate  quae  libertate  usa  est.  Sed  in 
Miltiade  erat  cum  summa  humanitas,  turn  mira  commu-  25 
nitas,  ut  nemo  tarn  humilis  esset,  cui  non  ad  eum  aditus 
pateret;  magna  auctoritas  apud  omnes  civitates,  nobile 
nomen,  laus  rei  militaris  maxima.  Haec  populus  respi- 
ciens  maluit  ilium  innoxium  plecti  quam  se  diutius  esse 
in  timore.  so 


160  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


THBMISTOCLBS. 

I.  Themistocles,  Neocli  films,  Atheniensis.  Huius 
vitia  ineuntis  adulescentiae  magnis  sunt  emendata  virtu- 
tibus,  adeo  ut  anteferatur  huic  nemo,  pauci  pares  puten- 
tur.  Sed  ab  initio  est  ordiendum.  Pater  eius  Neocles 
5  generosus  fuit.  Is  uxorem  Acarnanam  civem  duxit,  ex 
qua  natus  est  Themis tocles.  Qui  cuin  minus  esset  proba- 
tus  parentibus,  quod  et  liberius  vivebat  et  rem  familiarem 
neglegebat,  a  patre  exheredatus  est.  Quae  contumelia 
non  fregit  eum  sed  erexit.  Nam  cum  mdicasset  sine 

10  summa  industria  non  posse  earn  exstingui,  totum  se  de- 
didit  rei  publicae,  diligentius  amicis  famaeque  serviens. 
Multum  in  iudiciis  privatis  versabatur,  saepe  in  contionem 
populi  prodibat ;  nulla  res  maior  sine  eo  gerebatur,  cele- 
riter  quae  opus  erant  reperiebat,  facile  eadem  oratione 

is  explicabat.  Neque  minus  in  rebus  gerendis  promptus 
quam  excogitandis  erat,  quod  et  de  instantibus,  ut  ait 
Thucydides,  verissime  iudicabat  et  de  futuris  callidissime 
coniciebat.  Quo  factum  est  ut  brevi  tempore  inlustra- 
retur. 

20  II.  Primus  autem  gradus  fuit  capessendae  rei  publicae 
bello  Corcyraeo  :  ad  quod  gerendum  praetor  a  populo 
factus  non  solum  praesenti  bello  sed  etiam  reliquo  tem- 
pore ferociorem  reddidit  civitatem.  Nam  cum  pecunia 
publica,  quae  ex  metallis  redibat,  largitione  magistratuum 

25  quotannis  interiret,  ille  persuasit  populo  ut  ea  pecunia 
classis  centum  navium  aedificaretur.  Qua  celeriter  effecta 
primum  Corcyraeos  fregit,  deinde  maritimos  praedones 
consectando  mare  tutum  reddidit.  In  quo  cum  divitiis 
ornavit,  turn  etiam  peritissimos  belli  navalis  fecit  Atheni- 

30  enses.     Id  quantae  saluti  fuerit  universae  Graeciae  bello 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  161 

cognitum  est  Persico.     Nam  cum  Xerxes  et  mari  et  terra 
bellum  universae   inferret  Europae   cum   tantis   copiis, 
quantas  neque  ante  nee  postea  habuit  quisquam  :   huius 
enim  classis  mille  et  ducentarum  navium  longarum  fuit, 
quam    duo    milia    onerariarum    sequebantur,   terrestres  5 
autem  exercitus  septingenta  peditum,  equitum  quadrin- 
genta  milia  fuerunt.      Cuius    de  adventu  cum  fama  in 
Graeciam  esset  perlata  et  maxime  Athenienses  peti  dice- 
rentur  propter  pugnam  Marathoniam,  miserunt  Delphos 
consul  turn,  quidnam  facerent  de  rebus  suis.     Deliberanti- 10 
bus  Pythia  respondit,  ut  moenibus  ligneis  se  munirent. 
Id  responsum  quo  valeret  cum  intellegeret  nemo,  The- 
mistocles  persuasit  consilium  esse  Apollinis,  ut  in  naves 
se  suaque  conferrent :  eum  enim  a  deo  significari  murum 
lignoum.     Tali  consilio  probato  addunt  ad  superiores  to-  is 
tidem  naves  triremes  suaque  omnia  quae  moveri  poterant 
partim  Salamina,  partim  Troezena  deportant :  arcem  sa- 
cerdotibus  paucisque  maioribus  natu  ad  sacra  procuranda 
tradunt,  reliquum  oppidum  relinquunt. 
•    JII.   Huius  consilium  plerisque  civitatibus  displicebat  20 
it  in  terra  dimicari  magis  placebat.     Itaque  missi  sunt 
delecti  cum  Leonida,  Lacedaemoniorum  rege,  qui  Ther- 
mopylas  occuparent   longiusque   barbaros   progredi  non 
paterentur.     li  vim  hostium  non  sustinuerunt  eoque  loco 
omnes  interierunt.      At  classis  communis  Graeciae  tre-  25 
centarum  navium,  in  qua  ducentae  erant  Atheniensium, 
primum  apud  Artemisium  inter  Euboeam  continentemque 
terram  cum  classiariis  regiis  conflixit.     Angustias  enim 
Themistocles    quaerebat,   lie    multitudine   circumiretur. 
Hie  etsi  pari  proelio  discesserant,  tamen  eodem  loco  non  so 
sunt  ausi  manere,  quod  erat  periculum,  ne,  si  pars  navium 
adversariorum  Euboeam  superasset,  ancipiti  premerentur 
periculo.     Quo  factum  est  ut  ab  Artemisio  discederent  et 


162  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

exadversum  Athenas  apud  Salamina  classem  suam  con- 
stituerent. 

IV.  At  Xerxes  Thermopylis  expugnatis  protinus  ac- 
cessit  astu  idque  nullis  defendentibus  interfectis  sacerdo- 
5  tibus,  quos  in  arce  invenerat,  incendio  delevit.  Cuius 
flamma  perterriti  classiarii  cum  manere  non  auderent  et 
plurimi  hortarentur,  ut  domos  suas  discederent  moeni- 
busque  se  defenderent,  Themistocles  unus  restitit  et 
universes  pares  esse  posse  aiebat,  disperses  testabatur 

10  perituros,  idque  Eurybiadi,  regi  Lacedaemoniorum,  qui 
turn  summae  imperi  praeerat,  fore  adfirmabat.  Quern 
cuni  minus  quam  vellet  moveret,  noctu  de  servis  suis 
quern  habuit  fidelissimum  ad  regem  misit,  ut  ei  nuntiaret 
suis  verbis,  adversaries  eius  in  fuga  esse :  qui  si  disces- 

15  sissent,  maiore  cum  labore  et  longinquiore  tempore  bellum 
confecturum,  cum  singulos  consectari  cogeretur:  quos  si 
statim  aggrederetur,  brevi  universes  oppressurum.  Hoc 
eo  valebat,  ut  ingratiis  ad  depugnandum  omnes  cogeren- 
tur.  Hac  re  audita  barbarus,  nihil  deli  subesse  credens, 

20  postridie   alienissimo   sibi   loco,    contra   opportunissimo 

hostibus  adeo  angusto  mari  conflixit,  ut  eius  multitude 

navium  explicari  non  potuerit.     Victus  ergo  est  magis 

etiam  consilio  Themistocli  quam  armis  Graeciae. 

Y.   Hie  etsi  male  rem  gesserat,  tamen  tantas  habebat 

25  reliquias  copiarum,  ut  etiam  turn  iis  opprimere  posset 
hostes.  Iterum  ab  eodem  gradu  depulsus  est.  ISTam 
Themistocles  verens  ne  bellare  perseveraret,  certiorem 
eum  fecit  id  agi,  ut  pens,  quern  ille  in  Hellesponto  fece- 
rat;  dissolveretur  ac  reditu  in  Asiam  excluderetur,  idque 

so  ei  persuasit.  Itaque  qua  sex  mensibus  iter  f ecerat,  eadem 
minus  diebus  triginta  in  Asiam  reversus  est  seque  a  The- 
mistocle  non  superatum  sed  conservaturn  iudicavit.  Sic 
unius  viri  prudentia  Graecia  liberata  est  Europaeque 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  163 

succubuit  Asia.  Haec  est  altera  victoria  quae  cum 
Marathonio  possit  comparari  tropaeo.  Nam  pari  modo 
apud  Salamina  parvo  numero  navium  maxima  post  homi- 
num  memoriam  classis  est  devicta. 

/  VI.   Magnus .  hoc  bello  j  Themistocles  fuit  neque  minor  5 
in  pace.     Cum  &nim  Phalerico  portu  neque  magno  neque 
bono  Athenienses  uterentur,  huius  consilio  triplex  Piraei 
portus  constitutus  est  isque  moenibus  circumdatus,  ut 
ipsam  urbem  dignitate  aequiperaret,  utilitate  superaret. 
Idem  muros  Atheniensium  restituit  pi^ecipuo"  suo  peri- 10 
culo.    Namque  Lacedaemonii  causam  idoneam  nacti  prop- 
ter  barbarorum  excursiones,  qua  negarent  oportere  extra 
Peloponnesum  ullam  urbem  muros  habere,  ne  essent  loca 
munita,  quae  hostes  possiderent,  Athenienses  aedificantes 
prohibere  sunt  conati.     Hoc  longe  alio  spectabat  atque  is 
videri   volebant.      Athenienses    enim    duabus   victoriis, 
Marathonia  et  Salaniinia,  tantam   gloriam  apud   omnes 
gentes  erant  consecuti,  ut  intellegerent  Lacedaemonii  de 
principatu  sibi  cum  iis  certamen  fore.     Quare  eos  quam 
infirmissimos  esse  volebant.     Postquam  autem  audierunt  20 
muros  strui,  legates  Athenas  miserunt,  qui  id  fieri  veta- 
rent.     His  praesentibus  desierunt  ac  se  de  ea  re  legates 
ad   eos  missuros   dixerunt.      Hanc   legationem  suscepit 
Themistocles  et  solus  primo  profectus  est :  reliqui  legati 
ut  turn  exirent,  cum  satis   alti   tuendo  rmiri   exstructi  25 
viderentur,  praecepit :  interim  omnes,  servi  atque  liberi, 
opus  facerent  neque  ulli  loco  parcerent,  sive  sacer  sive 
profanus,  sive  privatus  esset  sive  publicus,  et  undique, 
quod  idoneum  ad  muniendum  putarent,  congererent.    Quo 
factum  est  ut  Atheniensium  muri  ex  sacellis  sepulcrisque  so 
constarent. 

A  VII.  Themistocles  autem,  ut  Lacedaemonem  venit, 
adire  ad  magistratus  noluit  et  dedit  operam,  ut  quam 


164  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

longissirne  temrpus  duceret,  causam  interponens  se  col- 
legas  exspectare.  Cum  Lacedaemonii  quererentur  opus 
nihilo  minus  fieri  eumque  in  ea  re  conari  fallere,  interim 
reliqui  legati  sunt  consecuti.  A  quibus  cum  audisset  non 
5  multum  superesse  munitionis,  ad  ephoros  Lacedaemonio- 
rum  accessit,  penes  quos  summum  erat  imperium,  atque 
apud  eos  contendit  falsa  iis  esse  delata :  quare  aequum 
esse  illos  viros  bonos  nobilesque  mittere,  quibus  fides 
haberetur,  qui  rem  explorarent :  interea  se  obsidem  reti- 

10  nerent.  Gestus  est  ei  mos,  tresque  legati  functi  summis 
honoribus  Athenas  mis  si  sunt.  Cum  his  eollegas  suos 
Themistocles  iussit  proficisci  iisque  praedixit,  ut  ne  prius 
Lacedaemoniorum  legates  dimitterent  quam  ipse  esset 
remissus.  Hos  postquam  Athenas  pervenisse  ratus  est, 

15  ad  magistratus  senatumque  Lacedaemoniorum  adiit  et 
apud  eos  liberrime  professus  est :  Athenienses  suo  con- 
silio,  quod  communi  iure  gentium  facere  possent,  deos 
publicos  suosque  patrios  ac  penates,  quo  facilius  ab  hoste 
possent  defendere,  muris  saepsisse,  neque  in  eo  quod 

20  inutile  esset  G-raeciae  fecisse.  Nam  illorum  urbem  ut 
propugnaculum  oppositum  esse  barbaris,  apud  quam  iam 
bis  classes  regias  fecisse  naufragium.  Lacedaemonios 
autem  male  et  iniuste  facere,  qui  id  potius  intuerentur, 
quod  ipsorum  dominationi  quam  quod  universae  G-raeciae 

25  utile  esset.  Quare,  si  suos  legates  recipere  vellent,  quos 
Athenas  miserant,  se  remitterent,  cum  aliter  illos  num- 
quam  in  patriam  essent  recepturi. 

VIII.    Tamen   non   effugit    civium   suorum   invidiam. 
i^amque  ob  eundem  timorem,  quo  damnatus  erat  Miltia- 

30  des,  testularum  suffragiis  e  civitate  eiectup  Argos  habita- 
tum  concessit.  Hie  cum  propter  multas  virtutes  magna 
cum  dignitate  viveret,  Lacedaemonii  legates  Athenas 
miserunt,  qui  eum^absentem  accusarent,  quod  societatem 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  165 

cum  rege  Perse  ad  Graeciam  opprimendam  fecisset.  Hoc 
crimine  absens  proditionis  damnatus  est.  Id  ut  audivit, 
quod  non  satis  tutum  se  Argis  videbat,  Corcyram  demi- 
gravit.  Ibi  cum  eius  principes  animadvertisset  timere, 
lie  propter  se  bellum  iis  Lacedaemonii  et  Athenienses  5 
indicerent,  ad  Admetum,  Molossum  regem,  cum  quo  ei 
hospitium  erat,  confugit.  Hue  cum  venisset  et  in  prae- 
sentia  rex  abesset,  quo  maiore  religione  se  receptum 
tueretur,  filiam  eius  parvulam  arripuit  et  cum  ea  se  in- 
sacrarium,  quod  summa  colebatur  caerimonia,  coniecit.  10 
Inde  non  prius  egressus  est,  quam  rex  eum  data  dextra 
in  fidem  reciperet,  quam  praestitit.  Nam  cum  ab  Athe- 
niensibus  et  Lacedaemoniis  exposceretur  publice,  suppli- 
cem  non  prodidit  monuitque  ut  consuleret  sibi :  difficile 
enim  esse  in  tarn  propinquo  loco  tuto  eum  versari.  Itaque  15 
Pydnam  eum  deduci  iussit  et  quod  satis  esset  praesidi 
dedit.  Hie  in  navem  omnibus  ignotus  nautis  escendit. 
Quae  cum  tempestate  maxima  Naxum  ferretur,  ubi  turn 
Atheniensium  erat  exercitus,  sensit  Themistocles,  si  eo 
pervenisset,  sibi  esse  pereundum.  Hac  necessitate  co-  20 
actus  domino  navis,  quis  sit,  aperit,  multa  pollicens,  si  se 
conservasset.  At  ille  clarissimi  viri  captus  misericordia 
diem  noctemque  procul  ab  insula  in  salo  navem  tenuit  in 
ancoris  neque  quemquam  ex  ea  exire  passus  est.  Inde 
Ephesum  pervenit  ibique  Themistoclen  exponit :  cui  ille  25 
pro  meritis  postea  gratiam  rettulit. 

IX.  Scio  plerosque  ita  scripsisse,  Themistoclen  Xerxe 
regnante  in  Asiam  transisse.  Sed  ego  potissimum  Thucy- 
didi  credo,  quod  et  aetate  proximus  de  iis  qui  illorum 
temporum  historian!  reliquerunt  et  eiusdem  civitatis  fuit.  30 
Is  autem  ait  ad  Artaxerxen  eum  venisse  atque  his  verbis 
epistulam  misisse :  "  Themistocles  veni  ad  te,  qui  plurima 
mala  hominunr  Graiorum  in  domum  tuam  intuli,  quam 


166  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

diu  mihi  necesse  fuit  adversum  patrem  tuum  bellare  pa- 
triamque  meam  defendere.  Idem  multo  plura  bona  feci, 
postquam  in  tuto  ipse  et  ille  in  periculo  esse  coepit.  Nam 
cum  in  Asiam  reverti  vellet,  proelio  apud  Salamina  facto 
5  litteris  eum  certiorem  feci  id  agi,  ut  pons,  quern  in  Hel- 
lesponto  fecerat,  dissolveretur  atque  ab  hostibus  cir- 
cumiretur :  quo  nuntio  ille  periculo  est  liberatus.  Nunc 
autem  confugi  ad  te  exagitatus  a  cuncta  Graecia,  tuam 
petens  amicitiam :  quam  si  ero  adeptus,  non  minus  me 

10  bonum  amicum  habebis  quam  fortem  inimicum  ille  ex- 
pertus  est.  Te  autem  rogo,  ut  cle  iis  rebus,  quas  tecum 
conloqui  volo,  annuum  mihi  tempus  des  eoque  transacto 
ad  te  venire  patiaris." 

X.   Huius  rex  animi  magnitudinem  admirans  cupiens- 

15  que  talem  virum  sibi  conciliari  veniam  dedit.  Ille  omne 
illud  tempus  litteris  sermonique  Persarum  se  dedidit : 
quibus  adeo  eruditus  est,  ut  multo  commodius  dicatur 
apud  regem  verba  fecisse  quam  ii  poterant,  qui  in  Perside 
erant  nati.  Hie  cum  multa  regi  esset  pollicitus  gratissi- 

20  mumque  illud,  si  suis  uti  consiliis  vellet,  ilium  Graeciam 
bello  oppressurum,  magnis  muneribus  ab  Artaxerxe  do- 
natus  in  Asiam  rediit  domiciliumque  Magnesiae  sibi 
constituit.  Namque  hanc  urbem  ei  rex  donarat,  his  qui- 
dem  verbis,  quae  ei  panem  praeberet  (ex  qua  regione 

25  quinquagena  talenta  quotannis  redibant),  Lampsacum 
autem,  unde  vinum  sumeret,  Myunta,  ex  qua  obsonium 
haberet. 

Huius  ad  nostram  memoriam  monumenta  manserunt 
duo:    sepulcrum   prope   oppidum   in    quo    est    sepultus 

so  statua  in  foro  Magnesiae.  De  cuius  morte  multis  modis 
apud  plerosque  scriptum  est,  sed  nos  eundem  potissimum 
Thucydidem  auctorem  probamus,  qui  ilium  ait  Magnesiae 
morbo  mortuum  neque  negat  fuisse  famam,  venenum  sua 


NEPOS  :    THEMISTOCLES.  167 

sponte  sumpsisse,  cum  se,  quae  regi  de  Graecia  oppri- 
menda  pollicitus  esset;  praestate  posse  desperaret.  Idem 
ossa  ems  clam  in  Attica  ab  amicis  sepulta,  quoniam  legi- 
bus  non  concederetur,  quod  proditionis  esset  damnatus, 
memoriae  prodidit. 


CA  ESAR. 

DB   BELLO  GALLICO. 

BOOK  I. 

I.  Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres ;  quarum  unam 
incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aquitani,  tertiam  qui  ipsorum 
lingua  Celtae,  nostra  Galli  appellantur.  Hi  omnes  lingua, 
institutis,  legibus  inter  se  differunt.  Gallos  ab  Aquitanis 
5  Garumna  flumen,  a  Belgis  Matrona  et  Sequana  dividit. 
Horum  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae,  propterea  quod  a 
cultu  atque  humanitate  provinciae  longissime  absunt, 
minimeque  ad  eos  mercatores  saepe  commeant  atque  ea 
quae  ad  eff eminandos  animos  pertinent  important ;  prox- 

10  imique  sunt  Germanis,  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  qui- 
buscum  continenter  bellum  gerunt.  Qua  de  causa  Helvetii 
quoque  reliquos  Gallos  virtute  praecedunt,  quod  fere 
cotidianis  proeliis  cum  Germanis  contendunt,  cum  aut 
suis  finibus  eos  prohibent,  aut  ipsi  in  eorum  finibus  bel- 

15  lum  gerunt.  Eorum  una  pars,  quam  Gallos  obtinere 
dictum  est,  initium  capit  a  flumine  Rhodano ;  continetur 
Garumna  flumine,  Oceano,  finibus  Belgarum;  attingit 
etiam  ab  Sequanis  et  Helvetiis  flumen  Khenum ;  vergit 
ad  septentriones.  Belgae  ab  extremis  Galliae  finibus 
3  oriuntur,  pertinent  ad  inferiorem  partem  fluminis  Eheni, 
spectant  in  septentrionem  et  orientem  solem.  Aquitania 
a  Garumna  flumine  ad  Pyrenaeos  montes  et  earn  partem 
Oceani  quae  est  ad  Hispaniam  pertinet,  spectat  inter 
occasum  solis  et  septentriones. 

25  II.  Apud  Helvetios  longe  nobilissimus  fuit  et  ditissi- 
mus  Orgetorix.  Is  M.  Messala  et  M.  Pisone  consulibus 


DE   BELLO   GALLICO.  169 

regni  cupiditate  inductus  coniurationem  nobilitatis  fecit, 
et  civitati  persuasit  ut  de  finibus  suis  cum  omnibus  copiis 
exirent :  perfacile  esse,  cum  virtute  omnibus  praestarent, 
totius  Galliae  imperio  potiri.  Id  hoc  facilius  eis  persua- 
sit,  quod  undique  loci  natura  Helvetii  continentur :  una  5 
ex  parte  numine  Kheno  latissimo  atque  altissimo,  qui 
agrum  Helvetium  a  Germanis  dividit;  altera  ex  parte 
inonte  lura  altissimo,  qui  est  inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetica ; 
tertia  lacu  Lemanno  et  flumine  Bhodano,  qui  provinciam 
nostram  ab  Helvetiis  dividit.  His  rebus  fiebat  ut  et  10 
minus  late  vagarentur  et  minus  facile  finitimis  bellum 
inferre  possent;  qua  ex  parte  homines  bellandi  cupidi 
magno  dolore  adficiebantur.  Pro  multitudine  autem  ho- 
minum  et  pro  gloria  belli  atque  fortitudinis  angustos  se 
fines  habere  arbitrabantur,  qui  in  longitudinem  milia  15 
passuum  CCXL,  in  latitudinen  CLXXX  patebant. 

III.  His  rebus  adducti  et  auctoritate  Orgetorigis  per- 
moti  constituerunt  ea  quae  ad  proficiscendum  pertinerent 
comparare,  iumentorum  et  carrorum  quam  maximum 
numerum  coemere,  sementes  quam  maximas  facere,  ut  in  20 
itinere  copia  frumenti  suppeteret,  cum  proximis  civitati- 
bus  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmare.  Ad  eas  res  confici- 
endas  biennium  sibi  satis  esse  duxerunt ;  in  tertium  annum 
profectionem  lege  confirmant.  Ad  eas  res  conficiendas 
Orgetorix  deligitur.  Is  sibi  legationem  ad  civitates  25 
suscepit.  In  eo  itinere  persuadet  Castico,  Catamanta- 
loedis  filio,  Sequano,  cuius  pater  regnum  in  Sequanis 
multos  annos  obtimierat  et  a  senatu  populi  Eomani 
amicus  appellatus  erat,  ut  regnum  in  civitate  sua  occu- 
paret,  quod  pater  ante  habuerat ;  itemque  Dumnorigi  so 
Aeduo,  fratri  Divitiaci,  qui  eo  tern  pore  principatum  in 
civitate  obtinebat  ac  maxime  plebi  acceptus  erat,  ut  idem 
conaretur  persuadet,  eique  filiam  suam  in  matrimonium 


170  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

dat.  Perfacile  factu  esse  illis  probat  conata  perficere, 
propterea  quod  ipse  suae  civitatis  imperium  obtenturus 
esset :  non  esse  dubiuin  quin  totius  Galliae  plurimum 
Helvetii  possent;  se  suis  copiis  suoque  exercitu  illis 
5  regna  conciliaturum  confirmat.  Hac  oratione  adducti 
inter  se  fidem  et  iusiurandum  dant,  et  regno  occupato 
per  tres  potentissimos  ac  firmissimos  populos  totius 
Galliae  sese  potiri  posse  sperant. 

IV.  Ea  res  est  Helvetiis  per  indicium  enuntiata.    Mori- 
10  bus  suis  Orgetorigem  ex  vinclis  causam  dicere  coegerunt. 

Damnatum  poenam  sequi  oportebat  ut  igni  cremaretur. 
Die  constituta  causae  dictionis  Orgetorix  ad  indicium 
omnem  suam  familiam  ad  hominum  milia  decem  undi- 
que  coe'git,  et  omnes  clientes  obaeratosque  suos,  quorum 

15  magnum  numerum  habebat,  eodem  conduxit ;  per  eos  ne 
causam  diceret  se  eripuit.  Cum  civitas  ob  earn  rem  in- 
citata  armis  ins  suum  exsequi  conaretur,  multitudinem- 
que  hominum  ex  agris  magistratus  cogerent,  Orgetorix 
mortuus  est ;  neque  abest  suspitio,  ut  Helvetii  arbitran- 

20  tur,  quin  ipse  sibi  mortem  consciverit. 

V.  Post  eius  mortem  nihilo  minus  Helvetii  id  quod 
constituerant  facere  conantur,  ut  e  finibus  suis  exeanto 
Ubi  iam  se  ad  earn  rem  paratos  esse  arbitrati  sunt,  oppida 
sua  omnia  numero  ad  duodecim,  vicos  ad  quadringentos, 

25  reliqua  privata  aedificia  incendunt ;  f rumentum  omne 
praeterquam  quod  secum  portaturi  erant  comburunt, 
ut  domum  reditionis  >  spe  sublata  paratiores  ad  omnia 
pericula  subeunda  essent ;  trium  mensium  molita  cibaria 
sibi  quemque  domo  efferre  iubent.  Persuadent  Eauracis 

so  et  Tulingis  et  Latobrigis  finitimis  uti  eodem  usi  consilio 
oppidis  suis  vicisque  exustis  una  cum  iis  proficiscantur ; 
Boiosque,  qui  trans  Ehenum  incoluerant  et  in  agrum 
Noricum  transierant  Noreiamque  oppugnarant,  receptos 
ad  se  socios  sibi  adsciscunt. 


DE   BELLO   GALLICO.  171 

VI.  Erant  omnino   itinera  duo  quibus  itineribns  domo 
exire  possent :  unum  per  Sequanos,  angustum  et  difficile^ 
inter  montem  luram  et  flumen  Rhodanum,  vix  qua  sin- 
guli  carri  ducerentur ;  mons  autem  altissimus  impende- 
bat,  ut  facile  perpauci  prohibere  possent ;    alterum  per  5 
provinciam.   nostram,   multo   faeilius   atque    expeditius, 
propterea  quod  inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  Allobrogum, 
qui  nuper  pacati  erant,  Rhodanus  fluit  isque  nonnullis 
locis  vado  transitur.      Extremum  oppidum  Allobrogum 
est  proximumque  Helvetiorum  finibus  Genava.     Ex  eo  10 
oppido   pons  ad  Helvetios  pertinet.      Allobrogibus  sese 
vel  persuasuros,  quod  nondum  bono  ammo  in  populum 
Romanum  viderentur,   existimabant,  vel  vi  coacturos  ut 
per  suos  fines  eos  ire  paterentur.     Omnibus  rebus  ad  pro- 
fectionem   comparatis,   diem  dicunt,  qua  die  ad  ripam  15 
Rhodani  omnes  conveniant.      Is  dies  erat  a.  d.  v.  Kal. 
Apr.,  L.  Pisone  A.  Gabinio  consulibus. 

VII.  Caesari  cum  id  nuntiatum  esset,  eos  per  provin- 
ciam nostram  iter  facere  conari,  maturat  ab  urbe  profi- 
cisci    et    quam   maximis    potest   itineribus   in   Galliam  20 
ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Genavam  pervenit.     Provin- 
ciae  toti  quam  maximum  potest  militum  numerum  impe- 
rat  —  erat  omnino  in  Gallia  ulteriore  legio  una ;  pontem 
qui  erat  ad  Genavam  iubet  rescindi.     Ubi  de  eius  adventu 
Helvetii  certiores  facti   sunt,  legates   ad   eum    mittunt  25 
nobilissimos    civitatis,   cuius    legationis    Nammeius    et 
Verudoctius   principem   locum   obtinebant,  qui  dicerent 

'  sibi  esse  in  animo  sine  ullo  maleficio  iter  per  provinciam 
facere,  propterea  quod  aliud  iter  haberent  nullum :  rogare 
ut  eius  voluntate  id  sibi  facere  liceat.'  Caesar,  quod  so 
memoria  tenebat  L.  Cassium  consulem  -  occisum  exerci- 
tumque  eius  ab  Helvetiis  pulsum  et  sub  iugum  missum, 
concedendum  non  putabat ;  neque  homines  inimico  animo, 


172  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

data  facilitate  per  provinciam  itineris  faciundi,  tempera- 
tures ab  iniuria  et  maleficio  existimabat.  Tamen,  ut 
spatium  intercedere  posset,  dum  milites  quos  imperaverat 
convenirent,  legatis  respondit  diem  se  ad  deliberandum 
,  sumpturnm ;  si  quid  vellent,  ad  Id.  Apr.  revertereiitur. 

VIII.  Interea  ea  legione  quam  secum  habebat  militi- 
busque  qui  ex  provincia  convenerant,  a  lacu  Lemanno, 
qui  in  flumen  R/hodanum  influit,  ad  montem  luram,  qui 
fines  Sequanorum   ab  Helvetiis  dividit,  milia  passuum 

it  Secern  novem  murum  in  altitudinem  pedum  sedecim 
Jossamque  perducit.  Eo  opere  perfecto  praesidia  dis- 
^onit,  castella  communit,  quo  facilius,  si  se  invito  transire 
conarentur,  prohibere  possit.  Ubi  ea  dies  quam  constitu- 
erat  cum  legatis  venit  et  legati  ad  eum  reverterunt,  negat 

15  se  more  et  exemplo  populi  Romani  posse  iter  ulli  per 
provinciam  dare ;  et  si  vim  f acere  conentur  prohibiturum 
ostendit.  Helvetii  ea  spe  deiecti,  navibus  iunctis  rati- 
busque  compluribus  factis,  alii  vadis  Rhodani,  qua  mini- 
ma altitude  fluminis  erat,  nonnumquam  interdiu,  saepius 

20  noctu,  si  perrumpere  possent  conati,  operis  munitione 
et  militum  concursu  et  telis  repulsi,  hoc  conatu  destite- 
runt. 

IX.  Relinquebatur  una  per  Sequanos  via,  qua  Sequa- 
nis  invitis  propter  angustias  ire  non  poterant.     His  cum 

25  sua  sponte  persuadere  non  possent,  legatos  ad  Dumnori- 
gem  Aeduum  mittunt,  ut  eo  deprecatore  a  Sequanis  im- 
petrarent.  Dumnorix  gratia  et  largitione  apud  Sequanos 
plurimum  poterat,  et  Helvetiis  erat  amicus,  quod  ex  ea 
civitate  Oigetorigis  filiam  in  matrimonium  duxerat;  et 

30  cupiditate  regni  adductus  no  vis  rebus  studebat  et  quam 
plurimas  civitates  suo  beneficio  habere  obstrictas  volebat. 
Itaque  rem  suscipit,  et  a  Sequanis  impetrat  ut  per  fines 
suos  Helvetios  ire  patiantur,  obsidesque  uti  inter  sese 


THE   WAK    WITH   THE   BELG^E.  173 

jt 

dent  perficit :  Sequani,  ne  itinere  Helvetios  prohibeant ; 
Helvetii,  ut  sine  maleficio  et  iniuria  transeant. 

X.    Caesari  remmtiatur  Helvetiis  esse  in  animo  per 
agrum  Sequanorum  et  Aednorum  iter  in  Santonum  fines 
facere,  qui  non  longe  a  Tolosatium  finibus  absunt,  quae  5 
civitas  est  in  provincia.     Id  si  fieret,  intellegebat  magno 
cum  periculo  provinciae  futurum  ut  homines  bellicosos, 
populi  Romani  inimicos,  locis  patentibus  maxim eque  fru- 
mentariis  finitimos  haberet.     Ob  eas  causas  ei  munition! 
quam  f ecerat  T.  Labienum  legatum  praefecit ;    ipse  in  10 
Italiam  magnis  itineribus  contendit  duasque  ibi  legiones 
conscribit,  et  tres  quae  circum  Aquileiam  hiemabant  ex 
hiberiiis  educit,  et  qua  proxirnum  iter  in  ulteriorem  G-al- 
liam  per  Alpes  erat,  cum   his    quinque   legionibus   ire 
contendit.     Ibi  Centrones  et  Graioceli  et  Caturiges  locis  i& 
superioribus  occupatis    itinere  exercitum   prohibere   co- 
nantur.     Compluribus  his  proeliis  pulsis,  ab  Ocelo,  quod 
est  citerioris  provinciae  extremum,  in  fines  Vocontiorum 
ulterioris  provinciae  die  septimo  pervenit ;  inde  in  Allo- 
brogum  fines,  ab  Allobrogibus  in  Segusiavos  exercitum  20 
ducit.     Hi  sunt  extra  provinciam  trans  Ehodanum  primi. 


THE   WAR   "WITH   THE    BELONG. 
BOOK  II. 

I.  Cum  esset  Caesar  in  citeriore  G-allia  in  hibernis,  ita 
uti  supra  demonstravimus,  crebri  ad  eum  rumores  adfere- 
bantur,  litterisque  item  Labieni  certior  fiebat  omnes 
Belgas,  quam  tertiam  esse  Galliae  partem  dixeramus,  con-  25 
tra  populum  Eomanum  coniurare  obsidesque  inter  se 
dare.  Coniurandi  has  esse  causas :  primum  quod  vere- 


174  PRACTICAL   LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

rentur  ne  omni  pacata  Gallia  ad  eos  exercitus  noster  ad- 
duceretur;  deinde  quod  ab  nonnullis  Gallis  sollicitaren- 
tur,  —  partim  qui,  ut  Germanos  diutius  in  Gallia  versari 
noluerant,  ita  populi  Komani  exercitum  hiemare  atque 

5  inveterascere  in  Gallia  moleste  ferebant ;  partim  qui 
mobilitate  et  levitate  animi  novis  imperiis  studebant ; 
ab  nonnullis  etiam,  quod  in  Gallia  a  potentioribus  atque 
iis  qui  ad  conducendos  homines  faeultates  habebant, 
vulgo  regna  occupabantur,  qui  minus  facile  earn  rem  im- 

10  perio  nostro  consequi  poterant. 

II.  His    mmtiis    litterisque   commotus    Caesar    duas 
legiones  in  citeriore  Gallia  novas  conscripsit,  et  inita 
aestate  in  interiorem  Galliano,  qui  deduceret  Q.  Pedium 
legatum   misit.     Ipse?    cum   primum   pabuli   copia   esse 

15  inciperet,  ad  exercitum  venit.  Dat  negotium  Senonibus 
reliquisque  Gallis  qui  finitimi  Belgis  erant,  uti  ea  quae 
apud  eos  gerantur  cognoscant  seque  de  his  rebus  certi- 
orem  faciant.  Hi  constanter  onines  nuntiaverunt  manus 
cogi,  exercitum  in  unum  locum  conduci.  Turn  vero  dubi- 

20  tandum  non  existimavit  quin  ad  eos  proficisceretur.  Ee 
frumeiitaria  comparata  castra  movet  dieiusque  circiter 
quindecim  ad  fines  Belgarum  pervenit. 

III.  Eo  cum  de  improvise  celeriusque  omni  opinione 
venisset,  Eemi?  qui  proximi  Galliae  ex  Belgis  sunt,  ad 

25  eum  legates  Iccium  et  Andocumborium,  primos  civitatis, 
miserunt,  qui  dicerent :  '  Se  suaque  omnia  in  fidem  atque 
in  potestatem  populi  Eomani  permittere,  neque  se  cum 
Belgis  reliquis  consensisse  neque  contra  populum  Eo- 
manum  coniurasse,  paratosque  esse  et  obsides  dare  et 

so  imperata  facere  et  oppidis  recipere  et  frumento  ceterisque 
rebus  iuvare ;  reliquos  omnes  Belgas  in  armis  esse,  Ger- 
manosque  qui  cis  Ehenum  incolant  sese  cum  his  con- 
iunxisse,  tantumque  esse  eorum  omnium  furorem  ut  ne 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELG/E.  175 

Suessiones  quidem,  fratres  coiisanguineosque  suos,  qui 
eodem  iure  et  iisdem  legibus  utantur,  unum  imperium 
unumqiie  magistratum  cum  ipsis  habeant,  deterrere  potue- 
rint  quin  cum  his  consentirent.? 

IV.    Cum  ab  his  quaereret  quae  civitates  quantaeque  5 
in  armis  essent  et  quid  in  bello  possent,  sic  reperiebat : 
plerosque  Belgas  esse   ortos   ab  Germanis   Ehenumque 
antiquitus  traductos  propter  loci  fertilitatem  ibi  conse- 
disse  Gallosque  qui  ea  loca  incolerent  expulisse,  solosque 
esse  qui  patrum  nostrorum  memoria,  omni  Gallia  vexata,  10 
Teutonos  Cimbrosque  intra  fines  suos  ingredi  prohibue- 
rint ;    qua   ex   re  fieri   uti   earum    rerum  memoria  mag- 
nam  sibi  auctoritatem  magnosque  spiritus  in  re  militari 
sumerent.     De  numero  eorum  oinnia   se   habere   explo- 
rata    Remi    dicebant,  propterea    quod    propinquitatibus  15 
adfinitatibusque  coiiiuncti,  quantam  quisque   multitudi- 
nem  in  communi  Belgarum  concilio  ad  id  belluni  pol- 
licitus  sit  cognoverint.     Plurimum  inter  eos  Bellovacos 
et  virtute  et  auctoritate  et  hominum  numero  valere  :  hos 
posse  conficere  armata  milia    centum,  pollicitos  ex   eo  20 
numero  electa  sexaginta,  totiusque  belli  imperium  sibi 
postulare.      Suessiones   suos   esse   fimtimos:    latissimos 
feracissimosque  agros  possidere.     Apud  eos  fuisse  regem 
nostra  etiam  memoria  Divitiacum,  totius  Galliae  poten- 
tissimum,  qui  cum  magnae  partis  harum  regionum,  turn  25 
etiam  Britanniae  imperium  obtinuerit:  mine  esse  regem 
Galbam ;  ad  hunc  propter  iustitiam  prudentiainque  suam 
totius  belli  summam  omnium  voluntate  deferri :  oppida 
habere  numero  xn;  polliceri  milia  armata  quinquaginta ; 
totidem  Nervios,  qui  maxime  feri  inter  ipsos  habeantur,  so 
l6ngissimeque  absint;    quindecim  milia  Atrebates,  Am- 
bianos   decem  milia,   Morinos  xxv  milia,  Menapios  vn 
niilia ;  Caletos  x  milia ;  Velocasses  et  Veromanduos  toti- 


176  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

dem;  Aduatucos  decem  et  novem  milia;  Condrusos, 
Eburones,  Caeroesos,  Paemanos,  qui  uno  nomine  German! 
appellantur,  arbitrari  ad  XL  milia. 

V.  Caesar   Eemos   cohortatus   liberaliterque  oratione 
5  prosecutus  omnem  senatum  ad  se  convenire  principum- 

que  liberos  obsides  ad  se  adduci  iussit.  Quae  omnia 
ab  his  diligenter  ad  diem  facta  sunt.  Ipse  Divitiacum 
Aeduum  magnopere  cohortatus  docet  quanto  opere  rei 
publicae  communisque  salutis  intersit  manus  hostium 

10  distineri,  ne  cum  tanta  multitudine  uno  tempore  confli- 
gendum  sit.  Id  fieri  posse,  si  suas  copias  Aedui  in  fines 
Bellovacorum  introduxerint  et  eorum  agros  populari 
coeperint.  His  mandatis  eum  ab  se  dimittit.  Postquam 
omnes  Belgarum  copias  in  unum  locum  coactas  ad  se 

15  venire  vidit,  neque  iam  longe  abesse  ab  iis  quos  miserat 
exploratoribus  et  ab  Remis  cognovit,  flumen  Axonam, 
quod  est  in  extremis  Remorum  finibus,  exercitum  tra- 
ducere  maturavit  atque  ibi  castra  posuit.  Quae  res  et 
latus  unum  castrorum  ripis  fluminis  muniebat  et  post 

20  eum  quae  essent  tuta  ab  hostibus  reddebat ;  et  commea- 
tus  ab  Eemis  reliquisque  civitatibus  ut  sine  periculo  ad 
eum  portari  posset  efficiebat.  In  eo  flumine  pons  erat. 
Ibi  praesidium  ponit  et  in  altera  parte  fluminis  Q.  Titu- 
rium  Sabinum  legatum  cum  sex  cohortibus  relinquit ; 

25  castra  in  altitudinem  pedum  xn  vallo  fossaque  duodevi- 
ginti  pedum  munire  iubet. 

VI.  Ab  his  castris  oppidum  Eemorum  nomine  Bibrax 
aberat  milia  passuum  octo.     Id  ex  itinere  magno  impetu 
Belgae  oppugnare  coeperunt.     Aegre  eo  die  sustentatum 

so  est.  Gallorum  eadem  atque  Belgarum  oppugnatio  est 
haec.  Ubi  circumiecta  multitudine  hominum  totis"  moe- 
nibus  undique  in  murum  lapides  iaci  coepti  Sunt,  murus- 
que  defensoribus  nudatus  est,  testudine  facta  portas  sue- 


THE   WAS,   WITH   THE  BELG^E.  177 

cedunt  murumque  subruunt.  Quod  turn  facile  fiebat. 
Nam  cum  tanta  multitude  lapides  ac  tela  conicerent,  in 
muro  consistendi  pote&jbas  erat  nulli.  Cum  finem  oppug- 
nandi  nox  fecissetf  Iccius  Remus/  summa  nobilifcate  et 
gratia  inter  suos,  qui  turn  oppido  praefuerat,  unus  ex  iis  5 
qui  legati  de  pace  ad  Caesarem  venerant,  nuntium  ad  eum 
mittit :  nisi  subsidium  sibi  submittatur,  sese  diutius  sus- 
tinere  non  posse. 

VII.  Eo  de  media  nocte  Caesar  iisdem  ducibus  usus 
qui  nuntii  ab  Iccio  venerant,  ISTumidas  et  Gretas  sagit- 10 
tarios  et  funditores  Baleares  subsidio  oppidanis  mittit; 
quorum  adventu  et  Eemis  cum  spe  defensionis  studium 
propugnandi  accessit,  et  hostibus  eadem  de  causa  spes 
potiundi  oppidi  discessit.     Itaque  paulisper  apud  oppi- 
dum    morati    agrosque    Eemorum    depopulati,  omnibus  is 
vicis  aedificiisque  quos  adire  poterant  incensis,  ad  castra 
Cae saris  omnibus  copiis  contenderunt  et  ab  milibus  pas- 
suum  minus  duobus  castra  posuerunt ;    quae  castra,  ut 
fumo  atque  ignibus  significabatur,  amplius  milibus  pas- 
suum  octo  in  latitudinem  patebant.  20 

VIII.  Caesar  primo  et  propter  multitudinem  hostium 
et  propter  eximiam  opinionem  virtutis  proelio  superse- 
dere   statuit ;    cotidie   tamen  equestribus   proeliis   quid 
hostis  virtute  posset  et  quid  nostri  auderent  periclitaba- 
tur.     Ubi  nostros  non  esse  inferiores  intellexit,  loco  pro  25 
castris  ad  aciem  instruendam  natura   opportune  atque 
idoneo,  —  quod  is  collis,  ubi  castra  posita  erant5  paululum 
ex  planitie  editus  tantum  adversus  in  latitudinem  pate- 
bat  quantum  loci  acies  instructa  occupare  poterat,  atque 
ex  utraque  parte  lateris  deiectus  habebat  et  in  frontem  so 
leniter  fastigatus   paulatim   ad   planitiem   redibat,  —  ab 
utroque  latere  eius  collis  transversam    fossam  obduxit 
circiter  passuum  quadringentorum  et  ad  extremas  fossas 


178  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

castella  constituit  ibique  tormenta  conlocavit,  ne,  cum 
aciem  instruxisset,  hostes,  quod  tantum  multitudine  po- 
terant,  ab  lateribus  pugnantes  suos  circumvenire  possent. 
Hoc  facto  duabus  legionibus  quas  proxime  conscripserat 
5  in  castris  relictis,  ut,  si  quo  opus  esset,  subsidio  duci 
possent,  reliquas  sex  legiones  pro  castris  in  acie  consti- 
tuit. Hostes  item  suas  copias  ex  castris  eductas  instrux- 
erant. 

IX.  Palus  erat  non  magna  inter  nostrum  atque  hos- 
10  tium  exercitum.      Hanc  si  nostri  transirent  hostes    ex- 

spectabant;  nostri  autem,  si  ab  illis  initium  transeundi 
fieret,  ut  impeditos  adgrederentur,  parati  in  armis  erant. 
Interim  proelio  equestri  inter  duas  acies  contendebatur. 
Ubi  neutri  transeundi  initium  faciunt,  secundiore  equi- 

15  turn  proelio  nostris  Caesar  suos  in  castra  reduxit.  Hostes 
protinus  ex  eo  loco  ad  flumeri  Axonam  contenderunt, 
quod  esse  post  nostra  castra  demonstratum  est.  Ibi 
vadis  repertis  partem  suarum  copiarum  traducere  conati 
sunt  eo  consilio,  ut,  si  possent,  castellum  cui  praeerat  Q. 

20  Titurius  legatus  expugnarent  pontemque  interscinde- 
rent ;  si  minus  potuissent,  agros  Eemorum  popularentur, 
qui  magno  nobis  usui  ad  bellum  gerendum  erant,  com- 
meatuque  nostros  prohiberent. 

X.  Caesar  certior  factus  ab  Titurio  omnem  equitatum 
25  et  levis  armaturae  Numidas,   funditores    sagittariosque 

pontem  traducit  atque  ad  eos  contendit.  Acriter  in  eo 
loco  pugnatum  est.  Hostes  impeditos  nostri  in  flumine 
adgressi  magnum  eorum  numerum  occiderunt :  per  eorum 
corpora  reliquos  audacissime  transire  conantes  multi- 
30  tudine  telorum  repulerunt ;  primes  qui  transierant 
equitatu  circumventos  interfecerunt.  Hostes  ubi  et  de 
expugnando  oppido  et  de  flumine  transeundo  spem  se 
fefellisse  intellexerunt  neque  nostros  in  locum  iniqui- 


THE   WAR   WITH   THE   BELG^E.  179 

orem  progredi  pugnandi  causa  viderunt,  atque  ipsos  res 
frumentaria  deficere  coepit,  concilio  convocato  consti- 
tuerunt  optimum  esse  do  mum  suam  quern  que  reverti,  et 
quorum  in  fines  primum  Eomani  exercitum  introduxis- 
sent,  ad  eos  defendendos  undique  convenirent,  ut  potius  5 
in  suis  quam  in  alienis  finibus  decertarent  et  domesticis 
copiis  rei  frumentariae  uterentur.  Ad  earn  sententiam 
cum  reliquis  causis  haec  quoque  ratio  eos  deduxit,  quod 
Divitiacum  atque  Aeduos  finibus  Bellovacorum  adpro- 
pinquare  cognoverant.  His  persuaderi  ut  diutius  mora- 10 
rentur  neque  suis  auxilium  ferrent  non  poterat. 


180  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


CICERO  AGAINST  CATILINE. 

I.  Quo  usque  tandem  abutere,  Catilina,  patientia  no 
stra  ?  Quam  diu  etiam  furor  iste  tuus  nos  eludet  ?  Quern 
ad  finem  sese  effrenata  iactabit  audacia  ?  Nihilne  te 
nocturnum  praesidium  Palati,  nihil  urbis  vigiliae,  nihil 
5  timor  populi,  nihil  concursus  bonorum  omnium,  nihil  hie 
munitissimus  habendi  senatus  locus,  nihil  horum  ora 
voltusque  moverunt?  Patere  tua  consilia  non  sentis? 
Constrictam  iam  horum  omnium  scientia  teneri  coniu- 
rationem  tuam  non  vides  ?  Quid  proxima,  quid  superiore 

10  noete  egeris,  ubi  fueris,  quos  convocaveris,  quid  consili 
ceperis,  quern  nostrum  ignorare  arbitraris  ? 

0  tempora !  0  mores  !  Senatus  haec  intellegit,  consul 
videt :  hie  tamen  vivit.  Vivit  ?  immo  vero  etiam  in 
senatum  venit,  fit  publici  consili  particeps,  notat  et  de- 

15  signat  oculis  ad  caedem  unum  quemque  nostrum.  Nos 
autem,  fortes  viri,  satis  facere  rei  publicae  videmur,  si 
istius  furorem  ac  tela  vitemus.  Ad  mortem  te,  Catilina, 
duci  iussu  consulis  iam  pridem  oportebat ;  in  te  conferri 
pestem  quam  tu  in  nos  iam  diu  machinaris.  An  vero 

20  vir  amplissimus,  P.  Scipio,  pontifex  maximus,  Ti.  Grac- 
chum  mediocriter  labefactantem  statum  rei  publicae  pri- 
vatus  interfecit :  Catilinam,  orbem  terrae  caede  atque 
incendiis  vastare  cupientem,  nos  consules  perferemus? 
Nam  ilia  nimis  antiqua  praetereo,  quod  C.  Servilius 

25  Ahala  Sp.  Maelium  novis  rebus  studentem  manu  sua 
occidit.  Fuit,  fuit  ista  quondam  in  hac  re  publica  virtus, 
ut  viri  fortes  acrioribus  suppliciis  civem  perniciosum 
quam  acerbissimum  hostem  coercerent.  Habemus  sena- 
tus  consultum  in  te,  Catilina,  vehemens  et  grave.  Non 


CICERO   AGAINST   CATILINE.  181 

• 

deest  rei  publicae  consilium,  neque  auctoritas  huius  ordi- 
nis :  nos,  nos,  dico  aperte,  consules  desumus. 

II.  Decrevit  quondam  senatus,  ut  L.  Opimius  consul 
videret  ne  quid  res  publica  detriment!  caperet.  Nbx 
nulla  intercessit :  interfectus  est  propter  quasdam  sedi-  5 
tionum  suspiciones  C.  Gracchus,  clarissimo  patre,  avo, 
maioribus ;  occisus  est  cum  liberis  M.  Fulvius  consularis. 
Simili  senatus  consulto  C.  Mario  et  L.  Valerio  consulibus 
est  permissa  res  publica:  num  unum  diem  postea  L. 
Saturninum  tribunum  plebis  et  C.  Servilium  praetorem  10 
mors  ac  rei  publicae  poena  remorata  est  ?  At  nos  vicesi- 
mum  iam  diem  patimur  hebescere  aciem  horum  auctori- 
tatis.  Habemus  enim  huiusce  modi  senatus  consultum, 
verum  inclusum  in  tabulis,  tamquam  in  vagina  recondi- 
tum,  quo  ex  senatus  consulto  confestim  te  interfectum  15 
esse,  Catilina,  convenit.  Vivis,  et  vivis  non  ad  deponen- 
dam,  sed  ad  confirmandam  audaciam.  Cupio,  patres  con- 
scripti,  me  esse  clementem :  cupio  in  tantis  rei  publicae 
periculis  me  non  dissolutum  videri ;  sed  iam  me  ipse 
inertiae  nequitiaeque  condemno.  Castra  sunt  in  Italia  20 
contra  populum  Eomanum  in  Etruriae  faucibus  conlo- 
cata :  crescit  in  dies  singulos  hostium  numerus ;  eorum 
autem  castrorum  imperatorem  ducemque  hostium  intra 
moenia  atque  adeo  in  senatu  videmus,  intestinam  ali- 
quam  cotidie  perniciem  rei  publicae  molientem.  Si  te  25 
iam,  Catilina,  comprehendi,  si  interfici  iussero,  credo, 
erit  verendum  mihi  ne  non  hoc  potius  omnes  boni  serius 
a  me,  quam  quisquam  crudelius  factum  esse  dicat.  Ve- 
rum ego  hoc,  quod  iam  pridem  factum  esse  oportuit, 
certa  de  causa  nondum  adducor  ut  faciam.  Turn  denique  so 
interficiere,  cum  iam  nemo  tarn  improbus,  tarn  perditus, 
tarn  tui  similis  inveniri  poterit,  qui  id  non  iure  factum 
esse  fateatur.  Quam  diu  quisquam  erit  qui  te  defendere 


182  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

« 

audeat,  vives ;  et  vives  ita  ut  vivis,  multis  meis  et  firmis 
praesidiis  oppressus,  ne  commovere  te  contra  rem  publi- 
cam  possis.  Multorum  te  etiam  oculi  et  aures  non 
sentientem,  sicut  adhuc  fecerunt,  speculabuntur  atque 
5  custodient. 

III.  Etenim  quid  est,  Catilina,  quod  iam  ampliur 
exspectes,  si  neque  nox  tenebris  obscurare  coetus  nefa- 
rios,  nee  privata  domus  parietibus  continere  voces  con- 
iurationis  tuae  potest?  si  inlustrantur,  si  erumpunt 

10  omnia  ?  Muta  iam  istam  mentem :  mihi  crede,  oblivi- 
scere  caedis  atque  incendiorum.  Teneris  undique :  luce 
suiit  clariora  nobis  tua  consilia  omnia,  quae  iam  mecuni 
licet  recognoscas.  Meministine  me  ante  diem  xn.  Ka- 
lendas  Novembris  dicere  in  senatu,  fore  in  armis  certo 

15  die  —  qui  dies  f uturus  esset  ante  diem  vi.  Kal.  "No- 
vembris  —  C.  Manlium,  audaciae  satellitem  atque  admi- 
nistrum  tuae  ?  Num.  me  fefellit,  Catilina,  non  modo  res 
tanta,  tam  atrox  tamque  incredibilis,  verum  —  id  quod 
multo  magis  est  admirandum  —  dies  ?  Dixi  ego  idem 

20  in  senatu  caedem  te  optimatium  contulisse  in  ante  diem 
v.  Kalendas  Novembris,  turn  cum  multi  principes  civi- 
tatis  Eoma  non.  tam  sui  conservandi  quam  tuorum  con- 
siliorum  reprimendorum  causa  profugerunt.  'Niua  innti- 
ari  potes  te  illo  ipso  die,  meis  praesidiis,  mea  diligentia 

25  circumclusum,  commovere  te  contra  rem  publicam  non 
potuisse,  cum  tu  discessu  ceterorum,  nostra  tamen  qui 
remansissemus  caede,  te  contentum  esse  dicebas  ?  Quid  ? 
cum  te  Praeneste  Kalendis  ipsis  Novembribus  occupa- 
turum  nocturno  impetu  esse  confideres,  sensistine  illam 

so  coloniam  meo  iussu  meis  praesidiis,  custodiis,  vigiliis  esse 
munitam  ?  Nihil  agis,  nihil  moliris,  nihil  cogitas,  quod 
non  ego  non  modo  audiam,  sed  etiam  videam  plane que 
sentiam. 


CICERO   AGAINST   CATILINE.  183 

IV.  E/ecognosce  tandem  mecum  noctem  illam  superio- 
rem :  lain  intelleges  multo  ine  vigilare  acrius  ad  salutem 
quam  te  ad  perniciem  rei  publicae.     Dico  te  priore  nocte 
venisse  inter  f alcarios  —  non  agam  obscure  —  in  M.  Lae- 
cae  domum  ;  convenisse  eodem  compluris  eiusdem  amen-  5 
tiae  scelerisque  socios.     Num.  negare  audes  ?  quid  taces  ? 
convincam,  si   negas.     Video   enim   esse   hie   in   senatu 
quosdam  qui  tecum  una  fuerunt.     0  di  immortales  !  ubi- 
nam  gentium  sumus  ?  in  qua  urbe  vivimus  ?  quam  rem 
publicam  habemus  ?     Hie,  Me  sunt,  in  nostro  numero,  10 
patres  conscripti,  in  hoc  orbis  terrae  sanctissimo  gravissi- 
moque  consilio,  qui  de  nostro  omnium  interitu,  qui  de 
huius  urbis  atque  adeo  de  orbis  terrarum  exitio  cogitent. 
Hos  ego  video  consul  et  de  re  publica  sententiam  rogo, 
et  quos  ferro  trucidari  oportebat,  eos  nondum  voce  vol- 15 
nero.     Fuisti  igitur  apud  Laecam  ilia  nocte,  Catilina : 
distribuisti  partis  Italiae;    statuisti  quo  quemque   pro- 
ficisci  placeret;  delegisti  quos  Komae  relinqueres,  quos 
tecum  educeres ;  descripsisti  urbis   partis  ad  incendia : 
confirmasti  te  ipsum  iam  esse  exiturum  ;  dixisti  paulum  20 
tibi  esse  etiam  nunc  morae,  quod  ego  viverem.     Eeperti 
sunt  duo  equites  Eomani  qui  te  ista  cura  liberarent,  et 
sese  ilia  ipsa  nocte  paulo  ante  lucem  me  in  meo  lectulo 
interfecturos  esse  pollicerentur.     Haec  ego  omnia;  vix- 
dum  etiam  coetu  vestro  dimisso,  comperi :  domum  meam  25 
maioribus  praesidiis   munivi  atque  firmavi ;  exclusi  eos 
quos  tu  ad  me  salutatum  miseras,  cum  illi  ipsi  venissent, 
quos  ego  iam  multis  ac  summis  viris  ad  me  id  temporis 
ventures  esse  praedixeram. 

V.  Quae  cum  ita  sint,  Catilina,  perge   quo   coepisti,  so 
Egredere  aliquando  ex  urbe  :  patent  portae  :  proficiscere. 
Nimium  diu  te   imperatorem   tua   ilia  Manliana  castra 
desiderant.     Educ   tecum   etiam  omnis  tuos;  si  minus, 


184  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

quam  plurimos :  purga  urbem.  Magno  me  metu  libera- 
bis,  dum  modo  inter  me  atque  te  mums  intersit.  Nobis- 
cum  versari  iam  diutius  non  potes :  non  feram,  non 
patiar,  non  sinam.  Magna  dis  immortalibus  habenda 
5  est,  atque  huic  ipsi  lovi  Statori,  antiquissimo  custodi 
huius  urbis,  gratia,  quod  hanc  tarn  taetram,  tarn  horribi- 
lem,  tamque  infestam  rei  publicae  pestem  totiens  iam 
effugimus.  Non  est  saepius  in  uno  homine  summa  salus 
periclitanda  rei  publicae.  Quam  diu  mihi  consuli  desig- 

10  nato,  Catilina,  insidiatus  es,  non  publico  me  praesidio, 
sed  privata  diligentia  defendi.  Cum  proximis  comitiis 
consularibus  me  consulem  in  campo  et  competitores  tuos 
interficere  voluisti,  compressi  conatus  tuos  nefarios  ami- 
corum  praesidio  et  copiis,  iiullo  tumultu  publice  conci- 

15  tato :  denique,  quotienscumque  me  petisti,  per  me  tibi 
obstiti,  quamquam  videbam  perniciem  meam  cum  magna 
calamitate  rei  publicae  esse  coniunctam.  Nunc  iam 
aperte  rem  publicam  universam  petis:  templa  deorum 
immortalium,  tecta  urbis,  vitam  omnium  civium,  Italiam 

20  denique  totam  ad  exitium  ac  vastitatem  vocas.  Qua  re, 
quoniam  id  quod  est  primum,  et  quod  huius  imperi 
disciplinaeque  maiorum  proprium  est,  facere  nondum 
audeo,  faciam  id  quod  est  ad  severitatem  lenius,  et  ad 
communem  salutem  utilius.  Nam  si  te  interfici  iussero, 

25  residebit  in  re  publica  reliqua  coniuratorum  manus.  Sin 
tu,  quod  te  iam  dudum  hortor,  exieris,  exhaurietur  ex 
urbe  tuorum  comitum  magna  et  perniciosa  sentina  rei 
publicae. 

Quid  est,  Catilina  ?  num  dubitas  id  me  imperante  fa: 

so  cere,  quod  iam  tua  sponte  faciebas  ?  Exire  ex  urbe  iubet 
consul  hostem.  Interrogas  me,  num  in  exsilium  ?  Non 
iubeo ;  sed,  si  me  consulis,  suadeo. 

VI.  Quid  est  enim,  Catilina,  quod  te  iam  in  hac  urbe 


CICERO   AGAINST   CATILINE.  185 

delectare  possit  ?  in  qua  nemo  est  extra  istam  coniura- 
tionem  perditorum  homimim  qui  te  non  metuat,  nemo  qui 
non  oderit.  Quae  nota  domesticae  turpitudinis  non  inusta 
vitae  tuae  est  ?  Quod  privatarum  rerum  dedecus  non 
liaeret  in  f ama  ?  quae  libido  ab  oculis,  quod  f acinus  a  5 
manibus  umquam  tuis,  quod  nagitium  a  toto  corpore 
afuit  ?  Cui  tu  adulescentulo,  quern  corruptelarum  inlece- 
bris  inretisses,  non  aut  ad  audaciam  ferrum  aut  ad 
libidinem  facem  praetulisti  ?  Quid  vero  ?  nuper  cum 
morte  superioris  uxoris  novisnuptiis  domum  vacue-  n 
fecisses,  nonne  etiam  alio  incredibili  scelere  hoc  scelus 
cumulasti  ?  quod  ego  praetermitto  et  facile  patior  sileri, 
ne  in  hac  civitate  tanti  facinoris  immanitas  aut  exstitisse 
aut  non  vindicata  esse  videatur.  Praetermitto  ruinas 
fortunarum  tuarum,  quas  omnis  impendere  tibi  proximis  is 
Idibus  senties.  Ad  ilia  venio,  quae  non  ad  privatam 
ignominiam  vitiorum  tuorum,  non  ad  domesticam  tuam 
difficultatem  ac  turpitudinem,  sed  ad  summam  rem  publi- 
cam  atque  ad  omnium  nostrum  vitam  salutemque  per- 
tinent. Potestne  tibi  haec  lux,  Catilina,  aiit  huius  caeli  20 
spiritus  esse  iucundus,  cum  scias  horum  esse  neminem 
qui  nesciat  te  pridie  Kalendas  lanuarias  Lepido  et  Tullo 
consulibus  stetisse  in  comitio  cum  telo  ?  manum  consulum 
et  principum  civitatis  interficiendorum  causa  paravisse  ? 
sceleri  ac  furori  tuo  non  mentem  aliquam  aut  timorem  25 
tuum,  sed  fortunam  populi  Eomani  obstitisse  ?  Ac  iam 
ilia  omitto — neque  enim  sunt  aut  obscura  aut  non  multa 
commissa  —  quotiens  tu  me  designatum,  quotiens  con- 
sulem  interficere  conatus  es  !  quot  ego  tuas  petitiones,  ita 
coniectas  ut  vitari  posse  non  viderentur,  parva  quadam  so 
declinatione  et,  ut  aiunt,  corpore  effugi !  Nihil  adsequeris 
neque  tamen  conari  ac  velle  desistis.  Quotiens  tibi  iam 
extorta  est  ista  sica  de  manibus !  quotiens  vero  excidit 


186  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

casu  aliquo  et  elapsa  est!  quae  quidem  quibus  abs  te 
initiata  sacris  ac  devota  sit  nescio,  quod  earn  necesse 
putas  esse  in  consulis  corpore  defigere. 

VII.   Nunc  vero  quae  tua  est  ista  vita  ?     Sic  enim  iam 

5  tecum  loquar,  non  ut  odio  permotus  esse  videar,  quo 
debeo,  sed  ut  miserieordia,  quae  tibi  nulla  debetur.  Ve- 
nisti  paulo  ante  in  senatum.  Quis  te  ex  hac  tanta  fre- 
quentia,  tot  ex  tuis  amicis  ac  .necessariis  salutavit  ?  Si 
hoc  post  hominum  memoriam  contigit  nemini,  vocis  ex- 

10  spectas  contumeliam,  cum  sis  gravissimo  iudicio  tacitur- 
nitatis  oppressus  ?  Quid;  quod  adventu  tuo  ista  subsellia 
vacuefacta  sunt?  quod  omnes  consulares,  qui  tibi  per- 
saepe  ad  caedem  constituti  fuerunt,  simul  atque  adsedisti, 
partem  istam  subselliorum  nudam  atque  inanem  relique- 

15  runt,  quo  tandem  animo  tibi  f  erendum  putas  ?  Servi, 
mehercule,  mei  si  me  isto  pacto  metuerent,  ut  te  metuunt 
omnes  cives  tui,  domum  meam  relinquendam  putarem : 
tu  tibi  urbem  non  arbitraris  ?  et,  si  me  meis  civibus 
iniuria  suspectum  tarn  graviter  atque  offensum  viderern, 

20  carere  me  aspectu  civium  quam  infestis  omnium  oculis 
conspici  mallem.  Tu,  cum  conscientia  scelerum  tuorum 
agnoscas  odium  omnium  iustum  et  iam  diu  tibi  debitum, 
dubitas  quorum  mentis  sensusque  volneras,  eorum  aspec- 
tum  praesentiamque  vitare  ?  Si  te  parentes  timerent 

25  atque  odissent  tui,  neque  eos  ulla  ratione  placare  posses, 
tu,  opinor,  ab  eorum  oculis  aliquo  concederes.  Nunc  te 
patria,  quae  communis  est  parens  omnium  nostrum,  odit 
ac  metuit,  et  iam  diu  te  nihil  iudicat  nisi  de  parricidio 
suo  cogitare :  huius  tu  neque  auctoritatem  verebere,  nee 

so  iudicium  sequere,  nee  vim  pertimesces  ? 

Quae  tecum,  Catilina,  sic  agit,  et  quodam  modo  tacita 
loquitur :  ( Nullum  iam  aliquot  annis  f  acinus  exstitit 
nisi  per  te,  nullum  flagitium  sine  te :  tibi  uni  multorum 


CICERO   AGAINST   CATILINE.  187 

civium  neces,  tibi  vexatio  direptioque  sociorum  impunita 
fuit  ac  libera:  tu  non  sohim  ad  neglegendas  leges  et 
quaestiones,  verum  etiam  ad  evertendas  perfringendasque 
valuisti.  Superiora  ilia,  quamquam  ferenda  non  fuerunt, 
tamen,  ut  potui,  tuli :  mine  vero  me  totam  esse  in  metu  5 
propter  unum  te,  quicquid  increpuerit  Catilinam  timeri, 
nullum  videri  contra  me  consilium  iniri  posse  quod  a  tuo 
scelere  abhorreat,  non  est  ferendum.  Quam  ob  rem  dis- 
cede,  atqne  hunc  mihi  timorem  eripe :  si  est  verus,  ne  oppri- 
mar ;  sin  falsus,  ut  tandem  aliquando  timere  desinam.'  10 

VIII.  Haec  si  tecum,  ut  dixi,  patria  loquatur,  nonne 
impetrare  debeat,  etiam  si  vim  adhibere  non  possit? 
Quid,  quod  tu  te  ipse  in  custodiam  dedisti?  quod 
vitandae  suspitionis  causa,  ad  M?.  Lepidum  te  habitare 
velle  dixisti  ?  a  quo  non  receptus  etiam  ad  me  venire  is 
ausus  es,  atque  ut  domi  meae  te  adservarem  rogasti. 
Cum  a  me  quoque  id  responsum  tulisses,  me  nullo  modo 
posse  isdem  parietibus  tuto  esse  tecum,  qui  magno  in 
periculo  essem  quod  isdem  moenibus  contineremur,  ad 
Q.  Metellum  praetorem  venisti :  a  quo  repudiatus  ad  so-  20 
(kilem  tuum,  virum  optimum,  M.  Marcellum  demigrasti ; 
quem  tu  videlicet  et  ad  custodiendum  te  diligentissimum 
et  ad  suspicandum  sagacissimum  et  ad  vindicandum  for- 
tissimum  fore  putasti.  Sed  quam  longe  videtur  a  carcere 
atque  a  vinculis  abesse  debere,  qui  se  ipse  iam  dignum  25 
custodia  iudicarit  ?  Quae  cum  it  a  sint,  Catilina,  dubitas, 
si  emori  aequo  animo  non  potes,  abire  in  aliquas  terras, 
et  vitam  istam,  multis  suppliciis  iustis  debitisque  erep- 
tam,  fugae  solitudinique  mandare  ? 

'  Eef  er ?  inquis  ( ad  senatum : '  id  enim  postulas,  et,  si  so 
hie  ordo  placere  decreverit  te  ire  in  exsilium,  obtempera- 
turum  te  esse  dicis.     Non  referam,  id  quod  abhorret  a 
meis  moribus ;  et  tamen  faciam  ut  intellegas  quid  hi  de 


188  PRACTICAL   LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

te  sentiant.  Egredere  ex  urbe,  Catilina ;  libera  rem  pu- 
blicam  metu ;  in  exsilium,  si  hanc  vocem  exspectas,  pro 
ficiscere.  Quid  est,  Catilina  ?  ecquid  attendis  ?  ecquid 
animadvertis  horum  silentium  ?  Patiuntur,  tacent.  Quid 
5  exspectas  auctoritatem  loquentium,  quorum  voluntatem 
tacitorum  perspicis  ?  At  si  hoc  idem  huic  adulescenti 
optimo  P.  Sestio,  si  fortissimo  viro  M.  Marcello  dixissem, 
iam  mihi  consuli,  hoc  ipso  in  templo,  senatus  iure  optimo 
vim  et  manus  intulisset.  De  te  autem,  Catilina,  cum 

10  quiescunt,  probant :  cum  patiuntur,  decernunt :  cum  ta- 
cent, clamant.  Neque  hi  solum, —  quorum  tibi  auctori- 
tas  est  videlicet  cara,  vita  vilissima,  —  sed  etiam  illi 
equites  Komani,  honestissimi  atque  optimi  viri,  ceterique 
fortissimi  cives,  qui  circumstant  senatum,  quorum  tu  et 

15  frequentiam  videre  et  studia  perspicere  et  voces  paulo 
ante  exaudire  potuisti.  Quorum  ego  vix  abs  te  iam  diu 
manus  ac  tela  contineo,  eosdem  facile  adducam,  ut  te 
haec,  quae  vast  are  iam  pridem  studes,  relinquentem 
usque  ad  portas  prosequantur. 

20  IX.  Quamquam  quid  loquor  ?  Te  ut  ulla  res  f rangat  ? 
tu  ut  umquam  te  corrigas  ?  tu  ut  ullam  f ugam  meditere  ? 
tu  ut  exsilium  cogites  ?  Utinam  tibi  is  tarn  mentem  di 
immortales  duint !  tametsi  video,  si  mea  voce  perterritus 
ire  in  exsilium  animum  induxeris,  quanta  tempestas  in- 

25  vidiae  nobis  —  si  minus  in  praesens  tempus,  recenti  me- 
moria  scelerum  tuorum,  at  in  posteritatem  —  impendeat : 
sed  est  tanti,  dum  modo  ista  sit  privata  calamitas,  et  a 
rei  publicae  periculis  seiungatur.  Sed  tu  ut  vitiis'  tuis 
commoveare,  ut  legum  poenas  pertimescas,  ut  tempori- 

30  bus  rei  publicae  cedas,  non  est  postu]andum.  Neque 
enim  is  es,  Catilina,  ut  te  aut  pudor  umquam  a  turpitu- 
dine  aut  metus  a  periculo  aut  ratio  a  furore  revocarit. 
Quam  ob  rem,  ut  saepe  iam  dixi,  proficiscere ;  ac,  si  mihi 


CICERO   AGAINST   CATILINE.  189 

inimico,  ut  praedicas,  tuo  conflare  vis  invidiam,  recta 
perge  in  exsilium  :  vix  feram  sermones  hominum  si  id 
f eceris ;  vix  molem  istius  invidiae,  si  in  exsilium  iussu 
consulis  ieris,  sustinebo.  Sin  autem  servire  meae  laudi 
et  gloriae  mavis,  egredere  cum  importuna  sceleratorum  5 
manu :  confer  te  ad  Manlium,  concita  perditos  civis,  se- 
cerne  te  a  bonis,  infer  patriae  bellum,  exsulta  impio  latro- 
cinio,  ut  a  me  non  eiectus  ad  alienos,  sed  invitatus  ad 
tuos  isse  videaris. 

Quamquam  quid  ego  te  invitem,  a  quo  iam  sciam  esse  10 
praemissos  qui  tibi  ad  Forum  Aureliurn  praestolarentur 
armati?  cui  sciam  pactam  et   constitutam  cum   Manlio 
diem  ?  a  quo  etiam  aquilam  illam  argenteam  quam  tibi 
ac  tuis  omnibus  confido  perniciosam  ac  funestam  futu- 
ram,  cui  domi  tuae  sacrarium  scelerum  tuorum  constitu-  is 
turn   fuit,  sciam   esse  praemissam?     Tu  ut  ilia  carere 
diutius   possis,    quam  venerari   ad  caedem  proficiscens 
solebas,  a  cuius  altaribus  saepe  istam  impiam  dexteram 
ad  necem  civium  transtulisti  ? 

X.   Ibis  tandem  aliquando,  quo  te  iam  pridem  ista  tua  20 
cupiditas  effrenata  ac  furiosa  rapiebat.     Neque  enim  tibi 
haec  res  adf ert  dolorem,  sed  quandam  incredibilem  vo- 
luptatem.    Ad  hanc  te  amentiam  natura  peperit,  voluntas 
exercuit,  f ortuna  servavit.    Numquam  tu  non  modo  otium, 
sed  ne  bellum  quidem  nisi  nefarium  concupisti.    Nanctus  25 
es  ex  perditis  atque  ab  omni  non  modo  f  ortuna  verum 
etiam  spe  derelictis  conflatam  improborum  manum.     Hie 
tu  qua  laetitia  perfruere  !    quibus   gaudiis   exsultabis ! 
quanta  in  voluptate   bacchabere,  cum  in  tanto  numero 
tuorum  neque  audies   virum   bonum   quemquam  neque  so 
videbis  !      Ad  huius  vitae  studium  meditati  illi  sunt  qui 
feruntur  labores  tui,  —  iacere  humi  non  solum  ad  obsiden- 
dum  stuprum,  verum  etiam  ad  facinus  obeundum  ;  vigilare 


190  PRACTICAL  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

non  solum  insidiantem  somno  maritorum,  vemm  etiain 
bonis  otiosorum.  Habes  ubi  ostentes  tuam  illam  praecla- 
ram  patientiain  famis,  frigoris,  inopiae  reruin  omnium, 
quibus  te  brevi  tempore  confection  esse  senties.  Tan  turn 
profeci  turn,  cum  te  a  consulatu  reppuli,  ut  exsul  potius 
temptare  quam  consul  vexare  rem  publicam  posses,  atque 
ut  id  quod  est  a  te  scelerate  susceptum,  latrocinium  pp- 
tius  quam  bellum  nominaretur. 


VOCABULAEY. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

V.  (De  Viris  Illustribus)  The  Seven  Kings  of  Rome. 

N.  Nepos,  Miltiades. 

N.  T.  Nepos,  Themistocles. 

C.  Caesar,  Book  I.    De  Bello  Gallico. 

C.2  Caesar,  Book  II.    The  War  with  the  Belgae. 

Cic.  Cicero  in  Catilinam. 

Other  abbreviations  are  self-explanatory. 


A.,  abbrev.  of  Aulus,  Aulus. 

a,  prep.  w.  abl.,  by,  away  from, 
from,  against,  on  the  side  of  (C.  1)  ; 
ab  initio,  at  the  beginning,  a  is  never 
used  before  vowels;  ab  is  used  be- 
fore vowels,  h,  and  often  before  /, 
n,  r,  s ;  abs  is  found  before  t  and 
7,  esp.  before  te  (Cic.  6). 

ab,  see  a. 

ab-do,  3,  -didi,  -ditum,  put  away, 
hide,  conceal  (V.  26)  ;  se  in  silvas, 
Betake  one's  self  (for  concealment) 
into  the  woods. 

ab-eo,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  go ; 
'/°  °ff>  9°  away  /  ad  deos,  ascend  to 
ike  gods. 

ab-horreo,  2,  -ui,  — ,  shrink  back 
from,  abhor ;  be  averse  to  (a  thing), 
differ  from,  usu.  w.  a  or  ab  (N.  3), 
entirely  dissent ;  not  be  connected  with 
(Cic.  7). 

ab-icio,  3,  -ieci,  -iectum  [iacio], 
fling,  throw,  cast  away  ;  throw  or  hurl 
down. 


ablatus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  au- 
fero. 

ab-luo,  3,  -ui,  -utum,  wash  away, 
wash  off,  wash  clean  ;  atone  for  ;  ma- 
nus,  wash  one's  hands  (V.  23). 

abripio,  3,  -ripui,  -reptum  [ab, 
rapid],  take  forcibly  away,  carry  off 
(N.4). 

abs,  see  a. 

absens,  -entis,  adj.  [absum],a&- 
sent. 

ab-solvo,  3,  -solvi,  -solutum, 
loosen  from,  discharge,  acquit,  let  go 
free  (V.  14)  ;  finish  off. 

abs-tineo,  2,  -ui,  -entum  [abs, 
teneo],  hold  back,  keep  away  from, 
refrain  from,  abstain  (V.  8). 

ab-sum,  abesse,  af  ui  (better  than 
abfui),  — ,  be  away  (V.  12),  absent, 
distant  or  at  a  distance  ;  be  lacking ; 
w.  a  or  ab  and  abl. ;  paulum  (haud 
procul)  abest  quin  (impers.),  there 
is  little  wanting  but  that ;  used  where 
we  should  say  all  but. 


192 


VOCABULARY. 


ab-utor,  3,  -usus,  use  up,  consume ; 
abuse  (Cic.  1). 

ac  and  atque  (which  see),  conj., 
and;  after  words  signifying  like- 
ness, as ;  aeque  ac,  as  well  as ;  after 
words  signifying  unlikeness,  than; 
amicior  mihi  nullus  vivit  atque  is 
est,  /  have  no  dearer  friend  living 
than  he  is.  See  also  N.  T.  6. 

Acarnana,  -ae,  F.,  Acarnanian 
woman. 

Acca,  -ae,  F.,  Acca,  a  woman's 
name. 

ac-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go  or 
come  near,  approach  (V.  14),  arrive 
at,  go  or  come  to  or  toward,  advance 
against,  be  added  (to)  ;  favor,  ap- 
prove of(N.  3)  ;  ad  negotia,  come  to 
business ;  hue  accedebat,  to  this  was 
added. 

acceptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[accipio],  welcome,  acceptable,  pleas- 
ing ;  maxime  plebi  acceptus  erat 
(C.  3),  was  popular  with  the  masses. 

accido,  3,  -cidi,  —  [ad,  cado], 
fall  upon,  fall  out;  happen  (V.  22), 
befall,  w.  dat. ;  accidit,  impers.  (w. 
dat.),  it  happens,  also  absol.,  turns  out. 

ac-cio,  4,  call,  summon. 

accipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptum  [ad, 
capioj,  take  to,  receive  (V.  13), 
accept;  treat,  deal  with ;  hear,  learn, 
understand;  in  bonam  (malam) 
partem  accipere,  take  in  good  (bad} 
part;  morem,  observe  a  custom  (V. 
17). 

Accius,  -i,  M.,  Accius. 

ac-curro,  3,  -cum  (rarely  accu- 
curri),  -cursum,  run  up,  run  toward, 
come  hastily. 

accuse,  1  [ad,  causa],  accuse, 
blame,  reproach. 


acer,  -cris,  -ere,  adj.,  sharp,  severe, 
bitter,  cruel  (Cic.  1). 

acerbus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bitter,  vio- 
lent, rigorous  (Cic.  1). 

acies,  -ei,  F.  [acer],  edge,  point, 
sharpness;  acies  oculorum,  fierce 
expression  of  the  eyes;  battle  ar- 
ray, army,  battle,  line  (of  army.) 
(V.  11) ;  ante  aciem,  before  the 
line. 

acquire,  see  adqulro. 

acriter,  adv.  (comp.  acrius, 
superl.  acerrime)  [acer],  sharply, 
keenly,  harshly,  vigorously,  with  spirit 
(V.22). 

a.  d.,  ante  diem,  which  see. 

ad,  prep.  w.  ace.,  to,  towards,  near, 
at,  by,  against,  for,  at ;  according  to 
(V.  9)  j  up  to,  until,  in  point  of,  as 
regards. 

ad-dico,  3,  -ixi,  -ictum,  adjudge, 
award,  devote;  assent,  be  favorable 
(V.20). 

ad-do,  3,  -didi,  -ditum,  put  on, 
add,  join,  annex1. 

ad-duco,  3,  -uxi,  -uctum,  lead  to, 
fetch  to,  bring;  prompt,  move,  lead, 
induce  (C.  3) ;  cupiditate  regni 
adductus,  ambitious  for  sovereign 
power  (C.  9). 

ad-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  rarely  -ivi,  -itum, 
go  or  come  to,  come  up  to,  approach 
(N.  T.  7). 

ad-eo,  adv.,  so  far,  so,  so  much,  to 
such  a  degree  (N.  T.  1),  so  long; 
moreover,  besides  (V.  16) ;  atque 
adeo,  and  even,  yet  more,  or  rather, 
I  may  even  say  (Cic.  2). 

ad-fero  (aff-),  ferre,  (aff-),  at- 
tuli  (adt-),  adlatum,  (all-),  bring 
to,  report,  bring  tidings,  announce 
(N.  3),  produce,  cause;  afferre  vim 


VOCABULARY. 


193 


alicui,  offer  or  do  violence  to  any 
one,  assault  (V.  26). 

ad-ficio  (aff-) ,  3,  -feci,  -f ectum 
[ad,  facio],  do  to  (a  person  or 
thing),  treat,  affect  (C.  2). 

adfinitas  (aff-),  -atis,  F.  [ad- 
finis],  relationship  by  marriage 
(C/2  4). 

adflrmo,  1,  affirm,  assert,  corrob- 
orate, assure,  declare  (N.  T.  4),  pos- 
itively assert. 

ad-hibeo,  2,  -ui,  -itura  [ad, 
habe5],  hold  toward;  employ,  use; 
join,  add ;  call  in,  admit. 

ad-hiic,  adv.,  until  now,  heretofore, 
thus  far,  before  (N.  5). 

ad-ipiscor,  3,  adeptus  [ad,  apis- 
cor,  take,  seize],  obtain,  reach,  ac- 
quire, get  (V.  19;  N.  T.  9). 

aditus,  -us,  M.  [adeo],  going  to, 
approach,  access  (N.  8). 

ad-iungo,  3,  -iunxi,  -iunctum, 
join  to,  bind  to,  fasten  on,  unite  with 
(V.  22),  annex. 

ad-iuvo,  1,  -iuvi,  -iutum,  help, 
assist,  aid  (N.  2). 

ad-licio  (all-),  3,  -lexi,  -lectum 
[ad,  lacio],  allure,  entice,  win  (V. 
25). 

ad-loquor  (all-),  3,  -cutus,  speak 
to,  address  (V.  22). 

Admetus,  -I/  M.  Admetus. 

ad-minister,  -tri,  M.,  assistant, 
minister,  helper,  agent  (Cic.  3). 

ad-ministro,  1,  manage  (V.  19), 
guide  ;  execute,  perform  ;  have  charge 
or  administration  of. 

admiratio,  -dnis,  F.  [admiror], 
admiration,  astonishment. 

ad-mlror,  1,  regard  with  wonder- 
ing approval,  admire  (N.  T.  10) . 

ad-moveo,    2,    -movi,    -motum, 


move  up  to  or  toivards,  apply,  bring 
toward,  move  on ;  employ,  bring  in. 

adolescens,  see  adulescens. 

ad-olesco  (adul-),  3,  -levi,  adul- 
tum,  grow  up,  increase  (V.  2) . 

ad-operio,  4,  -ui,  -turn,  cover  up, 
veil  (V.  14). 

adopertus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  ado- 
perio. 

ad-orno,  1,  furnish,  Jit  out,  adorn. 

ad-proplnquo,  see  appropin- 
quo. 

adquiro  (acqu-),  3,  -quisivi, 
-quisitum  [ad,  quaero],  acquire, 
gain  (V.  23). 

ad-ripio  (arr-),  3,  -ipui,  -eptum 
[ad,  rapid],  snatch,  catch  up  (N.  T. 
8). 

ad-sclsco,  see  asclsco. 

ad-sequor  (asse-),  3,  -secutus, 
follow  up,  gain,  obtain,  accomplish 
(Cic.  6). 

ad-servo  (asse-),  1,  watch  over, 
keep,  guard  (carefully)  (Cic.  8). 

ad-sido  (assl-),  3,  -edi,  — ,  take 
a  seat,  sit  down  (Cic.  7). 

adsumo  (assu-),  3,  -sumpsi, 
-sumptum,  take  to  (one's  self), 
adopt  (V.  22),  take,  receive. 

AduatucI  (-tici),  -orum,  M.  plur., 
the  Aduatuci. 

adulescens  (not  adol-),  -entis, 
M.  and  F.  [adolesco,  grow  up~\, 
young  man,  youth,  young  person. 

adulescentia  (not  adol-),  -ae, 
F.,  youth  (either  the  time  or  the 
person). 

adulescentulus,  -I,  M.  [dim. 
from  adulescens],  very  young  man 
(Cic.  6). 

ad-venio,  4,  -veni,  -ventum,  go 
or  come  to  (V.  19),  arrive. 


194 


VOCABULARY. 


udvento,  1,  — ,  —  [intens.  from 
adveni5],  advance,  approach,  come 
(N.  7). 

adventus,  -us,  M.  [advenio], 
coming,  approach  (N.  5). 

adversarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ad- 
rarsor,  resist~\,  opposite,  hostile  (N. 
/-.3). 

adversarius,  -i,  M.,  opponent, 
adversary,  enemy  (N.  2). 

adversum,  -i,  N.,  opposite  direc- 
tion or  course,  wrong  way  (N.  1). 

adversus  and  adversum,  prep, 
w.  ace.,  against,  towards,  opposite 
to. 

adversus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  in  front, 
facing  (any  person  or  thing)  (C.2 
8),  over  against. 

ad-voco,  1,  summon,  call  upon, 
convene  (V.  24),  call  to. 

aedes,  see  aedis. 

aedificium,  -i,  N.  [aedifico], 
building,  edifice ;  aedificia  privata, 
isolated  dwellings  (C.  5). 

aedifico,  1  [aedis,  facio],  build. 

aedis  (es),  -is,  F.,  building,  temple 
(V.  7)  ;  plur.,  house,  abode ;  aedes 
regiae,  palace. 

Aeduus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
^Edui;  as  noun  M.,  JEduan. 

aeger,  -gra,  -grum,  adj.,  ill,  sick, 
diseased,  suffering  (N.  7). 

aegre,  adv.  [aeger]  (comp.  ae- 
grius,  superl.  aegerrime),  with  dif- 
ficulty, with  grief,  scarcely,  hardly ; 
aegre  ferre,  take  amiss,  bear  with 
(/rief,  be  indignant  (V.  21),  dislike. 

aegritudo,  -inis,  F.  [aeger],  sick- 
ness, sorrow,  trouble,  care ;  aegritudo 
animi,  chagrin,  mortification,  irrita- 
tion. 

Acolis,  -idis,  F., 


aequipero,  1  [aequus,  par], 
compare,  rival,  equal  (N.  T.  6). 

aequitas,  -atis,  F.  [aequus],  fai r- 
ness,  equity,  justice  (V.  17). 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  equal  in 
itself,  plain ;  favorable  (N.  5),  fair; 
aequo  animo  (Cic.  8),  with  even 
mind,  with  equanimity,  calmly. 

aestas,  -atis,  F.,  summer  (C.22). 

aestimo,  1,  determine  the  value  of 
a  thing  in  money,  estimate,  assess 
(N.  7)_. 

aetas,  -atis,  F.,  age,  time  of  life ; 
often  youth;  aetate,  in  point  of  time 
(N.  T.  9). 

afferro,  see  adfero. 

affirmo,  see  adflrmo. 

ager,  agri,  M.,  field,  ground,  dis- 
trict, territory  ;  agri,  -orum,  plur., 
country  (in  opp.  to  the  town), 
country  district  (C.  4)  ;  allotments 
(N.  2). 

aggredior  (adg-),  3,  -gressus 
[ad,  gradior,  walk~\,  approach,  fall 
upon,  attack  (N,  T.  4). 

agito,  1  [intens.  from  agd],  put 
in  motion,  agitate,  drive,  disturb; 
design,  revolve  (in  the  mind),  pon- 
der, think  of  (V.  20). 

a-gnosco  (adgn-  or  adn-),  3, 
-novi, -nitum  [ad,  (g)noscd,  know~\, 
recognize,  acknowledge. 

ago,  3,  egi,  actum ,  lead,  drive ;  do, 
act;  deal,  treat,  arrange;  strive,  en- 
deavor; plan,  aim  at;  funus,  perform 
funeral  rites,  bury ;  annos,  be  (so 
many)  years  old;  diem  (noctem), 
pass  day  (night)  ;  augurio  acto, 
having  observed  the  omens  (V.  20) ; 
censum,  hold  census ;  consulem,  act 
(part  of)  consul;  bene,  be  well; 
gratias,  thank;  id  agere  ut,  take 


VOCABULARY. 


195 


care  that ;  id  agitur  ut,  the  object 
is  that. 

Ahala,  -ae,  M.,  Ahala. 

aio  (defective),  say:  a'is,  ait, 
aiunt  (V.  15). 

Alba,  -ae,  F.,  Alba,  a  town  in 
Latiurn  usually  called  Alba  Longa. 

Albani,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the  peo- 
ple of  Alba,  Albans. 

Albanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belonging 
to  Alba,  Alban;  Al.  Mons,  Mount 
Alba,  the  hill  upon  which  Alba 
stood. 

alien!, -orum,  M.  plur.  [alienus], 
strangers  (Cic.  9). 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [alius],  be- 
longing to  another,  foreign  ;  unseason- 
able, impertinent  (N.  6),  out  of  place, 
unfavorable  (N.  T.  4). 

alio,  adv.  [old  dat.  of  alius],  to 
another  place,  elsewhere ;  hoc  longe 
alio  spectabat  atque  (N.  T.  6),  the 
aim  of  this  was  quite  different  from 
what,  etc. 

aliquando,  adv.,  at  some  time  or 
other,  now,  at  length,  now  at  last, 
finally  (Cic.  5). 

aliquantum  and  aliquanto, 
adv.,  some,  someivhat,  considerably ; 
aliquantum  spati,  some  distance 
(V.  12). 

aliquis  (-qui),  -qua,  -quid 
(-quod),  indef.  pron.  [alius,  quis], 
some  one,  some  (V.  23). 

aliqujd,  adv.,  to  pome  place,  some- 
where (Cic.  7). 

aliquot,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  some, 
several,  not  many,  a  number  (Cic.  7). 

aliter,  adv.  [alius],  in  another 
manner,  otherwise  (N.  T.  7). 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  adj.  (gen.  alms, 
rare;  dat.  alii),  another,  other,  else; 


alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  ...  another; 
alii  .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others;  alii 
atque  alii,  one  after  another. 

Allobrox,  -ogis,  ace.  -oga,  M., 
one  of  the  Allobroges,  a  warlike  peo- 
ple of  Gaul,  in  what  is  now  Savoy. 

alo,  3,  -ui,  -itum,  and  -turn,  nour- 
ish, support,  strengthen  ;  sustain,  keep, 
keep  up  (V.  9). 

Alpes,  -ium,  F.,  the  Alps. 

altaria,  -ium,  N.  plur.  [altus  ?], 
high  altar,  altar  (Cic.  9). 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  gen. 
alterius,  dat.  alter!,  the  other  (of 
two) ;  alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one  .  .  . 
the  other ;  as  num.  adj.,  second  (V. 
12),  next,  another  (N.  T.  5). 

altitude,  -dinis,  F.  [altus],  height 
(N.  5). 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [alo],  nour- 
ished, grown  great ;  hence  high,  tall ; 
deep;  loud;  alta  voce,  with  loud 
voice;  altum  silentium,  deep  si- 
lence. 

alveus,  -I,  M.  [alvus,  belly"},  hol- 
low, bed  of  a  river  ;  any  hollow  ves- 
sel, tub  or  trough  (V.  1). 

Ambiam,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Ambiani. 

ambo,  -ae,  -5,  num.  adj.,  both 
(together)  (V.  21)  ;  uterque  means 
both  separately. 

amentia,  -ae,  F.  [amens],  won 
of  reason,  madness,  senselessness,  dar- 
ing scheme  (Cic.  4). 

amicitia,  -ae,  F.  [  amicus]  ,yh'em7 
ship  (N.  T.  9). 

amicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [amo]. 
loving,  friendly  (N.  3) . 

amicus,  -i,  M.  [amo],  loved  one, 
friend  (N.  3). 

amor,  -oris,  M.  [amo],  lore. 


196 


VOCABULARY. 


am-plector,  3,  -exus  [am-(bi), 
plecto],  encompass,  embrace  (V.  14), 
surround  (V.  22). 

amplius,  adj.,  adv.,  and  noun, 
indecl.,  more  (C.2  7). 

aTiiplus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  illustrious, 
/-.'./We',  distinguished,  eminent  (Cic.  1). 

Aiiiulins,  -I,  M.,  Amulius,  son  of 
Trocas. 

an,  conj.,  or,  whether;  (utrum) 
...  an  (whether}  ...  or/  generally 
used  to  introduce  the  second  mem- 
ber of  a  double  question  (N.  4)  ; 
often  with  the  first  member  only 
implied,  when  it  can  usu.  be  ren- 
dered, then  (Cic.  1). 

anceps,  -cipitis,  abl.  ancipiti, 
adj.  [ambi-,  caput],  two-headed, 
double  (N.  T.  3). 

anclle,  -is,  N.,  shield  (esp.  one 
said  to  have  fallen  from  heaven  in 
the  reign  of  Numa)  (V.  9). 

ancilla,  -ae,  F.  [dim.  from  an- 
cus,  servant],  maid,  maid-servant 
(V.  26),  hand-maid. 

ancora,  -ae,  F.,  anchor;  in  an- 
coris,  at  anchor  (N.  T.  8). 

Ancus,  -I,  M.,  Ancus. 

Andocumborius,  -i,  M.,  Ando- 
cumborius. 

angustiae,  -arum,  F.  plur.  [an- 
gustus],  narrow  place,  narrow  pass, 
defile;  straits;  difficulties;  slender- 
ness  (V.  4). 

aiigustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  narrow 
(N.  T.  4). 

anim-adverto,  3,  -ti,  -sum  [ani- 
mus, adverto],  turn  the  mind  to, 
observe,  notice  ;  in,  w.  ace.,  inflict 
punishment  on,  punish. 

animus,  -i,  M.,  disposition,  mind, 
feelings,  state  of  mind,  soul,  spirit, 


courage,  intention,  heart ;  plur.,  char- 
acter (C.  1)  ;  bono  animo,  kindly 
disposed  (C.  6)  ;  est  in  animo,  it 
is  (one's)  purpose. 

annulus,  see  anulus. 

annus,  -I,  M.,  year. 

annuus, -a, -um,  adj.  [annus], 
lasting  a  year,  of  a  year's  duration 
(N.  T.  9). 

ante,  prep.  w.  ace.,  before,  in 
presence  of;  adv.,  before,  previously , 
ago ;  ante  diem,  on  (a  certain)  day 
before,  used  with  an  ordinal  number 
followed  by  Kalendas,  Nonas,  or 
Idus,  to  express  a  date ;  thus,  a.  d. 
V.  Kal.  Apr.  —  ante  diem  quintum 
Kalendas  Aprilis,  or  the  flfth  day 
before  the  April  calends,  i.e.  March 
28,  for  the  Romans  counted  the 
first  day  as  well  as  the  last,  in  reck- 
oning. 

ante-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
bear  before,  put  or  place  before  (N. 
T.  1). 

antiquitas,  -atis,  F.  [antiquus], 
antiquity. 

antiquitus,  adv.  [antiquus],  in 
former  times,  of  old,  in  ancient  times 
(C.2  4). 

antiquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  old, 
ancient. 

anulus,  -i,  M.  [dim.  from  annus], 
ring,  finger-ring. 

auxins,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  anxious, 
uneasy. 

aperio,  4,  -ui,  -turn,  open  (V.  5), 
uncover*  show,  disclose,  reveal,  re- 
late. 

aperte,  adv.  [apertus],  openly, 
plainly  (Cic.  1). 

apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [aperio], 
uncovered,  open  (N.  5). 


VOCABULARY. 


197 


Apollo,  -inis,  M.,  Apollo,  one  of 
the  most  famous  gods. 

appello  (adp-),  3,  -pull, -pulsum, 
drive  to,  bring  to  (N.  4). 

ap-pello,  1  (adp-),  call  on,  ad- 
dress, name;  style,  call,  name. 

ap-propiiiquo  (adp-),  1,  w.  dat., 
come  near  to,  come  near,  approach 
(V.  6). 

appulsus  (adp-),  -a,  -urn,  part, 
of  appello. 

Apr.,  abbrev.  of  Aprilis,  -e, 
adj.,  of  April,  April. 

apte,  adv.  [aptus,  fitted,  fit], 
fitly,  suitably,  carefully  (V.  19). 

apud,  prep.  w.  ace.,  with,  by, 
near,  among,  amongst,  at,  to,  in  the 
presence  of;  at  the  house  of,  on  the 
side  of  (V.  11)  ;  at  the  headquarters 
of  (V.  26) ;  in  the  works  of  (N.  T. 
10). 

aqua,  -ae,  F.,  water  •  aquae, 
-arum,  plur.,  baths,  hot  springs. 

aquila,  -ae,  F.,  eagle  (V.  19). 

Aquileia,  -ae,  F.  [aquila] ,  Aqui- 
leia. 

aquilo,  -onis,  M.,  north  wind; 
vento  aquilone,  with  the  wind  in 
the  north  (N.  1). 

Aquitani,  -6 rum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Afjuitani,  inhabitants  of  Aquitania. 

Aquitania,  -ae,  F.,  Aquitania,  a 
district  in  Southern  Gaul. 

ara,  -ae,  F.,  altar. 

arbiter,  -tri,  M.,  witness  (V.  10), 
empire,  Judge. 

arbitror,  1  [arbiter],  testify  on 
/.(formation  and  belief;  be  of  an 
ojiinion,  consider,  think  (N.  5). 

arbor,  -oris,  F.,  tree  (N.  5) . 

arced",  2,  -ui,  — ,  shut  up,  enclose ; 
keep  off  (V.  2). 


arcesso,  3,  -ivi,  -itum  [intens. 
from  accedo],  send  for,  call,  invite, 
summon  (V.  15). 

Ardea,  -ae,  F.,  Ardea,  capital  of 
the  Rutuli,  six  leagues  south  of 
Rome. 

argenteus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [argen- 
tum],  of  silver,  silver  (Cic.  9). 

Argos,  N.  (only  nom.  and  ace. 
sing.),  usu.  plur. ;  ArgI,  -orum,  M., 
Argos,  capital  of  Argolis. 

anna,  -orum,  N.  plur.  [armo], 
arms,  weapons,  tools. 

arinatura,  -ae,  F.  [arm5],  armor, 
equipment  (C.2  10). 

armati,  -orum,  M.  plur.  [arma- 
tus],  armed  men,  soldiers. 

armatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[armo],  armed. 

armilla,  -ae,  F.  [armus,  shoulder, 
arm'],  bracelet. 

armo,  1  [arma],  arm,  equip. 

arripio,  see  ad-ripio. 

ars,  artis,  F.,  art,  skill  (V.  20). 

Artaphemes,  -is,  M.,  Artapher- 
nes. 

Artaxerxes,  -is,  M.  ace.  both 
-em  and  -en,  Artaxerxes. 

Artemisium,  -I,  N.,  Artemisium. 

arx,  arcis,  F.,  citadel  (V.  6). 

ascisco  (adsc-),  3,  -scivi,  -scitum 
[ad,  sclsco],  take  to  one's  self,  ac- 
cept, vote  in  (C.  5). 

Asia,  -ae,  F.,  Asia. 

aspectus  (adsp-),  -us,  M.,  seeing, 
sight,  view  (Cic.  7). 

assumo,  see  adsnmo. 

astu,  N.  indecl.,  city  (N.  T.  4). 

asylum,  -i,  N.,  place  of  refuge, 
asylum. 

at,  conj.,  but. 

Athenae,  -arum,  F.  plur.,  Athens 


198 


VOCABULARY. 


Atheriiensis,  -e,  adj.,  belonging 
to  Athens,  Athenian. 

Atheniensis,  -is,  M.,  an  Athenian 

(N.I). 

atque  (before  vowels  and  con- 
ronants,  ac  before  consonants  only) 
(  onj.  [ad,  que],  and  in  addition,  and 
also,  and  especially,  and.  See  ac. 

at-qui,  conj.,  but  (V.  20). 

Atrebates,  -um,  M.  plur.,  the 
At rebates. 

atrox,  -5eis,  adj.  [ater],  savage, 
fierce,  harsh,  cruel,  atrocious  (V.  14), 
horrible. 

attendo  (adt-),  3,  -tendi,  -ten- 
turn  [ad,  tendo],  stretch  toward, 
give  attention,  attend  to  (Cic.  8). 

Attica,  -ae,  F.,  Attica. 

attingo  (adt-),  3,  -tigi,  —  [ad, 
tango],  touch,  approach,  reach,  bor- 
der on,  join  (C.  1). 

auctor,  -oris,  M.,  rarely  F.,  pro- 
moter, producer;  father  ;  authority  ; 
Thucydidem  auctor  em  probare  (N. 
T.  10),  follow  the  authority  of  Time. 

auctoritas,  -atis,  F.  [auctor], 
counsel,  advice,  authority,  influence 
(V.  20). 

audacia,  -ae,  F.  [audax,  bold~\, 
daring,  courage ;  audacity,  lawless- 
ness (V.  18),  effrontery  (Cic.  1). 

audacter  (rarely  audaciter), 
adv.,  boldly,  rashly  (C.2  10). 

audeo,  2,  ausus  [audax] ,  dare, 
be  bold. 

audio,  4,  hear,  listen  to ;  dicto  au- 
dientem  esse  alicui,  obey  one  (  V.  22). 

au-fero,  auf  erre,  abstull,  ablatum 
[ab,  fer5],  bear  off,  take,  carry  away, 
remove  (V.  8). 

auf ugio,  3,  -f  ugi,  —  [ab,  fugio] , 
flee,  flee  from  (V.  12). 


augeo,  2,  auxi,  auctum,  increase, 
enlarge,  add  to,  do  good  (to}  (Y.  10) . 

artgur,  -uris,  M.  and  F.,  one  ivJio 
told  the  future  by  observing  the  flight 
of  birds,  etc.;  diviner,  soothsayer, 
augur,  seer  (V.  20). 

augurium,  -I,  N.,  observation  of 
the  flight  of  birds,  prophecy,  augury. 

augustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sacred, 
majestic,  august. 

Aurelius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  an 
Aurelius,  Aurelian ;  Forum  A.,  a 
town  in  Etruria. 

auris,  -is,  F.,  ear  (N.  3). 

auspiciuin,  I,  N.,  omen  taken 
from  watching  birds,  auspice;  divi- 
nation (V.  4)  ;  auspicia  habere,  hold 
or  take  the  auspices. 

aut,  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut, 
either  ...  or  (C.  1). 

autem,  conj.  (never  the  first 
word),  but,  however,  moreover,  now. 

ai ix ilium,  -I,  N.  [augeo],  help, 
support,  aid  (V.  15),  assistance; 
plur.,  auxiliaries. 

Aventlnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Aven- 
tine. 

Aventinus,  -I,  M.,  Aventine  Hill 
(or  Mount). 

averto,  3,  -ti,  -sum  [ab,  verto], 
turn  away  (V.  21),  avert. 

avis,  -is,  F.,  bird. 

avolo,  1  [ab,  volo],./?y  off  or 
away  (V.  26). 

avus,  -i,  M.,  grandfather. 

Axona,  -ae,  M.,  the  Axona*  r 
river  of  Gaul. 

B. 

bacchor,  1  [Bacchus],  celebrate 
the  festival  of  Bacchus;  hence,  revel 
(Cic.  10). 


VOCABULARY. 


199 


baculum,  -I,  N.  (rarely  baculus, 
-I,  M.),  stick,  staff  (V.  25). 

Baleares  (Bali-),  -ium,  M.  plur., 
the  Baleares. 

Balearis  (Bali-),  -e,  adj.,  of  the 
Baleares,  Balearic. 

barbarus,  -a, -urn,  adj.,  of  strange 
speech,  foreign,  uncivilized,  barbarous. 

barbarus,  -I,  M.,  barbarian. 

Belgae,  -arum,  M.  plur.,  Belgians. 

bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [bel- 
lum],/owe?  of  war,  warlike  (V.  16). 

bello,  1  [bellum],  wage  war  (N. 
T.  5). 

Bello  vaci,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Bellovaci. 

bellum,  -i,  N.  [bello],  war,  war- 
fare ;  sumere,  enter  upon  or  under- 
take a  war  •  ducere,  prolong  a  war ; 
conficere,  bring  a  war  to  an  end. 

bene,  adv.  [bonus] ,  comp.  melius, 
superl.  optime,  well;  sperare,  have 
good  hopes  (N.  1). 

beneficium,  -i,  N.  [beneficus, 
generous'],  favor,  service,  aid  (C.  9). 

benevolentia,  -ae,  r.  [bene, 
volo],  good-will  (V.  25),  kindness, 
friendship. 

benigne,  adv.  [bemgnus,  kind'], 
kindly  i  generously. 

Bibrax,  -actis,  F.,  Bibrax,  a  town 
of  the  Remi  in  Gaul. 

biennium,  -i,  N.  [bis,  amms],pe- 
riod  of  two  years  (C.  3). 

bis,  num.  adv.,  twice,  on  two  oc- 
casions (N.  T.  7). 

blanditiae,-arum,  F.  plur.  [blan- 
dus,  of  smooth  tongue~\,  flattery, bland- 
ishment (V.  25). 

Boil  or  Bol,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Boii,  a  people  of  Gaul. 

bonitas,  -atis,  F.  £bonus],  good- 


ness, excellence,  virtue,  integrity  (N. 
8). 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (comp.  me- 
lior,  superl.  optimus)?  good,  honor- 
able (N.  T.  7)  ;  plur.  bona,  good 
lyings,  services  (N.  T.  9),  property. 

boreas,  -ae,  M.,  north  wind,  north 
(N.2). 

bos,  bovis  (gen.  plur.  bovum  or 
bourn,  dat.  bobus  or  bubus),  M.  and 
F.,  ox,  cow  (V.  23). 

brevis,  -e,  adj.,  short,  shallow, 
little,  brief  (N.  2). 

Britannia,  -ae,  F.,  Britain. 

bulla,  -ae,  F.,  boss,  knob  (worn 
upon  the  neck  by  Roman  children), 
amulet  (V.  20). 

C. 

C.,  abbrev.  of  Gaius  (not  Caius, 
as  once  written),  Gaius. 

cado,  3,  cecidi,  casum,  fall,  hap- 
pen ;  fall  in  battle,  perish. 

caedes,  -is,  F.  [caedo],  slaughter, 
(V.  14),  bloodshed,  assassination, 
murder  ;  fig.  sword. 

caedo,  3,  cecidi,  caesum,  cut, 
strike,  beat,  lash,  slay,  kill  (V.  14).  - 

caelestis  (not  coel-),  -e,  adj. 
[caelum],  celestial,  heavenly;  pro- 
digia  caelestia,  augury  (V.  19). 

Caelius  (Coelius),  -i,  M.  Coclius. 

Caelius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Gcelian. 

caelum,  -i,  N.,  sky,  heaven. 

caerimonia  (caere-),  -ae,  F., 
religious  usage  ;  reverence  (N.  T.  8) . 

CaeroesI,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Cceroesi. 

Caesar,  -aris,  M.,  Caesar. 

calamitas,  -atis,  F.,  loss,  injury, 
mischief,  disaster  (Cic.  5),  calamity. 

Caleudae,  see  Kalendae. 


200 


VOCABULARY. 


Caletes,  -urn,  and  Caletl,  -orum, 
M.  plur.,  the  Caletes  or  Caleti. 
callidus,  -a,  -um,   adj.    [calleo, 

be  skilful],  shrewd  (V.  23),  sly, 
crafty,  cunning. 

campus,  -I,  M.,  plain,  field, 
campus,  i.e.  Campus  Martins  or 
Field  of  Mars,  a  plain  by  the  Tiber 
outside  the  city  of  Rome. 

cano,  3,  cecini,  cantum,  sing, 
rehearse,  celebrate,  play  on  an  instru- 
ment, blow;  tubicen  cecinit,  the 
trumpeter  blew,  gave  the  signal^ 

capesso,  3,  — ,  —  [desid.  from 
capio],  catch  at  eagerly,  seize,  take 
part  in;  fugam,  take  to  flight 
(V.  12)  ;  capessendae  rei  publicae 
(N.  T.  2),  of  political  activity. 

capio,  3,  cepi,  captum,  capture, 
take,  seize  ;  form  ;  take  up,  receive ; 
suffer;  gain,  make  (V.»16);  reach, 
gain  (of  a  place)  ;  overcame,  affect, 
move  (N.  2),  Jill. 

Capitolium,  -I,N.  [caput],  Capi- 
tol, the  citadel  of  Rome  with  its 
buildings  and  temples. 

capra,  -ae,  F.,  a  she-goat ;  Caprae 
Palus,  as  prop,  noun,  Marsh  of  the 
She-goat,  Goat  Marsh  (V.  8). 

captivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [capio], 
captured,  captive  (V.  22),  conquered. 

caput,  -itis,  N.,  head  (V.  14), 
life,  tqp,  main  thing,  end ;  devovere, 
devote  one's  self  to  death;  capitis 
damnare,  condemn  to  death ;  capitis 
absolvere,  acquit  of  a  capital  crime 
(N.  7) ;  praecipua  capita,  chief 
points. 

Car,  -aris,  M.,  Carian. 

career,  -eris,  M.,  prison  (V.  18) . 

careo,  2,  -ui,  — ,  be  without,  be 
free  from,  want,  lack  (N.  2). 


carpentum,  -i,  N.,  chariot,  wagon 
(V.  19,  24). 

carrus,  -I,  M.,  wagon,  baggage- 
wagon  (C.  3),  cart.  • 

carus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dear,  pre- 
cious, esteemed  (Cic.  8). 

casa,  -ae,  F.,  hut,  cottage  (V.  2). 

castellum,  -i,  N.  [dim.  from  cas- 
trum],  castle,  fort,  citadel,  fortress, 
stronghold  (N.  2),  tower  (on  a  wall) 
(C.  8),  redoubt. 

Casticus,  -i,  M.,  Casticus. 

castrum,  -I,  N.,  fortress;  plur., 
camp  (fortified  as  was  the  manner 
of  the  Romans) ;  in  castris,  in 
camp  (V.  26),  or  in  service ;  castra 
ponere,  movere,  pitch,  break  camp ; 
quintis  castris,  after  five  days' 
journey,  as  the  Romans  encamped 
every  night. 

casus,  -us,  M.  [cado],  falling; 
mischance,  misfortune  (V.  12),  chance, 
accident,  event. 

Catamantaloedes,  -is,  M.,  Cata- 
mantaloedes. 

Catillna,  -ae,  M.  [catus,  wise~\, 
Catiline. 

catulus,  -I,  M.  [dim.  from  catus, 
cat],  cub  (V.  2),  whelp,  kitten,  young 
(of  a  wolf)  ;  young  dog,  puppy. 

Caturiges,  -um,  M.  plur.,  the 
Caturiges,  a  Ligurian  tribe  in  Gaul. 

causa,  -ae,  F.,  cause,  reason,  occa- 
sion; cause,  suit,  legal  process; 
causam  reddere,  give  a  reason ; 
quam  ob  causam,  for  which  (what} 
reason;  causa  (abl.),  w.  gen.  and 
usu.  after  the  noun,  for  the  sake  of; 
mea  causa,  for  my  sake ;  in  causa 
esse,  be  guilty  of;  causam  dicere  or 
agere,  plead. 

-ce,    an    enclitic    particle    with 


VOCABULARY. 


201 


demonstrative  force,  as  in  huiusce 
modi,  of  this  kind  (Cic.  2). 

cedo,  3,  cessi,  cessum,  go  from, 
give  place,  yield,,  conform  to  (Cic.  9). 

celer,  -eris,  -ere,  adj.,  swift,  quick, 
speedy. 

celeriter,  adv.  [celer],  quickly 
(N.  4),  speedily. 

celo,  1,  conceal  (V.  22),  hide. 

Celtae,  -arum,  M.  plur.,  Celts, 
Celtae. 

ceno,  1  [cena,  dinner'],  dine  (V. 
26),  sup;  dine  on,  eat. 

census,  -us,  M.  [censeo],  estimate, 
rating  (of  citizens),  census. 

Centrones,  -urn,  M.  plur.,  Gen- 
trones. 

centum,  num.  adj.,  indecl., 
hundred. 

centuria,  -ae,  F.  [centum],  cen- 
tury, company,  division  of  one 
hundred. 

certamen,  -inis,  N.  [certo,  strug- 
gle^, contest,  combat. 

certatim,  adv.  [certo],  with  con- 
test, emulously. 

certus,  -a,  -um.,  adj.  and  part, 
[cernd],  certain,  sure,  faithful ;  ac- 
curate, fixed,  determined,  definite ; 
certiorem  facere,  make  (one)  more 
certain,  inform;  certior  fio,  I  am 
informed. 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  plur.,  rest, 
other  (V.  26)  ;  ceteris  rebus 
(C.2  3),  with  everything  else. 

Chersonesus,  -I,  F.,  Chersonesus, 
a  peninsula  west  of  the  Hellespont. 

cibaria,  -orum,  N.  plur.  [ciba- 
rius,  from  cibus,  food~\ ,  food,  provis- 
ions;  molita  (C.  5),  meal. 

Cimbrl,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Cimbri. 


CImon,  -onis,  M.,  Cimon,  father 
of  Miltiades. 

circa,  adv.,  and  prep.  w.  ace., 
around  about,  round  to. 

circiter,  adv.  and  prep.,  about, 
not  far  from,  near. 

circum,  adv.  and  prep.  [ace.  of 
circus],  around,  about  (C.  10). 

circum-cludo,  3,  -si,  -sum,  shut 
in,  enclose,  surround,  hem  in  (Cic. 
3). 

circum-do,  1,  -dedi,  -datum, 
put  round  (V.  18),  encompass,  sur- 
round with ;  murum  urbi  or  urbem 
muro  (abl.),  put  a  wall,  round  the 
city  (surround  the  city  with  a  wall). 

circum-eo  or  circueo,  -ire,  -ivi 
or  ii,  circumitum  or  circuitum,  go 
around,  surround  (N.  T.  3). 

circumicio  or  -iicio,  3,  -ieci, 
-iectum  [circum,  iacio],  throw 
around,  put  around  (C.2  6). 

circumsisto,  3,  -steti, ,  sur- 
round (V.  12). 

circum-s^o,  1,  -steti, ,  stand 

around,  surround  (Cic.  £). 

circum-venio,  4,  -veni,  -ventum, 
come  round,  beset,  surround  (V.  15), 
cheat,  circumvent. 

circus,  -i,  M.,  circle,  circus,  esp. 
the  Circus  Maximus  built  by  Tar- 
quinius  Priscus  (V.  20) . 

cis,  prep.,  on  this  side  (C.2  3). 

citerior,  -us,  adj.  comp.,  from 
citer  (not  used),  on  this  side, 
hither ;  provincia  =  Gallia  Cisal- 
pina  (C.  10). 

cito,  1,  stimulate,  hasten;  summon, 
cite;  citatis  equis,  at  full  gallop 
(V.  26). 

clvis,  -is,  M.  and  F.,  citizen 
(V.  10). 


202 


VOCABULARY. 


clvitas,  -atis,  F.  [civis],  body  of 
citizens,  state  ;  civil  right,  citizenship. 

clam,  adv.,  secretly  (N.  T.  10). 

clamito,  1,  [intens.  from  clamo], 
cry  aloud  frequently,  set  up  a  shout, 
cry  out,  call  out. 

clamo,  1,  call,  cry  out,  proclaim, 
declare  (Cie.  8). 

clamor,  -oris,  M.  [clamo],  shout, 
cry,  noise  (V.  21). 

clandestinus,  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[clam],  secret  (V.  18),  hidden, 
clandestine. 

clangor,  -oris,  M.,  noise,  cry 
(V.  19). 

darns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  clear,  bright, 
shining,  illustrious  (N.  T.  8). 

classiaril,  -drum,  M.  plur.  [clas- 
sis],  marines,  mariners,  seamen,  na- 
val forces  (N.  7). 

classis,  -is,  F.,  fleet ;  class  (V.  22) . 

claudo,  3,  -si,  -sum,  shut,  close 
(V.  9);  surround;  ewe?/  agmen, 
bring  up  the  rear ;  operibus,  block- 
ade (N.  7). 

clausus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  claudo. 

Clemens,  -entis,  adj.,  mild,  calm, 
gentle,  indulgent,  merciful  (Cic.  2). 

cliens,  -entis,  M.  [for  cluens, 
part,  of  clueo,  hear~], personal  depend- 
ant, retainer  (C.  4). 

coelestis,  see  caelestls. 

coelum,  see  caelum. 

coemo,  3,  -emi,  -emptum  [com-, 
emo],  purchase,  buy  (C.  3). 

coeno,  1,  see  ceno. 

(coepio),  3,  coepi, —  (defective 
verb,  tenses  from  pres.  stem  want- 
ing), began  (not  begin). 

coeptus,  -a,  -um,  p.p.  [coepio], 
used  in  same  sense  as  active  with 
pass,  infinitives  (C.26). 


co-erceo,  2,  -cui,  -citum  [com-, 
arceo],  enclose  on  ail  sides,  restrain 
(Cic.  1). 

coetus,  -us,  M.  [coeo],  coming  to- 
gether, assemblage,  crowd,  meeting 
'(Cic.  3). 

cogitatio,  -onis,  F.  [cogito], 
thought,  consideration  (V.  19). 

cogito,  1,  consider  thoroughly,  pon- 
der, plan,  plot  (Cic.  3). 

cognitus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  co- 
gnosco. 

co-gnosco,  3,  -novi,  -nitum 
[com-,(g)nosc6],  learn,  know,  rec- 
ognize, see,  perceive,  understand ;  in- 
vestigate; become  acquainted  with 
(N.  1),  discover,  find  out. 

cogo,  3,  coegi,  coactum  [com-, 
ago],  drive  together,  collect,  summon ; 
compel  (N.  7),  force,  require. 

coh.ors,  -rtis,  F.,  court,  yard; 
crowd ;  company,  cohort  (tenth  part 
of  a  legion)  (C.2  5). 

co-hortor,  1  [com-,  hortor],  ani- 
mate, encourage  (C.2  5)  ;  admonish, 
exhort,  address. 

Collatia,  -ae,  F.,  Collatia,  a  city 
of  Latium. 

Collatlnus,  -I,  M.,  Collatinus. 

collega,  see  conlega. 

collis,  -is,  M.,  hill. 

colloco,  see  conloco. 

colo,  3,  colui,  cultum,  till,  culti- 
vate ;  cherish,  honor,  worship  (V.  8) . 

colonia,  -ae,  F.  [colonus],  colony, 
colonial  town  (Cic.  3). 

colonus,  -I,  M.  [cold],  tiller 
of  the  soil,  farmer;  settler,  colonist 
(N.  1). 

com-  (col-,  con-,  cor-,  co-),  primi- 
tive form  of  cum,  a  prefix  denoting 
completeness  or  union,  found  only 


VOCABULARY. 


203 


in  composition;  sometimes  inten- 
sive. 

com-buro  (conb-) ,  3,  -ussi,  -us- 
tum,  burn  up,  consume  (C.  5). 

com-es,  -itis,  M.  and  F.,  compan- 
ion, associate,  comrade  (Cic.  5). 

comitia,  -orum,  N.  [plur.  of  co- 
mitium],  comitia,  elections  (Cic.  5). 

comitium,  -I,  N.,  place  of  assem- 
bly, comitium,  voting-place  (Cic.  6). 

commeatus  (conm-),  -us,  M. 
[commeo],  a  going  to  and  fro ;  leave 
of  absence;  supply -train;  supplies, 
provisions  (N.  7). 

com-meo  (conm-),  1,  go  and 
come,  pass  to  and  fro ;  minime  saepe 
commeant  (C.  1),  least  often  (i.e., 
very  seldom}  penetrate. 

com-migro,  1,  remove  (V.  19), 
migrate. 

commissum,  -I,  N.  [committo], 
undertaking,  crime  (Cic.  6). 

com-mitto  (conm-),  3,  -misi, 
-mlssum,  bring  together;  proelium, 
join  battle,  engage  in  battle  (N.  5). 

commode,  adv.  [commodus], 
well,  becomingly,  fittingly,  with  pro- 
priety (N.  T.  1$),  fluently. 

com-moveo  (conm-),  2,  -movi, 
-motum,  put  in  violent  motion,  alarm 
(C.2  2)  ;  disturb,  disquiet;  move,  set 
in  motion,  rouse  (Cic.  2). 

com-munio  (conm-),  4,  -ivi, 
-limn,  fortify  (on  all  sides},  strengthen 
(N.  2). 

com-munis  (conm-),  -e,  adj., 
common,  general,  public  (N.  T.  3). 

communitas,  -atis,  F.  [commu- 
nis],  community,  fellowship ;  affabil- 
ity (N.  8). 

communiter,  adv.  [communis], 
in  common  (V.  23),  generally. 


compar  (conp-),  -aris,  adj.,//£e, 
equal,  suitable,  on  equal  terms. 

com-paro  (conp-),  1, put together, 
match,  compare  (alicui  and  cum  all- 
quo)  ;  prepare,  provide,  obtain,  pro- 
cure (Y.  19),  secure,  get  ready. 

com-pello,  3,  -pull,  -pulsum, 
drive  together,  push  on,  drive,  force, 
impel,  compel ;  in  fugam,  put  to  flight. 

com-perio,  4,  -peri,  -pertum,  06- 
tain  knowledge  of,  find  out,  ascertain 
(Cic.  4). 

competitor,  -oris,  M.  [compete, 
be  adequate^,  rival,  opposing  candi- 
date, competitor  (Cic.  5). 

complector  (comp-),  3,  -plexus, 
comprehend,  encompass,  clasp  around, 
embrace  (V.  19)  ;  amore  complecti, 
love. 

compleo  (conp-) ,  2,  -evi,  -etum, 
flll  up,  complete,  make  full  (N.  5). 

complexus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of 
complector. 

comploratio,  -oris,  F.  [compld- 
ro,  bewail  together~\,  complaint,  lam- 
entation, wailing  (V.  13). 

com-plures,  -a,  or  -ia,  gen.  -him, 
adj.  plur.,  many  (V.  18),  very  many. 

com-pono  (conp-),  3,  -posui, 
-positum,  put  together,  write,  unite, 
compose,  contrive,  arrange,  settle,  con- 
clude, match. 

compositus  (conp-,  -postus), 
-a,  -um,  adj.  and  part,  [compono], 
regular ;  ex  composite,  by  agreement 
(V.  21),  from  previous  arrangement, 
designedly. 

com-prehendo  (conp-),  3,  -di, 
-sum,  take  hold  of,  seize,  catch,  ap- 
prehend, arrest  (Cic.  2). 

com-primo  (conp-),  3,  -press!, 
-pressurn  [com-,  premo],  press  to- 


204 


VOCABULARY. 


g  ether,  hold,  keep  in,  oppose,  repress, 
suppress,  hinder  (Cic.  5). 

conata,  -orum,  N.  plur.  [conor], 
undertaking,  attempt  (C.  3). 

conatus,  -us,  M.  [cdnor],  attempt 
(C.  8),  undertaking. 

con-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go 
away,  retire,  withdraw  (N.  T.  8)  ; 
concede,  allow,  permit  (N.  T.  10). 

concilio,  1  [concilium],  bring  to- 
gether, win  over,  make  friendly,  recon- 
cile, bring  about,  procure;  gain  (for 
one's  self  or  another}. 

concilium,  -i,  N.,  collection  of 
people,  assembly,  council  (C.24). 

concio,  see  contio. 

con-cipio.  3, -cepij -centum  [com-, 
capio],  take  up,  seize ;  perceive,  un- 
derstand;  think  of ,  conceive  (V.  20); 
compose,  write;  conceive,  bear. 

concito,  1  [intens.  from  con- 
ci(e)6,  call  together],  rouse,  excite, 
stir  up  (V.  15). 

con-clamo,  1,  shout  (V.  12),  cry 
out,  cry  out  aloud  or  angrily,  summon, 
call  upon,  cry  out  together. 

concuplsco,  3,  -cupivii  (synco- 
pated -cupisti,  etc.),  -cupitum  [in- 
cep.  from  com-,  cupio],  long  for,  be 
very  desirous  of,  desire  (Cic.  10). 

con-curro,  3,  -curri,  -cursum, 
rush  together,  run  together,  assemble, 
dash  together,  fight  (V.  11). 

concursus,  -us,  M.  [concurro], 
onset  (V.  12),  attack;  concourse, 
assembly,  thronging  together  (Cic. 

i)- 

con-deinno,  1  [damno],  doom, 
condemn,  convict,  find  guilty. 

con-de,  3,  -didi,  -ditum  [com-, 
do],  found,  build,  put  together,  store 
up,  hide ;  condi,  lie  concealed. 


Condrusi,  -drum,   M.   plur.,  the 

Condrusi. 

con-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum, 
draw  together,  collect,  gather  (C.  4)  ; 
employ,  hire  (C.2l). 

con-fero,  conferre,  contuli,  conla- 
tum  (coll-),  bring  together,  collect,  set 
together,  compare ;  contribute ;  be  use- 
ful; charge  upon,  heap  upon,  ascribe; 
assign,  refer,  defer  (Cic.  3)  ;  in  ali- 
quem,  confer  upon  any  one;  se,  be- 
take one's  self,  go  (over  to)  (V.  25)  ; 
collatis  viribus,  with  united  force. 

con-festim,  adv.,  immediately, 
speedily,  forthwith,  at  once  (Cic. 

2). 

con-ficio,  3,  -feci,  -fectum  [com-, 
facio],  make,  accomplish,  carry  out, 
complete,  finish,  form,  work  out,  pro- 
duce, raise,  digest;  weaken,  exhaust, 
consume,  kill  (V.  13)  ;  cibum,  chew 
food ;  viam,  complete  a  journey ;  bel- 
lum,  end  a  war;  plagis,  beat  vio- 
lently; senectute  confectus,  worn 
out  with  old  age ;  aegritudine  con- 
fici,  be  consumed  with  grief;  inedia 
confici,  starve. 

confide,  3,  -fisus,  trust,  believe, 
be  confident  (N.  1). 

con-firmo,  1,  make  firm,  strength- 
en (N.  3),  establish,  determine  (on)  ; 
assert,  affirm  (C.  3). 

con-flagro,  1,  blaze,  burn  up,  burn 
(V.  16),  be  consumed ;  set  on  fire. 

con-fligo,  3,  -ixi,  -ictum,  dash 
against,  contend,  strive,  combat,  fight 
(V.  22). 

con-flo,  1,  blow  up,  kindle,  inflame, 
excite,  produce,  effect  (Cic.  9). 

con-fugio,  3,  -fugi,  -fugitum 
[com-,  fugio],  flee,  flee  for  refuge, 
have  recourse  to. 


VOCABULARY. 


205 


con-gero,  3,  -gessi,  -gestum,  bring 
together,  collect,  gather  (N.  T.  6) . 

congressus,  -us,  M.  [congredior], 
meeting,  conference;  hostile  meeting, 
sfiock  of  battle;  ad  congressum 
deae,  to  meet  the  goddess  (V.  10). 

congruo,  3,  -ui, ,  agree,  cor- 
respond (V.  3). 

con-icio,  3,  -ieci,  -iectum  [com-, 
iacio],  throw  together,  throw,  hurl, 
cast;  direct,  conjecture  (N.  T.  1), 
guess. 

con-iungo,  3,  -iunxi,  -iunctum 
[com-,  iugum,  yoke],  yoke  together, 
connect,  unite,  join  (V.  18),  bring 
together. 

coniunx  or  coniux,  -iugis,  M. 
and  F.  [com-,  iungo,^om],  wife,  hus- 
band, spouse. 

coniuratl,  -drum,  M.  plur.  [con- 
iuratus],  conspirators  (Cic.  5). 

coniuratio,  -onis,  F.  [coniuro], 
conspiracy,  union,  alliance,  league  (C. 

2). 

con-iuro,  1,  swear  together,  unite 
by  oath,  conspire ;  in  aliquem,  con- 
spire against  any  one;  in  aliquod, 
conspire  for  anything  (V.  26). 

conlega  or  collega,  -ae,  M.,  col- 
league (N.  5),  associate. 

con-loco  (coll-),  1,  set  right, 
place,  occupy,  employ,  settle  (N.  2),  of 
a  camp,  pitch  (Cic.  2). 

conloquium  (coll-),  -I,  N.  [con- 
loquor,  converse],  colloquy,  conversa- 
tion, conference,  discourse  (V.  10). 

con-loquor  (coll-),  3,  -cutus, 
talk  (N.  T.  9),  converse,  confer. 

connubium,  see  conubium. 

conor,  1,  undertake,  try  (N.  T.  6), 
attempt,  endeavor,  venture,  seek,  aim, 
make  an  effort. 


con-queror,  3,  -questus,  complain 
of  (V.  25),  bewail. 

con-sanguinei,  -drum,  M.  plur., 
kindred,  kinsmen  (C.2  3). 

con-sanguineus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
of  the  same  blood. 

conscientia,  -ae,  F.  [conscid], 
joint  knowledge,  consciousness,  feeling, 
sense  (Cic.  7),  conscience. 

con-sclsco,  3,  -scivi,  -scitum, 
approve  of;  resolve  upon ;  appro- 
priate;  mortem  sibi  (C.  4),  commit 
suicide. 

con-scius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [com-, 
scio],  knowing  in  common ,  witnessing  ; 
tarn  multis  consciis,  ivhen  so  many 
knew  it  (N.  3). 

con-scrlbo,  3,  -ipsi,  -iptum,  en- 
roll, levy,  inscribe,  raise  (of  an  army) 
(V.  18)  ;  compose,  write. 

conscriptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and 
part,  [conscribo],  elect,  chosen;  pa- 
tres  conscripti,  i.e.,  patres  et  con- 
scripti,  fathers  and  elect,  conscript 
fathers  (the  title  of  the  assembled 
senate). 

con-secro,  1  [com-,  sacro],  dedi- 
cate, consecrate,  devote. 

con-sector,  I,  follow  eagerly,  pur- 
sue (N.  T.  2). 

con-sentio,  4,  -sensi,  -sensum, 
agree,  conspire,  plot  together,  make  a 
league  (C.2  3),  unite. 

con-sequor,  3,  -cutus,  follow  close 
upon,  follow,  come  after,  come  up  with 
(V.  12),  reach,  attain,  result;  make, 
gain,  get,  obtain  (V.  19). 

con-sero,  3,  -serui,  -sertum,  put 
together,  tie,  bind ;  pugnam  or  proe- 
lium,  join  battle;  manum,  come  to 
close  quarters  (V.  12),  engage  hand 
to  hand. 


206 


VOCABULARY. 


con-servo,  1,  retain,  keep  safe, 
preserve  (N.  T.  5),  save. 

con-sldero,  1,  observe  attentively, 
think  over. 

con-sido,  3,  -sedi,  -sessum,  sit 
together,  sit  down  (V.  11),  encamp, 
settle. 

consilium,  -i,  N.  [consulo,  con- 
sul], select  assembly  (like  our  com- 
mittee or  council ;  whereas  concilium 
means  public  assembly},  hence  delib- 
eration, counsel,  plan,  purpose,  design, 
advice,  sagacity,  judgment,  discretion, 
wisdom,  good  sense,  prudence,  skill, 
cunning,  craft ;  eo  consilio,  with  that 
intention. 

con-sisto,  3,  -stiti,  ,  stand 

still,  stand  (C.2  6). 

conspectus,  -us,  M.  [conspicio], 
look,  view,  sight;  in  conspectu,  in 
sight ;  in  conspectu  imperatoris,  in 
presence  of  the  commander. 

con-spicio,  3,  -spexi,  -spectum, 
observe,  see  (V.  14),  behold,  look  at 
(attentively},  spy  out,  descry ;  pass, 
cdnspici,  be  distinguished. 

constanter,  adv.  [con-sto],.>?rm- 
ly,  constantly,  uniformly,  unanimously 
(C.2  2). 

con  sterno,  1  [com-,  sterno,  3, 
-stravi,  -stratum,  bestrew,  prostrate^, 
terrify,  affright,  strike  with  panic. 

con-stituo,  3,  -ui,  -utum  [com-, 
statud],  place  or  put  together,  form, 
set  up,  make,  station,  build,  place,  set- 
tle, arrange,  organize,  regulate  (N.  2), 
establish,  determine,  resolve,  appoint, 
designate,  select  (V.  8) ;  navem, 
moor  a  ship,  anchor. 

con-sto,  1,  -stiti,  -stitum  (-sta- 
tum)  [com-,  sto],  stand  together, 
be  consistent,  Jit,  agree,  correspond; 


stand  firm,  persevere  ;  consist  of,  be 
composed  of  (N.  T.  6). 

constrictus,  part,  of  con- 
stringo. 

con-stringo,  3,  -strinxi,  -stric- 
tum,  bind,  bind  fast,  fetter  (Cic.  1). 

consuetudo,  -inis,F.  [consuetus, 
accustomed'],  custom,  habit  (N.  8). 

consul,  -ulis,  M.,  consul  (C.  2). 

consularis,  -e,  adj.  [consul],  of 
a  consul,  consular;  vir  consularis, 
an  ex-consul,  a  man  of  consular  rank 
(C._2). 

consulatus,  -us,  M.  [consul], 
office  of  consul,  consulate,  consulship 
(Cic.  10). 

consulo,  3,  -ui,  -ultum,  meet  and 
consider,  reflect,  take  counsel,  look  out 
for  (one's  self)  ;  consult,  inquire  of 
(N.  1),  ask  for  advice. 

consultum,  -i,  N.  [consultus, 
well-considered~\,  deliberation;  sena- 
tus  consultum,  resolve  of  the  senate 
(Cic.  1). 

con-tendo,  3,  -di,  -turn,  strain, 
strive,  strive  for,  hasten;  contend, 
fight,  ask  for,  attempt;  assent  (N.  T. 
7)  ;  aliquid  ab  aliquo,  strive  to  gain 
anything  from  any  one ;  aliquo,  ad 
or  in  aliquem,  hasten  toward  any 
place,  or  any  one  (V.  24)  ;  remis, 
row  vigorously. 

contentio,  -onis,  F.  [contends] , 
quarrel,  contention,  strife,  effort,  strug- 
gle, exertion;  energy,  vigorous  effort. 

contentus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part, 
[contineo] ,  contented,  satisfied  (Cic. 
3). 

continens,  -ntis,  F.  [contineS], 
mainland  (N.  7),  continent. 

continenter,  adv.  [continens], 
continuously,  constantly  (C.  1). 


VOCABULARY. 


207 


con-tineo,  2,  -ui,  -tentum  [com-, 
teneo],  hold  in,  hem  in,  hold  together, 
hold,  contain,  restrain  (V.  10),  com- 
prise, keep  back;  confine,  bound; 
continentem  terrain  (N.  T.  3), 
mainland;  se  continere,  keep  one's 
self,  continue,  refrain. 

contingo,  3,  -tigi,  -tactum  [com-, 
tango],  touch,  reach,  happen,  occur 
(Cic.  7). 

coutio  (less  correctly  concio), 
-onis,  F.,  assembly  (V.  8)  ;  discourse 
(to  the  people). 

contra,  adv.  and  prep.,  in  opposi- 
tion, on  the  other  side,  on  the  contrary, 
on  the  other  hand  (N.  T.  4),  against 
(C-2  1). 

contumelia,  -ae,  F.,  insult,  af- 
front, disgrace  (N.  T.\),  invective. 

connbium  (less  correctly  con- 
nubium),  -I,  N.  [com-,  nubo,  wed~], 
wedlock,  marriage ;  intermarriage, 
right  of  marriage  (  V.  5) . 

con-valesco,  3,  -lui, ,  [incep. 

from  com-,  valeo],  get  better,  get  well 
(V.  22),  grow  strong,  recover. 

con-venio,  4,  -vein,  -ventum, 
come  together,  assemble,  flock;  agree  ; 
convenire  aliquem,  accost  or  visit 
any  one;  convenit,  impers.,  it  is 
agreed  upon,  is  settled  (Cic.  2). 

con-verto,  3,  -ti,  -sum,  turn 
around,  turn,  change,  overturn,  trans- 
late, direct  anew ;  convertere  in,  torn 
toward,  attract  to;  in  usum  suum 
convertere,  apply  to  one's  own  use; 
convertere  in  fugam,  put  to  flight ; 
convertere  se  ad  preces,  beseech. 

con-viiico,  3,  -vici,  -victum,  over- 
come ;  convict,  expose,  refute,  prove 
incontestable,  demonstrate  (Cic.  4), 
show  clearly. 


convlvium,  -I,  N.  [vivo],  feast 
(V.  26)  ;  in  convivio,  banqueting. 

con-voco,  1,  call  together,  summon 
(C.2  10),  assemble. 

co-orior,  4,  -ortus,  rise  up,  arise, 
burst  forth  (V.  8). 

copia,  -ae,  r.  [com-,  ops],  abun- 
dance, supply,  number;  plur.  re- 
sources, multitude,  means,  forces  (N. 
2)  ;  cum  omnibus  copiis,  "  bag  and 
laggnge." 

Corey ra,  -ae,  F.,  Corey ra,  an  isl- 
and in  the  Ionian  Sea. 

Corey raeus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  of 
Corey  ra,  Corcyraean. 

Corcyraeus,  -i,  M.,  a  Corcyraean. 

corpus,  -oris,  N.,  body,  bodily 
powers,  substance ;  corpse ;  corpore, 
by  dodging  (lit.  by  the  body}  (Cic.  6). 

corrigo  (conr-),  3,  -rexi,  -rectum 
[com-,  rego] ,  make  straight  or  right, 
reform,  correct,  improve  (V.  15). 

corrumpo  (conr-),  3,  -rupi, 
-ruptum,  [com-,  rumpo],  destroy, 
spoil  by  adding,  corrupt  (N.  6). 

corruptela  (conr-),  -ae,  F.  [cor- 
ruptus],  that  which  corrupts,  corrup- 
tion, seduction  (Cic.  G). 

cos,  cotis,  F.,  ichetstone  (V.  20). 

cottidianus  or  cotidianus,  -a, 
-um,  adj.  [cottidie],  every  day, 
daily  (C.  1). 

cottidie  or  cotldie,  adv.  [quot , 
dies],  daily,  every  day  (C.2  8). 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  adj.,  thick, 
close,  frequent  (N.  2),  numerous. 

credo,  3,  -didi,  -ditum,  lend ;  com- 
mit, intrust  (N.  3)  ;  trust,  believe,  g ire 
credence  to;  suppose  (N.  T.  4),  sus- 
pect ;  ironically,  presume  (Cic.  2). 

cremo,  1,  burn,  consume  by  flre 
(C.4). 


208 


VOCABULARY. 


creo,  1,  make,  create;  choose, elect, 
appoint. 

Cres,  -etis,  M.,  a  Cretan. 

cresco,  3,  -crevl,  -cretum,  [incep. 
from  Veer,  make'],  grow,  increase  (V. 
16). 

crimen,  -inis,  N.,  judgment,  charge 
(N.  8),  accusation. 

crinis,  -is,  M.,  hair. 

crudeliter,  adv.  [crudelis,  cruel], 
cruelly  (Cic.  2). 

culter,  -tri,  M.,  knife  (V.  20). 

cultus,  -us,  M.,  laboring,  cultiva- 
tion, culture;  civilization  (C.  1). 

cum,  prep.  w.  abl.,  with ;  to- 
gether with ;  magna  cum  offensione, 
to  the  great  displeasure  (N.  7)  ;  mag- 
na cum  dignitate,  in  great  esteem. 

cum,  conj.,  when;  since,  as, 
though,  although;  while;  cum  pri- 
mum,  as  soon  as;  cum  .  .  .  turn, 
both  .  .  .  and ;  with  pluperf.  subj. 
for  perf.  act.  part. 

cumulo,  1  [cumulus,  heap~\,  heap, 
accumulate,  augment 9  increase,  crown 
(Cic.  6). 

cunctor,  1,  tarry,  delay,  hesitate 
(V._24). 

cunctus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [con- 
tracted for  co-iunctus]  all  in  a 
body,  the  whole,  all  (N.  T.  9). 

cupiditas,  -atis,  F.  [cupidus], 
longing,  eagerness  (N.  5),  desire,  am- 
bition. 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  longing, 
desiring,  eager;  bellandi  cupidi 
(C.  2),  fond  ofjighling.  , 

cupio,  3,  -ivi,  -Itum,  long^for,  de- 
sire, wish,  be  eager  (N.  5). 

cur,  adv.  [qua,  re],  why  ?  where- 
fore ?  for  what  reason  ?  from  what 
motive  ? 


cura,  -ae,  F.,  trouble,  care,  anxiety 
(Cic.  4). 

Cures,  -ium,  F.,  Cures,  an  ancient 
town  of  the  Sabines  (V.  9). 

curia,  -ae,  F.,  ward,  curia  (V.  8) 
(a  division  among  the  Roman  peo- 
ple) ;  senate-house. 

Curiatius,  -I,  M.,  Curiatius,  one 
of  the  Curiatii  (V.  11). 

cursor,  -oris,  M.  [curro],  runner, 
courier  (N.  4). 

cursus,  -us,  M.  [curro],  running, 
course. 

curulis  (curr-),  -e,  adj.,  curule 
(a  title  applied  to  the  higher  mag- 
istrates at  Rome) ;  sella  curulis, 
curule  chair  (on  which  above  mag- 
istrates sat)  (V.  9). 

custodia,  -ae,  F.  [custos],  guard, 
protection ;  care,  oversight  (N.  3)  ;  by 
metonymy  (usu.  plur.), guard,  watch, 
sentinel(Qic.  3),  custody,  safe-keeping. 

custodio,  4  [custos],  watch, 
guard  (V.  9). 

custos,  -odis,  M.  and  F.,  guard, 
keeper,  custodian  (N.  3),  guardian. 

Cyclades,  -um,  F.  plur.,  Cy- 
clades,  the  islands  surrounding  De- 
los  in  the  ^Egean  Sea. 

D. 

damnatio,  -onis,  F.  [damno], 
condemnation  (N.  8). 

damiio,  1  [damnum],  inflict  loss 
upon,  adjudge  guilty,  condemn  (N. 
T.  8),  convict. 

Darius,  -II,  M.,  Darius. 

Datis,  -idis  (ace.  Datim),  M., 
Datis,  a  Persian  general. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  down  from, 
about,  from,  concerning,  for,  of,  in  viar 
of  (N.  T.  2)  ;  (of  time),  in,  during 


VOCABULARY. 


209 


about ;  over  (V.  20) ;  multa  de 
nocte,  late  at  night. 

dea,  -ae,  F.  [deus],  goddess. 

debeo,  2,  -ui,  -itum  [de,  habeo], 
hold  back,  owe,  be  bound,  be  under 
obligation ;  with  inf.  of  another  verb, 
ought  (V.  23),  must,  should,  etc. ; 
deberi,  belong  to,  be  destined. 

debitus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part, 
[debeo],  due,  owing,  appropriate, 
fitting  (Cic.  7). 

de-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go 
away,  depart,  withdraw  (V.  24),  go 
out  of  the  way,  cease  ;  die. 

decem,  num.  adj.,  ten;  decem 
novem  (C.  8),  nineteen. 

decomplex,  -icis,  adj.  [decem, 
plico],  tenfold  (N.  5). 

de-cerno,  3,  -crevi,  -cretum,  sepa- 
rate from;  decide ,  determine ;  decree; 
decide  by  combat,  fight,  contend  (N. 
4)- 

de-certo,  1,  go  through  a  contest, 
fight  it  out,  contend  (C.2  10). 

decllnatio,  -onis,  F.  [declin5, 
bend  aside'},  bending  aside,  swerving 
(Cic.  6). 

decus,  -oris,  N.,  grace,  ornament 
(V.  2$),  fflory,  distinction. 

de-cutio,  3,  -cussi,  -cussum  [de, 
quatio],  strike  off  (V.  25),  shake 
down,  cast  down. 

de-decus,  -oris,  N.,  disgrace,  in- 
fttmy,  shame  (Cic.  6). 

deditio,  -onis,  F.  [dedo],  giving 
up,  surrender,  capitulation  (N.  7). 

de-do,  3,  dedidi,  deditum,  sur- 
render 9  capitulate,  yield  ;  restore,  give 
up  (V.  17)  ;  devote  (one's  self). 

de-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead 
away,  draw  downt  lead,  lead  off, 
withdraw,  conduct,  escort  (V.  13) ; 


take  away,  subtract,  deduct,  diminish  ; 
naves,  launch. 

de-feiido,  3,  -di,  -fensum,  strike 
off  from  ;  defend,  protect,  keep  off, 
ward  off. 

defensio,  -onis,  F.  [defendo], 
defending,  defence  (C.2  7). 

defensor,  -oris,  M.  [defendo], 
averter,  defender  (C.2  6). 

de-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -\Situm,  bring 
away,  carry,  report  (N.  T.  7)  ;  con- 
fer (C.24). 

de-ficio,  3,  -feci,  -fectum  [de, 
facio],  withdraw,  be  wanting,  fail 
(used  transitively)  (C.2  K)). 

de-figo,  3,  -fixi,  -fixum,  fasten, 
fix,  plunge  (Cic.  6). 

de-icio,  3,  -ieci,  -iectum  [de, 
iacid],  throw  down,  hurl  down,  dis- 
lodge, let  fall  (V.  21),  bring  down, 
dash  aside,  bear  out  of  course,  push 
down,  deprive,  rob  of;  spe,  disappoint 
in  (one's)  hope  (C.  8). 

delectus,  -us,  M.  [deicio],  throw- 
ing down,  fall;  declivity,  descent  (C.2 
8). 

dein,  see  deinde. 

deinceps,  adv.  [dein,  capio],  in 
succession  (V.  10),  successively,  one 
after  the  other,  in  turn,  farther,  there- 
after, in  regular  order,  continuously, 
without  interruption. 

deinde,  adv.  [de,  inde],from  that 
place,  thereafter,  thereupon,  afterward, 
then;  opposed  to  primum,  next,  in 
the  second  place  ;  hereafter  (V.  4), 
from  this  time*on  (V.  16). 

deMabor,  3,  -lapsus,  slip  down, 
glide  down,  fall,  sink,  descend  (V.  9). 

delect!,  -oruin,  M.,  plur.  [deli- 
go],  chosen  men  (N.  1). 

delecto,  1  [intens.  from  de  and 


210 


VOCABULARY. 


ylac-,  entangle"],  allure,  attract,  de- 
light, interest  (Cic.  6). 

delectus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part. 
[deligo],/nc&erf,  choice,  select,  chosen. 

deleo,  2,  -evi,  -etum,  blot  out,  ef- 
face, destroy  (V.  18). 

dellberabundus,  -a,  -urn,  adj. 
[delibero,  consider],  reflecting  care- 
fully (V.  25). 

delibero,  1  [de,  libro,  balance'], 
weigh  well,  deliberate,  ponder,  consult 
(N.  1),  think  (anything*)  over. 

de-ligo,  3,  -legi,  -lectum  [de, 
lego],  choose,  choose  out,  select  (V. 
21),  gather. 

Delphi,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Delphi, 
a  city  of  Phocis. 

Demetrius,  -I,  M.,  Demetrius. 

demigratio, -onis,  r.  [demigro], 
emigration  (N.  1). 

de-migro,  1,  migrate,  emigrate, 
move,  depart  (N.  2),  withdraw. 

de-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum,  let 
down,  send  down,  thrust  down ;  hurl 
down,  lower,  let  go;  se  demittere, 
humble  himself;  demittere  se  saltu, 
leap  down. 

de-monstro,  1,  point  out,  show, 
mention  (C.2  1). 

denique,  and  thenceforward,  fi- 
nally, not  until  (Cic.  2). 

de-pello,  3,  -pull,  -pulsuiu,  drive 
oat,  dislodge  (N.  T.  5),  displace. 

de  pingo,  3,  -pinxi,  -pietum,  de- 
pict, paint  (N.  6). 

de-pono,  3,  -posui,  -positum, 
lay  awai/,  put  aside,  give  up  (Cic. 

2). 

de-populor,  1,  lay  waste,  plunder 
(C.*7). 

de-porto,  1,  carry  down,  take 
away  (N.  T.  2). 


deprecator,  -oris,  M.  [deprecor], 

averter ;  advocate,  mediator  (C.  9), 
intercessor. 

de-prehendo,  3,  -di,  -sum,  lay 
hold  of,  catch,  discover,  comprehend, 
find  (V.  26). 

de-pugEio,  1,  fight  decisively,  join 
battle,  fight.  (N.  T.  4). 

depulsus,  part,  of  depello. 

derelictus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and 
part,  [derelinquo,  abandon],  soli- 
tary, deserted  (Cic.  10). 

de-scendo,  3,  -di,  -scensum  [de, 
scando,  climb'],  go  or  come  down,  de- 
scend;  dismount,  march  down;  in 
certamen,  engage  in  battle. 

de-scrfbo,  3,  -ipsi,  -iptum,  point 
out,  represent,  describe,  allot,  assign, 
divide. 

de-sero,  3,  -ui,  -turn,  abandon, 
desert  (V.  12),  forsake. 

desidero,  1,  long  for,  demand,  feel 
the  want  of  (Cic.  5). 

die  signo,  1,  mark  out,  designate 
(Cic.  1)  ;  consul  designatus,  consul 
elect. 

de-sino,  3,  -sii,  -situm  (in  place 
of  the  perf.  that  of  de-sisto  is  com- 
monly employed),  leave  off,  desist 
(N.  T.  6),  cease. 

de-sisto,  3,  -stiti,  -stitum,  leai  e. 
off,  desist  from,  abandon  (C.  8). 

de-spero,  1,  be  hopeless,  despair 
o/(N.4). 

despondeo,  2,  -spondT,  -sponsum, 
promise,  pledge,  betroth  (V.  13). 

desponsus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  de- 
spondeo. 

de-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  — ,  w.  dat., 
be  away,  missing,  be  wanting,  lack, 
be  remiss  (Cic.  1).  Cf.  deficio. 

de-terreo,  2,  -ui,  -itum,  frighten 


VOCABULARY. 


211 


away,  deter,  prevent  (V.  20),  discour- 
age, keep  from. 

deterritus,  -a,  -urn,  part,  of  de- 
terreo. 

detrimentum,  -I,  M.,  loss,  dam- 
age, detriment,  harm  (Cic.  2). 

deus,  -i,  M.,  god. 

de-vinco,  3,  -vici,  -victuni,  con- 
quer completely,  overcome,  (N.  2) ,  de- 
feat utterly. 

de-voveo,  2,  -vovi,  -votum,  vow, 
set  apart,  devote  (Cic.  6). 

dextera  or  dextra,  -ae,  F.  [dex- 
ter (manus)],  right  hand  (N.  T.  8). 

dl,  nom.  plur.  of  deus. 

Diana,  -ae,  F.,  Diana,  a  god- 
dess. 

dico,  3,  dixi,  dictum,  say,  tell, 
speak  ;  plead  ;  name,  appoint ;  cau- 
sam  dicere,  plead  a  cause ;  ius  di- 
cere, pronounce  judgment;  diem  di- 
cere, appoint  a  day. 

dictio,  -onis,  F.,  saying,  pleading 
(C.  4). 

dictum,  -i,  N.  [dico],  saying, 
word,  word  of  command,  order  (V. 
22)  ;  maxim,  promise  (N.  2). 

dies,  -ei,  M.  and  F.,  day ;  in  dies, 
from  day  to  day ;  diem  ex  die,  day 
after  day ;  diem  dicere  alicui,  ap- 
point a  day  for  one's  trial. 

differo,  -ferre,  distuli,  dilatum 
[dis,  fer5] ,  carry  apart,  separate ; 
vary,  differ  (C.  1). 

diflftcilis,  -e,  adj.  (compar.  diffi- 
cilior,  superl.  difficillimus)  [dis, 
facilis],  hard,  difficult  (N.  T.  8). 

difficultas,  -atis,  F.  [difficilis], 
difficulty  (Cic.  6). 

dignitas,  -atis,  F.  [dignus], 
worth,  dignity;  office,  position  (V. 
19),  grandeur  (N.  T.  6),  esteem. 


dignus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ivorthy,  de- 
serving (Cic.  8). 

diligens,  -entis,  adj.,  industrious, 
careful,  assiduous,  diligent  (Cic.  8). 

diligenter,  adv.  [diligens],  at- 
tentively, actively  (N.  T.Y),  promptly 
(C.2  5),  punctually. 

diligentia,  -ae,  F.  [diligens], 
carefulness,  diligence,  care  (Cic.  3), 
vigilance. 

dimicatio,  -onis,  F.  [dimico], 
fight,  engagement  (V.  25). 

dl-mico,  1,  fight,  contend. 

dl-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum, 
sen d  different  ways,  scatter  ;  dismiss  ; 
let  go,  let  slip  (N.  3). 

dlreptio,  -onis,  F.  [diripid,  tear 
asunder^,  plundering  (Cic.  7). 

dirigo,  3,  -rexi,  -rectum  [dis, 
rego],  distribute,  scatter;  lay  out, 
arrange  in  lines,  direct  (N.  1). 

dl-ruo,  3,  -ui,  -utum,  demolish, 
overthrow,  destroy  (V.  15). 

dis,  dat.  and  abl.  of  deus. 

dis,  dite,  gen.  ditis,  adj.  (comp. 
ditior,  superl.  ditissimus),  rich, 
wealthy  (C.  2). 

discedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go 
apart,  disperse  (N.  T.  4),  come  away 
(N.  7),  come  off,  get  off  (N.  T.  4), 
depart  from,  forsake. 

discessus,  -us,  M.,  going  asunder  ; 
going  away,  departure  (Cic.  3). 

disciplina,  -ae,  F.  [discipulus, 
learner~],  instruction,  discipline,  ad- 
ministration (Cic.  5). 

dis-curro,  3,  -cum  and  -cucurri, 
-cursum,  run  up  and  down,  run  to 
and  fro,  run  this  way  and  that  (V. 
5),  run  about. 

disicio,  3,  -ieci,  -iectum  [dis, 
iacio],  throw  apart,  disperse  (N.  2). 


212 


VOCABULARY. 


dispergo  or  dispargo,  3,  -si, 
-sum  [dis,  spargo],  scatter,  disperse 
(N.  T.  4). 

dispersus,  part,  of  dispergo. 

displiceo,  2,  -ui,  -itum  [dis,  pla- 
ced], displease  (N.  T.  3). 

dis-pono,  3,  -posiri,  -positum, 
place  here  and  there,  distribute,  dis- 
pose, assign  (C.  8). 

dis-similis,  -e,  adj.  (compar. 
dissimilior,  superl.  dissimillimus), 
far  from  like,  unlike,  dissimilar. 

dis-simulo,  1,  hide,  dissemble, 
disguise,  conceal. 

dissolutus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and 
part,  [dissolvo],  disjointed,  loose; 
lax,  remiss,  negligent,  careless  (Cic. 
2)  ;  arbitrary.  . 

dis-solvo,  3,  -sol vi,  -solutum, 
take  apart,  disunite,  destroy  (N.  T. 
5). 

dis-tineo,  2,  -tinui,  -tentum  [dis, 
teneoj,  keep  asunder,  detain,  divert, 
keep  apart  (C.2  5). 

dis-traho,  3,  -axi,  -actum,  sepa- 
rate (V.  12),  draw,  pull  asunder, 
distract,  perplex. 

dis-tribuo,  3,  -ui,  -utum,  divide, 
distribute. 

ditissimus,  see  dis. 

diu,  adv.  (comp.  diutius,  superl. 
diutissime),  a  long  time;  long  (V. 
15),  long  ago  ;  quam  diu,  as  long  as 
(N.  T.  9). 

diuturnus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  lasting, 
long,  chronic  (V.  16). 

diversus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[diverts,  turn  aside"],  different,  un- 
like, contrary  ;  in  di versa,  in  differ- 
ent directions,  asunder  (V.  15). 

divide,  3,  -visi,  -visum,  divide 
(C.  1). 


divmitus,  adv.  [divmus,  divine], 
from  heaven,  by  divine  interposition , 
by  divine  influence. 

divisus,  part,  of  divide. 

Divitiacus,  -i,  M.,  Divitiacust  an 
JEduan,  brother  of  Dumnorix. 

divitiae,  -arum,  F.  plur.  [dives], 
riches,  wealth;  divitiis  ornavit  (N. 
T.  2),  enriched. 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  give, grant, 
offer,  resign,  put ;  dare  finem,  put 
an  end  to. 

doceo,  -ui,  -ctum,  teach,  show,  in- 
form, explain,  tell  (N.  6). 

dolor,  -oris,  M.  [doleo],  paint 
grief  (C.  2). 

dolose,  adv.,  craftily,  deceitfully, 
treacherously. 

dolus,  -i,  M.,  device,  fraud,  deceit, 
deception  (N.  T.  4). 

domesticus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [do- 
mus],  of  the  house,  domestic,  native 
(C.2  10),  private. 

domicilium,  -i,  N.  [domus], 
dwelling,  abode,  home,  house  (V.  19). 

dominatio,  -onis,  F.  [dominor, 
be  lord'],  rule  (N.  3),  supremacy, 
swat/. 

dominus,  -I,  M.  [domus],  master, 
lord,  owner;  dominus  navis,  skip- 
per (N.  T.  8). 

domo,  1,  -ui,  -itum,  tame,  subdue 
(V.  20),  vanquish. 

domus,  -us  or  -T,  F.,  house,  home 
(V.  13)  ;  loc.  domi,  at  home,  in 
the  house  ;  in  peace,  opp.  to  militiae, 
(V.16). 

dono,  1  [donum],  give,  bestow, 
present  with  (V.  20)  ;  with  ace.  of 
person  and  abl.  of  thing ;  or  with 
dat.  of  person  and  ace.  of  thing. 

dormio,  4,  sleep  (V.  22). 


VOCABULARY. 


213 


dubito,  1  [dubius],  waver  in 
opinion,  doubt  (N.  3),  hesitate. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  moving  two 
ways,  doubtful  (C.  3). 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  two 
hundred. 

duco,  3,  duxi,  ductum,  lead, 
guide,  draw,  haul,  bring ;  prolong, 
protract,  put  off  (N.  T.  7)  ;  consider, 
think ;  muruin,  build  a  wall  (V. 
22)  ;  uxorem  or  in  matrimonium, 
marry  (a  wife)  ;  genus,  trace  one's 
descent;  exsequias,  perform  funeral 
rites. 

duim,  duis,  duit,  etc.,  old  subj. 
of  do  (Cic.  9). 

dum,  adv.,  while,  as  long  as  ;  un- 
til, provided  that. 

dummodo  or  dum  inodo,  adv., 
if  only,  if  so  be  that,  provided  that,  as 
long  as  (Cic.  5). 

Dumnorix,  -igis,  M.,  Dumnorix. 

duo,  duae,  duo,  num.  adj.,  two. 

duo-decim,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[duo,  decem],  twelve. 

duo-de-vlgintl,  num.  adj.,  eigh- 
teen. 

duplico,  1  [duplex],  double  (V. 
16),  enlarge. 

dux,  duels,  M.  and  r.  [duco], 
leader,  general. 

E. 

e  or  ex  (always  ex  before  vow- 
els, and  elsewhere  more  frequently 
than  e),  prep.  w.  abl.,  out  of,  from; 
since ;  by  reason  of,  on  account  of, 
after,  according  to ;  w.  abl.  after  a 
partitive  =  gen. :  unus  e  filiis, 
one  of  his  sons ;  ex  itinere,  on  the 
march  or  journey  ;  ex  equo,  on  horse- 
back. 


Eburones,  -um,  M.  plur.,  the  Ebu- 
rones. 

ecquid,  interrog.  adv.  [neut.  of 
ecquis,  any  ?]  at  all  ?  (sometimes 
better  not  translated ;  often  implies 
a  negative  answer,  but  not  in  Cic. 
8). 

e-dico,  3,  -dixi,  -dictum,  speak 
out,  declare,  proclaim,  ordain. 

editus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part. 
[edo],  elevated,  high  (C.2  8). 

e-do,  3,  -didi,  -ditum,give  birth  to, 
bear,  bring  forth  ;  give  forth,  declare, 
exhibit ;  edere  geminos,  bring  forth 
twins  (V.  1). 

e-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead 
forth  or  out,  march  out,  take  away 
(N.6). 

educo,  1,  bring  up,  train,  educate. 

effemino,  1  [ex,  femina],  make 
feminine,  weaken  (C.  1). 

ef-fero,  efferre,  extuli,  elatum 
[ex,  fero],  bring  out,  lift  up,  carry 
forth,  bear  out  (esp.  for  burial),  bear 
away ;  produce,  publish,  announce ; 
efferri,  be  lifted  up,  be  proud. 

efflcio,  3,  -feel,  -fectum  [ex, 
facid],  make  out,  bring  to  pass,  bring 
about  (N.  3). 

effrenatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ex, 
frenatus],  unbridled,  without  check 
(Cic.  1). 

effugio,  3,  -fugi,  [ex,  fu- 

gio],v/?ee  away,  escape  (N.  T.  8). 

ef-fundo,  3,  -fudi,  -fusum,  [ex, 
fundo],  pour  forth,  empty,  squander  ; 
throw  out;  pour  out,  express  freely, 
expend,  vent,  exhaust;  beneficia  ef- 
fundere,  lavish  kindness;  effundi 
(pass.),  gush  forth  (said  of  waters, 
rivers,  etc.)  (V.  1) ;  effundere  se, 
spread  out. 


214 


VOCABULARY. 


effasus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part, 
[effundo],  poured  out,  lavish,  com- 
mon, many  in  number  (N.  6). 

Egeria,  -ae,  F.,  Egeria,  the  nymph 
who  taught  Numa  (V.  10). 

ego,  mei,  pers.  pron.,  /. 

e-gredior,  3,  -gressus  [ex,  gra- 
dior,  walk~\,  go  or  come  out,  come 
forth  (N.  T.  8). 

egregius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ex,  grex, 
(chosen  from  the  herd}~\,  distinguished, 
excellent,  surpassing,  noble  (V.  14). 

eicio  (pronounced  but  not  writ- 
ten e-iicio),  3,  -ieci,  -iectum  [ex, 
iacio],  cast  outt  eject,  expel,  banish 
(N.  T.  8). 

e-labor,  3,  glapsus,  slip  away, 
glide  off  (Cic.  6). 

elatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part. 
[effer5],  exalted,  lofty,  elated  (V. 
16),  confident  (N.  7). 

e-licio,  3,  -licuT,  -licitum  [ex, 
Iacio],  elicit,  lure  forth,  draw  out, 
bring  out;  draw,  draw  down  (V.  9). 

e-Hgo,  3,  -legi,  -Iectum  [e,  lego], 
pick  out,  choose,  select. 

e-ludo,  3,  -si,  -sum,  stop  playing, 
elude,  frustrate,  baffle  (Cic.  1). 

e-mendo,  1,  free  from  faults,  im- 
prove ;  atone  for  (N.  T.  1),  compen- 
sate for,  make  up  for,  make  amends 
for. 

e-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum,  send 
forth,  hurl,  throw  (V.  17),  turn  out; 
vocem,  utter ;  animum,  give  up  the 
ghost,  die. 

e-morior,  3,  — ,  die  off,  die  (Cic. 
8). 

eriim,  conj.  (never  the  first 
word), /or,  indeed,  truly. 

e-nuntio,  1,  speak  out,  disclose 
(C.  4). 


eo,  Ire,  ivi,  or  ii,  itum,  go. 

eo,  adv.  [is],  to  that  place,  thither, 
there;  for  that  reason,  therefore,  on 
that  account ;  thereon  (after  "  to 
put  ")  ;  to  this  (with  accede)  ;  with 
the  gen.,  to  such  a  degree ;  eo  inso- 
lentiae,  to  such  a  height  of  insolence ; 
often  with  usque  added,  followed 
by  ut  with  the  subj.,  quo  .  .  .  eo, 
by  how  much  .  .  .  by  so  much,  the  more 
.  .  .  the  more. 

eodem,  adv.  [old  dat.  and  loca- 
tive of  idem],  to  the  same  place 
(C.  4). 

Ephesius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Ephesian. 

Ephesus,  -i,  F.,  Ephesus,  a  city 
of  Ionia. 

ephorus,  -i,  M.,  ephor,  a  Spartan 
magistrate  (N.  T.  7). 

epistula,  -ae,  F.,  written  commu- 
nication, letter  (N.  T.  9). 

eques,  -itis,  M.  [equus],  horse- 
man ;  an  eques,  one  of  the  equestrian 
order ;  plur.  equites,  cavalry ;  also 
the  knights,  the  equites,  as  an  order 
in  the  state. 

equester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.  [eques], 
equestrian  (C.2  8). 

equitatus,  -us,  M.  [equito,  ride}, 
cavalry  (N.  5). 

equus,  -i,  M.,  horse  (V.  26);  ex 
equo,  equis,  on  horseback. 

Eretria,  -ae,  F.,  Eretria,  a  city 
of  Euboea. 

ergo,  adv.,  then,  therefore,  accord- 
ingly. 

erigo,  3,  -rexi,  -rectum  [ex5 
rego],  raise  up,  elevate  ;  arouse  (N. 
T.  1). 

eripio,  3,  -ipui,  -eptum  [ex, 
rapid],  tear  out,  take  away;  se, 
rescue  one's  self,  escape  (C.  4). 


VOCABULARY. 


215 


erudio,  4  [ex,  rudis,  rude~\,  edu- 
cate, teach,  polish  ;  adeo  eruditus 
est,  became  so  learned  (N.  T.  10). 

e-rumpo,  3,  -rupi,  -ruptum, 
break  out,  burst  forth,  be  disclosed 
(Cic.  3). 

escendo,  3,  -endi,  -ensum  [ex, 
scandd,  clim.b~\,  climb  up,  ascend  ;  in 
navem,  embark  on  board  a  ship  (N. 
T.  8). 

Esquillnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Esqui- 
line;  Collis  or  Mons  Esquilinus, 
Esquiline  Hill,  the  largest  of  the 
seven  hills  of  Rome,  added  to  the 
city  by  Servius  Tullius  (V.  22). 

et,  adv.  and  conj.,  and ;  too,  also 
(V.  6),  and  in  fact  (N.  3)  ;  et  .  .  . 
et,  both  .  .  .  and.  Cf.  atque,  ac 
and  -que. 

et-enim,  conj.,  for,  for  truly,  and 
indeed,  because  (Cic.  2). 

etiam,  adv.  and  conj.  [et,  iam, 
and  now~\  (usually  modifies  the  fol- 
lowing word),  also,  even,  and  also. 
With  comp.,  still;  magis  etiam, 
still  more  ;  sed  etiam,  but  also. 

Etruria,  -ae,  F.,  Etruria,  a  prov- 
ince of  Italy. 

et-si,  conj.,  though,  although  (N.  2) . 

Euboea,  -ae,  F.,  Euboza,  a  large 
island  near  Boeotia. 

Europa,  -ae,  F.,  Europe. 

Eurybiades,  -is,  M.,  Eurybiades. 

eventus,  -us,  M.,  occurrence,  for- 
tune, event,  result  (V.  22). 

e-verto  or  e-vorto,  3,  -ti,  -sum, 
overturn,  upturn,  overthrow,  ruin, 
subvert,  destroy  (Cic.  7). 

e-voco,  1,  call  out,  summon,  evoke 
(V.  24). 

ex  or  e,  prep.  w.  abl.,  out  of, 
from,  according  to.  See  e. 


ex-adversum  (-vorsum)  and 
ex-adversus  (-versus),  adv.  and 
prep.,  over  against,  opposite  (N.  T. 

3),  off. 

ex-agito,  1  [intens. ;  cf .  agito] , 

drive  out  (N.  T.  9),  pursue. 

ex-audio,  4,  -ivi,  -itum,  hear 
clearly,  distinguish,  hear  (Cic.  8). 

ex-cello,  3,  -ui,  -celsum,  surpass, 
be  eminent. 

excelsus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[excello],  high,  lofty  (V.  19). 

excido,  3,  -cidi,  —  [ex,  cado], 
fall  out,  drop  down,  slip  out,  fall  from 
(Cic.  6). 

ex-cipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptum  [ex, 
capio],  catch  up,  receive  (V.  25), 
overtake,  except,  sustain,  entertain, 
succeed. 

excludo,  3,  -si,  -sum  [ex,  claudo] , 
shut  out,  exclude,  cut  of  (N.  T.  5), 
refuse  admittance. 

ex-cogito,  1,  think  out,  invent, 
form  plans  (N.  T.  1). 

excursio,  -onis,  F.,  running  out, 
sally,  attack,  invasion,  foray  (N.  2). 

exemplum,  -I,  N.,  sample,  exam- 
ple, precedent ;  way,  manner  (C.  8). 

ex-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  out,  go 
forth  (N.  T.  6),  emigrate,  migrate, 
depart. 

exerceo,  2,  -cui,  -citum  [ex,  ar- 
ceo,  keep  off"],  drive,  keep  busy,  exer- 
cise, occupy,  employ,  discipline  (Cic. 
10). 

exercitus,  -us,  M.  [exerceo]  (the 
thing  trained),  army. 

ex-haurio,  4,  -hausi,  -haustum. 
draw  out,  drain  o/f  (Cic.  5). 

exheredo,  1  [exheres,  disinher- 
ited'], disinherit  (N.  T.  1). 

exiguus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,   strict. 


216 


VOCABULARY. 


scanty,  inadequate,  inconsiderable 
(N.  4). 

exilium^see  exsilium. 

eximius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  taken  out, 
excepted,  exceptional,  extraordinary 
(C.2  8),  pre-eminent. 

existimo  or  exfstumd,  1  [ex, 
aestimo],  value,  estimate,  consider, 
think,  expect  (C.  6). 

existo,  see  ex-sisto. 

exitium,  -I,  N.  [exeo],  destruc- 
tion, ruin  (V.  26). 

exordium,  -i,  N.,  beginning. 

ex-orior,  4,  -ortus,  rise  out,  arise, 
begin  (V.  11). 

ex-pecto,  see  ex-specto. 

expedio,  4  [ex,  pes  (unfettered)], 
extricate;  prepare,  release;  put  in 
order;  be  serviceable,  be  expedient 
(N.  3). 

expedltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [expe- 
dio], unfettered,  unimpeded,  conven- 
ient, practicable  (C.  6). 

ex-pello,  3,  -pull,  -pulsum,  drive 
out,  expel  (N.  3). 

experimentum,  -I,  N.  [expe- 
rior] ,  trial,  experiment ;  in  experi- 
mentum, to  try  (V.  20),  for  the  pur- 
pose of  trial. 

ex-perior,  4,  -pertus,  make  trial 
(°f)  (T-  26),  test,  attempt,  try ;  ex- 
perience; find  out,  find  (N.  T.  9), 
learn,  know. 

ex-pio,  1,  expiate,  atone  for,  purge 
by  sacrifice,  purify. 

expire,  see  exspiro. 

ex-plico,  1,  -a vi  or  -ui,  -atum  or 
-itum,  unfold,  explain  (N.  T.  1), 
draw  out,  deploy  (N.  T.  4). 

explorator,  -oris,  M.  [explord], 
examiner,  explorer,  scout  (C.2  5). 

exploratus,  -a,   -um,  adj.  [ex- 


ploro],  ascertained,  found  out,  cer- 
tain (C.2  4). 

ex-ploro,  1,  cause  to  flow  forth, 
bring  out;  search  out,  inquire  into 
(N.  T.  7),  investigate,  explore. 

ex-pono,  3,  -posui,  -positum,  ;?«* 
or  set  out,  expose,  leave  to  perish; 
draw  up,  marshal;  set  forth,  explain, 
expound;  set  on  shore,  disembark, 
land. 

ex-posco,  3,  -poposci,  — ,  implore, 
entreat;  demand  (V.  17). 

expositio,  -onis,  r.,  setting  forth, 
narration,  exposure,  being  exposed. 

ex-pugno,  1,  take  by  storm;  over- 
come, take,  capture  (V.  25). 

ex-sequor  or  exequor,  3,  -cutus, 
follow  to  the  grave  ;  follow,  follow  up, 
assert,  enforce  (C.  4). 

exsilium,  -i,  N.  [exsul],  banish- 
ment, exile  (V.  26). 

ex-sisto,  3,  -stiti,  -stitum,  exist, 
appear,  stand  forth,  arise,  be  (N.  5) . 

ex-specto,  1,  wait,  look  for,  await, 
expect. 

ex-splro,  1,  breathe  out,  breathe 
one's  last,  expire  (V.  12). 

ex-stinguo,  3,  -nxi,  -nctum, 
quench  completely,  extinguish;  kill, 
destroy  ;  wipe  out  (N.  T.  1)  ;  morbo, 
die  of  disease,  die  a  natural  death 
(V.  10) ;  leni  morte,  by  an  easy 
death. 

ex-struo  or  extruo,  3,  -uxi,  -uc- 
turn,  pile,  heap  up,  build,  rear,  con- 
struct (N.  T.  6). 

exsul  or  exul,  -ulis,  M.  and  r. , 
banished  person,  exile  (Cic.  10). 

exsulto,  1  [ex-silio],  leap  up, 
exult,  rejoice  (V.  13). 

ex-timesco,  3,  -ui,  — ,  be  greatly 
afraid,  dread  (N.  8). 


VOCABULARY. 


217 


extinguo,  sec  exstinguo. 

ex-torqueo,  2,  torsi,  tortum, 
wrest  away,  tear  from  (Cic.  6). 

extra,  prep.  w.  ace.,  without,  out- 
side, outside  oft  beyond,  out  beyond, 
excepting,-  (as  adv.)  on  the  outside, 
without,  except. 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [superl. 
of  exter],  outermost,  utmost,  extreme 
(C.  1),  farthest,  remotest. 

e«truo,  see  ex-struo. 

exulto,  see  exsulto. 

ex-uro,  3,  -ussi,  -ustum,  burn  out, 
burn  up,  consume  (C.  5). 

F. 

faber,  -bri,  M.,  worker,  carpenter, 
smith,  workman,  artisan  (V.  9). 

fabrico,  1  [faber],  frame,  make, 
fashion. 

fabula,  -ae,  F.,  tale,  story,  fable, 
apologue,  play. 

facile,  adv.  [f&cilia],  easily,  read- 
ily (N.  3). 

facilis,  -e,  adj.,  easy  (C.  6). 

facinus,  -oris,  N.  [facio],  the 
thing  done,  deed,  crime  (V.  14). 

facio,  3,  fed,  factum  (for  the 
passive  fio  is  used),  make,  do,  form, 
produce,  create,  appoint  (V.  9)  ;  with 
adv.  act  or  deal  (so  and  so)  ;  castra, 
pitch  a  camp;  w.  gen.  or  adv.  of 
price  or  degree,  value ;  magni, 
value  highly;  fac,  take  care,  see  to 
it ;  quo  factum  est,  the  result  was 
(N.  5). 

faciundus,  instead  of  faciendus, 
see  A.  &  G.,  p.  89,  foot-note  2; 
Harkness,  §  239. 

factum,  -i,  N.  [facio],  deed,  act 
(V.  25). 


facultas, -atis,  F.  [facilis],  capa- 
bility, means,  opportunity  (C.  7). 

falcarius,  -i,  M.  [falx,  curved 
blade],  scythe-maker. 

fallo,  3,  fefelli,  falsum,  trip, 
cause  to  fall ;  deceive  (N.  T.  7). 

falsus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [fallo],  de- 
ceptive, spurious,  false  (N.  T.  7). 

fama,  -ae,  F.  [fa,  root  of  for, 
speak],  common  talk,  report,  saying  ; 
reputation,  fair  fame,  renown;  fama 
est,  they  say;  fama  ferebat,  there 
was  a  tradition  (V.  23). 

fames,  -is,  F.,  hunger  (Cic.  10). 

familia,  -ae,  F.  [famulus,  ser- 
vant], slaves  in  a  household,  house- 
hold (C.  4),  family,  clansmen. 

familiaris,  -e,  adj.,  of  a  house, 
belonging  to  a  family,  private;  res, 
estate  (N.  T.I}. 

familaritas,  -atis,  F.  [familia- 
ris], familiarity,  friendship  (V.  19). 

famula,  -ae,  F.  [famulus] ,  maid- 
servant, handmaid,  slave  (V.  22). 

faiium,  -I,  N.,  temple  (V.  23). 

fastigatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [fas- 
tigo,  sharpen],  pointed ;  sloping  (C.2 
8). 

fSstus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [fa,  root  of 
for,  speak],  (opp.  to  nefastus),  not 
forbidden ;  dies  fasti,  days  on  which 
courts  could  be  held  and  judgment 
given  (V.  9),  secular  days. 

fateor,  2,  fassus  [fa,  root  of  for, 
speak],  confess,  own,  grant,  acknowl- 
edge (Cic.  2). 

fauces,  -ium,  F.  plur.,  upper  part 
of  the  throat,  jaws  ;  strait,  entrance, 
defile,  pass  (Cic.  2). 

Faustulus,  -I.  M.,  Faustulus. 

fax,  facis,  F.,  torch,  firebrand 
(Cic.  6). 


218 


VOCABULARY. 


felicitas,  -atis,  F.  [felix],  fruit- 
fulness,  happiness,  good  fortune,  luck 
(N.  2). 

femina,  -ae,  F.,  woman. 

ferax,  -acis,  adj.,  fruit-bearing, 
fertile  (C.2  4). 

fere ,  adv.,  closely  ;  quite  ;  almost, 
about  (C.  1). 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  bear,  en- 
dure, bring,  carry ;  pass ;  bring 
forth ;  tell,  relate ;  raise,  exalt ;  fe- 
runt,  they  say ;  fertur,  it  is  said ; 
feruntur  (Cic.  10),  are  talked 
about. 

ferox,  -5cis,  adj.  [ferus],  wild, 
haughty,  passionate,  headstrong,  cruel, 
savage,  fierce,  impetuous,  warlike  (V. 
11),  determined  (V.  21). 

ferrum,  -i,  N.,  iron;  fig.,  sword 
(V.  11). 

fertilitas,  -atis,  F.  [fertilis,/rmY- 
ful~\,fruitfulness,  fertility  (C.2  4). 

ferus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  wild,  savage, 
cruel,  fierce. 

fessus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  weary  (V. 
13),  tired,  feeble,  exhausted. 

fetialis,  -e,  adj.,  fetial;  legatus, 
the  fetial  priest  (V.  17),  one  of  the 
fetiales,  a  Roman  college  of  priests 
who  sanctioned  treaties,  or  de- 
manded satisfaction  before  declar- 
ing war ;  ius  fecialis  is  not  to  be 
translated,  being  a  technical  term 
defined  in  the  Latin  text. 

fictus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[fingo] ,  fictitious,  false. 

fidelis,  -e,  adj.  [fides],  that  may 
be  trusted,  faithful'^.  T.  4). 

FIdenates,  -ium,  M.  plur.,  inhabi- 
tants ofFidence,  Fidenates. 

fides,  gen.  -e  or  -el  (rare),  F. 
[f  ido],  confidence,  trust,  faith,  con- 


science, sense  of  honor,  conscientious- 
ness (V.  10)  ;  protection,  pledge  (C. 
3). 

f  iducia, -ae,  F.,  [f idus,  trusty'] , 
assurance,  boldness,  confidence  (V. 
16). 

fllia,  -ae,  F.,  daughter. 

films,  -i,  M.,  son. 

fingo,  3,  finxi,  fictum,  form,  fash- 
ion, arrange,  imagine,  devise,  invent, 
feign  (V.  25). 

finio,  4  [finis],  end,  finish,  limit, 
bound,  determine  (V.  11),  decide. 

finis,  -is,  M.  (rarely  F.),  boundary, 
limit,  end;  extent  (Cic.  1);  plur., 
confines,  borders  (of  a  country)  (V. 
17),  territory. 

finitiml,  -orurn,  M.  plur.,  neigh- 
bors (C.  2). 

flnitinius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [finis], 
bordering'  on,  neighboring. 

flo,  fieri,  factus  (supplies  pass, 
to  facio),  be  made,  become,  come  to 
pass,  be  done  (V.  17),  go  on;  his 
rebus  fiebat  (C.  2),  the  result  of  this 
was. 

flrmo,  1  [firmus],  make  firm, 
strengthen,  secure,  fortify  (Cic.  4). 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  strong, 
steadfast,  resolute  (C.  3). 

flagitium, -I,  N.  [flagito,  entreat}, 
importunity,  eagerness  ;  shameful  act, 
outrage. 

flagro,  1,  fiame,  burn  (N.  5), 
glow,  be  stirred. 

flamen,  -inis,  M.  [flagro]  (he 
who  burns},  priest  (V.  9). 

flamma,  -ae,  F.  fiame,  blaze  (N. 
T.  4). 

fleo,  2,  fie vi,  -etum,  weep  (V.  13), 
weep  for,  bewail,  lament. 

floreo,  2,  -ui,  —  [flos,  blossom^, 


VOCABTJLAKX- 


219 


bloom,  flower  ;  flourish,  be  eminent, 
be  conspicuous  (N.  1). 

flu  men,  -inis,  N.  [fluo]  (that 
which  flows},  river,  stream. 

fluo,  3,  fluxi,  fluxum,  flow,  run 
(C.  6). 

foedus,  -eris,  N.,  treaty,  league, 
covenant. 

fons,  fontis,  M.,  spring,  fount, 
fountain. 

foras,  adv.  [ace.  of  a  supposed 
fora,  door~\,  out  of  doors,  forth  (V. 
21),  on*. 

fore,  for  futurum  esse. 

forem,  for  essem. 

forma,  -ae,  r.,  shape,  form. 

forte,  adv.  [f5rs,  chance'],  by 
chance,  perchance,  perhaps,  possibly, 
casually,  incidentally. 

f ortis,-e,  ad  j .,  strong,  powerful,  reso- 
lute (N.  T.  9),  brave  (C.  I),  fearless, 
mighty,  steadfast,  energetic. 

fortissimo,  see  fortiter. 

fortiter,  adv.  [fortis],  strongly, 
bravely. 

fortitude,  -inis,  F.  [fortis], 
strength,  bravery  (V.  22),  courage, 
endurance,  fortitude. 

fortuna,  -ae,  r.   [fors,  chance~]y 
luck,  chance,  fortune,   good  fortune, 
issue  ;  plur.,  gifts  of  fortune,  posses- 
sions. 
'  forum,  -i,  N.,  market-place,  forum. 

fossa,  -ae,  F.  [fodio,  dig"],  ditch 
(V.  22),  trench,  fosse. 

fraenum,  see  f  re  num. 

fragor,  -oris,  M.  [frangd],  crash, 
crashing,  din  (V.  8). 

frango,  3,  fregi,  fractum,  dash 
in  pieces,  break,  break  down  (V.  16), 
subdue,  wear  out,  crush. 

frater,  -tris,  M.,  brother. 


fraudo,  1  [fraus],  w.  ace.  and 
abl.,  cheat,  beguile,  deceive,  defraud 
(V.  21). 

fraus,  fraudis,  F.,  deceit,  fraud, 
wickedness  (V.  24). 

frenum,  -I,  N.,  bit,  bridle  ;  plur., 
reins  (V.  24). 

frequenter,  adv.  [frequens, 
repeated~],  often,  frequently  ;  in  full 
numbers,  numerously  (V.  16). 

frequentia,  -ae,  F.  [frequens], 
assembling  iit  great  numbers,  numer- 
ous attendance,  multitude,  throng  (Cic. 

7). 

fretus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  w.  abl.,  lean- 
ing, relying  (N.  5). 

frlgus,  -oris,  N.,  cold  (Cic.  10). 

frons,  frontis,  F.,  forehead,  brow; 
front  (C.2  8). 

frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[frumentum],  of  corn,  abounding  in 
corn,  fruitful  (C.  10) ;  res,  supplies 
(C.2  2) ,  corn  supply. 

frumentum,  -I,  N.,  corn,  grain 
(C.  3). 

Fufetius,  -i,  M.,  Fufetius. 

fuga,  -ae,  F.  [fugio,],  flight  (Cic. 
8). 

fugio,  3,  fugi,  fugitum  [fugo, 
put  to  flight~],  run  away,  flee,  take 
flight,  avoid,  shun. 

fulgeo,  2,  fulsi,  — ,  shine,  glisten. 

fulmen,  -inis,  N.  [fulgeo],  light- 
ning, thunderbolt  (V.  9),  lightning- 
stroke. 

Fulvius,  -i,  M.,  Fulvius. 

fnmus,  -i,  M.,  smoke  (C.2  7). 

funditor,  -dris,  M.  [funda,  sling~], 
one  who  fights  with  a  sling,  slinger 
(C.«  7). 

fundo,  3,  fudi,  fusura,  pour,  pour 
out,  shed,  melt,  bring  forth,  scatter, 


220 


VOCABULARY. 


rout  (V.  18)  ;  pass,  fundl,  be  poured 
out,  flow. 

funest us,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  [funus, 
funeral'],  causing  death,  deadly,  fatal, 
calamitous  (Cic.  9). 

fungor,  3,  functus,  busy  one's 
self,  execute,  administer;  bear  (an 
office  or  honor),  usu.  w.  abl.  (N.  T. 

V)- 

furiosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [furia, 
passion'],  passionate,  full  of  madness, 
furious  (Cic.  10). 

furor,  -oris,  M.  [furo,  rage~],  rag- 
ing, madness,  fury,  blind  passion 
(C.23),  frenzy  (Cic.  1). 

furto,  adv.  [furtum,  theft],  by 
stealth,  secretly,  by  theft  (V.  9). 

futurus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[sum],  going  to  be,  future  (N.  T.  1). 

G. 

Gabii,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Gabii,  a 
city  of  Latium. 

Gabini,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Gabini. 

Gabinius,  -i,  M.,  Gabinius. 

Gabinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belonging 
to  Gabii,  Gabine,  or  Gabinian. 

Galba,  -ae,  M.,  Galba. 

Galll,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Gauls. 

Gallia,  -ae,  F.,  Gaul. 

Garumna,  -ae,  M.,  Garumna  or 
Garonne,  a  river  of  Gaul. 

gaudium, -i,  N.  [gaudeo,  rejoice], 
joy,  gladness,  delight  (V.  12). 

geminatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[gemino],  doubled,  double  (V.  13). 

gem  in! ,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  twins. 

gem  in  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  twin,  two- 
fold, double,  two-faced. 

Genava,  -ae,  F.,  Geneva. 

gener,  -eri,  M.,  son-in-law  (Y.  22). 


generosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [genus], 
well-born,  noble  •  noble-minded,  gener- 
ous (N.  T.  1). 

Geneva,  see  Genava. 

genitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[gigno],  born  (V.  22). 

gens,  gentis,  F.,  clan,  family,  race, 
tribe,  nation,  people  (N.  4) ;  gentium, 
for  emphasis,  in  the  world,  on  earth 
(Cic.  4). 

Genua,  see  Genava. 

genus,  -eris,  N.,  descent,  race, 
family  (N.  1) ;  kind,  sort,  class  ; 
manner,  respect,  way. 

German!,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Ger- 
mans. 

gero,  3,  gessT,  gestum,  wear,  bear, 
carry ;  wage,  manage,  carry  on  ;  do, 
transact;  carry  out;  se  gerere,  be- 
have like,  act  the  part  of;  res,  do 
business ;  in  rebus  gerendis,  in  exe- 
cution (N.  T.  1)  ;  res  gestae,  deeds, 
exploits. 

gigno,  3,  gemri,  genitum,  beget, 
bear,  bring  forth,  produce. 

gladius,  -i,  M.,  sword. 

gloria,  -ae,  F.,  glory,  fame,  re- 
nown ;  ambition,  vain-glory,  pride. 

gloriosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  full  of 
glory,  to  be  gloried  in,  glorious,  much 
or  highly  prized  (N.  6) . 

Gracchus,  -I,  M.,  Gracchus. 

gradus,  -us,  M.  [gradior,  walk]t 
step,  station,  step  of  a  leader,  etc  t 
degree;  position;  gradu  depulsub 
(N.  T.6),  overthrown,  deprived  of  his 
advantage. 

Graecia,  -ae,  F.,  Greece. 

Graecus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
Greeks,  Greek,  Grecian. 

Graioceli,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Graioceli. 


VOCABTJLAEY. 


221 


Graius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
Greeks,  Grecian. 

gratia,  -ae,  F.  [gratus],  favor, 
esteem,  influence,  popularity,  grace, 
beauty  ;  gratitude ;  plur.,  thanks ; 
gratiam  reddere  or  referre,  show 
gratitude,  reward  (N.  T.  8) ;  gra- 
tias  agere,  thank ;  gratiam  habere, 
be  grateful;  alicuius  rei  gratia,  for 
the  sake  of  anything  (V.  22)  ;  in  ali- 
cuius gratiam,  in  favor  of  any  one. 

gratulor,  1  [gratus],  wish  joy, 
congratulate,  with  dat. ;  rejoice  (V. 
13) ;  aliquid  or  de  aliqua  re,  on 
account  of  anything. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  beloved, 
dear,  pleasing,  acceptable  (N.  T.  10) . 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  weighty, 
burdensome,  severe  (V.  22),  violent, 
grave,  important,  influential,  eminent, 
venerable. 

graviter,  adv.,  weightily,  strongly, 
seriously  (Cic.  7). 

H. 

habeo,  2,  -ui,  -itum,  have,  hold, 
occupy,  possess  j  think,  believe,  look 
upon,  regard  (N.  8),  consider,  feel, 
entertain,  experience. 

habito,  1  [intens.  from  habeo], 
dwell,  live,  inhabit  (V.  16). 

haereo,  2,  haesT,  haesum,  hang, 
stick,  cleave,  adhere,  remain  at- 
tached, be  fixed  (Cic.  6). 

hasta,  -ae,  F.,  spear  ;  spear  stuck 
in  ground  at  public  auctions;  ve- 
nire sub  hasta,  be  sold  by  auction. 

hand,  adv.,  not,  not  at  all. 

hebesco,  3,  — ,  —  [incep.  from 
hebeo],  grow  blunt  or  dull  (Cic. 
2). 

Hellespontus,    -i,  M.,    Sea   of 


Helle,  Hellespont  (now  the  Darda- 
nelles). 

Helvetll,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Hel- 
vetii,  Helvetians. 

Helvetius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
Helvetians. 

hemerodromus,  -T,  M.,  plur. 
-dromoe,  courier  who  runs  all  day 
(N.  4). 

hiberna,  -orum,  N.  plur.,  winter- 
quarters  (C.  10). 

hibernus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  win- 
ter, wintry,  winter-. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  dem.  pron.,  this, 
this  of  mine ;  the  latter,  opposed 
to  ille :  abl.  hoc,  on  this  account, 
in  this  way ;  as  pers.  pron.,  he, 
she,  it. 

hie,  adv.,  in  this  place;  on  this 
occasion;  at  this  juncture /  in  this 
state  of  affairs  (N.  3). 

hiemo,  1  [hiems,  winter"],  winter, 
pass  the  winter  (C.  10). 

hinc,  adv.  [hie],  hence,  from 
this  place,  from  this  time,  here- 
after ;  hinc  .  .  .  hinc,  on  this  side 
...  on  that,  on  the  one  hand  .  .  . 
on  the  other. 

His paiiia,  -ae,  F.,  Spain. 

Hister,  -tri,  M.,  Hister,  the 
lower  part  of  the  Danube. 

Histiaeus,  -I,  M.,  Histiaeus. 

historia,  -ae,  F.,  narrative  of 
past  events,  history  (N.  T.  9). 

homo,  -inis,  M.  and  F.,  human 
being,  man,  woman,  or  child. 

honestus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [honos], 
regarded  with  honor,  honorable, 
respectable,  worthy  (Cic.  8). 

honor,  see  honos. 

honos,  -oris,  M.,  honor  (N.  6), 
office  (N.  T.  7). 


222 


VOCABULARY. 


Horatius,  -I,  M.,  Horace,  Hora- 
tius, one  of  the  Horatii  (V.  11). 

horribilis,  -e,  adj.  [horreo,  shud- 
der at],  terrible,  fearful,  dreadful, 
horrible  (Cic.  5). 

horror,  -oris,  M.  [horreo,  shud- 
der at],  trembling,  dread,  horror. 

hortor,  1,  urge,  exhort  (N.  3). 

hortus,  -I,  M.,  garden  (V.  25). 

hospes,  -itis,  M.  and  F.,  host, 
guest,  guest-friend. 

hospitium,  -I,  N.  [hospes],  hos- 
pitable reception,  relation  of  host 
and  guest,  guest-friendship  (N.  T.  8) . 

Hostilius,  -T,  M.,  Hostilius. 

hostis,  -is,  M.  and  F.,  enemy. 

hue,  adv.,  to  this  place,  hither. 

huiusce,  see  -ce. 

h m mini t:is,  -atis,  F.  [humanus, 
human],  humanity,  kindliness  (N. 
8),  refinement  (C.  1). 

humerus,  -I,  M.,  shoulder. 

h  11  m ili s,  -e,  adj.  [humus,  eartli], 
low,  lowly,  obscure,  humble  (N.  8). 

humi,  adv.  [locative  of  humus], 
on  the  ground  (Cic.  10). 

I. 

I.  =  anus,  num.  adj.,  one. 
iaceo,    2,    -ui,   —   [iacio]    (be 

thrown},  lie,  lie  prostrate  (V.  13), 
lie  ill,  lie  dead. 

iacio,  3,  ieci,  iactum,  throw, 
hurl  (C.26). 

iacto,  1  [intens.  from  iacid], 
throw,  flourish,  make  prominent, 
display  (often  with  pride  or  inso- 
lence) (Cic.  1). 

iam,  adv.,  already,  now,  at  last, 
soon,  at  this  time,  at  that  time,  by 
this  time,  then  ;  moreover. 

iam  pridem,  long  ago  (Cic.  1)  ; 


iam  dm,  this  long  time  (Cic.  1)  ; 
iam  dudum,  long  since  (Cic.  5), 
this  long  time. 

laniculum,  -I,  N.,  the  Janicu- 
lum,  a  hill  at  Rome  (V.  10). 

Ianuarius,-a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Janus, 
of  January  (Cic.  6). 

lanus,  -i,  M.  [ianua,  door],  Ja- 
nus, the  god  of  doors  —  a  Roman 
god  having  two  faces  (V.  9). 

ibi,  adv.  [is],  in  that  place, 
there. 

ibidem,  adv.,  in  the  same  place, 
just  there  (N.  2). 

Iccius,  -I,  M.,  Iccius. 

ico,  ici,  ictum,  strike,  hit;  icere 
foedus,  make  a  covenant,  strike  a 
treaty  (V.  8). 

Id.  =  Idas,  which  see. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  determ. 
pron.  [is],  same;  idem  .  .  .  qui, 
the  same  ...  as ;  idem  et  or  idem 
atque,  the  same  as,  identical  with 
(C.2  6). 

idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Jit,  proper, 
suitable  (N.  2),  sufficient,  satisfac- 
tory, plausible  (N.  T.  6). 

Idus,  Iduum,  F.  plur.,  Ides,  mid- 
dle of  the  month ;  the  13th  of  all 
months  but  March,  May,  July, 
and  October,  when  the^  fell  on 
the  15th. 

igitur,  conj.,  then,  therefore, 
accordingly,  I  say  then,  as  I  was 
saying  (Cic.  4). 

Ignis,  -is,  M.,  fire;  watch-fire 
(C.2  7). 

ignominia,  -ae,  F.  [in,  (g) no- 
men],  disgrace,  disgracefulness, 
dishonor  (Cic.  6). 

Ignore,  1,  not  to  know,  be  igno- 
rant (Cic.  1). 


VOCABULARY. 


223 


Ignotus,  -a,  -nm,  adj.  [in, 
(g)notus],  unknown  (N.  T.  8). 

ille,  -a,  -ud,  demon,  pron.,  that, 
yonder  ;  as  a  pers.  pron.,  lie,  she, 
it;  ille  .  .  .  hie,  the  former  .  .  .  the 
latter  (V.  10). 

illustro,  gee  inlustro. 

imago,  -inis,  F.,  image,  likeness, 
semblance,  picture. 

imbellis  (inb-),  -e,  adj.  [in,  bel- 
lum],  unwarlike,  cowardly. 

im-buo  (inb-),  3,  -ui,  -utum,  im- 
bue, soak,  steep,  infect  (V.  10). 

immanitas  (inm-),  -atis,  F. 
[immanis,  huge'],  monstrous  size, 
enormity,  heinousness  (Cic.  6). 

iiii-iuu turns  (inm-),  -a,  -um, 
adj.,  unripe,  immature,  unseasona- 
ble (V.  13)  ;  mors,  untimely  (V.  18), 
premature  death  ;  aetas,  tender  age. 

immo,  adv.,  in  very  truth; 
immo  vero,  nay  rather,  nay  I  may 
even  say,  nay  more  (Cic.  1). 

immolo  (inm-),  1  [in,  mola, 
sacrificial  meal'],  sprinkle  with  sac- 
rificial meal ;  hence,  sacrifice  (V. 
23),  immolate. 

immortalis  (inm-),  -e,  adj.  [in, 
mortalis],  undying,  immortal  (Cic. 

*)• 

im-par  (inp-),  -paris,  adj.,  w. 
dat,  not  a  match  for  (V.  12) ,  un- 
even, unequal. 

impedio  (inp-),  4,  entangle,  ob- 
struct, impede,  be  an  obstacle  to 
(N.  5). 

impello  (iup-),3, -pull, -pulsum 
[in,  pelloj,  strike  against,  impel, 
urge  on  (N.  5). 

impendeo  (inp-),  2,  — ,  —  [in, 
pended],  hang  over,  overhang  (C. 
6). 


imperator  (inp-),  -oris,  M.  [im- 
pero],  commander-in-chief,  general, 
leader  (N.  1). 

imperatum  (inp-),  -I,  N.  [im- 
pero],  command,  order  (C.2  3). 

imperium  (inp-),-I,N.  [imperS], 
power,  dominion,  empire,  author- 
ity, command,  rule,  supreme  con- 
trol, sovereignty,  government,  su- 
premacy (C.  3),  sway,  direction, 
office. 

impero  (inp-),  1  [in,  paro,  make 
ready~],  command,  give  orders  for, 
levy,  make  a  levy  (w.  dat.)  (C.  7). 

impetro  (inp-),  1  [in,  patro, 
bring  to  pass~],  gain  one's  end,  bring 
to  pass,  effect,  obtain,  procure  (by 
request  or  influence)  (C.  9). 

impetus  (inp-), -us,  M.  [impeto, 
rush  upon],  attack,  onset,  violent 
impulse,  impetuosity,  force,  eager- 
ness, fury,  excitement. 

impius  (inp-) ,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  un- 
godly, impious,  wicked. 

im-plico  (inpl-),  1,  -avi  or  -m, 
-atum  or  -itum  [in,  plied,  fold~] ,  en- 
fold, entwine,  entangle,  envelop; 
morbo  implicari,  be  attacked  by 
disease  ;  errore  implicare  aliquem, 
lead  one  astray. 

impono,  3,  -posui,  -positum, 
put  upon,  in,  or  into,  lay  on,  estab- 
lish, introduce, place  ;  put  on  board 
(a  ship),  embark;  impose  upon, 
inflict. 

importo  (inp-),  1  [in,  porto], 
bring  in,  import  (C.  1). 

importunus  (inp-),  -a,  -um,  adj., 
unfit,  troublesome,  cruel,  dangerous 
(Cic.  9). 

impositus  (inp-) ,  -a,  -um,  part, 
of  impono. 


224 


VOCABULARY. 


improbus  (inpr-),  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[in,  probus],  not  good,  bad,  wicked, 
vile,  shameless  (Cic.  2). 

improvlsus  (inp-),  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[in,  prSvisus],  not  foreseen,  unex- 
pectedly ;  neut.  as  noun  in  de  im- 
provlso,  unexpectedly  (C.2  3). 

impulsus  (inp-),  part,  of  im- 
pello. 

imp  u  nit  us  (inp-),  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[in,  punitus],  unpunished  (Cic.  7). 

in,  prep.  w.  ace.  (of  motion), 
into,  to,  against,  upon,  for;  w. 
abl.  (of  rest),  in,  on,  over;  in  po- 
testatem,  under  (one's)  power  (V. 
25)  ;  in  altitudinem,  in  height;  in 
longitudinem,  in  length;  in  lati- 
tudinem,  in  breadth  or  width. 

in-ambulo,  1,  pace  to  and  fro, 
walk  up  and  down  (V.  25) . 

inanis,  -e,  adj.,  empty,  void,  de- 
serted, unoccupied  (Cic.  7). 

incendium,  -I,  N.,  burning,  Jire 
(N.  T.  4),  incendiarism  (Cic.  3). 

incendo,  3,  -di,  -sum,  set  on  fire 
(N.  7),  burn. 

inceptum,  -I,  N.  [incipio],  be- 
ginning, attempt,  undertaking  (N. 

1). 

in-cido,  3,  -cidi,  -casum  [in, 
cadd],  fall  into;  happen,  befall, 
occur,  be  made  (V.  26)  ;  fall  upon, 
attack;  in  mentionem  incidere, 
mention  incidentally;  impers.  in- 
cidit,  w.  dat.,  it  happens. 

incipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptum  (in, 
capio],  take  hold,  begin  (C.2  2). 

in-cito,  1,  set  in  rapid  motion, 
urge,  excite,  spur  on,  arouse  (V. 
24),  incense  (C.  4). 

in-clamo,  1,  cry  out  to  (V.  12), 
call  on,  exclaim  against,  reproach. 


inclitus  or  inclutus  (not  incly- 
tus),  -a,  -um,  adj.,  renowned,  cele- 
brated, famous,  glorious  (V.  9). 

include,  3,  -si, -sum  [in,  claudo], 
shut  up,  shut  in,  enclose  (Cic.  2). 

inclutus,  see  inclitus. 

inclytus,  see  inclitus. 

incola,  -ae,  M.  and  F.  [incolS] , 
inhabitant. 

in-colo,  3,  -ui,  — ,  be  at  home, 
inhabit,  dwell  in  (N.  2),  live. 

in-credibilis,  -e,  adj.,  not  to  be 
believed,  incredible,  extraordinary 
(Cic.  3). 

in-crepo,  1,  -ui,  -itum,  make  a 
noise,  rattle;  resound,  urge  on, 
upbraid;  transpire,  be  noised 
abroad  (Cic.  7). 

in-cresco,  3,  -crevi,  — ,  grow 
in,  grow,  increase  (V.  18). 

incursio,  -onis,  F.,  attack,  raid 
(V.  17),  assault,  incursion. 

inde,  adv.,  from  that  place, 
thence;  after  that,  then,  thereupon 
(V.  19). 

index,  -icis,  M.  [in,  die,  point 
out], pointer,  informer,  sign,  mark, 
index. 

indicium,  -I,  N.,  notice,  infor- 
mation, disclosure,  evidence  (C.  4). 

in-dico,.  1,  point  out,  show,  re- 
veal, indicate,  inform,  tell. 

in-dlco,  3,  -ixi,  -ictum,  declare, 
proclaim,  announce  (V.  5) ,  appoint, 
give  notice  of, 

indlgne,  adv.  [indignus,  un- 
worthy], unworthily,  shamefully, 
with  reluctance  ;  indignantly. 

indoles,  -is,  F.,  nature. 

in-duco,  3,  -duxT,  -ductum,  lead 
in,  lead  on,  induce  (C.  2)  ;  ani- 
mum,  make  up  one's  mind  (Cic.  9). 


VOCABULARY. 


225 


industria,  -ae,  F.,  diligence, 
industry  (V.  19) ;  de  industria, 
purposely. 

in-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  into, 
enter,  begin  (N.  T.  1),  enter  upon, 
engage  in  (Cic.  7). 

inertia,  -ae,  F.  [iners,  without 
skill],  want  of  art,  ignorance ;  in- 
activity, idleness  (Cic.  2),  negli- 
gence. 

In -fans,  -ntis  [in,  for,  speak] 
(not  [able  to]  speak),  M.  and  F., 
infant,  child. 

Infectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in  (not}, 
facio],  not  done,  undone  (N.  7), 
unfinished. 

Inferior,  -ius,  adj.  lower  (C.  1), 
inferior. 

In-fero,  Tnferre,  intuli,  illatum 
(inl-)  (bear  in  or  against),  carry 
into,  bring  in  or  upon,  carry  for- 
ward, set  against,  introduce;  al- 
lege; cause;  se  inferre,  rush, 
hasten,  betake  one's  self,  resort; 
bellum  alicui,  make  war  on  any 
one;  signa,  bear  standards  against, 
attack;  pedem,  advance,  attack; 
lay  on  (Cic.  8). 

Infesto,  1,  molest,  attack,  trouble  ; 
locum ,  infest  a  place. 

infestus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hostile, 
troublesome,  dangerous;  infestum 
habere  aliquem,  have  one  as  an 
enemy. 

In-firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  not 
strong,  weak  (N.  T.  6). 

Infitior,  1  [infitiae,  denial],  not 
to  confess,  deny  (Cic.  3). 

in-fluo,  3,  -uxi,  -iixum,  flow  in, 
run  into  (C.  8). 

ingenium,  -I,  N.,  natural  dispo- 
sition, temper,  character,  nature 


(V.  24),  inclination,  natural  capac- 
ity, ability,  genius. 

ingens,  -ntis,  adj.,  vast,  huge, 
enormous,  great,  mighty,  remark- 
able (V.  9). 

ingenuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  free- 
born  (V.  20),  befitting  the  "free- 
born,  noble,  candid,  ingenuous. 

in-gratils  or  in-gratis,  adv., 
involuntarily,  against  one's  will 
(N.  T.  4). 

in-gredior,  3,  -gressus  [in,  gra- 
dior],  step,  enter  upon,  enter  (V. 
19),  engage  in,  begin. 

in-hibeo,  2  [in,  habeo],  hold 
back,  restrain,  draw  in  (V.  24). 

inicio,  3,  -ieci,  -ectum,  throw 
in,  on,  or  over,  thrust  in,  cast  in, 
inspire,  infuse  into,  throw  across; 
metum  alicui,  inspire  one  with 
fear;  moles  in  mare,  push  or 
build  out  into. 

iiiimicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in, 
arnicas],  unfriendly,  hostile  (C. 

7). 

inimicus,  -I,  M.,  enemy  (N.  T.  9). 

iniquus,  -a,  -um.  adj.  [in,  ae- 
quus],  uneven,  unfavorable  (C.2 
10). 

initio,  1  [initium],  begin,  initi- 
ate, consecrate  (Cic.  6). 

initium,  -I,  N.,  going  in,  en- 
trance; beginning  (N.  T.  1). 

iniuria,  -ae,  F.  [in,  ius] ,  injus- 
tice, wrong,  injury  (C.  7). 

iniuste,  adv.  [iniustus,  unjust], 
without  right,  unjustly  (N.  T.  7). 

inlecebra  (ill-),  -ae,  F.,  entice- 
ment, charm,  allurement  (Cic.  6). 

in-lustro,  1,  light  up,  make  clear, 
render  famous ;  pass,  become  fa- 
mous (N.  T.  1). 


226 


VOCABULARY. 


in-noxius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  harm- 
less, blameless,  innocent  (N.  8). 

inopia,  -ae,  F.  [inops,  without 
resources'],  want  (N.  3),  famine. 

inqiiam,  -is,  -it  (defective),  / 
say,  thou  sayest,  etc.  (V.  17). 

inretio  (irr-),  4,  [in,  rete,  net], 
catch  in  a  net,  ensnare  (Cic.  6). 

in-rideo,  see  irrldeo. 

In-sequor,  3,  -secutus,  follow 
(V.  16) , pursue,  press  upon,  harass, 
reproach. 

Insideo,  2,  -sedi,  -sessum  [in, 
sedeo] ,  w.  dat. ,  sit  upon  or  in  (V. 
19) ,  be  situated  on,  occupy. 

insidiae,  -arum,  r.  plur.  [Insi- 
deo], ambush,  ambuscade,  plot  (V. 
21),  artifice,  snare;  per  insidias, 
by  stratagem;  struere,  tendere, 
lay  plots,  spread  snares. 

Insidior,  1  {insidiae],  lie  in  am- 
bush, lie  in  wait  for,  w.  dat.  (V.  2). 

insignis,  -e,  adj.  [in,  signum], 
marked,  remarkable,  extraordinary, 
distinguished,  splendid  (V.  9),  emi- 
nent (V.  7)  ;  as  noun,  insigne,  -is, 
N.,  usu.  in  plur.  insigniae,  badges 
(of  honor),  decorations,  standards. 

installs,  -antis,  adj.  [insto], 
present  (N.  T.  1),  immediate. 

in-stituo,  3,  -m,  -utum  [in,  sta- 
tuo,  place] ,  fix,  determine,  under- 
take, introduce,  establish,  institute, 
set  up,  appoint,  resolve,  train  up, 
educate. 

institutum,  -I,  N.  [instituo], 
arrangement,  establishment,  pur- 
pose, design  ;  in  plur.,  institutions, 
laws,  customs,  usages. 

Instructus,  part,  of  instruo. 

Instruo,  3,  -uxi,  -uctum,  build 
in,  set  in  order,  draw  up  (N.  5). 


Insula,  -ae,  F.,  island  (N.  1). 

in-tactus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in, 
tango],  untouched,  uninjured,  in- 
tact (V.  13). 

integer,  -gra,  -grum,  adj.,  un- 
touched, unwounded  (V.  12),  en- 
tire, whole,  unhurt,  safe;  new, 
fresh  (of  soldiers) ;  blameless, 
pure,  virtuous  ;  ex  integro,  afresh. 

intel-lego,  3,  -lexT,  -lectum  (not 
intelligo)  [inter,  legd],  have  an 
accurate  knowledge  or  skill  in, 
comprehend,  understand,  discern, 
perceive,  see  into,  see  (V.  15). 

intentus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[intendo],  attentive,  closely  attend- 
ing (V.  21) ,  intent  upon  ;  alicui  rei 
or  in  aliquid,  intent  upon  anything. 

inter,  prep.  w.  ace.,  among, 
amid,  in  amid,  between,  during,  in 
the  course  of,  in  the  midst  of;  inter 
se  (C.  I"),  from  one  another-,  inter 
se  dare  (C.  3) ,  exchange. 

inter-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
come  between,  intervene  (C.  7). 

inter-cipio,  3,  -cepT,  -ceptum 
[inter,  capio] ,  intercept,  take  away, 
steal,  carry  off,  get  (possession  of) 
(V.  19). 

interdiu,  adv.,  during  the  day, 
by  day  (C.  8). 

inter-ea,  meanwhile,  in  the 
meantime;  however. 

inter-eo,  -Ire,  -ii,  — ,  go  among, 
be  lost;  perish  (N.  3),  be  wasted 
(N.  T.  2). 

inter-fici5,  3,  -feel,  -fectum 
[inter,  facio] ,  finish,  despatch,  slay, 
kill,  put  to  death. 

inter-icio,  3,  -ieci,  -iectum 
[inter,  iacio],  throw  in  (between)  ; 
pass,  lie  between,  intervene  ;  spatio 


VOCABULARY. 


227 


interiecto,  a  short  time  after  ;  pau- 
cis  diebus  interiectis,  a  few  days 
after  (V.  26). 

interim,  adv.,  meanwhile  (V. 
16),  in  the  meantime  (N.  T.  6). 

inter-imo,  3,  -emi,  -emptum  or 
-emtum  [inter,  emo,  buy] ,  abolish, 
kill,  put  to  death  (V.  25),  destroy. 

interior,  -ius,  gen.  -oris,  adj. 
comp.,  inner,  interior,  middle  (C.2 

2)- 

interitus,  -us,  M.  [intereo],  de- 
struction, death. 

inter-pono,  3,  -posuT,  -positum, 
put  between,  interpose;  use  as  a 
pretext,  allege  (N.  T.  7). 

inter-rogo,  1,  ask,  interrogate, 
question  (V.  20). 

inter-scindo,  3,  -scidi,  -scissum, 
tear  asunder,  break  down  (C.2  9). 

inter-sero,  3,  — ,  — ,  place  be- 
tween, interpose,'  causam,  allege- 
as  a  pretext  (N.  4) ;  hoc,  give  this 
reason. 

inter-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  — ,  be  be- 
tween, be  present ;  interest,  concern 
(C.25),  3dpers.  impers. 

inter- vallum,  -I,  N.,  space  be- 
tween two  palisades,  distance,  in- 
terval ;  per  intervalla,  at  intervals 
(V.  12). 

iutestinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  inward, 
internal,  intestine  (Cic.  2). 

intra,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  ace., 
within,  inside,  under,  fewer  than 
(with  numerals). 

intro-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum, 
lead  in,  introduce  (C.2  5). 

in-tueor,  2,  -itus,  look  upon, 
consider,  give  attention  to,  have  re- 
gard to  (N.  T.  7). 

in-uro,  3,   -ussi,  -ustum,  burn  \ 


in,  burn,  brand,  brand  upon  (Cic. 
6). 
in-iitllis,  -e,  adj.,  useless  (N.  T. 

7). 

in-venio,  4,  -vem,  -ventum,  come 
upon,  Jind  (V.  26),  meet  with,  dis- 
cover, invent. 

in-veterasco,  3,  -ravl,  —  [incep., 
in,  vetus,  old],  grow  old,  establish 
one's  self,  get  a  foot-hold  in  (C.2 

1). 

in-vicem,  adv.,  in  turn,  alter- 
nately (V.  21). 

invidia,  -ae,  r.  [invidus,  envi- 
ous], envy,  dislike,  odium,  hatred 
(N.  T.  8). 

invidiosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in- 
vidia], full  of  envy,  hateful,  odi- 
ous (V.  15),  hated. 

invito,  1,  invite,  summon  (Cic. 
9). 

invltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  against 
the  will,  unwilling  (C.  8). 

lones,  -um,  M.  plur.,  lonians. 

Ionia,  -ae,  F.,  Ionia,  part  of 
Asia  Minor. 

ipse,  -a,  -um,  intens.  pron.,  self, 
very  (used  with  all  three  per- 
sons). 

irascor,  3,  iratus  [ira,  anger],  be 
angry,  be  in  a  rage. 

iratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[irascor],  enraged,  angry,  in  anger. 

ir-rldeo,  2,  -risT,  -risum  [in, 
rideo],  laugh  at,  ridicule,  deride, 
scorn  ;  jest,  mock. 

is,  ea,  id,  determ.  pron.,  this, 
that;  as  pers.  pron.,  he,  she,  it; 
is  qui,  he  who,  such  a  one  as  = 
talis;  in  eo  esse,  be  on  the  point 
o^ 

iste,  -a,  -ud,  gen.  istius,  demon. 


228 


VOCABULARY. 


pron.,  this,  that,  that  of  yours  (Cic. 
1),  that  (often  with  irony  and 
scorn). 

ita,  adv.  [is],  so,  thus,  in  this 
way  j  non  ita  multa  post,  not 
very  long  after;  ita  ut  (uti),  just 
«s_(C.2  1). 

Italia,  -ae,  F.,  Italy. 

ita-que,  conj.,  so,  and  so,  there* 
fore,  accordingly,  and  thus. 

item,  adv.,  likewise,  also  (C.  3). 

iter,  itineris,  N.  [eo],  way,  road, 
march,  journey,  route  (C.  6)  ;  ex 
itinere,  on  the  march  ;  quam  max- 
imis  itineribus  potest  contendit 
(C.  7) ,  hastens  by  forced  marches  ; 
also  magnis  itineribus  (C.  10). 

iterum,  adv.,  again,  a  second 
time  (N.  T.  5). 

iubeo,  2,  iussi,  iussum,  order, 
bid,  command. 

ificundus  (ioc-),  -a,  -urn,  adj., 
pleasant,  agreeable,  delightful, 
pleasing  (Cic.  6). 

iudex,  -icis,  M.  [ius,  dico],  judge. 

iudicium,  -i,  N.  [iudex],  judg- 
ment, trial,  suit  (N.  T.I}. 

iudico,  1  [iudex],  judge  (V.  26), 
decide,  deem. 

iugum,  -T,  N.  yoke  (V.  14)  ; 
ridge  or  peak  of  a  mountain. 

lulius,  -I,  M.,  Julius;  month  of 
July  (used  as  adj.). 

iumentum,  -I,  N.,  beast  for  haul- 
ing, beast  of  burden,  pack-animal 
(C.3). 

iungo,  3,  iunxi,  iunctum,  yoke, 
harness,  join,  unite  (V.  24)  ;  pon- 
tem,  build  a  bridge. 

luppiter  (lupi-),  lovis,  M., 
Jupiter,  the  supreme  deity  of  the 
Horn  an  s. 


lura,  -ae,  M.,  Jura,  a  chain  of 
mountains  between  the  Rhine  and 
the  Rhone. 

iure,  abl.  of  ius,  used  adverbi- 
ally, by  right,  justly,  by  fair  means 
(V._19). 

ius,  iuris,  N.,  right,  law,  justice ; 
authority  /  court  of  justice,  trial 
(V.  U) 

ius-iurandum,  iuris-iurandi,  N. 
[iuro,  make  oath~\,  oath  (V.  8). 

iussus, -us,  M.  [iubeo],  command, 
order. 

iustitia,  -ae,  F.,  justice,  upright- 
ness. 

iustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ius],  just, 
righteous,  upright  (N.  8). 

iuvenis,  -is,  adj.  (comp.  iunior ; 
superl.  supplied  by  minimus 
natu),  young. 

iuvenis,  -is,  M.  and  F.,  youth, 
young  man  or  woman. 

iuvo,  1,  iuvi,  iutum,  help,  aid, 
assist  (C.2  3). 

K. 

Kalendae,  -arum,  F.  plur.,  day 
of  proclamation,  Calends,  Jirst  day 
of  the  month  (V.  9  ;  C.  6). 

L. 

L.,  abbrev.  of  IJncius ;  as  num- 
eral =  quinquaginta,  num.  adj., 

fifty. 

labefacio,  3,  -feel,  -factum, 
cause  to  totter,  shake  (Cic.  1). 

Labienus,  -i,  M.,  Labienus. 

labor,  -oris,  M.,  labor  (N.  T. 
4),  toil,  hardship. 

Lacedaemon  (-mo),  -onis,  F., 
Lacedcemon,  Sparta. 


VOCABULARY. 


229 


Ljacedaemonius,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
Lacedaemonian,  Spartan. 

Lacedaemonius,  -T,  M.,  Spar- 
tan, Lacedaemonian. 

lacrima,  -ae,  F.,  tear  (V.  14). 

lacus,  -us,  M.,  opening,  hollow; 
lake  (C.  2). 

Laeca,  -ae,  M.,  Laeca. 

laetitia,  -ae,  F.  [laetus],  joy, 
gladness,  pleasure,  delight  (Cic. 
10). 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  glad,  joy- 
ful, fortunate,  agreeable,  fertile; 
laeta  pabula,  rich  fodder. 

laeva,  -ae,  F.,  left  hand  (V.  6). 

lambo,  3,  Iambi,  lambitum, 
lick,  lap  (V.  1). 

IJampsacum.  -I,  N.,  and  Lamp- 
sacus  (-os),  -i,  F.,  Lampsacum  or 
Lampsacus. 

lanificium,  -I,  N.  [lana,  wool, 
facio],  working  of  wool,  spinning, 
iveaving,  etc. ;  in  lanificio,  spinning 
wool  (V.  26). 

lapideus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [lapis], 
of  stone,  stony. 

lapis,  -idis,  M.,  stone  (C.2  6). 

laqueus,  -I,  M.,  rope  having  a 
noose  in  it;  noose,  snare,  halter 
(V.  14)  _ 

largitio,  -onis,  F.  [largior,  give 
freely~],  generosity, prodigality  (N. 
G),  bribery,  distribution. 

late,  adv.  [latus],  widely  (C.2). 

Tjatimis,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Latin. 

Latin  t:s,  -I,  M.,  Latin, inhabitant 
ofLatium  (V.  23). 

latitude,  -inis,  F.  [latus], 
breadth,  width  (C.  2). 

Latobrigi,  -drum,  M.,  Latobrigi, 
or  Latovici,  a  German  tribe  in  the 
southern  part  of  Baden. 


latro,  -onis,  M.,  robber  (V.  2). 

latrocinium,  -I.  N.  [latrocinor, 
rob],  free-booting,  robbery  (Cic.  9, 
10). 

latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  broad,  wide 
(C.  2) ,  extensive. 

latus,  -eris,  N.,  side  (C.2  5). 

laudo,  1  [laus],  praise  (V.  26), 
laud,  commend. 

Laurentia,  -ae,  F.,  Laurentia. 

laus,  laudis,  F.,  praise,  fame, 
reputation  (N.  8),  renown. 

lectulus,  -I,  M.  [lectus,  bed"}, 
small  couch,  bed  (Cic.  4). 

legatio,  -onis,  F.  [lego,  depute], 


legatus,  -I,  M.  [lego,  depute], 
ambassador,  envoy ;  lieutenant, 
lieutenant-general. 

legio,  -onis,  F.,  body  of  soldiers, 
legion  (containing  10  cohorts  of 
foot-soldiers  and  300  cavalry,— 
from  4200  to  6000  men)  (C.  7). 

lego,  3,  legi,  lectum,  pick, 
choose,  gather  (V.  9);  read,  re- 
cite. 

Leinannus,  -T,  M.,  Lemannus, 
or  the  Lake  of  Geneva. 

Lemnius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Lem- 
nos,  Lemnian. 

Jjemnius,  I,  M.,  Lemnian. 

Lemnos  and  Lemnus,  -T,  F., 
Lemnus,  an  island  in  the  JEgean 
Sea. 

lenis,  -e,  adj.,  soft,  smooth, 
gentle,  mild  (Cic.  5). 

leniter,  adv.  [lenis],  softly, 
mildly,  gently  (C.2  8). 

Leonidas,  -ae,  M.,  Leonidas. 

Lepidus,  -i,  M.,  Lepidus. 

letalis  (lethalls),  -e,  adj.  [le- 
tum,  death],  deadly,  fatal  (V.  22). 


230 


VOCABULARY. 


levis,  -e,  adj.,  light,  not  heavy 
(C.2  10). 

levitas,  -atis,  F.  [levis],  light- 
ness, levity  (C.2  1). 

lex,  legis,  F.,  law,  statute,  rule, 
condition  (V.  11),  terms. 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  unre- 
stricted, free  (N.  3). 

Hberaliter,  adv.  [Hberalis] , 
like  afreedman,  graciously,  kindly 
(C.2  6). 

libere,  adv.,  (comp.  liberius, 
superl.  llberrime)  [liber] ,  frankly 
(N.  T.  7),  freely,  fast  (N.  T.  1). 

liberl,  -orum,  M.  plur.  [liber], 
freemen  (N.  T.  6)  ;  children. 

llbero,  1  [liber],  set  free,  free, 
liberate  (N.  6),  relieve. 

libertiis,  -fitis,  F.  [liber],  free- 
dom, absence  of  restraint,  liberty 
(N.  3).  _ 

libido  or  lubldo,  -inis,  F., 
pleasure,  passion,  wantonness,  lust 
(Cic.  6). 

licet,  2,  -cuit  and  -citum  est, 
impers.,  it  is  allowed,  is  permitted 
(C.7). 

lietor,  -oris,  M.,  lictor,  an  at- 
tendant on  certain  Roman  magis- 
trates. 

Hgneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [lignum, 
wood],ofwood,  wooden  (N.  T.  2). 

lineamentum,  -T,  N.,  line; 
plur.,  features,  lineaments. 

lingua,  -ae,  F.,  tongue,  speech, 
language. 

Us,  litis,  F.,  strife;  suit  at  law, 
litigation;  damages  (N.  7). 

littera  (better  than  litera), 
-ae,  F.,  letter,  alphabetical  sign; 
writing,  letter,  epistle  (N.  T.  9), 
literature  (N.  T.  10). 


locupleto,  1  [locuples,  rich'], 
enrich  (N.  2). 

locus,  -I,  M.  (plur.  loci  and  loca), 
place,  position,  spot,  post,  region. 

longe,  adv.  [longus],  far  off, 
afar;  far,  long,  widely,  greatly, 
by  far,  much,  very  much,  by  much; 
baud  longe,  not  far ;  longe  late- 
que,  far  and  wide. 

longinquus  (-Incus),  adj.  [lon- 
gus], far  removed,  long  (N.  T.  4). 

longitudo,  -inis,  F.  [longus], 
length  (C.  2). 

longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long; 
navis,  war-ship  (N.  T.  2). 

loquor,  3,  -ciitus,  speak  (N.  3), 
talk. 

Lucius,  -T,  M.,  Lucius. 

Liucretia,  -ae,  F.,  Lucretia. 

Incus,  -I,  M.  [luceo,  shine'], 
(open  place  in  a  wood),  wood, 
thicket,  grove,  sacreclivood. 

ludibrium,  -I,  N.  [ludo,  play], 
sport,  scoff,  jest,  ridicule. 

ludicer  (nom.  sing.  M.  not 
used),  -era,  -crum,  adj.,  serving 
for  sport,  sportive  (V.  2) . 

ludicrum,  -I,  N.,  public  games, 
stage  play. 

Indus,  -I,  M.  [ludo,  play~],  game, 
play ,  pastime  ;  school ;  ludus  litte- 
rarius,  elementary  school;  gladia- 
torius,  fencing  school,  school  of 
gladiators;  ludi  magister  (or  as 
one  word),  schoolmaster,  teacher. 

lugeo,  2,  luxi,  luctum,  mourn, 
lament  (V.  13),  mourn  for. 

lima,  -ae,  F.  [root  of  lux],  moon. 

lupa,  -ae,  F.  (she-}wolf. 

lustro,  1  [lustrum,  sacrifice'], 
purify;  review,  examine,  survey, 
traverse;  light  up,  illumine. 


VOCABULARY. 


231 


lux,  lucis,  F.,  light  (Cic.  3). 

luxus,  -us,  M.,  luxury,  pomp, 
luxurious  indulgence  ;  in  convivio 
et  luxu,  feasting  and  enjoying 
(themselves')  (V.  26). 

M. 

M.,  abbrev.  of  Marcus,  Marcus  ; 
as  numeral  =  mille,  num.  adj., 
thousand. 

M',  abbrev.  of  Manius,  Manius. 

machinor,  1  [machina,  contriv- 
ance], contrive  skilfully,  devise,  plot 
(Cic.  1). 

Maelius,  -I,  M.,  Maelius. 

magis,  adv.  [root  of  magnus], 
more,  rather. 

magistrates,  -us,  M.  [magis- 
ter,  master~\ ,  office  of  master,  mag- 
istracy ;  magistrate  (N.  6). 

Magnesia,  -ae,  F.,  Magnesia. 

magnitude),  -inis,  F.  [magnus], 
greatness,  size,  magnitude;  rank, 
-  dignity. 

magnopere  or  magno  opere, 
adv.  [abl.  of  magnum  opus,  with 
great  labor],  very  much,  greatly  (N. 
3),  earnestly  (C.25). 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (comp. 
maior,  superl.  maximus),  great, 
large. 

maior,  M.  and  F.,  -us,  N.,  adj. 
[comp.  of  magnus],  greater, 
stronger;  res,  matter  of  unusual 
importance  (N.  T.  1)  ;  maior  natu 
(also  without  natu) ,  older,  elder. 

maiores,  -um,  M.  [plur.  of  ma- 
ior], ancestors  (N.  1),  forefathers, 
fathers,  ancients,  men  of  old; 
maiores  natu  (N.  T.  2),  elderly 
men. 

male,  adv.  (comp.  peius,  superl. 


pessime)  [malus,&acT],  badly,  wick- 
edly ;  with  difficulty  (V.  13)  ;  male 
facere,  do  ill;  rem  gerere,  meet 
with  ill  success  (N.  3),  be  unsuc- 
cessful, manage  ill. 

maleficinm,  -I,  N.  [male,  facio], 
evil  deed,  mischief,  harm  (C.  7). 

maid,  malle,  malui,  —  [magis, 
void],  choose  rather, prefer  (N.  8). 

malum,  -I,  N.  [malus] ,  anything 
bad,  evil  (N.  T.  9). 

Mamurius,  -I,  M.,  Mamurius 
(  Veturius} ,  maker  of  the  ancilia 
(V.  9). 

inanclo,  1,  put  in  hand,  commit, 
intrust,  enjoin,  command  (C.2  5). 

mandatum,  -I,  N.  [mando], 
charge,  injunction,  command. 

maneo.  2,  mansi,  mansum, 
stay,  wait,  remain,  tarry,  last  (V. 
15) ;  await,  abide. 

manifest  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  clear, 
plain,  manifest. 

Manlius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Man- 
lius,  Manlian. 

Manlius,  -I,  M.,  Manlius. 

manus,  -us,  F.,  hand;  ultimam 
manum  imponere,  put  finishing 
touch  to,  end;  force,  band,  band  of 
soldiers,  host. 

Marathon,  -onis,  F.,  Marathon, 
a  town  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
Attica. 

Marathonius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of 
Marathon,  Marathonian. 

Marcellus,  -i,  M.  [dim.  from 
Marcus],  Marcellus. 

Marcius,  -I,  M.,  Marcius. 

inare,  -is,  N.,  sea  (N.  T.  2). 

maritimus,  -a,  -um,  adj. 
[mare],  of  the  sea,  sea-,  maritime; 
praedones,  pirates  (N.  T.  2). 


232 


VOCABULARY. 


maritus,  -I,  M.  [mas,  male'],  mar- 
ried man,  husband  (Cic.  10). 

Marius,  -I,  M.,  Marius. 

Mars,  -tis,  M.,  Mars,  the  god 
of  war. 

Martius,-a, -urn,  adj.,  of  March 
(V.  9). 

Martius,  -I,  M.  [Mars],  March. 

mater,  -tris,  F.,  mother. 

matrimonium,  -I,  N.  [mater], 
marriage,  matrimony. 

Matrona,  -ae,  M.,  Matrona  or 
Marne,  a  river  of  Gaul. 

mature,  1  [maturus,  ripe],  make 
ripe;  make  haste,  hasten  (C.  7). 

maxime,adv.  [maximus],  wos£, 
especially,  greatly,  chiefly,  in  the 
highest  degree;  with  certain  adj. 
to  form  the  sup.,  most. 

imiximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  [superl. 
of  magnus],  greatest,  most;  very 
great,  violent  (N.  T.  8). 

me,  ace.  of  ego. 

me-cum  (=  cum  me) ,  with  me. 

mediocriter,  adv.  [mediocris, 
moderate'],  moderately,  not  very, 
slightly,  somewhat  (Cic.  1). 

meditor,  1,  reflect,  consider, 
plan,  devise  (Cic.  9) ;  meditati 
sunt  labores  (Cic.  10),  have  pre- 
pared you,  have  been  practised  (here 
used  as  a  passive  verb) . 

medium,  -I,  N.  [medius],  mid- 
dle; e  medio  toll  ere,  make  away 
with  ;  put  out  of  the  way ;  in  me- 
dium, for  the  public  benefit. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle, 
intervening,  intermediate;  in  me- 
dium agmen,  into  the  middle  of  the 
host;  quern  medium,  the  midst  of 
which  (V.  10)  ;  in  media  urbe,  in 
the  heart  of  the  city  (V.  15). 


mehercle,  mehercule,  or  me- 
hercles,  inter j.,  by  Hercules,  as- 
suredly,  indeed  (Cic.  7). 

memini,  -isse,  —  (defective 
verb),  I  remember  (Cic.  3). 

memoria,  -ae,  F.  [memor,  mind- 
ful], memory  (N.  T.  5),  recollec- 
tion; ad  nostrum  memoriam  (N. 
T.  10),  to  our  times;  memoria 
teneo,  remember. 

memoro,  1,  call  to  mind,  men 
tion;  memorant,  they  say  (V.  16). 

Menapil,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Menapii. 

mens,  mentis,  F.,  mind,  intel- 
lect, understanding  ;  purpose. 

mensis,  -is,  M.,  month. 

mentio,  -onis,  F.,  mention,  call 
ing  to  mind. 

mercator,  -oris,  M.  [mercor, 
trade],  trader  (C.  1). 

meritum,  -T,  N.  [mereo,  deserve], 
that  which  is  earned,  merit  (N,  T. 
8)  ;  pro  meritis,  according  to  desert. 

Messalla  (-ala),  -ae,  M.,  a  cog- 
nomen in  the  Valerian  gens.  Es- 
pecially, Marcus  (Valerius)  Mes- 
salla, consul  with  M.  Piso. 

metallum,  -I,  N.,  metal;  mine 
(N.  T.  2). 

Metellus,  -I,  M.,  Metellus. 

Mettius  (Metius  or  Mettus), 
-i,  M.,  Mettius. 

metuo,  3,  -ui,  —  [metus],  fear, 
be  afraid  of  (Cic.  6). 

metus,  -us,  M.  [metu'6],  fear, 
dread  (V.  10). 

meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.  (voc. 
sing,  mi),  my,  mine. 

mico,  1,  -ui,  — ,  flash  (V.  12), 
gleam,  glitter,  vibrate,  move  with  a 
quick,  tremulous  motion. 


VOCABULARY. 


233 


miles,  -itis,  M.,  soldier  (V.  22); 
infantry  (opp.  eques). 

31  He  si  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Mile- 
tus, Milesian  ;  plur.  as  noun. 

mil  hi  (millia),  plur.  of  mille. 

militaris,  -e,  adj.,  warlike,  mili- 
tary ;  res  militaris,  art  of  war  (V. 
8),  military  affairs  (N.  8). 

militia,  -ae,  r.  [miles],  military 
service,  warfare,  war;  gen.  as  adv., 
militiae,  in  war  (V.  16),  in  the 
field. 

mille,  plur.  milia  or  millia, 
num.  adj.,  thousand. 

Miltiades,  -is,  M.,  Miltiades,  an 
Athenian  general,  son  of  Cimon. 

minime,  adv.  [minimus] ,  least  ; 
no,  by  no  means ,  far  from  it. 

minimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  [superl. 
of  parvus],  least,  smallest  (C.  8). 

minor,  M.  and  F.,  -us,  N.,  adj. 
[comp.  of  parvus],  less,  smaller, 
inferior  (N.  T.  6) ;  minor  natu 
(also  minor  simply),  younger. 

minus,  adv.  [minor],  less. 

mirabilis,  -e,  adj.  [miror,  won- 
der'], admirable,  wonderful  (V.  22), 
wondrous. 

mirus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wonderful, 
admirable,  marvellous,  wondrous, 
uncommon. 

misericordia,  -ae,  F.  [miseri- 
cors,  tender-hearted],  tender-heart- 
edness, pity  (N.  T.  8),  compassion, 
sympathy. 

mitigo,  1,  soften,  mitigate. 

mitis,  -e,  adj.,  mild,  mellow, 
soft,  ripe;  gentle  (y.  24). 

mitto,  3;'  misi,  missum,  send, 
dispatch,  cause  to  go;  release,  let 
go,  fling;  telum  mittere,  throw  a 
dart ;  vocem  mittere,  speak. 


mobilitas,    -atis,    F.    [mobilis, 

movable'],  movableness,  fickleness 
(CM). 

modestia,  -ae,  F.,  moderateness, 
moderation,  modesty  (N.  1). 

modo,  adv.,  by  a  measure,  only, 
merely,  simply. 

modus,  -I,  M.,  measure,  bound, 
limit;  mode,  way,  manner;  sort, 
kind ;  modo  fluminis,  like  a  river  ; 
hunc  in  modum,  after  this  fashion  ; 
hoc  modo,  in  this  way  (V.  17)  ; 
nullo  modo,  by  no  means. 

moenia,  -ium,  N.  plur.  [munio], 
town  walls,  walls,  ramparts,  fortifi- 
cations. 

moles,  -is,  F.,  shapeless  mass; 
might,  strength,  great  quantity, 
heap  (Cic.  9). 

moleste,  adv.  [molestus],  with 
trouble,  with  vexation  ;  ferre,  take 
ill,  be  annoyed  by,  be  indignant 
that  (C.2  1). 

molior,  4  [moles],  make  exer- 
tion, endeavor,  undertake,  be  busy 
with  (Cic.  2) . 

molitus,  part,  of  molo. 

molo,  3,  -ui,  -itum,  grind  ;  molita 
cibaria,  meal  (C.  5). 

Molossi, -orum,  M.  plur.,  Molos- 
sians,  a  people  of  Epirus. 

moueo,  2,  -ui,  -itum,  remind, 
admonish,  advise  (N.  T.  8). 

monitus,  -us,  'M.  [moneo],  ad- 
vice, warning  (V.  10). 

moiis,  montis,  M.,  mountain, 
hill,  range  of  mountains  (C.  8). 

monumentum  (monim-),  -I, 
N.,  that  which  brings  to  mind,  memo- 
rial, monument  (N.  T.  10). 

mora,  -ae,  F.,  delay  ;  mora  tem- 
poris,  lapse  of  time. 


234 


VOCABULARY. 


morbus,  -I,  M.,  sickness,  illness, 
disease;  morbo  exstingui,  die  a 
natural  death  (V.  10). 

MorinI,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Morini. 

morior,  3,  mortuus  (fut. 
part,  moriturus)  [mors],  die  (V: 
10). 

moror,  1  [mora],  delay,  tarry, 
loiter,  dawdle  (N.  1),  linger. 

mors,  mortis,  F.  [morior], 
death. 

mortuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[morior],  dead,  deceased. 

mos,  moris,  M.,  will,  way  ;  habit, 
manner,  custom,  fashion  ;  caprice, 
humor  (N.  T.  7)  ;  gestus  est  ei 
mos,  his  request  was  complied  with  ; 
ex  more,  according  to  custom; 
plur.,  morals,  character. 

moveo,  2,  movi,  mo  turn,  move, 
set  in  motion,  stir  up,  disturb  (V. 
13);  take  away,  remove;  touch, 
influence,  arouse;  arma,  take 
arms;  bellum,  undertake  a  war; 
risum,  excite  laughter. 

mulier,  -eris,  F.,  woman. 

mulio,  -onis,  M.  [mulus,  mule], 
mule-keeper,  mule-driver  (V.  24), 
muleteer. 

multitude,  -inis,  F.  [multus], 
multitude,  crowd,  large  number, 
people,  masses  (N.  3). 

multo,  adv.  [abl.  N.  of  multus], 
by  much,  much,  a  great  deal,  far, 
by  farCS.  T.  9). 

multo  (mulcto),  1  [multa, 
money,  penalty,  fine"],  punish; 
pecunia,  punish  with  money,  i.e. 
fine  (N.  7). 

multuin,  adv.  [multus],  much, 
very  often,  frequently  (N.  8). 


multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (comp. 
plus,  superl.  plurimus),  much, 
great,  many;  multo  die,  late  in 
the  day:  multa,  as  noun,  many 
things  ;  as  adv.,  much,  greatly. 

munio,  4  [moenia,  fortifica- 
tions'] ,  fortify ,  defend,  protect,  de- 
fend by  walls;  viam  munire, 
construct  a  road. 

munitio,  -5nis,  F.  [munio],  de- 
fending, fortifying;  fortification, 
rampart ;  operis  munitione,  by  the 
erection  of  fortifications  (C.  8). 

mnnitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [munio], 
defended,  secured,  safe,  fortified 
(Cic.  1). 

munus,  -eris,  N.,  office,  function, 
duty,  employment,  service,  present, 
gift  (V.  6)  ;  munera,  public  shows, 
entertainments. 

murus,  -I,  M.,  wall. 

muto,  1  [moveo],  alter,  change 
(V.  20);  exchange;  vestem,  put 
on  mourning. 

31yus,  -untis,  F.,  Myus,  a  city  of 
Caria. 

N. 

iiam,  conj.,  for,  thus,  indeed; 
often  added  to  interrogative  pro- 
nouns, with  intensive  force,  as 
quidnam,  what  (or  why) ,  pray  1 

Nammeius,  -I,  M.,  Nammeius. 

namque,  conj.  (introducing  an 
explanation  or  a  reason)  for,  for 
truly  (N.  1),  and  in  fact;  seeing 
that,  inasmuch  as. 

nanclscor,  3,  nactus  or  nanctus, 
meet  with,  come  upon  (V.  6),  find; 
get,  procure,  obtain. 

narro,   1,  relate,  narrate,    tell. 

nascor,  3,  natus,  be  born  (V. 
23),  spring  from,  take  origin  from. 


VOCABULARY. 


235 


nat iira,  -ae,  F.,  birth,  nature 
(N.  6). 

imtus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[nascor],  with  ace.  of  time,  to  de- 
note how  old;  sexaginta  annos 
natus,  sixty  years  old. 

natus,  -i,  M.,  son. 

natus,  M.  ,  found  only  in  abl. ; 
natu,  by  birth;  natu  maior,  maxi- 
mus,  older ,  oldest;  natu  minor, 
minimus,  younger,  youngest. 

naufragium,  -I,  N.  [navis  and 
root  of  frangd],  shipwreck  (N.  T. 

7). 

nauta,  -ae,  M.  [for  navita,  from 
navis],  sailor  (N.  T.  8). 

navalis,  -e,  adj.  [navis],  of 
ships,  naval  (N.  T.  2). 

navis,  -is,  F.,  ship  (N.  1). 

Navius,  -I,  M.,  Navius. 

Naxos  (-us),  -I,  F.,  Naxos,  an 
island  in  the  2Egean. 

ne,  adv.  and  conj.,  no,  not,  that 
not,  lest;  so  that  not;  in  prohibi- 
tions, w.  imper.  or  subj.,  not;  in 
conditional  sentences,  w.  subj., 
that .  .  .  not,  lest;  after  verbs  of 
fearing,  that;  ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not 
even. 

-ne,  interrog.  adv.,  enclitic, 
appended  to  some  word,  usually 
the  first,  which  is  often  the  verb. 
It  emphasizes  the  word  to  which 
it  is  joined,  but  is  not  to  be  trans- 
lated except  in  indirect  questions, 
when  it  signifies  whether  ...  or. 

nee,  see  neque. 

necessarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ne- 
cesse],  necessary. 

necessarius,  -I,  M.  and  F.,  kins- 
man, client,  friend,  associate,  com- 
rade (Cic.  7). 


necesse,  neutr.  adj.  (only  nom. 
and  ace.  sing.),  unavoidable,  neces- 
sary (N.  7\9). 

necessitas,  -atis,  F.  [necesse], 
necessity,  need. 

nefarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [nefas, 
sin~],  impious,  abominable,  nefari- 
ous, infamous  (Cic.  3). 

nefastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ne,  for, 
not  to  speak  or  plead']  (opp.  to 
fastus) ;  dies  nefasti,  days  on 
which  neither  courts  nor  assemblies 
could  be  held,  nor  judgment  pro- 
nounced (V.  9)  ;  holy  days,  holi- 


neglego  (not  negligo),  3,  -exi, 
-ectum  [nee,  lego] ,  disregard,  neg- 
lect (N.  T.  1). 

nego,  1  [ne,  aid],  say  no,  deny 
(V.  20),  refuse,  say  that  not. 

negotium,  -I,  N.  [nee,  otium], 
not  ease,  business,  employment, 
task  (C.22). 

nemo,  — ,  dat.  nemini,  (the  gen. 
and  abl.  sing,  and  the  plur.  are 
supplied  by  nullus) ,  M.  and  F.  ,  no 
one,  nobody  (N.  8). 

neraus,  -oris,  N.,  ivoodland 
(with  meadows  in  it),  grove  (V.  9). 

Neocles,  -T,  M.,  Neocles,  father 
of  Themistocles. 

nepos,  -otis,  M.,  grandson; 
sometimes,  but  rarely,  nephew. 

neqne  or  nee,  and  not;  nee 
(neque)  .  .  .  nee  (neque),  neither 
.  .  .  nor  (V.  13). 

nequitia  or  nequities,  -ae,  ace. 
-am  or  -em,  F.  [nequam,  worth- 
less'] ,  bad  quality,  inefficiency  (Cic. 
2). 

Nervil,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  tht 
Nervii. 


236 


VOCABULARY. 


ne-scio,  4,  -ivi,  — ,  not  know, 
be  ignorant;  with  quis  or  qui, 
some  (pers.  or  thing)  or  other  (N. 
7) ,  equivalent  to  aliquis. 

neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  gen.  -trius, 
adj.,  neither  the  one  nor  the  other 
(C.29). 

nex,  necis,  F.,  death,  violent 
death,  murder,  slaughter  (Cic.  7). 

nihil,  N.  indecl.,  nothing  (V. 
25),  and  adverbially,  in  nothing, 
not  at  all ;  nihil  habeo  quod  .  .  .  , 
/  have  no  reason  that  .  .  . ;  non 
nihil,  something. 

iii  hil  o-m  in  us,  (nllo-)  or  nihilo 
minus,  adv.,  none  the  less,  no  less, 
nevertheless  (N.  T.  7). 

nihiluni,  -I,  N.  [ne,  hilum, 
shred'],  not  a  shred,  nothing. 

nimis,  adv.,  beyond  measure, 
too  much,  too  (Cic.  1). 

nimium,  adv.  [nimius],  too 
much,  too;  diu,  much  too  long 
(Cic.  5),  or  (simply)  too  long. 

ni-si,  conj.,  if  not,  unless,  ex- 
cept, save  only,  except  that,  but 
(V.  16);  non  nisi,  only;  nihil 
nisi,  nothing  but;  nisi  si,  unless 
the  condition  introduced  by  si 
holds  good. 

nitor,  3,  nixus  (usu.  literal) 
and  msus  (usu.  figurative),  bear 
upon,  lean,  depend  upon  (N.  3)  ; 
strive,  make  an  effort,  endeavor 
(N._4). 

no  bills,  -e,  adj.  [nosed,  know"], 
well-known,  famous,  noble,  re- 
nowned* high-born,  of  rank,  of 
noble  birth. 

nobilitas,  -atis,  F.  [nobilis], 
celebrity,  nobility,  rank;  nobles, 
aristocracy  (C.  2). 


nobis-cum  =  cum  nobis. 

noctu ,  adv.  [nox] ,  in  the  night, 
at  night,  by  night. 

nocturnus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  [nox], 
nightly,  nocturnal,  in  the  night  (V. 
10). 

nolo,  n511e,  ndlul,  —  [ne,  void], 
icish  .  .  .  not,  be  unwitting,  not  to 
wish  (N.  T.  7). 

nomen,  -inis,  N.  [nosco,  know~] 
(that  by  which  a  thing  is  known) , 
name;  renown;  debt;  nomen  ha- 
b^te,  be  famous. 

nominatim,  adv.  [nomind],  by 
name,  expressly,  particularly  (N. 

i).  _ 

nomiiio,  1  [nomen],  name, 
nominate,  denominate,  call. 

non,  adv.  [ne,  unum],  not ;  non 
nisi,  only  (generally  separated  by 
one  or  more  words,  non  . .  .  nisi) ; 
non  modo  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only 
.  .  .  but  also. 

non-dum,  adv.,  not  yet  (C.  6). 

non-ne,  interrog.  adv.,  not? 
(expecting  the  answer,  Yes) 
(Cic.  6). 

non-nullus  or  (better)  non 
nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  some,  several 
(N.  7). 

non-numqnam,  or  (better)  as 
separate  words,  adv.,  sometimes 
(C.  8). 

Noreiia,  -ae,  F.,  Noreia,  a  town 
of  Noricum,  now  Neumarkt. 

Noricus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Nori- 
cum, a  country  southwest  of  the 
Danube. 

nos,  plur.  of  ego. 

noster,  -stra,  -strum,  poss.  proa. 
[nos],  our,  our  own  (N.  T.  10), 
ours,  of  us. 


VOCABULARY. 


237 


nota,  -ae,  F.,  means  of  recogni- 
tion, mark,  sign,  stamp  (Cic.  6)  ; 
plur.,  letters  (of  the  alphabet). 

noto,  1  [nota],  mark,  signify, 
denote,  single  out  (Cic.  1). 

novacula,  -ae,  F.,  razor  (V.  20) . 

novem,  num.  adj.,  nine. 

November,  -bris,  -bre,  adj. 
[novem],  of  nine;  of  November 
(Cic.  3). 

novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  (no  comp., 
superl.  novissimus),  new,  recent, 
fresh,  young,  novel,  strange;  novae 
res,  revolution;  de  novo,  afresh; 
novus  homo,  the  first  in  a  family 
to  hold  a  curule  office,  new  man, 
one  newly  ennobled;  novissimum 
agmen,  the  rear;  novae  res,  dis- 
turbances, revolution. 

nox,  noctis,  F.,  night  (N.  T.  8). 

11  ud<>,  1  [nudus],  make  naked, 
lay  bare,  clear  (C.2  6). 

nudus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  naked, 
bare,  vacant  (Cic.  7). 

nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ne,  ullus], 
gen.  uullius,  dat.  null!,  not  any, 
no,  no  one,  none. 

num,  interrog.  adv.,  expecting 
a  negative  answer ;  num  quid  vis, 
do  you  wish  anything  further? 
(No) ;  in  indirect  questions, 
whether  (V.  20). 

Num  a,  -ae,  M.,  Numa. 

numerus,  -I,  multitude,  number 
(V.  16). 

Numida,  -ae,  M.,  a  Numidian 
(so  called  because  they  were 
nomads). 

Numitor,  -oris,  M.,  Numitor,  a 
king  of  Alba. 

numquam  or  mmquam,  adv. 
[ne,  umquam],  at  no  time,  never. 


mine,  adv.,  noiv ;  nunc  .  .  .mine, 
at  one  time  .  .  .  at  another  time. 

nunquam,  see  numquam. 

iiuntio,  1  [nuntius],  announce, 
report,  declare. 

nuntius,  -I,  M.,  messenger  (V. 
17)  ;  message  (N.  3),  news,  report, 
tidings,  order. 

nuper,  adv.  [novus],  newly, 
lately,  recently,  just  (C.  6). 

nuptiae,  -arum,  F.  plur.  [nupta, 
bride~\ ,  marriage,  wedding,  nuptials 
(Cic.  6). 

minis,  -us,  F.,  daughter-in-law 
(V.  26). 

nusquam,  adv.  [ne,  usquam], 
nowhere  (V.  5). 

O. 

ob,  prep.  w.  ace.,  toward,  on  ac- 
count of,  for,  with  regard  to. 

obaeratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ob, 
aes],  involved  in  debt;  as  noun,  M. 
plur.,  debtors  (C.  4),  thralls. 

ob-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  bring 
forward,  extend  (C.2  8). 

ob-eo,  -ire,  -ii  (-ivi),  -itum,  go 
to,  meet,  oppose;  engage  in,  enter 
upon,  undertake  (Cic.  10)  ;  negotia, 
attend  to  business ;  munia,  discharge 
duties ;  die  (V.  18)  ;  diem  supre- 
mum  obire,  meet  one's  last  day,  die 
(N.  7). 

oblltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[obliviscor] ,  having  forgotten  (V. 
13) ,  forgetful. 

oblivlscor,  3,  oblltus,  forget,  w, 
gen.  (V._13). 

ob-ruo,  3,  -ui,  -utum,  cover,  bury, 
crush,  overwhelm  ;  overload,  oppress, 
overcome. 


238 


VOCABULARY. 


obscure,  adv.  [  obscurus], 
covertly,  secretly  (Cic.  4). 

obscfiro,  1  [obscurus],  render 
darkt  obscure,  hide,  conceal  (Cic.  3). 

obscurus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dark, 
obscure  (Cic.  6). 

obses,  -idis,  M.  and  F.,  hostage 
/N.  T.  1},  pledge. 

ob-sideo,  2,  -sedi,  -sessum  [ob, 
sedeo],  besiege  (V.  26),  invest, 
blockade,  beset,  block  up;  watch 
closely,  look  out  for  (Cic.  10). 

ob-sisto,  3,  -stiti,  -stitum,  stand 
in  the  way,  resist ,  oppose,  thwart 
(Cic.  6). 

obsoletus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[obsolesco],  old,  worn  out ;  ordinary, 
mean,  worthless  (N.  6). 

obsoiiium  (ops-),  -i,  N.  ,  relish, 
sauce,  condiments  (N.  T.  10). 

ob-sto,  1,  -stiti,  — ,  stand  before, 
withstand,  oppose  (N.  3). 

ob-strepo,  3,  -ui,  -itum,  clamor 
against,  drown  with  noise,  become 
noisy  or  clamorous  (V.  21). 

ob-stringo,  3,  -strinxi,  -stric- 
tum,  shut  in,  bind,  lay  under  obliga- 
tion (C.  9). 

ob-tempero,  1,  comply,  conform, 
submit,  obey  (Cic.  8). 

obtineo,  2,  -ui,  -tentum  [ob, 
teneo],  hold  (against  something  or 
somebody),  holdfast,  hold,  keep  (N. 
2),  occupy,  possess  ;  maintain,  gain, 
obtain. 

obviam  or  ob  viam,  adv. ,  in  the 
way,  against  (N.  4) ,  to  meet. 

obvius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ob,  via] ,  in 
the  way,  meeting,  so  as  to  meet  (V.  13); 
obvium  esse  alicui,  meet  any  one. 

occasio,  -onis,  F.  [ob  and  root 
of  cado],  opportunity  (N.  3.) 


occasus,  -us,  M.,  falling,  going 
down,  setting  (of  heavenly  bodies) 
(O.  1).  _ 

occldo,  3,  -cidi,  -cisum  [ob, 
caedo,  cut],  cut  down,  kill,  slay,  ruin. 

occupo,  1  [ob  and  root  of  capio], 
take  possession  of,  seize,  lay  hands  on 
(V.  25),  obtain,  hold,  occupy,  invade, 
employ,  overspread. 

Oceanus,  -I,  M.,  great  sea,  ocean 

(ai). 

Ocelum,  -i,  N.,  Ocelum. 

octo,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  eight. 

oculus,  -I,  M.,  eye. 

odl,  odisse,  fut.  part,  osurus  (de- 
fect, verb),  hate  (Cic.  6). 

odium,  -i,  N.,  hatred,  grudge ,  ill- 
will  (Cic.  7). 

oflRinsio,  -onis,  F.  [offendo,  strike 
against,  offend],  a  striking  against, 
displeasure. 

offe"nsus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[offendo, offend],  offended ;  offensive, 
odious  (Cic.  7). 

offlcium,  -I,  N.  [for  opificium ; 
opus  and  root  of  facio],  service, 
favor,  duty  (N.  2) ,  allegiance  (N.  6). 

olim,  adv.,  at  that  time,  once,  for- 
merly (N.  6). 

omitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum  [ob, 
mitto],  let  go,  omit,  pass  over,  say 
nothing  of  (Cic.  6). 

omnino,  adv.  [omuls'],  altogether, 
wholly,  in  all,  only  (C.  6). 

omuls,  -e,  adj.,  whole,  all,  every ; 
as  a  whole  (C.  1)  ;  omnes  ad  unum, 
all  to  a  man;  as  noun,  M.  and  F. 
plur.,  all  men,  persons;  N.  plur.,  all 
things,  everything. 

onerarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [onus, 
load'],  of  burden,  for  freight ;  navis, 
transport  (N.  T.  2).  * 


VOCABULARY. 


239 


opera,  -ae,  F.  [opus],  exertion, 
work,  labor,  care,  attention ;  dare 
alicui  (of  a  person),  attend  to,  listen 
to,  obey  one  ;  dare  alicui  rei,  occupy 
one's  self  with  ;  devote  one's  self  to, 
bestow  labor  upon  (V.  16)  ;  operae 
pretium  est,  it  is  worth  while ;  mea 
opera,  through  my  agency. 

Opimius,  -i,  M.,  Opirnius. 

opinio,  -onis,  r.  [opinor],  opin- 
ion, expectation  (N.  2)  ;  reputation 
(C.2  8)  ;  in  opinionem  venire  £w. 
dat),  occur  to  (N.  7). 

opinor,  1  [opmus  (in  inopmus), 
expected],  be  of  opinion,  suppose, 
imagine,  conjecture  (Cic.  7). 

oportet,  2,  -uit,  impers.  [ob, 
portd],  it  is  necessary,  is  proper,  be- 
hooves (implying  duty). 

oppidanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [oppi- 
dum],  of  a  town. 

oppidanus,  -i,  M.,  townsman  (N. 

7). 

oppidum,  -i,  N.,  town,  fortified 
place  (C:2  3). 

oppono,  3,  -posui,  -positum  [ob, 
pono],  set  against,  oppose  (N.  T.I). 

opportunus  (opor-),  adj.  [ob, 
portus],  fit,  suitable,  advantageous 
(N.  T.  4),  favorable. 

oppressus,  part,  of  opprimo. 

opprimo,  3,  -essi,  -essum  [ob, 
premo],  press  against,  suppress, 
crush,  overpower,  overthrow  (N.  3), 
subdue,  restrain  (Cic.  2). 

oppugnatio,  -onis,  F.  [oppugno], 
storming,  attack  ;  method  of  besieging 


oppugnator,-6ris,M.  [oppugno], 

assaulter,  attacker,  besieger  (N.  7). 
oppugno,  1    [ob,  pugno],  fight 

against,  attack,  assault,  besiege  (N.  7). 


(ops),  opis,  opem,  ope  (nom.  and 
dat.  not  used), power,  might,  strength, 
aid, help  (V.12);  plur.,  opes,  wealth, 
power,  forces,  strength,  resources. 

optimas,  -atis,  M.,  adherent  of  the 
nobility,  aristocrat  (Cic.  2,  3). 

optiinus,  superl.  of  bonus. 

optio,  -onis,  F.,  choice;  alicui 
optionem  alicuius  dare,  give  one  a 
choice  of  anything  (V.  6). 

opus,  -eris,  N.,  work,  labor,  toil, 
need,  want,  necessity  (N.  4)  ;  fortifi- 
cation (N.  7)  ;  quae  opus  erant, 
what  (things)  was  needful;  opus 
facere,  toil  at  the  work;  quant- 
(tant-,  magn-)  opere,  how  (so%  very  ) 
much ;  or  as  separate  words. 

oraculuin,  -I,  N.  [oro],  oracle 
(N.  1),  prophecy. 

oratio,  -dnis,  F.  [oro],  speaking, 
negotiation  (N.  7),  plea,  argument 
(C.  3). 

orbis,  -is,  M.,  ring,  circle;  orbis 
terrae,  world  (Cic.  1). 

orbus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  w.  abl.,  be- 
reaved, fatherless,  childless  (V.  14). 

ordino,  1  [drdo],  set  in  order, 
arrange,  regulate,  ordain  (V.  22). 

ordior,  4,  orsus,  undertake,  begin 
(V.  212- 

ordo,  -inis,  M.,  row,  series  ;  order, 
rank,  class  (Cic.  1),  body  (i.e.  sen- 
ate) (Cic.  8). 

Orgetorix,  -igis,  M.,  Orgetorix,  a 
chief  of  the  Helvetians. 

orior,  4,  ortus  (pres.  ind.  of  conj. 
3,  ore'ris,  oritur;  imp.  subj.,  orirer 
or  orirer;  fut.  part.,  oriturus),  arise, 
originate  from,  spring,  descend  from; 
take  (its)  rise,  begin. 

orno,  1,  fit  out,  furnish,  equip  ; 
divitiis,  enrich  (N.  T.  2). 


240 


VOCABULARY. 


oro,  1  [6s],  pray,  beg,  implore, 
beseech,  supplicate,  ask  or  demand 
earnestly. 

os,  oris,  N.,  mouth,  face,  counte- 
nance; speech,  utter ance ;  mouth  (of  a 
river). 

(os,  ossis)  (only  abl.  in  sing.),  N., 
bone  (N.  T.  10). 

ostendo,  3,  -di,  -turn  [ob(s), 
tendo],  stretch  out,  show;  declare, 
say  (C.  8). 

ostento,  1  [ostendo],  hold  out, 
show  (V.  14),  show  off,  parade. 

Ostia,  -ae,  F.,  Ostia,  at  mouth  of 
the  Tiber,  a  port  of  Rome. 

otiosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [otium], 
at  leisure. 

otiosus,  -i,  M.,  private  person, 
peaceful  citizen  (Cic.  10). 

otium,  -I,  N.,  leisure,  ease,  rest,  re- 
pose, peace  (opp.  bellum)  (Cic.  10). 

ovaris,  -tis,  adj.  and  part,  [ovo], 
exulting,  rejoicing  (V.  13) ,  celebrating 
an  ovation. 

ovo,  1,  celebrate  an  ovation. 

P. 

P.,  abbrev.  of  Publius,  Publius. 

pabulum,  -I,  N.,  food,  fodder, 
pasturage,  forage  (C.2  2). 

pacatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[paco],  reduced  to  submission  ;  peace- 
ful, calm,  tranquil  (V.  9). 

paciscor,  3,  pactus,  agree  together, 
bargain,  agree,  agree  upon  (Cic.  9). 

paco,  1  [pax],  make  peaceful; 
pacify,  subdue  (C.  6). 

pactum,  -i,  N.  [paciscor],  agree- 
ment (N.  2) ;  manner,  means,  way 
(Cic.  7). 

Paemani,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Pcemani, 


Palatium,  -i,  N.,  Palatine  hill 
(Cic.  1)  ;  plur.,  a  palace. 

paludamentum,  -I,  N.,  cloak  (V. 
13),  soldier's  or  general's  cloak. 

pains,  -udis,  F.,  swamp,  marsh  (V. 
8),  marsh y  ground. 

pando,  3,  pandi,  passum  or  pan- 
sum,  spread  out,  extend,  throw  open  ; 
passis  crinibus,  with  dishevelled 
hair. 

panis,  -is,  M.,  bread  (N.  T.  10). 
jpapaver,  -eris,  N.,  poppy  (V.  25). 

par,  paris,  adj.,  equal  (V.  13), 
a  match  (N.  T.  4),  like  (V.  24), 
indecisive,  drawn  (N.  T.  3). 

paratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[paro],  prepared,  ready  (C.  5). 

parco,  3,  -peperci,  parsum,  w. 
dat. ,  act  sparingly,  spare  (N.  T.  6) . 

parens,  -entis,  M.  and  F.  [pario], 
parent  (N.  T.  1). 

paries,  -etis,  M.,  wall  (Cic.  3), 
especially  of  a  house  (Cic.  8). 

Parii,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  people  of 
Paros,  Parians. 

pario,  3,  peperi,  partum,  bring 
forth,  bear,  give  birth,  produce  (Cic. 
10). 

Parius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  or  in 
regard  to  Paros,  Parian. 

paro,  1,  make  ready,  prepare,  fur- 
nish, provide,  get,  obtain,  lay  (V.  21), 
plan. 

Paros  (-us),  -I,  F.,  Paros,  an 
island  of  the  Cyclades. 

parricidium  (pari-),  -i,  N.  [par- 
ricida,  murderer  of  a  father],  murder 
of  a  father,  parricide  (Cic.  7). 

pars,  partis,  F.,  part,  piece,  por- 
tion, share ;  qua  ex  parte,  in  which 
respect,  on  which  ground,  hence  (C. 


VOCABULARY. 


241 


particeps,  -cipis,  M.  [pars  and 
root  of  capio],  sharer,  partner  (Cic. 

I)- 

partim,  adv.  [pars],  partly; 
partim  .  .  .  partim,  in  part  .  .  .  in 
part  (N.  T.  2),  some  .  .  .  others. 

parvulus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [dim. 
from  parvus],  very  small,  little. 

parvulus,  -I,  M.,  child,  infant,  little 
one. 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (comp. 
minor,  superl.  minimus),  little,  small, 
slight  (Cic.  6). 

passus,  -us,  M.,  step,  pace ;  mille 
passuum,  thousand  paces,  mile  (N. 

4). 

passus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[pando] ,  outspread,  dishevelled, 
open ;  (2)  part,  of  patior. 

pastor,  -oris,  M.  [root  of  pasco, 
f eed~\,  feeder, keeper  ;  shepherd,  herds- 
man. 

pateo,  2,  -ui, ,  lie  or  be  open 

(N.  8),  be  manifest;  stretch  out,  ex- 
tend (C.  2). 

pater,  -tris,  M.,  father;  patres  con- 
scripti,  see  conscriptus;  patres 
as  opp.  to  plobes,  patricians  (V.  14). 

paternus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [pater], 
fatherly y  of  or  belonging  to  one's  father, 
a  father's  (V.  21),  hereditary  (V. 
24). 

patientia,  -ae,  F.  [patiens,  bear- 
ing'}, quality  of  suffering,  patience 
(Cic.  1). 

patior,  3,  passus,  bear,  suffer, 
permit  (N.  T.  3),  allow. 

patria,  -ae,  F.  [fern,  of  patrius ; 
sc,  terra],  fatherland,  native  land, 
country  (V.  11). 

patrius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  a  father, 
paternal;  of  a  native  country;  decs 


patrios  (N.  T.  7),  gods  of  their 
country,  i.e.  of  Attica. 

patro,  1,  bring  to  pass,  commit, 
execute  (V.  21),  accomplish,  con- 
clude ;  bellum,  bring  a  war  to  an  end. 

paucus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (generally 
plur.),/ew,  little  (V.  11);  pauca, 
a  little,  a  few  words. 

paulatim,  adv.,  little  by  little,  by 
degrees,  gradually  (V.  25). 

paulisper,  adv.  [paulum,  per], 
for  a  little  while,  for  a  short  time 
(C.2  7). 

paulo,  adv.,  by  a  little,  a  little, 
somewhat;  paulo  ante  (post),  a  lit- 
tle while  ago  (after}';  shortly  before 
(after}  (V.  14). 

paululum,  adv.  [paululus,  dim. 
from  paulus],  a  little,  a  very  little, 
somewhat. 

paulum  (panll-),  adv.  [paulus, 
little'],  a  little,  somewhat  (Cic.  4). 

pax,  pacis,  F.  (no  gen.  plur.), 
peace. 

pecunia,  -ae,  F.  [pecus,  lit.  wealth 
in  cattle'],  wealth,  money  (V.  19). 

pecus,  -oriSj,  N.  Jlock,  cattle,  herd. 

pedes,  -itis,  M.  [pes],  foot-trav- 
eller; foot-soldier;  plur., infantry  (N. 

4). 

Pedius,  -I,  M.,  Pedius. 

pello,  3,  pepuli,  pulsum,  expel, 
push,  strike,  drive,  rout,  repulse,  drive 
QT  away,  defeat  (C.  7). 

Peloponnesus,  -i,  F.  Peloponne- 
sus (island  of  Pelops),  Southern 
Greece  (now  the  Morea). 

Penates,  -ium,  M.  plur.,  Penates, 
household  gods  (N.  T.  7). 

penes,  prep.  w.  ace.,  with,  in  the 
power  of,  resting  with  (N.  T.  7). 

penitus,  adv.,   within,  inwardly, 


242 


VOCABULARY. 


deeply,  entirely,  utterly;  pervenire, 
penetrate  (V.  21). 

per,  prep.  w.  ace.,  through, 
throughout,  during,  by,  by  means  of, 
on  account  of,  over,  across. 

per-ago,  3,  -egi,  -actum,  do  thor- 
oughly, finish,  accomplish,  perform 
(V.  14),  go  through  (V.  17). 

per-agro  [per,  ager],  1,  wander 
through,  travel  over,  traverse. 

per-cutio,  3,  -cussi,  -cussum  [per, 
quatio,  shake],  strike  through,  pierce 
through,  slay,  kill  (V.  20);  strike, 
beat;  securi,  behead;  foedus,  con- 
clude a  treaty  (because  a  victim  was 
then  killed)  ;  fores,  rap  at  the  door. 

perditus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[perdo,  destroy^,  lost,  hopeless,  ru- 
ined, abandoned,  corrupt  (Cic.  2). 

per-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead, 
lead  through,  bring  over,  conduct,  pro- 
long, lengthen  out,  draw  out,  extend, 
induce;  carry  along  (C.  8). 

perennis,  -e,  adj.,  [per,  annus], 
lasting  through  the  year,  everlasting, 
ever  flowing,  perennial  (V.  10),  never- 
failing,  unfailing. 

per-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  — ,  pass  away,  per- 
ish, be  ruined,  die,  be  lost,  be  undone. 

per-facilis,  -e,  adj.,  very  easy 
(C.  2). 

perfectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[perficio],  finished,  complete,  perfect. 

per-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
bear  through,  bear,  tolerate,  endure, 
bring,  report;  carry  through,  spread 
through  (N.  T.  2). 

perficio,  3,  -fed,  -fectum  [per, 
facio],  achieve,  accomplish  (C.  3), 
bring  about. 

perfidia,  -ae,  F.  [perfidus]  faith- 
lessness, falsehood,  perfidy. 


perfidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [per, 
(breaking)  through,  fides],  faithless, 
treacherous,  perfidious. 

perfringo,  3,  -fregi,  -fractum 
[per,  frango],  break  through,  break 
down,  violate  (Cic.  7). 

per-fruor,  -friri,  -fructus,  enjoy 
fully,  be  delighted,  w.  abl.  (Cic.  10). 

pergo,  3,  perrexi,  perrectum  [per, 
rego] ,  go  on,  continue,  proceed  (V. 
21),  undertake. 

periclitor,  1  [periculum],  try, 
prove,  make  trial  of,  put  to  the  test 
(C.2  8)  ;  put  in  peril,  endanger  (Cic. 
5). 

periculum,  -i,  N.,  trial,  experi- 
ment; risk,  danger  (N.  3),  peril. 

perltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  with  gen., 
skilled  in  (V.  19),  experienced,  skil- 
ful, clever. 

per-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum,  let 
pass,  let  go,  give  up,  entrust  (C.2 
3). 

per-moveo,  2,  -movi,  -motum, 
move  deeply,  agitate,  alarm  (N.  4)  ; 
prevail  on,  influence  (C.  3). 

pernicies,  -ei,  F.,  destruction, 
death,  ruin,  disaster  (Cic.  2). 

perniciosus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  [per- 
nicies], destructive,  baleful,  danger- 
ous (Cic.  1). 

per-pauci,  -orum,  adj.  plur.,  very 
few  (C.  6). 

perpetuo,  adv.  [perpetuus],  con- 
stantly, perpetually,  forever,  without 
interruption  (N.  2). 

perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  continu- 
ous, constant,  perpetual,  absolute  (N. 
3),  unlimited. 

per-rumpo,  3,  -rupi,  -ruptum, 
break  through,  force  a  passage  (C.  8). 

Persae,  -arum,  M.  plur.,  Persians. 


VOCABULARY. 


243 


per-saepe,  adv.,  very  often,  very 
frequently  (Cic.  7). 

per-sequor,  3,  -cutus  or  -quutus, 
follow  perseveringly ,  follow  up  (N.  7). 

Perses,  -ae,  dat.  -I,  M.,  a  Persian 
(often  used  with  rex  in  place  of 
rex  Persarum  when  the  king  was 
Persian  by  birth). 

persevere,  1  [per-severus,  very 
strict],  abide,  adhere  strictly,  perse- 
vere, persist  (N.  T.  5). 

Persicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Perga, 
Persian. 

Persis,  -idis,  r.,  the  chief  prov- 
ince of  the  Persian  empire,  often 
put  for  Persia  itself. 

perspicio,  3,  -spexi,  -spectum, 
look  through,  examine, perceive  clearly, 
discern  (Cic.  8). 

per-stringo,  3,  -strinxi,  -strictum, 
seize  (V.  12);  censure, reprove;  wound 
slightly. 

per-suadeo,  2,  -suasi,  -suasum, 
bring  over  by  talk,  persuade,  convince, 
prevail  on  or  upon  (N.  T.  2). 

per-terreo,  2,  — ,  -itum,  frighten 
thoroughly,  terrify  (N.  5;  Cic.  9). 

per-timesco,  3,  -mm,  — ,  be  much 
frightened,  fear  greatly,  be  alarmed 
(at)  (Cic.  7_). 

per-tineo,  2,  -ui,  —  [per,  teneo], 
stretch  out,  extend;  pertain;  have  a 
tendency,  tend  (C.  1);  pertain  to, 
have  to  do  with  (C.  3). 

per-venio,  4,  -veni,  -ventum, 
arrive  at,  reach,  come  to  (N.  T.I), 
attain  to  ;  ad,  come  up  with ;  in  Rhe- 
num,  succeed  in  getting  to  the  Rhine. 

pes,  pedis,  w.,foot  (C.  8). 

pestilentia,  -ae,  F.  [pestilens], 
plague,  pest,  pestilence. 

pestis,  -is,  F.,  infectious  disease, 


plague,  pest;  destruction,  ruin  (Cic. 
1),  scourge. 

petltio,  -onis,  F.,  blow,  thrust 
(Cic.  G). 

peto,  3,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  (go  to), 
get,  seek,  demand  ;  beg,  ask,  entreat ; 
aim  at  (N.  T.  2),  attack,  assail  ; 
petere  pacem,  sue  for  peace ;  bello 
petere,  make  war  upon ;  petere 
consulatum,  canvass  for  the  consul- 
ship. 

Phalereus,  -ei,  M.,  of  Phalerum 
(surname  of  Demetrius,  ruler  of 
Athens,  B.C.  317). 

Phalericus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of 
Phalerum  (a  port  of  Athens). 

Phidippus,  -I,  M.,  Phidippus. 

pietas,  -atis,  F.  [pius,  devout], 
piety,  duty  to  parents,  filial  affection, 
love,  loyalty. 

pignus,  -oris  or  -eris,  N.,  pledge 
(V.  9),  wager,  assurance. 

pileus,  better, 

pilleus,  -I,  M.  [pilus,  hair],  cap, 
hat  (V.  19). 

Piraeus,  -I,  or  Plraeeus  (trisyl.), 
-el,  M.,  Plrceus,  (the  port  of  Athens). 

PIsistratus,  -I,  M.,  Pisistratus. 

Piso,  -onis,  M.,  a  cognomen  in  the 
Calpurnian  gens  ;  especially  M.  (Pu- 
pius)  Piso  (Calpurnianus),  adopted 
into  the  Pupian  gens,  and  consul 
with  M.  Messalla,  B.C.  61. 

placeo,  2,  -ui,  -itum  [root  of  pla- 
cidus, peaceful,  quiet~],w.  dat., please ; 
sibi,  be  self-satisfied;  placet,  impers., 
seems  good,  is  thought,  resolved  on  (V. 
11),  agree. 

placo,  1,  quiet,  soothe,  appease, 
conciliate  (Cic.  7). 

plane,  adv.  [planus,  level],  evenly, 
simply,  plainly,  clearly  (Cic.  3). 


244 


VOCABULARY. 


planicies,  better, 

planities  (or  plaiiitia),  -ae, 
ace.  -am  or  -em,  F.,  flat  surface, 
plain. 

Plataeenses,  -ium,  M.  plur., 
Plqtceans. 

plebs,  plebis,  F.,  common  people, 
commons,  plebeians,  masses  (C.  3). 

plecto,  3,  — ,  —  (only  with  pass, 
meaning) ,  be  beaten,  be  punished  (N. 
8). 

plerusque,  -raque,  -rumque,  adj. 
[plerus,  very  many~\,  usu.  plur.,  a 
very  great  part,  the  most,  many  (N.  3). 

plures,  -a,  adj.  plur.  [comp.  of 
multus],  more,  many  (V.  18). 

plurimum,  adv.  [ace.  N.  of  plu- 
rimus],  very  much;  posse  (C.  3  and 
9),  be  the  strongest,  have  great  influ- 
ence ;  valere,  be  foremost,  avail  most 
(C.»4). 

plurimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [superl. 
of  multus],  usu.  plur.,  a  majority 
(N.  T.  4),  the  most,  very  many. 

plus,  adj.,  adv.,  and  noun  N. 
(gen.  pluris)  [comp.  of  multus], 
more  (N.  5). 

Poecile,  -es,  F.  (variegated ;  a 
Greek  adj.  in  the  fern,  used  as  a 
noun),  the  frescoed  hall  in  the  market- 
place of  Athens  (N.  6). 

poena,  -ae,  F.  [punio,  punish"], 
quit-money,  fine,  punishment,  penalty  ; 
poenas  dare  or  persolvere,  pay  the 
penalty ;  sumere,  take  satisfaction, 
inflict  punishment. 

polliceor,  2,  -itus,  hold  forth, 
offer,  promise  (N.  T.  8) . 

Pompilius,  -I,  M.,  Pompilius. 

pono,  3,  posui,  positum,  put 
doicn,  place  (N.  6)  ;  castra,  pitch  a 
camp. 


pons,  pontis,  M.,  bridge  (V.  18). 

pontifex  (pontu-),  -ficis,  M. 
[pons,  and  root  of  facio] ,  one  who 
makes  a  way  (to  the  gods),  high- 
priest,  pontifex  (CiCo  1). 

populor,  1,  lay  waste  (C.2  5) . 

populus,  -I,  M.,  people,  nation,  mul- 
titude; clan  (C.  3). 

porta,  -ae,  F.,  gate,  door. 

por-tendo,  3,  -di,  -turn  [a  form 
of  pro-tendo,  stretch  forth],  point  out, 
foretell,  foreshadow,  portend  (V.  19), 
indicate;  portendi,  be  destined  (V. 
19,  22). 

porticus,  -us,  F.  [porta],  covered 
walk  between  columns,  porch  (N.  6). 

porto,  1,  carry,  bring  (V.  19). 

portus,  -us,  M.,  harbor  (N.  T.  6). 

possideo,  2,  -sedi,  -sessum,  have 
and  hold,  be  master  of,  possess  (C.2  4) . 

possido,  3,  -sedi,  -sessum,  take 
possession  of,  seize  (N.  T.  6). 

possum,  posse,  potui,  —  [potis, 
able,  sum],  be  able,  can;  with  ace. 
N.,  be  able  to  do,  avail,  accomplish, 
effect;  posse  plurimum,  possess  very 
great  or  the  greatest  influence,  become 
very  powerful ;  non  possum  quin  . . ., 
1  cannot  but  .  .  . 

post,  prep.  w.  ace.,  afler,  behind, 
since  (N.  T.  5) ;  as  adv.  for  postea, 
afterwards,  after. 

post-ea,  adv.,  afterwards^  here- 
after, thereafter. 

posteaquam,  adv.  (more  cor- 
rectly, postea  quam),  after  that 
(N.  6). 

posteri,  -orum,  M.  plur.  [poste- 
rus],  posterity,  descendants  (V.  17). 

posteritas,  -atis,  F.  [posterus], 
future,  futurity,  after-ages  (Cic.  9). 

posterus  (poster),  -era,  -erum, 


*-• 


VOCABULARY. 


245 


adj.  (comp.  posterior,  superl.  pos- 
tremus  and  postumus),  coming 
after,  following  (V.  15),  next;  in 
posterum,/or  the  future;  posterior, 
next  in  order,  later,  latter,  posterior, 
inferior. 

post-quain,  conj.,  after  that,  since, 
when  (V.  22).  The  parts  may  be 
separated  by  a  clause  between. 

postremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [superl. 
of  posterus],  hindmost,  last ;  ad  pos- 
tremum,  at  the  last,  at  last  (V.  25} . 

postridie  (and  postrlduo),  a<Tv. 
[posterd  die],  on  the  day  after,  on 
the  next  day  (V.  9). 

postulatum,  -I,  N.  [postulo], 
demand  (V.  17). 

postulo,  1,  demand,  ask,  require, 
request. 

potens,  -entis,  adj.  [possum], 
able,  mighty,  powerful  (C.  3). 

potentatus,  -us,  M.,  dominion, 
supremacy,  power  (V.  8). 

potentia,  -ae,  F.  [potens],  might, 
force,' power  (N.  8),  sway,  influence. 

potestas,  -atis,  F.  [potis,  able~], 
ability,  power  (N.  1),  control. 

potior,  4  [potis,  able"],  become 
master  of,  take  possession  of,  possess, 
get,  obtain,  hold,  w.  gen.  or  abl. ; 
rerum  potiri,  gain  dominion;  im- 
perio  potiri,  get  command,  supreme 
control. 

potissimum,  adv.,  superl.  [po- 
tis, able'],  chiefly,  principally,  above 
all,  in  preference  to  all  (N.  1). 

potius,  adv.,  corap.  [potis,  able~], 
rather  (N.  T.  7),  more. 

prae,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  in 
front  of,  by  reason  of;  in  comparison 
with. 

prtiebeo,   2,   -ui,    -itum    [prae, 


habeo],  hold  forth,  proffer,  furnish 
(N.  T.  10). 

prae-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go 
before,  surpass  (C.  1). 

prae-cipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptum 
[prae,  capio],  take  beforehand,  bid, 
direct,  instruct,  enjoin,  command,  ad- 
monish; animo  praecipere,  antici- 
pate, conjecture  beforehand. 

praecipuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [prae, 
and  root  of  capio],  taken  before 
others,  peculiar,  especial ;  praecipuo 
suo  periculo  (N.  T.  6),  at  his  own 
personal  peril. 

prae-clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  very 
bright,  splendid,  remarkable,  famous 
(Cic.  10). 

prae-dlco,  3,  -dixi,  -dictum,  say 
before,  foretell;  admonish,  charge  (N. 
T.  7);  assert  (Cic.  9). 

praedo,  -onis,  M.  [praeda,  booty~], 
one  that  makes  booty,  robber ;  mariti- 
mus,  pirate  (N.  T.  2). 

praefectus,  -I,  M.  [praeficio], 
overseer,  commander  (N.  4),  prefect. 

prae-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
bear  before,  hold  forth  (Cic.  6). 

praeficio,  3,  -feci,  -fectum  [prae, 
facio],  set  over,  place  in  authority 
over,  put  in  command  (q/*),  usu.  w. 
dat.  (N.  4). 

prae-initto,  3,  -misi,  -missum, 
send  forward,  despatch  in  advance 
(Cic.  9). 

praemium,  -i,  N.,  advantage, 
favor,  reward  (N.  6). 

Praeneste,  -is,  N.,  Prceneste. 

prae-ripio,  3,  -ripui,  -reptum 
[prae,  rapid],  take  away,  snatch 
away  (V.  18),  carry  off,  seize  hastily, 
anticipate. 

praesens,  -entis  (abl.  of  persons 


246 


VOCABULARY. 


usu.  praesente;  of  things,  prae- 
senti),  adj.  [praesum],  at  hand, 
present,  existing  (N.  T.  1);  praesenti 
bello,  during  hostilities;  praesenti 
tempore,/or  the  time  being. 

praesentia,  -ae,  F.  [praesens], 
being  at  hand,  presence ;  in  praesen- 
tia, just  now,  with  regard  to  the  time 
mentioned  (N.  7),  temporarily,  for 
the  time  being. 

praesertim,  adv.,  especially  (N. 
8). 

praesidium,  -i,  N.  [praeses,  one 
who  sits  before,  protector],  sitting  be- 
fore; defence;  guard,  garrison  (N. 

4). 

prae-sto,  1,  -stiti,  -stitum,  w. 
dat.,  stand  before,  be  superior  (to) 
(V.  26),  surpass,  warrant,  fulfil,  dis- 
charge, perform,  make  good,  pay,  exe- 
cute, exhibit,  put  forth,  show;  se, 
behave  one's  self;  se  fortem,  show 
bravery ;  praestat,  it  is  better;  prae- 
stare  alicui  (aliquem  aliqua),  excel 
one  in  anything. 

praestolor,  1,  stand  ready  for, 
wait  for,  expect  (Cic.  9). 

prae-sum,  -esse,  -f  ui,  — ,  be  before 
or  at  the  head  of,  command,  be  in  or 
have  charge  of  (V.  6),  be  set  over,  be 
invested  with,  govern,  superintend 
(with  dat.)  ;  summae  rerum  prae- 
esse,  have  supreme  command. 

praeter,  prep.  w.  ace.,  past,  be- 
yond, contrary  to  (N.  2),  except. 

praeter-ea,  adv.,  besides,  also,  in 
addition,  moreover. 

praeter-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  by, 
pass  by,  overlook  (Cic.  1). 

praeter-mitto,  3,  -nrisi,  -missum, 
permit  to  go  by,  let  pass,  let  go,  omit, 
pass  over,  overlook  (Cic.  6). 


praeter-quam,  adv.,  besides,  ex- 
cept (C.  5). 

praetexta,  -ae,  F.  (i.e.  toga) 
[praetexo,  make  a  border],  toga 
prcetexta,  an  outer  garment  with 
purple  border  in  front,  worn  by 
youths  under  military  age;  boy's 
toga  (V.  20). 

praetor,-  oris,  M.,  leader,  head, 
chief,  commander  (N.  4),  prcetor 
(Cic.  2). 

premo,  3,  -essi,  -essum,  press; 
press  hard,  pursue  closely  (N.  3), 
threaten  (N.  T.  3). 

prfdie,  adv.,  on  the  day  before 
(Cic.  6). 

prlmo,  adv.  [primus],  at  first,  at 
the  beginning,  first. 

primores,  -urn,  M.  plur.  [pri- 
mus], chiefs,  nobles  (V.  25),  leading 
men. 

primoris,  -e,  adj.  [primus], first, 
foremost. 

primum,  adv.  [primus],  at 
first,  in  the  first  place,  before  all  else, 
first  (N.  T.  2). 

primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
with  comp.  prior,  no  pos.),  first, 
foremost,  of  prime  importance;  prima 
nocte,  in  the  early  part  of  night; 
prima  luce,  at  dawn  of  day; 
primum  (agmen),  van  (of  an 
army) ;  as  noun  M.,  chief  man  (C.2 
3). 

princeps,  -ipis,  adj.  [primus, 
and  root  of  capio]  (taking  the  first 
place),  first,  chief,  most  noble. 

princeps,  -ipis,  M.  [same  as  last], 
leading  man,  chief  ruler,  emperor, 
sovereign ;  princeps  ire,  lead  a  pro- 
cession (V.  13). 

principatus,  -us,  M.  [princeps], 


VOCABULABY. 


247 


beginning,  first  place,  supremacy  (N. 
T.  6). 

prior,  priiis,  adj.  (gen.  prioris), 
(comp.  with  superl.  primus,  no 
pos.),  former,  previous,  prior ;  fre- 
quently to  be  translated^/zrs*  (V.4). 

prfscus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  yore, 
ancient,  old ;  as  epithet  of  the  elder 
Tarquin,  Priscus. 

priiis,  adv.,  before,  first,  sooner ; 
prius  . .  .  quam,  before  that,  before, 
rather  than,  sooner  than;  either^  as 
one  word,  or  with  other  words  in- 
cluded between. 

prius-quam,  conj.,  see  prius. 

prlvatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  apart 
from  the  state,  peculiar,  private,  per- 
sonal, isolated. 

privatus,  -I,  M.,  private  citizen 
(N.  8) 

privo,  1,  deprive  of,  bereave;  w. 
abl. 

pro,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  in  front 
of;  instead  of,  in  place  of,  for,  as  ; 
in  proportion  to  (C.  2)  ;  in  considera- 
tion of,  in  view  of ,  for  the  good  of,  in 
defence  of,  in  behalf  of ;  pro  remedio 
esse,  serve  as  a  remedy ;  pro  viso, 
as  seen ;  pro  meritis,  as  he  deserved. 

probatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [probo], 
approved,  satisfactory ;  minus,  not 
satisfactory  (N.  T.  1). 

probo,  1  [probus,  upright],  make 
good,  approve,  esteem  (N.  T.  10)  ; 
show,  prove  (C.  3). 

Procas  and  Proca,  -ae,  M., 
Procas,  a  king  of  Alba. 

pro-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum,  go 
or  come  forward,  proceed,  advance  ; 
turn  out,  succeed. 

pro-clamo,  1,  call  out,  declare, 
vociferate  (V.  14). 


procul,  adv.,  far,  far  from,  far 
away,  at  a  distance,  afar,  from  afar ; 
procul  dubio,  without  doubt;  haud 
procul,  not  far  off,  at  a  little  distance 
(V.  12). 

Proculus,  -i,  M.,  Proculus. 

pro-euro,  1,  take  care  of,  manage, 
look  after ;  of  evil  omens  or  dan- 
gers, avert  (V.  9). 

prod-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  forth, 
come  forward,  come  out  (N.  T.  I), 
appear. 

prodigium,  -i,  N.,  sign,  omen, 
prodigy,  portent;  caelestia  pro- 
digia,  augury  (V.  19). 

proditio,  -onis,  F.,  betrayal,  trea- 
son, treachery  (N.  7). 

pro-do,  3,-didi,  -ditum,  put  forth, 
give  up,  betray  (N.  T.  8)  ;  hand  down. 

pro-dnco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead 
forth,  bring  out  (N.  5). 

proelium,  -I,  N.,  battle,  combat, 
general  engagement,  skirmish  (C.2  8). 

prof  anus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [pro, 
fanum],ow<  of  the  temple,  not  sacred, 
profane  (N.  T.  6). 

profectio,  -onis,  F.,  going  away, 
departure  (C.  3),  expedition. 

profectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  pro- 
ficiscor. 

proficio,  3,  -feci,  -fectum  [pro, 
facio],  make  headway,  succeed,  effect, 
accomplish  (Cic.  10). 

proficiscor,  3,  -fectus  [pro, 
facid,  put  one's  self  forward],  set 
out,  travel,  march  (V.  18),  go  •  ea 
quae  ad  proficiscendum  pertine- 
rent  (C.  3),  those  things  which  had  to 
do  with  the  expedition. 

profiteer,  2,  -fessus  [pro,  fa~ 
teor,  confess],  declare  publicly,  avow, 
confess  (N.  T.  7). 


248 


VOCABULARY. 


profligo,  1,  strike  to  the  ground, 
overthrow,  destroy. 

pro-fugio,  3,  -fugi,  — ,  flee,  run 
away,  escape  (Cic.  3). 

progredior,  3,  -essus  [pro,  gra- 
dior,  walk],  come  forth,  advance  (N. 
T.  2). 

prohibeo,  2,  -ui,  -itum  [pro, 
habeo],  hold  before,  hold  back,  keep 
off,  debar,  bar  from,  prevent,  stop  (N. 
T.  6),  forbid,  block  (the  way)  (C.  6). 

pro-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum, 
send  forth,  let  hang  downward,  let 
grow,  promise,  assure. 

promptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [promo, 
produce~\,  set  forth,  disclosed;  pre- 
pared, prompt,  ready  (N.  T.  1). 

prope,  prep.  w.  ace.,  and  adv. 
(comp.  propius,  superl.  proximo), 
by,  near,  near  to,  hard  by,  in  the 
neighborhood  of;  near,  nigh,  nearly, 
almost. 

propero,  1,  hasten,  make  haste,  be 
quick  (V.  2). 

proplnquitas,  -atis,  F.  [propin- 
quus],  nearness,  proximity;  rela- 
tionship (C.2  4),  kinship. 

propmquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  near 
(N.  4). 

propior,  M.  and  F.,  -us,  N.  adj. 
(compar.  with  superl.  proxirnus,  no 
pos.),  nearer,  more  like,  later. 

proprius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  not  com- 
mon with  others,  own,  special,  pecu- 
liar, belonging  to  (a  person  or  thing) 
(Cic.  5). 

propter,  prep.  w.  ace.  [prope], 
near,  on  account  of,  because  of. 

propter-ea,  adv.,  therefore,  for 
that  cause,  on  that  account ;  propte- 
rea  quod,  because  of  this,  that,  or 
simply  because  (C.  1). 


propugnaculum,  -i,  N.  [propug- 
no],  bulwark,  rampart  (N.  T.I). 

pro-pugno,  1,  rush  out  to  fight, 
sally,  make  sorties;  repel  an  assault 
(C.2  7). 

pro-ripio,  3,  -ripui,  -reptum, 
drag  forth,  hurry  away;  se,  break 
away,  burst  forth  (V.  21),  leave  hastily. 

pro-sequor,  3,  -cutus,  follow,  fol- 
low up,  continue,  attend,  escort  (Cic. 
8)  ;  oratione  prosequi  (C.2  5) ,  ad- 
dress. 

prosperus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [pro, 
spes],  according  to  hope,  as  desired, 
favorable,  fortunate,  prosperous  (N. 

!)• 

pro-sterno,  3,  -stravi,  -stratum, 
overthrow,  prostrate,  destroy  (N.  5). 

pro-sum,  prodesse,  profui,  — , 
be  useful  to,  profit,  benefit,  w.  dat. 
(V.  10). 

protinus  or  pro-tenus,  adv., 
right  onward,  directly,  forthwith,  at 
once  (N.  T.  4). 

provincia,  -ae,  F.,  office,  busi- 
ness; a  territory  governed  by  a 
Roman  magistrate,  province  (C.  1). 

pro-voco,  1,  call  forth,  challenge, 
summon,  exasperate,  rouse  ;  adpopu- 
lum,  appeal  to  the  people  (V.  14). 

proxime,  adv.  superl.  [proxi- 
mus],  nearest,  very  lately,  most  re- 
cently (C.28). 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
w.  comp.  propior,  no  pos.),  nearest, 
next,  very  near;  in  proximo,  near 
by,  close  by,  near  at  hand,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood ;  last  (V.  11). 

prudentia,  -ae,  F.  [prudens,  for 
providens],  foreseeing,  knowledge, 
sagacity,  foresight  (N.  2),  prudence, 
wisdom. 


VOCABULARY. 


249 


publice,  adv.  [publicus],  on  ac- 
count of  the  people,  publicly ,  in  the 
name  of  the  state  (N.  T.  8). 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [popu- 
lus]  (pertaining  to  the  people) ,  pub- 
lic (V.  13),  common  ;  nuntius,  state 
messenger  (V.  17). 

pudor,  -oris,  M.,  shrinking  from 
blame,  shame,  decency  (Cic.  9). 

puella,  -ae,  F.  [fern,  of  puellus, 
dim.  from  puer],  girl. 

puer,  -eri,  M.,  boy,  child,  skive, 
servant. 

pugna,  -ae,  F.  [pugno],  battle, 
contest,  fight. 

pugno,  1  [pugna] ,  fight,  combat, 
give  battle. 

pulsus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  pello. 

purgo,  1,  free  from  what  is  super- 
fluous, make  clean,  purify  (Cic.  5), 
cleanse,  make  pure. 

puto,  1  [putus,  pure~\,  cleanse ; 
clear  up;  reckon,  suppose,  believe, 
think. 

Pydna,  -ae,  F.,  Pydna,  a  town 
in  Macedonia. 

Pyrenaeus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of 
Pyrene,  Pyrencean. 

Pythia,  -ae,  F.,  Pythia,  the 
priestess  who  gave  the  responses  of 
the  Delphic  Apollo. 

Q 

Q.,  abbrev.  of  Quintus,  Quin- 
tus. 

qua,  adv.  [abl.  fern,  of  qui],  by 
what  way,  in  what  manner,  how,  by 
what  means. 

quadraginta,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[quattuor] ,  forty. 

quadriga,  -ae,  F.  [contr.  from 
quadriiugae,  from  quattuor  and 


iugum],  usu.  in  plur.,  four  horses, 
either  with  or  without  a  chariot 
(V.  15)  ;  rarely  the  chariot  alone. 

quadringentl,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj. 
[quattuor,  centum],  four  hundred. 

quaere,  3,  -sm,  -situm,  seek  (N. 
T.  3),  ask  (C.24). 

quaestio,  -onis,  F.,  questioning, 
judicial  investigation,  inquisition 
(Cic.  7). 

quails,  -e,  pron.  adj.,  how  con- 
stituted, what  sort  of  a  (N.  6),  what 
kind  of  a;  of  such  kind,  such  as. 
Cf .  talis. 

quam,  adv. ;  interrog.,  how  ?  how 
much  ?  rel.,  as  much,  as,  than. 
quam,  with  or  without  possum,  is 
often  prefixed  to  the  superlative 
to  express  the  highest  possible  de- 
gree ;  as,  quam  saepissime,  as  often 
as  possible. 

quam  diu,  adv.,  as  long  as  (Cic. 
5). 

quam  quam  (quanquam),  conj., 
though,  although,  albeit  (Cic.  5),  and 
yet  (Cic.  8). 

quam- vis,  adv.,  as  you  will,  how- 
ever much,  exceedingly;  conj.,  as 
much  as  you  will,  although  (N.  2). 

quandam,  ace.  sing.  fern,  of 
quidam. 

quant  us,  -a,  -um,  pron.  adj.,  of 
what  size,  how  much,  how  great,  as ; 
as  great  as  (N.  7),  as  much  as.  See 
tantus. 

qua-re  (better  qua  re),  adv. 
(on  account  of  which  thing),  where- 
fore, therefore,  whereby,  why. 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj. 
[quattuor] ,  fourth. 

qua-si,  adv.,  as  if,  just  as,  as  it 
were. 


250 


VOCABULARY. 


quattuor,  num.  adj.  indecl., 
four. 

-que,  conj.  enclitic,  and.  Some- 
times couples  a  sentence  to  a  pre- 
ceding one. 

queror,  3,  questus,  express  grief, 
complain  (N.  T.  7). 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  and  adj. 
pron.,  who,  which,  what,  that. 

quia,  conj.,  because. 

quibus-cum  =  cum  quibus. 

qulcumque  (or  -cunque), 
quaecumque,  quodcumque,  rel. 
pron.,  whoever,  whosoever,  whatso- 
ever. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quid-(quod-) 
dam,  indef.  pron.,  certain  (V.  14), 
certain  one,  somebody,  something. 

quidem,  adv.  (never  the  first 
word),  indeed,  to  be  sure  (V.  10), 
certainly,  in  truth,  even ;  ne  .  .  . 
quidem,  not  even. 

quies,  -etis,  r.,  rest,  quiet,  sleep, 
ease. 

quiesco,  3,  -evi,  -etum  [quies], 
rest,  keep  quiet  (Cic.  8). 

quin,conj.  [qui,  ne] ,  but  that,  that, 
how  not,  that  not.  After  expressions 
which  signify  not  to  doubt,  and  after 
neg.  phrases,  it  may  be  trans,  that 
or  but  that;  in  the  beginning  of  a 
sentence,  indeed,  truly  ;  quin  etiam, 
nay  more,  moreover,  nay  even. 

qulndecim,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[qumque,  decem],  fifteen. 

qumgenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj. 
[qumque,  centum] ,  five  hundred. 

quinquageni,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj., 
&\str.,  fifty  each  (N.  T.  10). 

quinquaginta,  num.  adj.  indecl., 

fifty. 

qumque,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  five. 


quintus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj. 
[qumque] ,  fifth. 

Quirinalis,  -e,  adj.,  pertaining 
to  Quirinus  (Romulus),  Quirinal ; 
Collis  or  Mons  Quirinalis,  Quiri- 
nal Hill  (V.  8,  22). 

Quirinus,  -I,  M.,  Quirinus,  name 
of  Romulus  after  his  deification. 

quis,  quae,  quid,  interrog.  pron., 
who?  which?  what?  indef.  (esp. 
after  si,  ne,  nisi,  num,  cum),  any 
one+  anything  ;  si  quis,  if  any  one  ; 
ne  quis,  lest  any  one. 

quisiiam  (or  as  adj.,  qulnam), 
quaenam,  quidnam  (or  as  adj., 
quodnam)  interrog.  pron.  [quis, 
nam],  who  (or  what)  then?  who  in 
the  world?  (N.  T.  2)  who,  pray? 
why,  I  should  like  to  know  ? 

quis-quam,  — ,  quicquam  (quid- 
quam),  indef.  pron.,  anybody,  any 
one  (N.  T.  2). 

quisque,  quaeque,  quid- (quod-) 
que,  indef.  pron.,  each  one,  each  (V. 
1 1), every ;  whoever,  whatever ;  primo 
quoque  tempore,  as  soon  as  possible. 

quis-quis,  quicquid  (quidquid) , 
and  (as  adj.)  quodquod,  indef. 
rel.  pron.  (found  in  nom.  and  abl. 
M.  sing.,  and  nom.  ace.  and  abl.  N. 
sing.),  whoever,  whatever  (Cic.  7). 

quo,  adv.  and  conj.  [qui],  whither, 
where,  to  what  place  ;  to  any  place, 
anywhere ;  si  quo,  if  any  whither ; 
wherefore,  for  what  purpose,  w/n/, 
wherefore,  so  that,  and  so  ;  to  the  end 
that  (V.  16),  in  order  that,  w.  a  com- 
par.  in  the  clause. 

quod,  adv.  and  conj.,  that,  as  to 
what,  in  that,  because;  wherefore,  if 
so  be  that,  in  case  that,  as  respects 
that ;  although,  even  if;  with  si,  nisi, 


VOCABULARY. 


251 


etc.,  in  reference  to  what  precedes, 
but  if,  but  unless. 

quondam,  adv.,  once,  formerly, 
at  one  time  (V.  9)  ;  sometimes. 

quon-iam,  adv.  [quom(cum), 
iam],  since  now,  seeing  that,  because 
(N.  T.  10). 

quo-que,  adv.  (following  the 
emphatic  word),  also,  too. 

quot,  adj.  plur.  indecl.,  how 
many?  (Cic.  6). 

quot-annis  or  quot  annls,«.dv., 
every  year,  annually  (N.  T.  2). 

quotidianus,  see  cottidianus. 

quotients  or  quoties,  adv. 
[quot],  how  often?  how  many  times? 
(Cic.  6). 

quotiens-cumque,  adv.,  as  often 
soever  as  (Cic.  5). 

quousque  or  quo  usque,  adv., 
until  what  time?  how  long  (Cic.  1)  ? 
how  far? 

R. 

radix,  -icis,  F.,  root,  lower  part, 
foot;  sub  montis  radicibus,  at  the 
base  of  a  mountain  (N.  5) . 

rapina,  -ae,  F.  [rapid],  robbery, 
plundering,  plunder,  pillage,  rapine. 

rapio,  3,  -ui,  -turn  [rapax, 
greedy'],  seize,  snatch,  drag  away, 
tear  away,  carry  off,  hurry  off. 

rarus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  of  loose  tex- 
ture, thin;  with  large  intervals,  here 
and  there,  scattered  (N.  5),  infre- 
quent. 

ratio,  -onis,  F.,  reckoning,  account; 
reasoning,  view,  opinion,  conviction 
(N.  3),  consideration,  method,  reason. 

ratis,  -is,  F.,  raft  (C.  8). 

ratus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part, 
[reor],  reckoned,  established,  settled, 
valid. 


RauracI,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the  Rau- 
raci,  a  people  of  Gaul,  on  the  Rhine, 
near  Basle. 

recens,  -entis,  adj.,  lately  risen, 
recent  (Cic.  9). 

re-cido,  3,  -cidi,  -casum  [re, 
cado],  revert,  fall  back,  recoil,  sink 
down. 

re-cipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptum  [re, 
capio],  take  back,  get  back,  get  again, 
recover,  receive,  regain ;  animam,  re- 
cover breath ;  se  recipere,  jfy,  with- 
draw, betake  one's  self;  recipere  se 
domum,  return  home ;  recipere  se  ex 
metu,  recover  from  one's  alarm. 

re-cognosco,  3,  -gnovi,  -gnitum, 
know  again,  recollect,  recall  to  mind  ; 
look  over,  review  (Cic.  3). 

re-concilio,  1,  procure  again, 
reconcile,  conciliate,  win  over  (N.  7). 

reconditus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and 
part,  [recondo],  put  away,  hidden, 
concealed  (Cic.  2). 

recta,  adv.  [via  is  probably  to 
be  understood],  straightway,  directly 
(Cic.  9). 

recte,  adv.  [rectus],  rightly,  up- 
rightly, correctly,  well  (V.  22). 

red-do,  3,  -didi,  -ditum,  give  back, 
restore ;  make' to  be,  render  (N.  T7.  2). 

red-eo,  4,  -ii,  -itum,  turn  back, 
return,  go  or  come  back  (V.  26),  come 
in  (N.  T.  2). 

red-igo,  3,  -egi,  -actum,  drive 
back,  restore,  bring  back,  convert,  bring 
(to  a  desired  end)  ;  in  potestatem, 
reduce  to  subjection  (V.  25),  under 
(one's)  power  (N.  4). 

red-integro,  1,  renew,  restore, 
make  whole  again. 

reditio,  -onis,  F.  [redeo],  going 
back,  return,  returning  (C.  5). 


252 


VOCABULARY. 


reditus,  -us,  M.,  going  back,  return- 
ing, return  (N.  T.  5). 

re-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead 
back  (C.29). 

re-fero,  -ferre,  -retuli,  -latum, 
carry  back,  bring  back,  get  back  (V. 
22)  ;  raise,  report,  restore ;  relate, 
carry  over,  transfer,  reproduce,  refer, 
set  down,  regard;  gratiam,  show 
gratitude  ;  beneficium,  repay  a  kind- 
ness;  victoriam,  gain  a  victory  (V. 
22);  pedem  or  gradum,  retreat; 
se,  betake  one's  self,  return. 

re-fugio,  3,  -fugi,  — ,  flee  back, 
flee  for  safety,  escape,  avoid,  shun 
(V._24).  " 

regia,  -ae,  r.,  royal  palace  (V.  16), 
royal  residence,  court. 

regio,  -onis,  F.,  direction,  line; 
boundary  line,  boundary;  situation, 
region  (N.  1)  ;  country. 

regius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [rex],  kingly, 
royal,  regal;  of  the  king. 

regno,  1  [regnum,  rex],  be  king, 
rule,  reign,  govern. 

regnum,  -I,  N.  [rex],  kingdom, 
throne,  rule,  royal  power  (C.  2),  sover- 
eignty, government. 

rego,  3,  rexi,  rectum  [rex],  rule, 
govern,  direct. 

re-labor,  3,  -lapsus,  recede,  slide 
back,  fall  back,  glide  or  flow  back 
(V.  1). 

rellctus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  relin- 
quo. 

religio,  -onis,  F.,  belief  in  the  gods, 
divine  worship,  piety,  religion,  relig- 
ious dread,  superstition,  sanctity  (N. 
T7.  8). 

re-ligo,  1,  w.  ace.  and  dat.,  bind 
fast,  fasten  to,  secure,  tie  (V.  15) ; 
unbind. 


re-linquo,  3,  -Hqui,  -lictum, 
[reliquus],  leave  behind,  leave,  aban- 
don (N.  r.  2). 

reliquiae,  -arum,  F.  plur.,  what  is 
left,  remains  (N.  T.  5). 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  left,  re- 
maining, rest  (of}  ;  future,  subsequent 
(N.  T.  1). 

re-maneo,  2,  -mansi,  — ,  stay  be- 
hind, be  left,  remain  (Cic.  3). 

Remi  (Rhemi),  -orum,  M.  plur., 
the  ftemi. 

re-mittl,  3,  -misi,  -missum,  let  go 
tack,  send  back  (N.  T.  7). 

re-moror,  1,  hold  back,  detain, 
obstruct,  delay,  defer  (Cic.  2). 

Remus,  -I,  M.,  Remus,  twin 
brother  of  Romulus. 

re-nuntio,  1,  bring  back  word, 
declare,  announce  (C.  10). 

reor,  2,  ratus,  think,  deem,  imag- 
ine (V.  12). 

re-pello,  3,  reppuli  (repuli), 
repulsum,  drive  back,  repulse  (C.  8). 

repente,  adv.,  suddenly,  unex- 
pectedly. 

reperio,  4,  repperi  (reperi),  rep- 
ertum,  flnd  again,  flnd,  discover, 
learn  (N.  6). 

re-peto,  3,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -I turn,  go  back, 
return  to;  seek  again,  fetch  back, 
repeat,  seek  back,  demand,  attack 
again ;  viam.  retrace  one's  wat/ ; 
poenas  ab,  inflict  punishment  on : 
res,  demand  restitution  (of  property 
carried  off)  (V.  17). 

re-pono,  3,  -posui,  -positum,  re- 
store, replace  (V.  19),  put  on  again, 
repay,  lay  up,  preserve. 

re-primo,  3,  -pressi,  -pressum, 
press  back,  keep  back,  repress,  thwart 
(Cic.  3). 


VOCABULARY. 


253 


repudio,  1  [repudium,  repudia- 
tion'], cast  off,  reject,  refuse  (Cic.  8). 

res,  -el,  F.,  thing,  matter,  fact,  busi- 
ness, affair,  weal,  fortune,  fate,  cir- 
cumstance, situation,  casef  object, 
event;  reason;  rem  militarem,  art 
of  war  (V.  8)  ;  gerere,  do  business ; 
re  vera  or  re,  in  fact,  in  very  truth ; 
familiaris,  estate,  private  property ; 
res  publica,  republic,  commonwealth ; 
res  gestae,  exploits;  plur.,  state 
affairs.  ^ 

re-scindo,  3,  -scidi,  -scissum,  cut 
off,  cut  down  (N.  3). 

rescissus,  part,  of  rescindo. 

resideo,  2,  -sedi,  —  [re,  sedeo] ,  sit 
back,  remain  sitting,  remain  (Cic.  5). 

re-sisto,  3,  -stiti,  — ,  stand  still, 
halt,  stop,  stay;  stay  behind;  with- 
stand, oppose,  w.  dat. 

re-spicio,  3,  -spexi,  -spectum 
[specie,  look  at],  look  back,  look 
back  upon,  regard,  consider. 

re-spondeo,  2,  -dl,  -sponsum, 
promise  in  return,  reply,  answer  (V. 
18),  respond;  answer  to,  correspond 
with. 

responsum,  -I,  N.  [responded], 
answer,  response,  reply. 

re-stituo,  3,  -ui,  -utum  [re,  sta- 
tud],  replace;  restore,  give  back,  re- 
turn, set  up  again,  replace,  re-establish, 
rebuild  (N.  T.  6). 

retineo,  3,  -ui,  -tentum  [re, 
teneo],  hold  back,  retain,  keep  (N.  3). 

r  ever  to,  3,  -ti, — ,  and  revertor, 
3,  -versus  (deponent  in  pres.  imp. 
and  fut.),  return,  turn  back,  come  back. 

re-voco,  1,  call  again,  call  back, 
recall  (Cic.  9). 

rex,  regis,  M.  [rego],  ruler, 
king. 


Rhea,  -ae,  F.,  Rhea  (Silvia}, 
mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

Rhenus,  -I,  M.,  Rhine,  a  river 
between  Gaul  and  Germany. 

Rhodanus,  -I,  M.,  the  Rhone,  a 
river  of  Gaul. 

rigo,  1,  wet,  moisten,  bedew,  irri- 
gate, flow  through  (V.  10). 

rlpa,  -ae,  F.,  bank  (of  a  river). 

rite  [ritus],  adv.,  according  to 
religious  usage,  in  due  order,  fitly 
(V.  9). 

ritus,  -us,  M.,  religious  usage, 
ceremony,  rite  (V.  17). 

rixa,  -ae,  F.,  brawl,  quarrel  (V. 
21). 

rixor,  1  [rixa],  brawl,  quarrel. 

rogo,  1,  ask  (N.  T.  9). 

Roma,  -ae,  F.,  Rome. 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman. 

Romanus,  -I,  M.,  Roman. 

Romulus,  -i,  M.,  Romulus,  first 
king  of  Rome. 

ruina,  -ae,  F.  [ruo,  fall  down], 
falling,  tumbling,  downfall,  ruin; 
plur.,  ruins. 

rumor,  -oris,  M.,  rustle,  vague 
|  sound,  report  (C.2  1),  rumor. 

rursus,  adv.  [re-vorsus,  turned 
back,  from  reverto],  back,  backward, 
on  the  other  hand ;  again  (V.  19). 

S. 

Sabfni,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Sabines, 
a  people  of  middle  Italy,  neighbors 
of  the  Latins ;  also  the  country  of 
the  Sabines. 

Sabinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Sabine. 

Sabinus,  -I,  M.,  Sabinus  (Q.  Titu- 
rius~). 

sacellum,  -I,  N.  [sacrum],  little 
sanctuary,  chapel  (N.  T.  6). 


254 


VOCABULARY. 


sacer,  -era,  -crum,  adj.,  dedi- 
cated, devoted,  sacred  (N.  T.  6). 

sacerdos,  -otis,  M.  and  r.  [sacer], 
priest ,  priestess. 

sacrarium,  -I,  N.  [sacrum],  de- 
positary of  holy  things,  sanctuary  (N. 
T.  8). 

sacrificium,  -I,  N.  [sacrifice, 
offer  sacrifice'},  sacrificial  rite,  sacri- 
fice (V.  14). 

sacrum,  -I,  N.  [sacer],  holy  thing, 
sacrifice,  worship;  plur.  sacra,  sa- 
cred rites  (V.  9) ,  sacrifices. 

saepe,  adv.  (comp.  saepius,  su- 
perl.  saepissime),  often,  frequently ; 
saepius,  again  and  again. 

saepio  (not  sep-),  4,  -psi,  -ptum 
[saepes,  hedge],  surround  with  a 
hedge,  hedge  in,  inclose  (N.  T.  7). 

saevitia,  -ae,  F.  [saevus,  savage], 
rage,  ferocity,  cruelty  (V.  25). 

sagax,  -acis,  adj.,  of  quick  per- 
ception, sagacious,  keen-scented,  acute, 
shrewd  (Cic.  8). 

Sagittarius,  -I,  M.  [sagitta,  ar- 
row], of  an  arrow,  archer,  bowman 
(C.2  7). 

Salaminius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of 
Salamis. 

Salamis,  -mis,  F.,  Salamis. 

Sali!,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  Salii, 
priests  of  Mars  who  had  charge  of 
the  ancilia  (V.  9). 

sal  to,  1  [salio,  leap],  dance  (V. 
9). 

saltus,  -us,  M.,  woodland,  woody 
valley,  glen,  pass,  mountain  pass  (V. 
2)  ;  leap  (V.  4). 

salubris  (saluber),  -bre,  adj. 
(comp.  salubrior,  superl.  saluberri- 
mus)  [salus],  healthy  (V.  16), 
wholesome,  salutary. 


(saluiiif  -i),  N.,  only  in  ace.  and 
abl.  sing.,  open  sea  (N.  T.  8). 

sains,  -utis,  F.,  soundness,  health; 
safety  (N.  3),  means  of  safety,  help, 
aid  (N.  T.  2),  well-being. 

saluto.  1  [salus],  wish  health  to, 
greet,  salute,  wish  (one)  "good  morn- 
ing," etc.  (Cic.  4). 

sanctus,  -a,  -um  [sancio,  make 
sacred],  consecrated,  sacred,  vener- 
able, august  (Cic.  4). 

Santoni,  -norum  or  -num,  M. 
plur.,  the  Santoni  or  Santones. 

Sardls  (-des),  -ium,  F.  plur., 
Sardis,  capital  of  Lydia. 

satelles,  -itis,  M.  and  F.,  attendant, 
follower,  courtier,  instrument  (Cic.  3). 

satis,  adj .,  adv.,  and  noun,  N.,  in- 
decl.,  sufficient,  enough  (N.  T.  6)  ; 
sufficiently. 

satis-facio  or  satis  facio,  3, 
-feci,  -factum,  give  satisfaction,  sat- 
isfy (Cic.  1),  usu.  w.  dat. 

Saturninus,  -I,  M.,  Saturninus. 

scelerate,  adv.  [sceleratus],  im- 
piously, wickedly,  nefariously  (Cic. 
10). 

sceleratus, -a, -um, adj.  [scelus], 
criminal,  wicked,  infamous,  accursed ; 
(with  homo)  ruffian  (Cic.  9) ; 
vicus,  Accursed  Street  (V.  24), 
where  Tullia  drove  over  her  father's 
body. 

sceleste,  adv.  [scelestus],  wick- 
edly, in  a  wicked  manner  (V.  25). 

scelus,  -eris,  N.,  wicked  deed, 
crime  (Cic.  4). 

scientia,  -ae,  F.  [sciens,  part,  of 
scio],  knowing,  knowledge  (Cic.  1). 

sclndo,  3,  scidi,  scissum,  open, 
part  (V.  9),  split t  cleave,  tear  asunder, 
cut. 


VOCABULARY. 


255 


scio,  4,  sci vi,  scitum,  know,  know 
how,  understand. 

Sclpio,  -onis,  M.,  Scipio. 

sclscitatus,  -a,  -urn,  part,  of  scl- 
scitor. 

sciscitor,  1  [scisco,  inquire],  ask, 
inquire  (V.  25),  examine. 

scribo,  3,  scrips!,  scriptum, 
scratch,  engrave,  draw,  write  (N. 
T.  8). 

scutum,  -I,  N.,  shield,  buckler. 

Scythes,  -ae,  M.,  a  Scythian.  * 

se-cerno,  3,  -crevi,  -cretum,  put 
apart,  sunder,  separate  (Cic.  9). 

secius,  see  setius. 

seco,  1,  -ui,  -ctum,  cut  (V.  20), 
cut  off',  wound. 

secretus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  and  part, 
[secernd],  separate,  apart,  private, 
retired,  secret,  hidden. 

se-cum  (=  cum  se^,with  himself, 
herself,  etc.;  contemplari  secum, 
consider  in  one's  own  mind. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [sequor], 
second,  next,  following ;  good,  favor- 
able, fair;  secundo  amne,  down 
stream,  with  the  current ;  res  secun- 
dae,  prosperity. 

securis,  -is,  F.  (ace.  -im,  abl.  -I) 
[seco],  axe  (V.  21),  hatchet. 

secus,  adv.,  otherwise  (V.  22). 

sed,  conj.,  but, however;  sed  etiam, 
but  also,  but  in  fact ;  sed  enim,  but 
yet,  but  still. 

sedecim,  num.  adj.  indecl.  [sex, 
decem],  sixteen. 

sedeo,  2,  sedi,  sessum,  sit,  sit  down, 
sit  still,  be  encamped. 

sedes,  -is,  F.  [sedeo],  seat,  site 
(V.  16),  chair,  abode,  residence, 
dwelling-place  ;  settlement ;  regni, 
royal  residence. 


seditio,  -onis,  F.,  discord,  quarrel, 
revolt,  sedition  (Cic.  2). 

segiiis,  -e,  adj.,  slow,  sluggish, 
inactive,  lazy,  spiritless. 

segniter,  adv.  [segnis],  slowly, 
sluggishly,  spiritlessly  (V.  22). 

Segusiavl,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Segusiavi. 

se-iungo,  3,  -iunxi,  -iunctum,  dis- 
unite, disjoin,  sever,  separate  (Cic. 
9). 

sella,  -ae,  F.,  chair,  seat  (V.  9). 

se mentis,  -is  (ace.  -im  or  -em, 
abl.  -I  or  -e),  F.  [semen,  seed],  seed- 
ing, sowing  (C.  3). 

senator,  -oris,  M.  [senex],  sena- 
tor. 

senatus,  -us,  M.  [senex],  senate. 

senectus,  -utis,  F.  [senex],  old 
age. 

senex,  senis,  adj.  (comp.  senior, 
no  superl.,  supplied  by  maximus 
natu),  old. 

senex,  senis,  M.,  old  man. 

senior,  -oris,  adj.  [comp.  of 
senex],  older,  elder. 

senior,  -oris,  M.  and  F.,  old  person  ; 
plur.  seniores,  elders,  older  men. 

Senones,  -um,  M.  plur.,  the 
Senones. 

sensus,  -us,  M.,  perceiving,  obser- 
vation, feeling,  sense  (Cic.  7). 

sententia,  -ae,  F.,  way  of  thinking, 
opinion  (N.  3),  resolves;  rogare, 
consult  (Cic.  4). 

sentina,  -ae,  F.,  bilge-water; 
dregs  (Cic.  5). 

sentio,  4,  sensi,  sensum,  discern 
by  sense,  feel,  hear,  see,  perceive  (N. 
T.  8),  think,  imagine. 

sepelio,  4,  -ivi,  -pultum,  bury, 
inter  (V.  10). 


256 


VOCABULARY. 


septem,  num.  adj.,  indecl.,  seven. 

sep  tern  trio  (septentrio),  -onis, 
M.,  in  plur.  lit.  the  seven  plough-oxen, 
hence  the  seven  stars  of  the  Wagon  or 
Great  Dipper  ;  the  north  (N.  1). 

septimus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj., 
seventh. 

septingentl,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj. 
[septem,  centum],  seven  hundred. 

septuaginta,  num.  adj.,  seventy. 

sepulc(h)rum,  -I,  N.,  place 
where  a  corpse  is  buried,  grave,  tomb 
(N.  T.  6). 

sepultus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  se- 
pelio. 

Sequana,  -ae,  r.,  Sequana  or 
Seine,  a  river  of  Northern  Gaul. 

Sequanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [Se- 
quana], of  the  Sequani. 

Sequanus,  -I.  M.,  Sequanian,  one 
of  the  Sequani. 

sequor,  3,  -cutus,  follow,  follow 
up,  go  after,  attend,  accompany,  pur- 
sue (V.  12),  comply  with,  obey,  con- 
form to. 

serius,  adv.  [comp.  of  sero,  late~], 
too  late  (Cic.  2). 

sermo,  -onis,  M.,  continued  speech  ; 
talk;  language  (N.  T.  10),  remark. 

servilis,  -e,  adj.  [servus] ,  servile f 
of  slaves,  slavish. 

Servllius,  -i,  M.,  Servilius. 

servio,  4  [servus],  serve,  be  de- 
voted to,  labor  for,  have  regard  to 
(N.  T.  1). 

Servius,  -I,  M.,  Servius. 

servo,  1,  make  safe,  save,  pre- 
serve, protect,  reserve  (Cic.  10). 

servus  or  servos,  -i,  M.,  slave 
(N.  T7.  4). 

sese,  ace.  and  abl.  of  sui,  more 
emphatic  form  than  se. 


Sestius  or  Sextius,  -i,  M.,  Ses- 
tius (Sextius). 

setius  (secius),  adv.,  comp.  (no 
pos.),  less,  in  a  less  degree  (N.  2). 
Only  w.  negatives. 

seu,  see  sive. 

fritas,  -atis,  F.  [severus,se?-/- 
riousness,  gravity;  sternness, 
(Cic.  5). 
num.  adj.  indecl.,  six. 
Iginta,    num.    adj.,  indecl. 

Sextius,  see  Sestius. 

sextus, -a, -um,  num.  adj.  [sex], 
sixth. 

Sextus,  -I,  M.,  Sextus  (Tarqui- 
nius'). 

si,  con j .,  if,  in  case  that ;  whether  ; 
si  quando,  if  at  any  time,  if  ever ; 
si  quis,  if  any  one;  si  quid,  if  any- 
thing ;  si  minus,  if  not. 

sic,  adv.,  so,  thus,  in  this  manner. 
Cf.  ita. 

sica,  -ae,  F.,  curved  dagger,  pon- 
iard (Cic.  6). 

siccus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dry;  in 
sicco,  on  dry  ground. 

sic-ut  or  slc-utl,  adv.,  so  as,  just 
as,  in  the  same  way  as  (Cic.  2). 

significo,  1  [signum,  faci5], 
mark  out,  show,  denote,  indicate,  sig- 
nify. 

signum,  -i,  N.,  mark,  sign,  signal, 
token;  standard;  statue;  signodato, 
at  a  given  signal ;  signa  ferre,  bear 
onward  the  standards,  march. 

silentium,  -i,  N.  [sileo],  silence. 

sileo,  2,  -ui,  — ,  be  silent,  pass 
impers.  (Cic.  6). 

Silvia,  -ae,  F.,  Silvia;  see  Rhea 
Silvia. 

Silvius,  -i,  M.,  Silvius. 


VOCABULARY. 


257 


similis,  -e,  adj.,  (compar.  simi- 
lior,  superl.  simillimus)  [simul], 
like,  resembling,  similar. 

similitudo,  -inis,  F.  [similis], 
likeness  (V.  24),  resemblance. 

simul,  adv.  [similis],  at  the  same 
time  (V.  13),  at  once;  simul  atque 
(Cic.  7.),  as  soon  as. 

Simula,^  1  [similis],  pretend, 
feign  (V.  10),  represent  as  being, 
make  like,  counterfeit. 

sin,  conj.  [si,  ne],  if  however, 
but  if  (Cic.  5). 

sine,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without. 

singuli,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  sepa- 
rate, single,  one  by  one,  one  to  each, 
respectively  (N.  3),  one  apiece,  in 
single  file  (C.  6)  ;  mensibus,  every 
month;  singulis  singulas  partes 
dare,  give  each  a  share  ;  in  dies  sin- 
gulos,  each  successive  day ;  per  sin- 
gulos  noctes,  every  night. 

sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left 
(hand)  (V.  6),  on  the  left,  awk- 
ward, unlucky ;  sub  sinistra,  on 
the  left. 

sinistra,  -ae,  F.  (i.e.  manus), 
left  hand. 

sino,  3,  sivi,  situm,  let  down,  let, 
suffer,  permit  (Cic.  5). 

si-ve  and  seu,  conj.,  or  if.  Re- 
peated, sive  .  .  .  sive  (or  seu  .  .  . 
seu),  if.  .  .or  if,  whether  ...  or. 

soboles,  -is,  p.,  offspring,  progeny, 
lineage,  shoot  (V.  1). 

societas,  -atis,  F.,  alliance  (V. 
5),  political  alliance  (of  the  trium- 
virate) ;  fellowship,  participation. 

socio,  1  [socius],  share. 

socius,  -I,  M.,  fellow,  comrade,' 
ally  (C.  5),  companion. 

sodalis,  -is,  M.  and  F.,  associate, 


mate,  comrade,  crony,  boon-companion 
(Cic.  8). 

sol,  solis,  M.  (no  gen.  plur.),  sun; 
oriens  sol,  rising  sun,  i.e.  east. 

soleo,  2,  solitus,  be  accustomed. 

solicito,  see  sollicito. 

solitudo,  -inis,  F.  [solus],  loneli- 
ness, solitude;  desert  (V.  1). 

solitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[soleo],  wonted,  customary. 

sollicito,  1  [solliciiiLS,  agitated], 
disturb,  stir  up  (C.2  1). 

solum,  adv.  [solus],  only,  merely, 
non  solum  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only 
.  .  .but  also  (V.  11). 

solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (gen.  solius, 
dat.  soli),  alone,  only,  single,  singly, 
sole,  lonely. 

solvo,  3,  ;Vi,  -lutum,  loose,  loosen, 
unbind,  undo  (V.  13),  dissolve,  break 
up,  pay;  mores  soluti,  dissolute 
manners;  navem,  weigh  anchor,  set 
sail ;  obsidionen,  raise  a  siege. 

somnium,  -I,  N.  [somnus],  dream 
(V..23). 

somnus,  -i,  M.,  sleep  (Cic.  10). 

soror,  -oris,  F.,  sister. 

sororius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  a  sister, 
sister's  (V.  14). 

Sp.,  abbrev.  of  Spurius,  Spurius. 

spatium,  -I,  N.,  room,  space;  in- 
terval, distance  (V.  12)  ;  also  space 
of  time,  period. 

species,  -ei,  F.  [specie,  behold], 
show,  appearance  (V.  22),  shape, 
form. 

spectaculum,  -I,  N.  [spectd] 
show,  sight,  spectacle,  exhibition. 

specto,  1  [specid,  behold],  look 
at,  look,  behold,  witness,  observe,  con- 
sider, regard,  aim  at;  with  ad  or 
in,  loolc  towards,  face. 


258 


VOCABULARY. 


speculor,  I  [specula,  watch- 
tower],  spy  out,  observe,  examine 
(Cic.  2). 

spero,  1  [spes],  expect,  hope  (V. 
19). 

spes,  -ei,  F.,  hope,  expectation; 
praeter  spem,  contrary  to  hope  ;  in 
magnam  spem  venire,  entertain 
great  hope. 

spiritus,  -us,  M.  [spiro,  breathe], 
breath,  breeze,  breath  of  life,  pride, 
courage,  spirit,  spirits  (V.  16)  ;  plur., 
high  hopes,  proud  thoughts,  haughti- 
ness, ambition;  magnos,  great  airs. 

spolio,  1  [spolium],  strip,  rob, 
plunder,  spoil,  despoil  (V.  13). 

spolium,  -I,  N.,  usu.  in  plur., 
booty,  prey,  spoil ;  spoils  of  an  enemy 
(i.e.  the  armor,  etc.,  stripped  off) 
(V.  13). 

(spons,  spontis),  F.,  found  only 
in  abl.  sing.,  free  will,  accord;  sua 
sponte,  voluntarily  (N.  1),  of  their 
own  free  will ;  more  rarely,  by  their 
own  influence  (C.  9),  without  aid. 

sponsus,  -I,  M.  [spondeo],  one 
betrothed  (V.  13),  engaged  in  mar- 
riage ;  bridegroom,  lover. 

statim,  adv.  [root  of  sto  (stand- 
ing there)'],  on  the  spot,  immediately, 
at  once,  forthwith,  right  off. 

stator,  -oris,  M.,  stay,  supporter. 
As  an  epithet,  luppiter  Stator  (Cic. 
5). 

statua,  -ae,  F.  [sistd,  cause  to 
stand'],  image,  statue  (N.  6). 

s  tat  no,  3,  -ui,  -utum  [status], 
cause  to  stand,  erect,  construct  (N. 
7)  ;  settle,  decide,  determine  (Cic.  4). 

status,  -us,  M.,  station,  position, 
state,  order,  condition,  settled  order 
(Cic.  1). 


Stesagoras,  -ae,  M.,  Stesagoras, 
younger  brother  of  Artaphernes. 

stirps,  -is,  F.,  stock,  stem,  source, 
lineage,  family  (V.  14) ;  stirpes, 
shrubs  ;  bushes. 

sto,  1,  steti,  statum,  stand  (Cic. 
6). 

strenuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  brisk,  ac- 
tive, vigorous,  brave,  energetic  (  V.  25) . 

strictus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of 
stringo. 

stringo,  3,  strinxi,  strictum,  draw 
tight,  bind,  grasp  ;  gladium,  seize  or 
draw  the  sword  (V.  13). 

struo,  3,  struxi,.  structum,  place 
together,  heap  up,  build  (N.  T.  6). 

studeo,  2,  -ui,  — ,  give  attention, 
strive  after,  desire  eagerly  (C.  9),  be 
eager  for. 

studium,  -i,  N.  [studeo],  zeal, 
eagerness ;  study ;  taste  for  (Cic. 
19),  favorite  pursuit,  pursuit;  devo- 
tion, attachment ;  spirits. 

stuprum,  -I,  N.,  defilement,  out- 
rage, lust,  debauchery  (Cic.  10). 

suadeo,  2,  suasT,  suasum,  ad- 
vise, urge,  recommend  (V.  22),per- 


sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  of  motion 
and  abl.  of  rest,  under,  below, 
underneath,  close  up  to,  during,  just 
before,  just  after ;  in  composition 
it  often  means  up. 

sub-duco,  3,  -duxi,  -ductum 
lift  up,  draw  off,  remove,  take  awaij 
by  stealth,  draw  up  (V.  15). 

sub-eo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  come 
under,  go  under  /  undergo,  endure, 
brave  (C.  5). 

sub-igo,  3,  -egi,  -actum  [sub, 
ago],  bring  under,  subdue  (V.  22)  ; 
impel,  urge  onward,  constrain. 


VOCABULARY. 


259 


subito,  adv.  [subed],  suddenly, 
unexpectedly  (V.  8). 

sublicius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  resting 
on  piles  ;  pons  Sublicius,  Sublician 
bridge  (lit.  pile-bridge},  built  by 
Ancus  Marcius  across  the  Tiber 
(V.  18). 

sublimis,  -e,  adj.,  uplifted,  sub- 
lime, lofty,  high,  high  in  air,  on 
high  (V.  19)  ;  in  sublime,  into  the 
air,  on  high. 

sub-mitto  (summ-),  3,  -misl, 
-missum,  let  down,  lower;  send  as 
aid,  furnish  for  support,  furnish 
(C'6). 

suboles,  see  soboles. 

sub-ruo  (surr-),  3,  -ui,  -utum, 
tear  away  below,  undermine  (C.2  6). 

subsellium,  -I,  N.  [sub,  sella, 
seat],  low  bench,  seat,  form  (Cic. 

7). 

subsidium,  -i,  N.  [subside,  re- 
main], troops  in  reserve  ;  aid,  help, 
re-enforcements  (N.  5). 

sub-sum,  -esse,  — ,  — ,  be  under, 
be  concealed  in,  lurk  (N.  T.  4). 

suc-cedo,  3,  -cessi,  -cessum 
[sub],  succeed  to,  follow;  go  up, 
ascend,  march  on,  advance  up  to, 
advance;  prosper. 

succumbo  (sub-c-),  3,  -cubui, 
— ,  fall  down,  surrender,  submit 
(N.  T.  5). 

Suessiones,  -um,  M.  plur.,  the 
Suessiones. 

sufficio,  3,  -fed,  -fectum  [sub, 
fa,cio],put  under, put  in  place  of, 
substitute;  hold  out,  be  sufficient. 

suffragium,  -I,  N.,  fragment; 
hence  (as  bits  of  broken  pottery 
were  used  for  ballots),  ballot, 
vote;  testularum,  votes  (N.  T.  8). 


sul,  reflex,  pron.  (for  all  gen- 
ders and  numbers),  of  himself, 
herself,  itself,  themselves ;  no  nom- 
inative is  found,  but  ipse  is  used 
as  a  reflex  nominative. 

sum,  esse,  fui,  — ,  be,  exist. 

summa,  -ae,  F.,  main  thing, 
amount,  total,  whole,  sum  ;  imperi, 
supremacy  (V.  23,  N.  3),  chief 
power  or  command. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl. 
of  superus,  highest,  chief ,  greatest, 
utmost,  topmost  (V.  22),  perfect; 
in  summa  aqua,  on  the  surface  of 
the  water;  mons,  top  of  the  moun- 
tain; summis  copiis,  with  their 
whole  power;  summa  aequitate, 
with  entire  justice,  utmost  fair- 
ness. 

sumo,  3,  sumpsi,  sumptum, 
take,  take  up,  assume  ;  sibi,  put  on, 
begin,  gather,  enjoy;  procure; 
choose ;  bellem  sumere,  begin  war 
(V.  6)  ;  supplicium  sumere  ab  ali- 
quo,  injlict  punishment  on  any  one, 
put  any  one  to  death. 

sumptus,  -us,  M.  [sumo],  out- 
lay, expense,  cost  (N.  7). 

super,  prep.  w.  ace.  of  motion 
and  abl.  of  rest,  above,  over,  over 
and  above,  in  addition  to,  on,  upon  ; 
also  as  adv. 

superbe,  adv.  [superbus], 
haughtily  (V.  18) ,  proudly. 

superbus,  -a,  -um,adj.  [super], 
haughty,  proud,  despotic;  as  epi- 
thet of  the  second  Tarquin,  Super- 
bus. 

superior,  -ius,  adj.  (comp.  of 
superus),  higher,  upper  (V.  22), 
superior,  former,  preceding  (Cic. 
1)- 


260 


VOCABULARY. 


supero,  1  [superus,  above],  go 
over,  sail  by  or  round,  double  (N. 
T.  3)  ;  outdo  (N.  T.  5) ,  surpass. 

super-sedeo,  2,  -sedi,  -sessum, 
sit  upon,  be  superior  to;  refrain 
(C.28). 

super-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  — ,  re- 
main over,  remain,  exist,  survive 
(V.  13),  be  still  living. 

super-venio,  4,  -veni,  -ventum, 
come  up,  appear,  come  in  addition, 
come  in  the  midst  of,  supervene, 
arrive;  surpass,  exceed. 

suppeto  (subp-) ,  3,  -ivi  and  -il, 
-itum,  be  at  or  on  hand ;  be  avail- 
able (C.  3). 

supplex  (sub pi-),  -icis,  M.,  sup- 
pliant (N.  T.  8). 

supplicium,  -i,  ^.,  punishment, 
torture,  execution. 

supra,  adv.,  on  the  upper  side, 
above,  formerly  (of  speech  or  writ- 
ing)  (CM). 

supremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl. 
of  superus,  highest,  latest,  last  (N. 

7)- 

suscipio,  3,  -cepi,  -ceptnm  [sub, 
capio],  take  up,  receive  (V.  22), 
catch  up,  undertake,  acknowledge; 
engage  in,  undergo,  take  upon  one's 
self. 

suspectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [sus- 
picio],  subject  to  suspicion,  mis- 
trusted, suspected  (Cic.  7). 

susplcio,  -onis,  F.,  mistrust,  sus- 
picion (C.  4). 

suspicor,  1,  mistrust,  suspect 
(Cic.  8). 

suspitio,  see  suspicio. 

sustento,  1  [sustineo],  hold  up, 
keep  up,  hold  out;  sustentatum 
est  (C.2  6),  a  defence  was  made. 


sustineo,  2,  -tinui,  -tentum 
[sub,  teneo],  hold  up,  bear,  en- 
dure, hold  out,  sustain,  support 
(V.  13) ;  hold  in,  withstand,  re- 
strain, delay,  put  off. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.  [suij, 
his,  hers,  her,  its,  theirs,  their 
(own),  own;  N.  plur.,  (one's)  own 
things,  (one's)  property. 

T. 

T.,  abbrev.  of  Titus,  Titus. 

tabula,  -ae,  F.,  board,  writing- 
tablet,  record;  plur.,  records;  ar- 
chives (Cic.  2). 

taceo,  2,  -cui,  -citum,  be  silent, 
say  nothing  (Cic.  4) . 

taciturnitas,  -atis,  F.  [tacitur- 
nus],  keeping  silent,  silence  (Cic. 

7). 

tacitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  part, 
[taceo],  passed  in  silence,  done 
without  words,  silent  (Cic.  7). 

taeter  (teter),  -tra,-trum,  adj., 
offensive,  repulsive,  loathsome  (Cic. 
5),  odious. 

talentum,  -I,  N.,  talent,  con- 
taining 60  minss  =  about  £233 
or  $1132  (N.  7). 

talis,  -e,  adj.,  such,  of  such  a 
kind;  talis  .  .  .  qualis,  such  .  .  . 
as  (N.  1). 

tarn,  adv.,  so  (V.  22),  so  far, 
in  so  far;  tarn  .  .  .  quam,  as  .  .  . 
as,  so  much  .  .  .  as. 

tamen,  adv.,  yet,  still,  however, 
nevertheless;  tametsi  .  .  .  tamen, 
although  .  .  .  yet. 

tametsi,  con j.  [for  tamenetsi] . 
notwithstanding  that,  although., 
though  (Cic.  9). 


VOCABULARY. 


261 


tam-quam  or  tanquam,  adv., 
as  much  as,  so  as,  as  if,  so  to  speak 
(Cic.  2). 

Tanaquil,  -His,  F.,  Tanaquil, 
wife  of  Tarquinius  Priscus. 

tandem,  adv.,  at  length,  finally  ; 
pray,  I  beg  (Cic.  1). 

tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  great 
(V.  13),  so  large,  so  much  ;  tantus 
.  .  .  quantus,  so  great  ...  as  (N. 
T.  2)  ;  as  noun,  N.,  so  much ;  est 
tanti,  it  is  worth  while  (Cic.  9)  ; 
tantum  .  .  .  quantum,  so  much  .  .  . 
as  (C.28). 

tardus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  slow,  not 
prompt  (N.  4). 

Tarpeia,  -ae,  F.t  Tarpeia,  a 
Roman  maiden  (V.  6). 

Tarquinii,  -drum,  M.  plur., 
Tarquinii,  a  town  in  Etruria. 

Tarquinius;  -I,  M.,  Tarquinius, 
Tarquin;  as  adj., Tarquinius,  -a, 
-um,  belonging  to  Tarquin,  Tar- 
quinian. 

Tatius,  -I,  M.,  Tatius. 

te,  ace.  of  tu. 

tiectum,  -I,  N.  [tegd],  covered 
structure,  house,  dwelling  (Cic.  5). 

te-cum  =  cum  te. 

tego,  3,  texi,  tectum,  cover,  pro- 
tect (N.  5). 

telum,  -I,  N.,  weapon,  missile, 
dart,  javelin. 

tempero,  1  [tempus],  observe 
proper  measure,  be  moderate,  re- 
strain one's  self  (C.  7). 

tempestas,  -atis,  F.  [tempus], 
(state  or  condition  of  time), 
weather,  season,  time  (V.  20), 
space  of  time;  bad  weather,  storm, 
tempest  (V.  8). 

templum,  -I,  N.,  open  place  for 


observation,  sacred  enclosure,  tem- 
ple (Cic.  5). 

tempto  (tento),  1  [tendo], 
handle,  make  trial  of,  try,  disquiet, 
worry,  disturb  (Cic.  10). 

tempus,  -oris,  N.,  time;  ad 
tempus,  in  season,  at  the  fitting 
time;  ex  tempore,  off-hand;  id 
temporis,  at  that  time;  plur.,  the 
times,  circumstances,  needs  (Cic. 
9). 

tendo,  3,  tetendl,  tensum, 
stretch,  extend;  hold  a  course,  go, 
tend  (N.  1). 

tenebrae,  -arum,  F.  plur.,  dark- 
ness, gloom,  shades  (Cic.  3). 

teneo,  2,  -m,  tentum,  hold,  keep, 
have,  possess,  hold  fast,  restrain, 
detain,  hem  in,  guard ;  keep,  hold 
on,  remain,  hold  out;  tenere 
mente,  memoria,  remember;  lo- 
cum, defend  a  place;  adversum 
tenet,  blows  the  wrong  way  (N.  1). 

tento,  see  tempto. 

tenuis,  -e,  adj.,  drawn  out; 
hence  thin,  fine;  slight,  incon- 
siderable, of  trifling  value  (N.  6). 

tergum,  -I,  N.,  back;  a  tergo, 
behind,  from  the  rear ;  post  ter- 
gum, behind  one  ;  dare  or  vertere, 
fire. 

terni,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  three 
by  three,  three  each,  three  apiece 
(V.  11). 

terra,  -ae,  F.,  earth,  land  (N. 
T.  2),  country. 

terreo,  2,  terriu,  territum  [ter- 
ror], scare,  alarm,  terrify,  drive  by 
fear,  frighten  (V.  15).* 

terrestris,  -e,  adj.  [terra],  0} 
the  earth,  earth-,  land- ;  exercitus, 
land  forces  (N.  T.  2). 


262 


VOCABULARY. 


terror,  -oris,  M.  [terreo],  dread, 
alarm,  terror  (V.  18). 

tertius,  -a,  -urn,  num.  adj. 
[tres],  third. 

tester,  1  [testis],  cause  to  tes- 
tify, show,  demonstrate,  declare 
(N.  T.  4),  bear  witness  to. 

testndo,  -inis,  F.  [testa,  shell, 
earthen  vessel},  tortoise,  tortoise- 
shell,  arched  room;  wooden  sheds 
to  protect  besiegers,  or  interlocked 
shields  carried  over  their  hands 
for  the  same  purpose  (N.  7). 

testula,  -ae,  F.  [testa,  earthen 
vessel,  shell},  small  potsherd,  voting- 
tablet  (N.  T.  8). 

teter,  see  taeter. 

Teutonl ,  -orum,  or  Teutones, 
-um,  M.  plur.,  the  Teutons  or 
Teutoni. 

Themis tocles,  -I,  ace.  -clem  or 
-clen,  M.,  Themistocles,  an  Athe- 
nian commander. 

Thermopylae,  -arum,  F.  plur., 
Thermopylae,  a  defile  of  (Eta 
where  Leonidas  fell. 

Thrax,  -acis,  adj.,  Thracian; 
as  noun,  M.,  a  Thracian. 

TL,  abbrev.  of  Tiberius,  Tibe- 
rius. 

Tiberis,  -is  (ace.  -im),  M.,  Tiber. 

tigillum,  -I,  N.  [dim.  from  tig- 
num,  beam],  little  beam;  Soro- 
rium,  Sister's  beam  (V.  14). 

timeo,  2,  -ui,  — ,fear,  be  afraid 
(N.  7). 

timor,  -oris,  M.,  fear,  alarm, 
anxiety  (N.  8). 

Titurius,—!,  M.,  Titurius. 

Titus,  -I,  M.,  Titus. 

tollo,  3,  sustuli,  sublatum,  lift, 
raise,  pick  up;  weigh  (anchor); 


carry,  bear;  take  away,  take  off, 
carry  off,  remove,  do  away  with, 
kill;  animos,  become  emboldened 
(V.  17),  take  courage. 

Tolosates,  -ium,  M.  plur.,  the 
Tolosates,  the  people  of  Tolosa. 

tonitrus,  -us,  M.,  thunder,  thun- 
dering (V.  8). 

tornientum,  -i,  N.,  engine,  for 
hurling  missiles  (C.2  8). 

tot,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  so  maily, 
such  a  number  of  (Cic.  7),  often 
correlative  with  quot.. .» 

totidem,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  just 
so  (as)  many,  the  same  number  of 
(N.  7): 

totiens  (toties),  num.  adv.  [tot], 
so  often,  so  many  times  (Cic.  5). 

totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  gen.  tdtius, 
dat.  toti,  all,  the  whole  (V.  12)  ;  in 
place  of  an  adv.,  wholly  (N.  T.  1). 

tractus,  -us,  M.,  drawing,  pull- 
ing ;  train,  track,  course,  line  (N. 
5). 

tra-do,  3,  -didi,  -clitum  [trans] , 
give  up,  hand  over,  surrender,  de- 
liver (V.  25),  deliver  up,  commit, 
intrust,  hand  down,  teach,  tell ;  tra- 
ditur,  it  is  told;  traditum  est,  the 
tradition  is. 

tra-duco,  3,  -dux!,  -ductum 
[trans,  duco],  lead,  bring  or  con- 
duct across,  lead,  bring  or  carry 
over,  transfer;  w.  double  ace.  or 
trans  repeated. 

traho,  3,  traxi,  -ctum,  draw, 
drag  (V.  13),  drag  along,  draw 
together,  collect,  allure,  draw  out, 
protract;  detain,  keep  occupied; 
bellum,  prolong  a  war. 

traicio  (traiic-)  and  transicio 
(transiic-),  3, -ieci, -iectum  [trans, 


VOCABULARY. 


263 


iacio],  throw  across,  cast  over, 
transport;  pierce,  stab  ;  pass  over, 
cross;  nando  traiecere,  swim 
across;  saltu  traiecere,  jump  over. 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace.,  across, 
beyond,  on  the  other  side  of  (C.  1). 

transactus,  part,  of  transigo. 

trans-duco,  see  traduco. 

trans-Co,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go 
over,  cross  over,  pass,  pass  over, 
i.e.  ascend  (V.  8) ;  pass  by,  go 
through,  cross. 

trans-fero,  -f  erre,  -tulT,  -latum, 
bear  across,  bring  through,  carry 
over,  transfer,  turn,  direct  (Cic.  9). 

trans-figo,  3,  -fixi,  -fixum, 
pierce  through,  pierce,  transfix, 
stab  (V.  13). 

transigo,  3,  -egi,  -actum  [trans, 
ago],  drive  through,  pass,  spend, 
pass,  go  by,  elapse  (N.  T.  9). 

tran(s)-silio,  4,  -Ivi  or  -ii  and 
-ui, —  [salid,  leap],  leap  over  or 
across,  jump  over,  spring  across; 
go  or  move  rapidly,  hasten. 

trans-mitto,  3,  -misi,  -missum, 
send  over,  traverse,  cross  over,  dis- 
patch, throw  across;  per  viam  ti- 
gillum,  lay  a  beam  across  the  street 
(V.  14). 

trans-porto,  1,  carry  over,  take 
across  (N.  3),  transport. 

trans-versus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
turned  across,  athwart,  transverse 
(C.2  8). 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj. 
(tres,  centum],  three  hundred. 

tredecim,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[tres,  decem],  thirteen. 

tres,  tria,  num.  adj.,  three. 

tribunus,  -I,  M.  [tribus,  tribe], 
head  of  a  tribe;  tribune  (Cic.  2). 


tribuo,  3,  -ui,  -utum  [tribus, 
tribe"],  assign,  give,  grant,  bestow 
upon  (N.  6). 

tri-geminf,  -drum,  M.  plur., 
three  brothers,  three  born  at  a 
birth,  triplets  (V.  11). 

trlginta,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[tres],  thirty. 

triplex,  -icis,  adj.,  threefold, 
triple  (N.  T.  6). 

triremis,  -e,  adj.  [ter,  remus], 
with  three  banks  of  oars  (N.  T.  2)  ; 
as  noun,  F.,  trireme. 

triumpho,  1,  exult,  triumph; 
with  de  or  ex  and  abl.  of  person 
or  nation  over  whom  (V.  20). 

Troezen,  -enis,  F.,  Troezen. 

tropaeum,  -I,  N.,  memorial  of 
victory,  trophy ;  victory  (N.  T.  5). 

trucido,  1,  cut  to  pieces,  slaugh-  , 
ter,  butcher,  massacre  (Cic.  4). 

tu,  tui,  pers.  pron.,  thou,  you; 
tecum,  ivith  thee  (N.  T.  9). 

tueor,  2,  tutus,  look  at,  con- 
sider, behold;  care  for  (N.  3), 
guard,  defend  (N.  T.  6). 

TulingI,  -drum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Tulingi,  a  German  tribe  on  the 
Rhine. 

Tullia,  -ae,  F.,  Tullia. 

Tullius,  -I,  M.,  Tullius. 

Tullus,  -I,  M.,  Tullus. 

turn,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time, 
thereupon  ;  furthermore. 

tumultuor,  1  [tumultus],  make 
a  disturbance,  raise  a  tumult , 
make  an  uproar  (V.  21). 

tumultus,  -us  and  -I,  M.,  uproar, 
disturbance,  tumult  (V.  24),  civil 
war. 

tune,  adv.  [turn,  with  emph. 
suffix  -ce],  then,  at  that  time. 


264 


VOCABULARY. 


turba,  -ae,  r.,  crowd  (V.  24), 
throng,  uproar,  commotion. 

turpitude,  -inis,  F.  [turpis, 
base~\,  unsightliness ,  baseness,  tur- 
pitude, disgrace  (Cic.  6). 

tutela,  -ae,  F.  [tutor],  protec- 
tion, safeguard,  defence,  wardship, 
guardianship. 

tuto,  adv.  [tutus],  safely  (N. 
T.  8). 

tutor, -oris,  M.  [tueor],  defender, 
warden,  guardian  (V.  19). 

tutum,  -I,  M.,  place  of  safety, 
safety  (N.  T.  9). 

tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [tueor], 
guarded,  safe,  secure  (N.  3). 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.  [tu], 
thy,  thine,  you,  yours  (N.  T.  9). 

tyrannis,  -idis,  ace.  -idem  or 
-ida,  F.,  sway  of  a  tyrant,  tyranny 
(N.  8) ,  usurpation. 

tyrannus,  -I,  M.,  monarch,  des- 
pot, tyrant  (N.  8). 

U. 

uber,  -eris,  N.,  breast,  udder. 

ubi  or  ubl,  adv.,  where,  in  what 
place;  when,  whenever;  ubi  pri- 
mum,  when  first,  as  soon  as. 

ubi-nam,  adv.,  where?  ubinam 
gentium  sumus?  where  in  the  world 
are  we  9  (Cic.  4). 

ullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  gen.  ullms, 
dat.  ulli  [for  unulus,  dim.  from 
unus],  any,  any  one  (V.  25). 

ulterior,  -ius,  adj.  (comp.  with 
snperl.  ultimus,  no  pos.),  farther, 
more  remote;  Gallia,  trans-alpine 
(C.  7). 

ultimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  ulterior),  furthest,  last  (V. 
25). 


umquam  (unq-),  adv.,  at  any 
time,  ever  (N.  5). 

una,  adv.  [unus],  in  the  same 
place,  at  the  same  time  (C.  5),  to- 
gether. 

unde,  adv.,  whence,  where  from, 
whereby. 

un-decim,  num.  adj.  indecl. 
[unus,  decem],  eleven. 

uiidique,  adv.  [unde,  -que], 
from  all  parts,  everywhere,  on  all 
sides,  from  every  quarter  (N.  T. 
6),  all  around;  utterly,  entirely, 
completely. 

universus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [unus, 
versus,  turned  towards'],  all  to- 
gether, united,  all  (N.  T.  2),  whole, 
as  a  whole. 

unus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  gen. 
unms,  dat.  um,  one,  alone,  sole, 
single  ;  also  used  in  plur.  w.  nouns 
that  have  no  sing. ;  with  superl. 
it  adds  emphasis  (N.  1). 

unus-quisque,  unaquaeque, 
unumquodque,  gen.  unmscuius- 
que,indef.  pron.,  each,  every,  every 
single  one  (V.  26). 

urbs,  -is,  F.,  city,  capital  city, 
esp.  Eome. 

usque,  adv.,  all  the  way,  as  far 
as,  even  (to)  (Cic.  8). 

usus,  -us,  M.,  use,  practice  ;  ser- 
vice, advantage  (C.2  9). 

ut  or  utl,  adv.  and  conj.,  how, 
as,  so,  ivhen,  since;  with  subj., 
that,  in  order  that,  so  that. 

uter,  -tra,  -trum,  interrog.  pron., 
which  (one)  of  the  two  f  which  ? 

uter-que,  -traque,  -trumque 
(gen.  utrmsque),  pron.,  each  of 
two,  each  (V.  21),  both;  ex  utra- 
que  parte,  on  both  sides. 


VOCABULARY. 


265 


ii tills,  -e,  adj.    [utor],  useful, 

profitable,  advantageous,  expedient. 

utilitiis,  -atis,  F.,  use,  usefulness 

(N.  r.  6). 

u  ti  nam,  adv.  [uti-(ut-)nam],  0 
that!  I  wish  that!  if  only!  would 
that!  (Cic.  9). 

utor,  3,  usus,  use,  employ  (N.  1), 
take  (for  sendee),  enjoy,  make  use 
oft  follow,  adopt  (N.  T.  10),  w.  abl. 

utrlmque  (utrinque),  adv. 
[uterque],  on  both  sides  (V.  11), 
from  both  sides. 

utrum,  adv.  [uter],  whether; 
used  chiefly  in  double  questions ; 
utrum  .  .  .  an,  whether  ...  or  (N. 

*>• 

uxor,  -oris,  F.,  wife;  ducere 
uxorem,  marry. 

V. 

V.  =  qumque,  num.  adj.  indecl., 
five;  sometimes  it  stands  for 
quintus,  -a,  -urn,  fifth. 

vacuefacio,  3,  -feci,  -factum 
[vacuus,  empty,  facio],  make  empty, 
clear  (Cic.  6). 

vadum,  -I,  N.,  shallow  place, 
ford  (C.  6). 

vagina,  -ae,  F.,  scabbard,  sheath 
(Cic.  2). 

vagltus,  -us,  M.,  crying  (of 
young  children)  (V.  1). 

vagor,  1  [vagus,  strolling'], 
stroll  about,  wander  (C.  2). 

valeo,  2,  -ui,  — ,  be  strong,  have 
power,  avail,  prevail  (N.  3) ;  quo 
valeret  (N.  T.  2),  in  what  it  was 
strong,  i.e.  what  it  meant;  hoc  eo 
valebat,  this  was  strong  in  this, 
i.e.  the  intention  of  this  was  (N. 
T.4). 


Valerius,  -T,  M.,  Valerius. 

vallum,  -I,  N.  [vallus,  stake] , 
palisade,  rampart  (round  a  camp), 
wall  (V.  4). 

vastitas,  -atis,  F.  [vastus],  empty 
place,  waste,  desert;  devastation 
(Cic.  5). 

vasto,  1  [vastus],  make  empty, 
lay  waste  (Cic.  1). 

vastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  empty, 
waste,  huge,  vast. 

vectus,  -a,  -um,  part,  of  veho. 

vehemens,  -entis,  adj.,  eager, 
violent;  vigorous,  forcible,  effective 
(Cic.  1). 

veho,  3,  vexi,  vectum,  bear, 
carry,  draw;  pass,  vehor  =  ride, 
sail,  etc.  (V.  24). 

Veientes,  -ium,  M.  plur.,  people 
of  Veii,  Veientes. 

vel,  conj.  [old  imper.  of  void, 
choose,  take  your  choice'],  or.ifyou 
will,  or  else;  vel  .  .  .  vel,  either 
...  or. 

velo,  1  [velum,  covering],  cover, 
cover  up,  wrap  up,  veil  (V.  17). 

Velocasses  (Velio-,  Velio-), -um 
(-1,  -orum),  M.  plur.,  the  Velo- 
casses. 

vel-utandvel-utl,  adv.,  as,  even 
as,  just  as,  as  it  were,  as  if,  just  as 

if- 
venenum,  -T,  N.,  strong  potion, 

drug;  poison  (N.  T.  10). 

veneror,  1,  reverence,  worship 
(Cic.  9). 

venia,  -ae,  F.,  indulgence,  favor 
(N.  T.  10). 

venio,  4,  veni,  ventum,  come, 
go  ;  venire  ad  or  in,  come  to,  arrive 
at;  venire  in  spem,  conceive  the 
hope;  alicui  venire  in  mentem, 


266 


VOCABULARY. 


occur  to  one  ;  impers.,  ventum  est, 
we  have  or  are  come  ;  ad  arma  ven- 
tum est,  arms  are  resorted  to. 

veiior,  1,  hunt  (V.  2). 

ventus,  -T,  M.,  wind  (N.  1). 

verbum,  -I,  N.,  ivord;  ad  ver- 
bum,  to  a  word,  exactly ;  in  plur., 
verba,  words,  expressions,  conver- 
sation ;  verba  facere,  speak,  dis- 
course. 

vereor,  2,  reverence,  stand  in 
awe,  fear  (N.  T.  5). 

vergo,  3,  — ,  — ,  bend,  turn,  lie  • 
vergit  ad  septentriones  (C.  1),  its 
general  direction  is  towards  the 
north. 

vero,  adv.  and  conj.  [verus],  in 
truth,  indeed,  in  fact,  but  in  fact, 
certainly,  surely,  but,  however  (V. 
10) ;  ego  vero,  but  as  far  as  I  am 
concerned. 

Veromandul  (VIro-),  -orum, 
M.  plur.,  the  Veromandui. 

versor,  1  (pass,  of  verso), 
move  about,  be,  be  situated,  be  em- 
ployed, be  engaged  in  (N.  8),  live, 
dwell. 

Verudoctius,  -I,  M.,  Verudoctius. 

verum,  adv.  and  conj.,  but,  but 
yet,  hoivever. 

vierus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  true,  real, 
correct. 

Vesta,  -ae,  F.,  Vesta,  a  goddess. 

vester,  or  voster,  -tra,  -trum, 
poss.  pron.  [vos] ,  your,  yours,  of 
you  (Cic.  4). 

vestibuluin,  -i,  N.,  fore-court, 
entrance-court,  vestibule  (V.  21). 

vestis,  -is,  F.,  garment,  clothing, 
vesture,  robe. 

veto,  1,  -ui,  -itum,  not  to  suffer,' 
forbid  (N.  T.  6). 


vexatio,  -onis,  F.  [  vexo] ,  harry- 
ing, troubling,  harassing  (Cic.  7). 

vexo,  1  [intens.  from  veho], 
shake,  hurry,  trouble,  harass  (C.2 
4). 

VI.  —  sex  (indecl.)  or  sextus,  -a, 
-um,  num.  adj.,  six  or  sixth. 

via,  -ae,  F.,  way,  path,  journey 
or  march,  road,  route,  street  (V. 
14) ;  dare,  give  way,  give  free 
course,'  munire,  construct  a  road; 
via  tridui,  three  days'  march. 

vicesimus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj. 
[viginti],  twentieth. 

vicinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [vicus], 
near,  neighboring. 

victor,  gen.  -oris,  adj.  [root  of 
vinco],  victorious. 

victor,  -oris,  M.  [root  of  vinco] , 
conqueror,  victor. 

victoria,  -ae,  F.  [victor],  vic- 
tory, conquest. 

vlctrix,  -Icis,  F.,  conqueror. 

vicus,  -T,  M.,  street  (V.  24),  Til- 
lage. 7: 

vide-licet,  adv.  [for  videre 
licet],  to  wit,  namely,  of  course,  it 
is  manifest;  ironically,  of  course, 
forsooth  (Cic.  8). 

video,  2,  vidi,  visum,  see,  per- 
ceive, observe /  look  at,  consider; 
see  to  (it),  provide,  foil,  by  ut  or 
ne ;  pass.,  see  videor. 

videor  2,  visus,  pass,  of  video, 
be  seen,  i.e.  seem,  appear,  seeir 
good;  impers.  videtur  mihi,  {. 
seems  (good)  to  me. 

vigilia,  -ae,  F.  [vigil,  awake'], 
watching,  ivatch,  watchfulness  (Cic. 
1),  vigilance. 

vigilo,  1  [vigil,  awake~\,  watch, 
be  watchful,  be  vigilant  (Cic.  4). 


VOCABULARY. 


267 


vilis,  -e,  adj.,  of  small  price,  of 
little  value,  cheap,  paltry,  mean, 
worthless,  vile  (Cic.  8). 

vlminalis, -e,  adj.  [vimen,  twig, 
osier],  of  or  belonging  to  osiers; 
Collis  or  Mons  Viminalis,  Viminal 
Hill,  so  called  from  a  willow  copse 
which  stood  there  (V.  22). 

vinclum,  see  vinculum. 

vinco,  3,  vie!,  victum,  conquer, 
defeat,  overcome,  vanquish,  sur- 
pass ;  get  the  better  of;  carry  the 
day,  prevail. 

vinculum,  -I,  N.  [vincid,  bind], 
bond,  fetter,  chain,  cord;  vincula, 
plur.,  fetters,  chains, prison  (N.  7)  ; 
in  vincula  conicere,  throw  into 
prison,  cast  into  chains  ;  ex  vincu- 
lis,  in  chains,  fettered. 

vindico,  1,  claim,  demand;  de- 
liver, liberate  ;  save,  secure  ;  avenge, 
requite,  punish,  overtake  (V.  6). 

vmea,  -ae,  F.  [vinum],  planta- 
tion of  vines  ;  arbor-like  shed  for 
shelter  (N.  7). 

vinum,  -T,  N.,  wine  (N.  T.  10). 

violentus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  violent, 
impetuous,  boisterous,  passionate 
(V.  24). 

vir,  viri,  M.,  man,  hero;  hus- 
band. 

virgo,  -inis,  F.,  maiden,  virgin, 
girl. 

virtus,  -utis,  F.,  courage,  brav- 
ery (V.  14),  valor,  prowess,  manly 
quality,  shining  quality,  worth, 
cirtue,  manliness,  value. 

vis,  — ,  ace.  vim,  abl.  vT,  F., 
plur.  vires,  -ium,  strength,  power, 
force,  energy,  influence,  violence; 
quantity,  number;  vi  et.armis,  by 
force  of  arms;  vim  et  manus  (Cic. 


8),  violent  hands,  lit.  violence  and 
hands. 

vlso,  3,  visi,  visum,  look  at  at- 
tentively, behold  (V.  22),  survey, 
go  to  see,  visit. 

vlsus,  -a,  -urn,  part,  of  video 
and  videor. 

vlsus,  -us,  M.  [video],  sight, 
look,  vision,  appearance  (V.  22), 
apparition. 

vita,  -ae,  F.,  life  (Cic.  5). 

vitium,  -I,  N.,  guilt  (N.  T.  1), 
vice,  crime. 

vlto,  1,  shun,  avoid,  evade,  keep 
clear  of  (Cic.  1). 

vivo,  3,  vixi,  victum,  live  (N.  T. 

1). 

vivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [root  of 
vivo],  alive,  lively,  fresh,  during 
lifetime ;  vivum  flumen,  living  or 
running  water  (V.  23). 

vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty,  hardly, 
scarcely,  barely  (C.  6). 

vix-dum,  adv.,  hardly  then, 
scarcely  yet,  but  just  (Cic.  4). 

vociferor,  1  [v5x,  fero],  shout 
aloud,  cry  out,  bawl,  vociferate  (V. 
21). 

voco,  1,  call,  summon,  call  upon, 
invoke ;  name;  ad  coenam  vocare, 
bid  or  invite  to  supper.' 

Vocontil,  -orum,  M.  plur.,  the 
Vocontii. 

volgo,  see  vulgo. 

volito,  1  [intens.  from  void, 
fly~\>  fly  to  and  fro,  flutter,  hover 
(V.  19). 

volnero  (vulu-),  1  [volnus], 
wound,  hurt,  injure  (V.  12). 

volnus  (vuln-),  -eris,  N.,  wound 
(V.  13),  injury. 

volo,  1,  fly,  speed,  hasten. 


268 


VOCABULARY. 


volo,  velle,  volui,  — ,  will,  be 
willing,  wish  (V.  23),  be  disposed, 
desire,  intend;  velle  aliquem  all- 
quid,  wish  anything  of  any  one; 
quid  sibi  hoc  vult  ?  what  does  this 


voltus  (vult-),  -us,  M.,  expres- 
sion of  countenance,  looks  (Cic.  1), 
face,  features,  visage. 

voluntas,  -atis,  F.,  will,  good- 
will (N.  2),  consent. 

voluptas,  -atis,  F.,  satisfaction, 
enjoyment,  pleasure,  delight  (Cic. 
10). 

voveo,  2,  vovi,  votum,  vow, 
dedicate,  promise,  wish. 

vox,  vocis,  F.  [vocd,  call] ,  voice 


(V.  15),  sound,  cry,  utterance, 
speech,  word;  plur.,  remarks,  com- 
mon talk. 

vulgo,  adv.  [vulgus],  com- 
monly, generally,  publicly. 

vultur,  -uris,  M.,  vulture. 

vultus,  see  voltus. 

X. 

X.  =  decem,  num.  adj.  indecl., 
ten. 

Xerxes,  -is  or  -I,  M.,  Xerxes, 
king  of  Persia,  defeated  at  Sal- 
amis. 

XII.  =  duodecim,  num.  adj. 
indecl.,  twelve;  or  duodecimus, 
-a,  -um,  twelfth. 


LATIN  TEXT-BOOKS. 


Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar. 

For  Schools  and  Colleges.  Founded  on  comparative  grammar,  revised 
and  enlarged  by  JAMES  BRADSTREET  GREENOUGH  assisted  by  GEORGE 
L.  KITTREDGE,  Professors  in  Harvard  University.  Copyright  Edition  of 
1888.  12mo.  Half  leather,  xiii  +  488  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.30.  For 
introduction,  $1.20.  Allowance  for  an  old  book  in  exchange,  40  cents. 

rpHE  object  of  issuing  a  new  edition  is  to  give  the  latest  results 
of  special  study  in  this  department,  and  to  make  in  the  gram- 
mar whatever  improvements  have  been  suggested  by  ten  years'  use 
under  the  most  varied  conditions. 

The  aim  of  the  editors  and  publishers  has  been  to  make  the 
grammar  as  perfect  as  such  a  book  possibly  can  be.  No  less  ambition 
would  have  justified  undertaking  any  revision  of  a  work  so  popular 
and  satisfactory. 

The  method  of  the  revision  has  kept  the  needs  of  the  class-room 
always  in  view.  The  editors  have  striven  to  combine  scientific 
accuracy  with  clearness  and  simplicity  of  statement.  The  language 
of  the  book  has  been  subjected  to  the  closest  scrutiny  throughout, 
and  no  pains  has  been  spared  to  make  the  rules  intelligible  and 
quotable,  without,  however,  conceding  anything  to  mechanical  ways 
of  presenting  grammar. 

The  size  of  the  book  has  been  somewhat  increased,  but  teach- 
ers will  find  that  the  matter  has  been  simplified.  Simplification 
has  sometimes  brought  expansion  with  it.  Things  taken  for 
granted  or  merely  suggested  in  the  old  edition  have  frequently 
been  expressly  stated  in  the  revision. 

Much  new  matter  worthy  of  special  attention  will  be  found. 
In  many  particulars  the  new  grammar  will  be  recognized  as  mark- 
ing a  substantial  advance.  Attention  is  invited,  for  example,  to 
the  chapter  on  Word-Formation;  the  treatment  of  cum  and  the 
other  temporal  particles ;  the  section  on  Reflexive  Pronouns ;  the 
chapter  on  Order  of  Words;  the  Chapter  on  the  Verb;  and 
the  important  subject  of  Indirect  Discourse. 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 


29 


Quantity.  —  The  quantity  of  all  vowels  known  to  be  long  by 
nature  has  been  marked  throughout  the  book  (see  Preface). 

Examples.  —  The  examples  have  been  greatly  increased  in  num- 
ber, and  their  scope  broadened  (see  List  of  Abbreviations  at  end 
of  Index) . 

Cross-references.  —  The  revised  edition  has  been  furnished 
with  very  numerous  cross-references,  by  means  of  which  the  ramifi- 
cations of  a  construction,  etc.,  can  easily  be  traced.  In  the  same 
way  references  have  been  inserted  in  the  grammatical  analyses  at 
the  head  of  each  chapter. 

Typography-  —  The  pages  of  the  new  edition  are  much  more 
open  than  those  of  the  old,  and  in  many  other  points  the  typograph- 
ical arrangement  of  the  present  edition  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  found 
to  aid  the  learner. 

Indexes.  —  The  Index  of  Words  and  Subjects  has  been  much 
enlarged  and  carefully  revised,  and  a  separate  Index  of  Verbs  has 
been  added.  The  Glossary  of  Terms  has  also  received  some  addi- 
tions. The  List  of  Authors  has  been  divided  into  periods. 

List  of  rules.  —  The  list  of  Important  Rules  of  Syntax  has  been 
made  much  more  complete,  and  has  been  furnished  with  references 
to  the  body  of  the  book.  In  its  present  form  this  list  will,  it  is 
hoped,  furnish  the  pupil  with  a  convenient  and  accurate  summary. 

Section  numbers.  —  With  perhaps  half  a  dozen  exceptions  at 
the  beginning,  the  section  numbers  of  the  new  edition  correspond 
with  those  of  the  old,  so  that  references  to  either  edition  are  good 
for  the  other,  and  the  two  editions  can  be  used  in  the  same  class. 


PARTICULAR  ATTENTION* 

Is  invited  to  a  few  letters  which,  reflect  the  general 
opinion  of  scholars  and  instructors. 


Tracy  Peck,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Yale 
University :  The  steady  advances  in 
Latin  scholarship  during  the  last  dec- 
ade, and  the  more  practical  exactions 
of  the  class-room,  seem  to  me  to  be 
here  amply  recognized.  At  several 
points  I  notice  that  the  essential 
facts  of  the  language  are  stated  with 
greater  clearness,  and  that  there  is 


a  richer  suggestiveness  as  to  the  ra- 
tionale of  constructions.  The  book 
will  thus  be  of  quicker  service  to 
younger  students,  and  a  better  equip- 
ment and  stimulus  to  teachers  and 
more  advanced  scholars. 

John  K.  Lord,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Dart- 
mouth College,  Hanover,  N.H. :   It 


30 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 


is  a  great  advance  upon  the  former 
edition.  Degrees  of  excellence  are 
difficult  to  estimate,  but  it  is  safe  to 
say  the  grammar  is  doubled  in  value. 
It  has  gained  very  much  that  was 
lacking  before  by  way  of  illustration, 
and  especially  in  fulness  and  clear- 
ness of  statement.  It  represents  the 
latest  results  of  classical  scholarship 
in  a  way  that  is  intelligible  to  young 
students. 

Harold  N.  Fowler,  Instructor  in 
Latin,  Phillips  Exeter  Academy  : 
Allen  &  Greenough's  Latin  Gram- 
mar has  always  been  the  most  sci- 
entific Latin  grammar  published  in 
the  United  States.  The  new  edi- 
tion has  been  revised  in  such  a 
way  as  to  retain  the  excellence  of 
its  predecessors  and  embody  the  re- 
sults of  the  latest  researches. . . .  The 
new  edition  is  also  greatly  superior 
to  the  earlier  ones  in  clearness  of  ex- 
pression and  in  the  arrangement  and 
appearance  of  the  printed  page.  .  .  . 
In  short,  the  book  seems  to  me  admir- 
ably adapted  for  use  in  schools  and 
colleges,  containing  as  it  does  all  that 
the  college  youth  needs,  expressed  in 
language  which  the  school-boy  can 
understand. 

John  Tetlow,  Head  Master  of  Girls' 
High  and  Latin  Schools,  Boston : 
The  changes,  whether  in  the  direction 
of  simplification,  correction,  or  addi- 
tion—  and  there  are  numerous  in- 
stances of  each  kind  of  change  — 
seem  to  me  distinctly  to  have  im- 
proved a  book  which  was  already 
excellent. 

William  C.  Collar,  Head  Master 
jf  Eoxbury  Latin  School,  Boston: 
Up  to  the  present  moment  I  have 
been  obliged  to  limit  my  examination 
of  the  revised  edition  of  Allen  & 
Greenough's  Latin  Grammar  mainly 
to  the  Syntax,  but  for  that  I  have 
only  words  of  the  heartiest  praise. 


So  far,  its  superiority  to  other  Latin 
grammars  for  school  use  seems  to  me 
incontestable.  I  am  also  struck  with 
the  skill  with  which  a  multitude  of 
additions  and  improvements  have 
been  wrought  into  this  edition,  with- 
out materially  affecting  the  unity  or 
symmetry  of  the  original  work. 

Franklin  A.  Dakin,  Teacher  of 
Latin,  St.  Johnsbury  Academy,  Vt. : 
During  seven  years'  constant  use  in 
the  class-room,  I  have  always  re- 
garded the  Allen  &  Greenough  as  the 
best  of  the  school  grammars.  .  .  . 
The  improvements  make  the  supe- 
riority more  marked  than  ever. 

D.  W.  Abercrombie,  Prin.  of  Wor- 
cester (Mass.)  Academy :  In  my  opin- 
ion, it  has  no  equal  among  books  on 
the  same  subject  intended  for  use  in 
secondary  schools. 

J.  W.  Scudder,  Teacher  of  Latin, 
Albany  Academy,!?.  Y. :  The  changes 
will  commend  themselves  to  all  good 
teachers.  The  grammar  is  now  schol- 
arly and  up  to  the  times.  It  is  by 
far  the  best  grammar  published  in 
America  for  school  work. 

W.  B.  Owen,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Lafay- 
ette College,  Easton,  Pa. :  I  am  much 
pleased  with  the  changes.  They  are 
all  improvements. 

George  W.  Harper,  Prin.  of  Wood- 
ward High  School,  Cincinnati,  0.: 
I  thought  Allen  &  Greenough's  Latin 
Grammar  could  hardly  be  surpassed, 
but  the  revised  edition  is  a  decided 
improvement. 

Lucius  Heritage,  Prof,  of  Latin, 
University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 
Wis. :  We  have  long  used  the  old 
edition  here :  the  new  edition  I  have 
examined  with  some  care  in  the  form 
of  the  bound  volume  as  well  as  in 
the  proof-sheets.  I  think  it  the  best 
manual  grammar  for  our  preparatory 
schools  and  colleges. 


32  LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 

The  Beginner's  Latin  Booh. 

Complete  with  Grammar,  Exercises,  Selections  for  Translation,  and 
Vocabulary. 

By  WM.  C.  COLLAR,  A.M.,  Head  Master  Roxbury  Latin  School,  and  M. 
GRANT  DANIELL,  A.M.,  Principal  Chauncy-Hall  School,  Boston.  12mo 
Cloth,  xii  +  283  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.10  ,  for  Introduction,  $1.00. 
Allowance  for  an  old  book  in  exchange,  35  cents. 

? PHE  aim  of  this  book  is  to  serve  as  a  preparation  for  reading, 
writing,  and  (to  a  less  degree)  for  speaking  Latin,  and  to 
effect  this  object  by  grounding  the  learner  thoroughly  in  the 
elements  through  abundant  and  varied  exercises  on  the  forms 
and  more  important  constructions  of  the  language. 

The  idea  determining  and  controlling  the  plan  is  the  maximum 
of  practice  with  the  minimum  of  theory,  on  the  principle  that  the 
thorough  acquisition  of  the  elements  of  Latin  by  the  young  learner 
must  be  more  art  than  science,  —  more  the  work  of  observation, 
comparison,  and  imitation,  than  the  mechanical  following  of  rules, 
or  the  exerpise  of  analysis  and  conscious  inductive  reasoning. 

An  effort  has  been  made,  while  following  a  rigorously  scientific 
method  in  the  development  of  the  successive  subjects,  to  impart 
something  of  attractiveness,  interest,  freshness,  and  variety  to  the 
study  of  the  elements  of  Latin.  Means  to  this  end  are  the  colloquia 
(simple  Latin  Dialogues),  the  choice  of  extracts  for  translation, 
introduced  as  early  as  possible,  and  the  mode  of  treatment  in  every 
part,  extending  even  to  the  choice  of  Latin  words  and  to  the  con- 
struction of  the  exercises. 

This  book  can  be  completed  and  reviewed  by  the  average  learner 
in  a  year,  and  may  be  followed  by  any  Latin  Reader,  by  Viri 
Romae,  or  by  Nepos  or  Csesar. 

It  supplies,  by  means  of  the  Colloquia  and  Glossarium  Gram 
maticum,  precisely  the  kind  of  help  that  teachers  need  who  desire 
to  make  some  practical  use  of  Latin  in  oral  teaching. 

Over  two-thirds  of  the  words  used  belong  to  the  vocabulary  of 
Caesar's  Gallic  War;  little  less  than  two-thirds  to  the  vocabulary 
of  Nepos. 

The  book  is  pronounced  a  well-nigh  perfect  combination  of 
scholarship  and  teachableness.  Only  a  very  few  testimonials  are 
presented  here. 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 


33 


John  Williams  White,  Harvard 
College ,  Author  of  "First  Lessons 
in  Greek,"  etc.:  It  is  at  once  sym- 
metrical in  arrangement,  clear  in 
statement,  scholarly  in  execution, 
and  sufficient  in  amount. 

F.  A.  Hill,  Prin.  of  High  School, 
Cambridge,  Mass. :  It  is  working 
admirably. 

Charles  G.  Dodge,  Teacher  of 
Latin  and  Greek,  High  School, 
Salem,  Mass. :  Last  year  The  Begin- 
ner's Latin  Book  was  introduced  into 
our  school.  The  class  this  year  in 
Caesar,  which,  it  is  true,  is  an  excel- 
lent one,  is  doing  more  than  double 
the  work  of  any  class  since  my  con- 
nection with  the  school — seven  years. 
Not  only  that,  but  it  has  a  better 
understanding  of  constructions  than 
any  class  which  has  studied  Latin 
the  same  length  of  time.  As  the 
teachers  are  the  same,  the  only  ex- 
planation can  be  in  the  excellence  of 
the  class,  and  of  the  new  method. 

M.  S.  Bartlett,  High  School,  Hav- 
erhill,  Mass. :  I  am  using  it  with 
a  large  class,  and  find  it  altogether 
the  most  satisfactory  book  that  I 
know  of  for  beginners  in  the  study 
of  Latin. 

John  H.  Peck,  Prin.  New  Britain 
High  School,  New  Britain,  Conn.: 
Yours  of  yesterday  is  received.  I 
have  taken  one  section  of  the  class 
using  Collar  and  Daniell's  Latin  Book 
myself  through  the  year.  I  am  free 
to  say  that  I  am  perfectly  satisfied 
with  it ;  at  least,  I  have  never  used  a 

Latine  Reddenda. 


beginner's  Latin  book  that  I  liked 
nearly  so  well.  I  am  confident  that 
my  assistant,  who  has  also  used  it, 
is  of  the  same  opinion. 

H.  P.  Warren,  Prin.  of  Boys' 
Academy,  Albany,  N.  Y. :  It  is  the 
model  book  for  beginners,  —  incom- 
parably the  best  book  we  have 
tried. 

K.  M.  Jones,  Head  Master  of  Wil- 
liam Penn  Charter  School,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.:  It  seems  to  me  the 
best  introductory  Latin  book  yet 
produced  in  this  country. 

L.B.  Hall,  Associate  Prof,  of  Latin, 
Oberlin  College,  0. :  I  think  it  more 
satisfactory  than  anything  else  of  the 
kind  I  have  seen. 

H.  S.  Lehr,  Pres.  of  Ohio  Normal 
Univ.,  Ada :  We  like  it  very  much 
indeed.  It  saves  us  a  term's  work. 

Wallace  P.  Dick,  Vice-Prin.  Cen- 
tral State  Normal  School,  Lock 
Haven,  Pa. :  My  class  is  improving 
rapidly.  It  is  a  superb  little  book. 

T.  0.  Deaderick,  Prof,  of  Ancient 
Languages,  Knoxville,  Tenn. :  We 
are  still  using  it  with  successful  re- 
sults. I  must  say  that  I  have  found 
it  the  most  practical  work  of  the 
kind,  and  the  best  in  every  respect 
that  I  have  ever  seen. 

W.  W.  Lambdin,  Prin.  of  West 
End  Academy,  Atlanta,  Ga. :  I  am 
very  much  pleased  with  The  Begin 
ner's  Latin  Book,  which  I  introduced 
at  the  beginning  of  the  term. 


The  English-Latin  Exercises  from  The  Beginner's  Latin  Book. 
With  Glossarium  Grammaticum.    12mo.    41  pages.    Paper.    Introduc- 
tion and  Mailing  Price,  20  cents. 

With  Glossarium  Grammaticum  and  English-Latin  Vocabulary.    12mo, 
Cloth.    Mailing  Price,  33  cents ;  for  introduction,  30  cents. 


36 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 


Allen  &  Greenough's  New  Ccesar. 

Seven  Books.     Illustrated.     With  six  double-page  colored  maps. 

Edited  by  Prof.  W.  F.  ALLEN,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  J.  H. 
ALLEN,  of  Cambridge,  and  H.  P.  JUDSON,  Professor  of  History,  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  with  a  special  Vocabulary  by  Prof.  J.  B.  GREENOUGH, 
of  Harvard  College.  12mo.  xxvi  +  543  pages,  red  edges,  bound  in  half- 
morocco.  Mailing  Price,  SI. 35;  for  introduction,  $1.25 ;  Allowance  for 
an  old  book  in  exchange,  40  cents. 

A  TTENTION"  is  invited  to  these  features,  which,  with  other 
merits,  have  gained  this  edition  an  extraordinary  success  :  — 

1 .  The  judicious   notes,  —  their  full  grammatical  references, 
crisp,  idiomatic  renderings,  scholarly  interpretations  of  difficult 
passages,  clear  treatment  of  indirect  discourse,  the  helpful  maps, 
diagrams,  and  pictures ;  in  particular,  the  military  notes,  throw- 
ing light  on  the  text,  and  giving  life  and  reality  to  the  narrative. 

2.  The  vocabulary,  —  convenient,  comprehensive,  and  schol- 
arly, combining  the  benefits  of  the  full  lexicon  with  the  advantages 
of  the  special  vocabulary,  and  every  way  superior  to  the  ordinary 
vocabulary. 

3.  The  mechanical  features  of  the  volume,  its  clear  type,  con- 
venient size  and  shape,  superior  paper,  and  attractive  binding. 

4.  In  general,  this  edition  represents  the  combined  work 
of  several  specialists  in  different  departments,  and  so  ought 
to  excel  an  edition  edited  by  any  single  scholar. 

The  Notes  on  the  second  book  have  just  been  rewritten  to  adapt 
them  for  those  who  begin  Caesar  with  this  book.  Full  grammati- 
cal references  have  been  given. 

Tracy  Peck,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Yale 
College:  With  quite  unusual  satis- 
faction I  have  noticed  the  beautiful 
paper  and  type ;  the  carefully  edited 
text ;  the  truly  helpful  notes,  which 
neither  tend  to  deaden  enthusiasm 
with  superfluous  grammar,  nor  blink 
real  difficulties;  the  very  valuable 
illustrations  and  remarks  on  the 
Roman  military  art;  and  the  schol- 
arly and  stimulating  vocabulary. 

John  Tetlow,  Prin.  of  Girls1  High 
and  Latin  Schools,  Boston :  The 
clear  type,  judicious  annotation, 


copious  pictorial  illustration,  full 
explanation  of  terms  and  usages  be- 
longing to  the  military  art,  and  ex- 
cellent vocabulary,  combine  to  make 
this  edition  easily  first  among  the 
school  editions  of  Caesar. 

G.  W.  Shurtleff,  Prof,  of  Latin, 
Oberlin  (Ohio)  College:  I  do  not 
hesitate  to  pronounce  it  the  best  edi- 
tion I  have  ever  seen. 

J.  L.  Lampson,  Teacher  of  Latin, 
State  Normal  College,  Nashville, 
Tenn.:  It  is  the  best  Caesar  pub- 
lished. 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS.  37 

Allen  &  Greenough's  New  Cicero. 

Thirteen  Orations.     Illustrated. 

Edited  by  Prof.  W.  F.  ALLEN,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  J.  H. 
ALLEN,  of  Cambridge,  and  Prof.  J.  B.  GREENOUGH,  of  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. With  a  special  Vocabulary  by  Professor  Greenpugh.  12mo.  Half- 
morocco.  xix  +  670  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.40;  for  introduction,  $1.25; 
Allowance  for  an  old  book  in  exchange,  40  cents. 

PTIHIS  edition  includes  thirteen  orations  arranged  chronologi- 
cally, and  covering  the  entire  public  life  of  Cicero.  The  intro= 
ductions  connect  the  orations,  and,  with  them,  supply  a  complete 
historical  study  of  this  most  interesting  arid  eventful  period.  The 
Life  of  Cicero,  List  of  his  Writings,  and  Chronological  Table  will 
be  found  of  great  value.  The  orations  are  :  Defence  of  Roscius, 
Impeachment  of  Verres  (The  Plunder  of  Syracuse  and  Crucifixion 
of  a  Roman  Citizen),  The  Manilian  Law,  the  four  orations  against 
Catiline,  For  Archias,  For  Sestius,  For  Milo,  The  Pardon  of  Mar- 
cellus,  For  Ligarius,  and  the  Fourteenth  Philippic. 

The  notes  have  been  thoroughly  rewritten  in  the  light  of  the 
most  recent  investigations  and  the  best  experience  of  the  class- 
room. Topics  of  special  importance,  as,  for  instance,  the  Antiqui- 
ties, are  given  full  treatment  in  brief  essays  or  excursuses,  printed 
in  small  type.  References  are  given  to  the  grammars  of  Allen  & 
Greenough,  Gildersleeve,  and  Harkness. 


A.  E.  Chase,  Prin.  of  High  School, 
Portland,  Me. :  I  am  full  better 
pleased  with  it  than  with  the  others 
of  the  series,  although  I  thought 


those  the  best  of  the  kind.  State    yrormai    College,    Nashville, 


(Oct.  28, 1886.) 

Alfred  S.  Koe,  Prin.  of  High 
School,  Worcester,  Mass.:  It  is  the 
finest  Cicero  I  have  ever  seen,  and  is 
worthy  of  the  very  highest  praise. 

0.  D.  Robinson,  Prin.  of  High 
School,  Albany,  N.Y. :  I  find  it  a 
worthy  companion,  in  every  way,  of 
its  two  predecessors,  the  Virgil  and 
the  Caesar.  I  can  say  no  more  than 


this  in  its  praise,  for  I  have  already 
spoken  sincerely,  in  almost  unquali- 
fied terms,  of  these  two  books. 
John  L.  Lampson,  Prof,  of  Latin, 


Tenn. :  The  text,  in  appearance  and 
authority,  is  the  best ;  the  notes, 
ample,  judicious,  modern;  the  vocab- 
ulary is  the  best  school-book  vocab- 
ulary published. 

Lucius  Heritage,  Prof,  of  Latin, 
University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison  : 
It  is  the  best  English  edition  of 
Cicero's  orations  for  the  use  of 
schools  that  I  have  seen. 


Allen  &  Greenough's  Cicero.     The  oid  Edition. 

Eight  Orations  and  Notes,  with  Vocabulary.    Mailing  Price,  $1.25 ;  for 
introduction,  $1.12. 


LATIN   TEXT-BOOKS. 


Greenough's  Virgil. 


Fully  annotated,  for  School  and  College  Use,  by  J.  B.  GREENOUGH,  of 
Harvard  University.    Supplied  in  the  following  editions :  — 


Mail.      Intro.       Allow. 
Price.     Price.    Old  Book 


$1.75    $ 


.60    $0.40 


.12 
.60 
.12 
.00 
.75 


Bucolics,  and  Six  Books  of  Mneid,  with  Vocab.    .     . 
Bucolics,  and  Six  Books  of  .ffineid,  without  Vocab.  .     .       1.25 
Bucolics,  Georgics,  and  the  ^Eneid  complete,  with  Notes,  1.75 
Georgics,  and  last  Six  Books  of  ^Eneid,  with  Notes      .     .   1.25 
Vocabulary  to  Virgil's  Complete  Works  .......   i.io 

Complete  Text  of  Virgil    ..............  85 

/CONTAINING    Life   of  the   Poet,   Introductions,   a   Synopsis 
preceding  each  Book,  and  an  Index  of  Plants.      Also  full 
illustrations  from  ancient  objects  of  art. 

The  text  follows  Bibbeck  in  the  main,  variations  being  noted  in 
the  margin  ;  and  the  references  are  to  Allen  &  Greenough's,  Gil- 
dersleeve's,  and  Harkness's  Latin  Grammars. 


Tracy  Peck,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Yale 
College:  The  Vocabulary,  both  in 
plan  and  execution,  is  superior  to 
any  schoolbook  vocabulary  known 
to  me. 

E.  P.  Crowell,  Prof,  of  Latin, 
Amherst  College:  In  all  respects  a 
very  scholarly  and  excellent  edition. 


Jno.  K.  Lord,  Prof,  of  Latin,  Dart- 
mouth College :  The  best  school  edi- 
tion of  the  works  of  Virgil  with  which 
I  am  acquainted. 

F.  E.  Lord,  Prof '.  of  Latin,  Welles- 
ley  College :  There  is  an  admirable 
richness  and  appropriateness  to  the 
notes. 


Allen  &  Greenough's  Preparatory  Course  of  Latin 

Prose. 

Containing  Four  Books  of  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  and  Eight  Orations  of 
Cicero.  With  Vocabulary  by  R.  F.  PENNELL.  12mo.  Half  morocco. 
518  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.55;  Introduction,  $1.4:0;  Allowance  for  old 
book,  40  cents. 

Alien  &  Greenough's  Sal  lust 

The  Conspiracy  of  Catiline  as  related  by  Sallust.  With  Introduction 
and  Notes,  explanatory  and  historical.  12mo.  Cloth.  96  pages.  Mail- 
ing Price,  65  cents;  Introduction,  60  cents. 

Allen  &  Greenough's  De  Senectutc. 

Cicero's  Dialogue  on  Old  Age.  With  Introduction  (on  the  adoption  in 
Rome  of  the  Greek  philosophy)  and  Notes.  12mo.  Cloth.  67  pa^es 
>  allin '•;  !V;c  '  ;V>  cents:  Intro. 'notion,  50  cents. 


GREEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 

INTBOD.   PRICE. 

Allen:  Medea  of  Euripides $1.00 

Flagg :  Hellenic  Orations  of  Demosthenes       ....      1.00 

Seven  against  Thebes 1.00 

Anacreontics 35 

Goodwin :         Greek  Grammar 1.50 

Greek  Reader 1.50 

Greek  Moods  and  Tenses       .        .        .        .        .        .1.50 

Selections  from  Xenophon  and  Herodotus .        .        .      1.50 
Goodwin  &  White  :  Anabasis,  with  vocabulary       ....      1.50 

Harding :          Greek  Inflection 50 

Hogue :  Irregular  Verbs  of  Attic  Prose     .....      1.50 

Jebb :  Introduction  to  Homer 1.12 

Kendrick :        Greek  at  Sight        ........        .15 

Leighton :         New  Greek  Lessons ,        .      1.20 

Liddell  &  Scott :  Abridged  Greek-English  Lexicon  ....      1.90 
Unabridged  Greek-English  Lexicon    ....      9.40 

Parsons :  Cebes'  Tablet 75 

Seymour :         Selected  Odes  of  Pindar 1.40 

Introduction  to  Language  and  Verse  of  Homer         .        .75 

Homeric  Vocabulary 75 

School  Iliad,  Books  I.-IIL,  $1.25;  Books  I.-VI.         .      1.60 

Sidgwick :        Greek  Prose  Composition 1.50 

Tarbell:  Philippics  of  Demosthenes 1.00 

Tyler:  Selections  from  Greek  Lyric  Poets      .        .        .        .      1.00 

White :  First  Lessons  in  Greek 1.20 

Schmidt's  Rhythmic  and  Metric 2.50 

Passages  for  Translation  at  Sight.    Part  IV.— Greek,     .80 

QEdipus  Tyrannus  of  Sophocles 1.12 

Stein's  Dialect  of  Herodotus 10 

Whiton :  Orations  of  Lysias 1.00 

Beckwith:  Euripides'  Bacchantes. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95;    Cloth,  $1.25;  Text  only,  .20. 
D'Ooge :    Sophocles'  Antigone. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Dyer :         Plato's  Apology  and  Crito. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10 ;  Cloth,  $1.40 ;  Text  only,  .20. 
Flagg :       Euripides'  Iphigenia  among  the  Taurians. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .200 
Fowler :     Thucydides,  Book  V. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Humphreys:  Aristophanes'  Clouds. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Manatt :    Xenophon's  Hellenica,  Books  I.-IV. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.35 ;  Cloth,  $1.65 ;  Text  only,  .20. 


o 

I 

O 


Morris :      Thucydides,  Book  I. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.35;  Cloth,  $1.65;  Text  only,  .20. 
Perrin :  Homer's  Odyssey,  Books  I.-IV. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Richardson:  ^Eschines  against  Ctesiphon. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper.  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Seymour :  Homer's  Iliad,  Books  I.-IIL 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Smith:  Thucydides,  Book  VII. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.10;  Cloth,  $1.40;  Text  only,  .20. 
Towle :  Plato's  Protagoras. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95;    Cloth,  $1.25;  Text  only,  .20= 


GINN  &  COMPANY,  Publishers,  Boston,  Hew  York,  and  Chicago. 


Latin  Text-BooksC 


INTROD.    PRICE. 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH  :  Latin  Grammar $1.20 

Caesar  (7  books,  with  vocabulary;  illustrated)  .  .  .  1.25 
Cicero  (13  orations,  with  vocabulary;  illustrated)  .  i.2c; 

Sallust's  Catiline .       .60 

Cicero  de  Senectute .    .  .50 

Ovid  (with  vocabulary) 1.40 

Preparatory  Course  of  Latin  Prose 1.40 

Latin  Composition 1.12 

ALLEN  .    .    •    New  Latin  Method 90 

Introduction  to  Latin  Composition 90 

Latin  Primer 90 

Latin  Lexicon 90 

Remnants  of  Early  Latin ,       .75 

Germania  and  Agricola  of  Tacitus i.oo 

BLACKBURN   .    Essentials  of  Latin  Grammar 70 

Latin  Exercises 60 

Latin  Grammar  and  Exercises  (in  one  volume)  .     i.oo 

COLLAR  &  DANIELL:  Beginner's  Latin  Book i.oo 

Latine  Reddenda  (paper) 20 

Latine  Reddenda  and  Voc.  (cloth) 30 

COLLEGE  SERIES  OF  LATIN  AUTHORS. 

Greenough's  Satires  and  Epistles  of  Horace 

(text  edition)  $0.20 ;   (text  and  notes) 1.25 

CROWELL  .    .    Selections  from  the  Latin  Poets 1.40 

CROWELL  &  RICHARDSON  :  Briof  History  of  Roman  Lit.  (BENDER)   i.oo 
GREENOUGH  ,    Virgil:  — 

Bucolics  and  6  Books  of  JEneid  (with  vocab.)  .  1.60 
Bucolics  and  6  Books  of  -33neid  (without  vocab.)  1.12 
Last  6  Books  of  JEneid,  and  Georgics  (with  notes)  1.12 
Bucolics,  .ZEneid,  and  Georgics  (complete,  with  notes)  1.60 

Text  of  Virgil  (complete) 75 

Vocabulary  to  the  whole  of  Virgil i.oo 

GINN  &  Co.  .    Classical  Atlas  and  Geography  (cloth)  ....     2.00 

HALSEY.    .    .    Etymology  of  Latin  and  Greek 1.12 

KEEP     .    .    .    Essential  Uses  of  the  Moods  in  Greek  and  Latin       .25 

KING     .    .    .    Latin  Pronunciation 25 

LEIGHTON.    .    Latin  Lessons 1.12 

First  Steps  in  Latin 1.12 

MADVIG     .    .    Latin  Grammar  (by  THACHER) 2.25 

PARKER  &  PREBLE  :  Handbook  of  Latin  Writing      ....       .50 

PREBLE.    .    .    Terence's  Adelphoe 25 

SHUMWAY  .    .    Latin  Synonymes .      .30 

STICKNEY  .    .    Cicero  de  Natura  Deorum     ........     1.40 

TETLOW     .    .    Inductive  Latin  Lessons ,1.12 

TOMLINSON    .    Manual  for  the  Study  of  Latin  Grammar    .    .       .20 

Latin  for  Sight  Reading i.oo 

WHITE  (J.  W.)  Schmidt's  Rhythmic  and  Metric 2.50 

WHITE  (J.  T.)    Junior  Students'  Latin-English  Lexicon  (mor.)     1.75 

English-Latin  Lexicon  (sheep) 1.50 

Latin-English  and  English-Latin  Lexicon  (sheep)  3.00 

WHITON    .     .    Auxilia  Vergiliana ;  or,  First  Steps  in  Latin  Prosody       .15 

Six  Weeks'  Preparation  for  Reading  Csesar    .      .40 

Copies  sent  to  Teachers  for  Examination,  with  a  view  to  Introduction, 
on  receipt  of  Introduction  Price. 


GINN    &    COMPANY,   Publishers, 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


'041  M 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


